WAGO Programmable fieldbus controller for telecontrol applications manual
Add to My manuals426 Pages
advertisement
Pos : 2 /D okument ati on allgemein/Ei nband/Ei nband H andbuch - Dec kbl at t ohne Variant enfel d (Standar d) @ 9\ mod_1285229289866_0. doc x @ 64941 @ @ 1
Manual
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
750-872
PLC - Programmable Fieldbus Telecontroller
Version 1.1.0
Pos : 3 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odul e)/Hinweise z ur Dokumentation/I mpres sum für St andardhandbüc her - allg. Angaben, Ansc hriften, Tel ef onnummer n und E-Mail-Adres sen @ 3\ mod_1219151118203_21. doc x @ 21060 @ @ 1
2 WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
© 2014 by WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH & Co. KG
All rights reserved.
WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH & Co. KG
Hansastraße 27
D-32423 Minden
Phone: +49 (0) 571/8 87 – 0
Fax: +49 (0) 571/8 87 – 1 69
E-Mail: [email protected]
Web: http://www.wago.com
Technical Support
Phone: +49 (0) 571/8 87 – 5 55
Fax: +49 (0) 571/8 87 – 85 55
E-Mail: [email protected]
Every conceivable measure has been taken to ensure the accuracy and completeness of this documentation. However, as errors can never be fully excluded, we always appreciate any information or suggestions for improving the documentation.
E-Mail: [email protected]
We wish to point out that the software and hardware terms as well as the trademarks of companies used and/or mentioned in the present manual are generally protected by trademark or patent.
=== Ende der List e f ür T ext mar ke Ei nband_vorne ===
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 5 /D okument ati on allgemein/Verzeic hnisse/I nhalts verz eichnis - Ü berschrif t oG und Verzei chnis @ 3\ mod_1219151230875_21. doc x @ 21063 @ @ 1
Table of Contents
Table of Contents 3
Table of Contents ................................................................................................... 3
1 Notes about this Documentation ............................................................... 12
Validity of this Documentation ............................................................... 12
2 Important Notes ......................................................................................... 16
Subject to Changes ............................................................................. 16
Personnel Qualifications ..................................................................... 16
Use of the WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 in Compliance with Underlying
Technical Condition of Specified Devices ......................................... 17
Safety Advice (Precautions) .................................................................... 18
Special Use Conditions for ETHERNET Devices .................................. 20
3 System Description..................................................................................... 21
Manufacturing Number ........................................................................... 22
Hardware Address (MAC ID) ................................................................. 22
Storage, Assembly and Transport ........................................................... 23
Assembly Guidelines/Standards .............................................................. 24
Connection ..................................................................................... 26
Dimensioning ................................................................................. 27
Connection ..................................................................................... 30
Supplementary Power Supply Regulations ........................................ 35
Supply Example.................................................................................. 36
Power Supply Unit ............................................................................. 38
Grounding the DIN Rail ..................................................................... 39
Framework Assembly .................................................................... 39
Insulated Assembly ........................................................................ 39
Grounding Function............................................................................ 40
WAGO Shield Connecting System .................................................... 42
4 Device Description ..................................................................................... 43
Manual
Version 1.1.0
4 Table of Contents WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Fieldbus Connection ........................................................................... 49
Fieldbus Connection D-Sub ............................................................... 50
Mode Selector Switch......................................................................... 54
Fieldbus MODBUS/TCP .................................................................... 58
Connection Type ................................................................................ 58
Climatic Environmental Conditions ................................................... 59
Mechanical Strength acc. to IEC 61131-2 .......................................... 59
Standards and Guidelines ........................................................................ 62
5 Mounting ..................................................................................................... 63
Mounting onto Carrier Rail ..................................................................... 65
Carrier Rail Properties ........................................................................ 65
WAGO DIN Rail ................................................................................ 66
Inserting and Removing Devices ............................................................ 68
Inserting the Fieldbus Coupler/Controller .......................................... 69
Removing the Fieldbus Coupler/Controller ....................................... 69
Inserting the I/O Module .................................................................... 70
Removing the I/O Module .................................................................. 71
6 Connect Devices ......................................................................................... 72
Data Contacts/Internal Bus ..................................................................... 72
Power Contacts/Field Supply .................................................................. 73
Connecting a Conductor to the CAGE CLAMP
................................... 74
7 Function Description ................................................................................. 75
Process Data Architecture ....................................................................... 77
Example of an Input Process Image ................................................... 79
Example of an Output Data Process Image ........................................ 80
Process Data MODBUS/TCP and EtherNet/IP .................................. 81
Memory Areas .................................................................................... 84
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Table of Contents 5
Addressing of I/O Modules ........................................................... 87
IEC-61131-3 Address Areas .......................................................... 88
Absolute Addressing ...................................................................... 89
Data Exchange between MODBUS/TCP Master and I/O Modules ... 91
Data Exchange between EtherNet/IP Master and I/O Modules ......... 92
Data Exchange between PLC Function (CPU) and I/O Modules ...... 93
Data Exchange between Master and PLC Function (CPU) ................ 94
Example of MODBUS/TCP Master and PLC Function (CPU) .... 94
Application Example .......................................................................... 96
8 Commissioning ........................................................................................... 97
Connecting Client PC and Fieldbus Nodes ............................................. 98
Allocating the IP Address to the Fieldbus Node ..................................... 98
Assigning IP Address via WAGO-ETHERNET-Settings .................. 98
Assigning IP Address via DHCP ...................................................... 100
Enable DHCP ............................................................................... 100
Disabling DHCP .......................................................................... 101
Assigning the IP Address with a BootP Server ................................ 102
Note MAC ID .............................................................................. 104
Determining IP addresses ............................................................ 105
Assigning the IP address .............................................................. 106
Disabling BootP ........................................................................... 106
Reasons for Failed IP Address Assignment ................................. 112
Testing the Function of the Fieldbus Node ........................................... 112
Preparing the Flash File System ............................................................ 113
Synchronizing the Real-Time Clock ..................................................... 114
Restoring Factory Settings .................................................................... 117
9 Programming the PFC using WAGO-I/O-PRO .................................... 118
Configuring the Fieldbus Controller using the I/O Configurator .......... 121
Configuration using the “EA-config.xml” File ................................ 123
ETHERNET Libraries for WAGO-I/O-PRO ........................................ 125
Functional Restrictions and Limits ....................................................... 127
General Information about IEC Tasks .................................................. 129
IEC Task Sequence........................................................................... 131
Overview of Most Important Task Priorities.................................... 131
Enabling/disabling system events..................................................... 133
Transfer the IEC program to the controller ........................................... 135
Transfer via Serial Service Port ........................................................ 136
Transfer via ETHERNET ................................................................. 139
10 Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM) ........... 141
SNMP V1/V2c.................................................................................. 152
Manual
Version 1.1.0
6 Table of Contents WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
11 Diagnostics ................................................................................................ 175
Evaluating Fieldbus Status ............................................................... 176
Evaluating Node Status – I/O LED (Blink Code Table) .................. 177
USR LED ..................................................................................... 186
Evaluating Power Supply Status ...................................................... 186
Loss of Fieldbus ............................................................................... 187
Internal Data Bus Failure.................................................................. 188
12 Fieldbus Communication ........................................................................ 189
General ETHERNET Information ........................................................ 189
Network Architecture – Principles and Regulations ........................ 191
Transmission Media ..................................................................... 192
Network Topologies .................................................................... 194
Coupler Modules ......................................................................... 196
ETHERNET - Transmission Mode ............................................. 197
Important Terms .......................................................................... 199
Network Communication ................................................................. 201
ETHERNET- Packet .................................................................... 201
ETHERNET address (MAC-ID) ................................................. 201
Channel access method ................................................................ 202
Protocol layer model (Example) ....................................................... 203
Communication Protocols ................................................................ 206
IP (Internet Protocol) ................................................................... 206
TCP (Transmission Control Protocol) ......................................... 210
UDP (User Datagram Protocol) ................................................... 211
ARP (Address Resolution Protocol) ............................................ 211
Configuration and Diagnostics Protocols ......................................... 211
BootP (Bootstrap Protocol) .......................................................... 211
HTTP (Hypertext Transfer Protocol) ........................................... 213
DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) .......................... 214
DNS (Domain Name Systems) .................................................... 216
SNTP-Client (Simple Network Time Protocol) .......................... 216
FTP-Server (File Transfer Protocol) ............................................ 217
SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol) ................................. 219
MIB II Description ........................................................................... 220
Description of the WAGO-MIB ....................................................... 221
Application Protocols ....................................................................... 223
MODBUS Functions ............................................................................. 224
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Table of Contents 7
Use of the MODBUS Functions ....................................................... 227
Description of the MODBUS Functions .......................................... 228
Function Code FC1 (Read Coils) ................................................ 229
Function Code FC2 (Read Discrete Inputs) ................................. 231
Function Code FC3 (Read Multiple Registers) ........................... 233
Function Code FC4 (Read Input Registers) ................................. 234
Function Code FC5 (Write Coil) ................................................. 235
Function Code FC6 (Write Single Register) ............................... 236
Function Code FC11 (Get Comm Event Counter) ...................... 237
Function Code FC15 (Write Multiple Coils) ............................... 238
Function Code FC16 (Write Multiple Registers) ........................ 240
Function Code FC22 (Mask Write Register) ............................... 241
Function Code FC23 (Read/Write Multiple Registers) ............... 242
MODBUS Register Mapping ........................................................... 244
MODBUS Registers ......................................................................... 247
Accessing Register Values .......................................................... 249
Watchdog Registers ..................................................................... 249
Diagnostic Registers .................................................................... 255
Configuration Registers ............................................................... 256
Firmware Information Registers .................................................. 261
Constant Registers ....................................................................... 263
EtherNet/IP (Ethernet/Industrial Protocol) ........................................... 264
Protocol overview in the OSI model ................................................ 266
Characteristics of the EtherNet/IP Protocol Software ...................... 267
Class Overview ............................................................................ 269
Explanation of the Table Headings in the Object Descriptions ... 271
) ............................................................................ 271
) ............................................................... 273
) ............................................................. 274
) ........................................................................ 278
) ............................................................. 280
)................................................................... 282
Coupler/Controller Configuration (64 hex
) ................................... 283
) ......................................................... 285
Discrete Input Point Extended 1 (69
Discrete Input Point Extended 2 (6D
)...................................... 286
Discrete Input Point Extended 3 (71 hex
) ..................................... 286
)...................................... 287
) ...................................................... 288
Discrete Output Point Extended 1 (6A
Discrete Output Point Extended 2 (6E
) .................................. 288
) .................................. 289
Discrete Output Point Extended 3 (72 hex
) .......................................................... 290
Analog Input Point Extended 1 (6B
Analog Input Point Extended 2 (6F
Analog Input Point Extended 3 (73
) ................................... 290
) ...................................... 291
) ....................................... 292
) ....................................... 293
Manual
Version 1.1.0
8 Table of Contents WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
) ....................................................... 293
Analog Output Point Extended 1 (6C
Analog Output Point Extended 2 (70
Analog Output Point Extended 3 (74
) .................................... 294
) .................................... 295
) .................................... 296
) ..................................................... 296
Module Configuration Extended (81
Input Fieldbus Variable USINT (A0
) ..................................... 297
) ..................................... 298
Input Fieldbus Variable USINT Extended 1 (A1 hex
Input Fieldbus Variable USINT Extended 2 (A2
Output Fieldbus Variable USINT (A3 hex
) .................................. 302
Output Fieldbus Variable USINT Extended 1 (A4 hex
Output Fieldbus Variable USINT Extended 2 (A5
Input Fieldbus Variable UINT (A6 hex
) ....................................... 305
Input Fieldbus Variable UINT Extended 1 (A7
Output Fieldbus Variable UINT (A8 hex
) ..................................... 307
Output Fieldbus Variable UINT Extended 1 (A9
Input Fieldbus Variable UDINT (AA hex
) .................................... 309
Input Fieldbus Variable UDINT Offset (AB
Output Fieldbus Variable UDINT (AC hex
) ......................... 310
) ................................. 311
Output Fieldbus Variable UDINT Offset (AD hex
13 I/O Modules .............................................................................................. 313
Process Data Architecture for MODBUS/TCP ..................................... 314
Digital Input Modules....................................................................... 315
1 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics ...................... 315
2 Channel Digital Input Modules ................................................ 315
2 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics ...................... 315
2 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics and Output
Process Data ................................................................................. 316
4 Channel Digital Input Modules ................................................ 316
8 Channel Digital Input Modules ................................................ 316
8 Channel Digital Input Module PTC with Diagnostics and Output
Process Data ................................................................................. 317
16 Channel Digital Input Modules .............................................. 317
Digital Output Modules .................................................................... 318
1 Channel Digital Output Module with Input Process Data ........ 318
2 Channel Digital Output Modules .............................................. 318
2 Channel Digital Input Modules with Diagnostics and Input
Process Data ................................................................................. 319
4 Channel Digital Output Modules .............................................. 320
4 Channel Digital Output Modules with Diagnostics and Input
Process Data ................................................................................. 320
8 Channel Digital Output Module ............................................... 320
8 Channel Digital Output Modules with Diagnostics and Input
Process Data ................................................................................. 321
16 Channel Digital Output Modules ............................................ 321
8 Channel Digital Input/Output Modules .................................... 322
Analog Input Modules ...................................................................... 323
1 Channel Analog Input Modules ................................................ 323
2 Channel Analog Input Modules ................................................ 323
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Table of Contents 9
4 Channel Analog Input Modules ................................................ 324
3-Phase Power Measurement Module ......................................... 325
8 Channel Analog Input Modules ................................................ 326
Analog Output Modules ................................................................... 327
2 Channel Analog Output Modules ............................................. 327
4 Channel Analog Output Modules ............................................. 327
8 Channel Analog Output Modules ............................................. 328
Specialty Modules ............................................................................ 329
Counter Modules ......................................................................... 329
Pulse Width Modules ................................................................... 331
Serial Interface Modules with alternative Data Format ............... 331
Serial Interface Modules with Standard Data Format ................. 332
Data Exchange Module ................................................................ 332
SSI Transmitter Interface Modules .............................................. 332
Incremental Encoder Interface Modules ...................................... 333
DC-Drive Controller .................................................................... 335
Stepper Controller ........................................................................ 336
RTC Module ................................................................................ 337
DALI/DSI Master Module ........................................................... 337
DALI Multi-Master Module ........................................................ 338
FTT Module ...................................................................... 340
EnOcean Radio Receiver ............................................................. 340
MP Bus Master Module ............................................................... 340
RF-Transceiver .......................................................... 341
Vibration Velocity/Bearing Condition Monitoring VIB I/O ....... 342
KNX/EIB/TP1 Module ................................................................ 343
AS-interface Master Module ....................................................... 344
System Modules ............................................................................... 345
System Modules with Diagnostics ............................................... 345
Binary Space Module .................................................................. 345
Process Data Architecture for EtherNet/IP ........................................... 346
Digital Input Modules....................................................................... 347
1 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics ...................... 347
2 Channel Digital Input Modules ................................................ 347
2 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics ...................... 348
2 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics and Output
Process Data ................................................................................. 348
4 Channel Digital Input Modules ................................................ 349
8 Channel Digital Input Modules ................................................ 349
16 Channel Digital Input Modules .............................................. 349
Digital Output Modules .................................................................... 350
1 Channel Digital Output Module with Input Process Data ........ 350
2 Channel Digital Output Modules .............................................. 351
2 Channel Digital Input Modules with Diagnostics and Input
Process Data ................................................................................. 351
4 Channel Digital Output Modules .............................................. 352
4 Channel Digital Output Modules with Diagnostics and Input
Process Data ................................................................................. 352
8 Channel Digital Output Module ............................................... 353
Manual
Version 1.1.0
10 Table of Contents WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
8 Channel Digital Output Modules with Diagnostics and Input
Process Data ................................................................................. 353
16 Channel Digital Output Modules ............................................ 354
8 Channel Digital Input/Output Modules .................................... 354
Analog Input Modules ...................................................................... 355
1 Channel Analog Input Modules ................................................ 355
2 Channel Analog Input Modules ................................................ 356
4 Channel Analog Input Modules ................................................ 356
4 Channel Analog Input Modules for RTD’s .............................. 356
3-Phase Power Measurement Module ......................................... 357
8 Channel Analog Input Modules ................................................ 357
Analog Output Modules ................................................................... 358
2 Channel Analog Output Modules ............................................. 358
4 Channel Analog Output Modules ............................................. 358
8 Channel Analog Output Modules ............................................. 359
Specialty Modules ............................................................................ 359
Counter Modules ......................................................................... 359
Pulse Width Modules ................................................................... 361
Serial Interface Modules with alternative Data Format ............... 362
Serial Interface Modules with Standard Data Format ................. 362
Data Exchange Module ................................................................ 363
SSI Transmitter Interface Modules .............................................. 363
Incremental Encoder Interface Modules ...................................... 364
DC-Drive Controller .................................................................... 366
Steppercontroller .......................................................................... 367
RTC Module ................................................................................ 368
DALI/DSI Master Module ........................................................... 369
EnOcean Radio Receiver ............................................................. 369
MP Bus Master Module ............................................................... 370
RF-Transceiver .......................................................... 370
Vibration Velocity/Bearing Condition Monitoring VIB I/O ....... 371
AS-interface Master Module ....................................................... 372
System Modules ............................................................................... 373
System Modules with Diagnostics ............................................... 373
Binary Space Module .................................................................. 373
14 Application Examples .............................................................................. 374
Test of MODBUS protocol and fieldbus nodes .................................... 374
Visualization and Control using SCADA Software .............................. 374
15 Use in Hazardous Environments ............................................................ 377
Marking Configuration Examples ......................................................... 378
Marking for Europe According to ATEX and IEC-Ex .................... 378
Marking for America According to NEC 500 .................................. 383
Special Conditions for Safe Use (ATEX Certificate TÜV 07 ATEX
Special Conditions for Safe Use (ATEX Certificate TÜV 12 ATEX
Special Conditions for Safe Use (IEC-Ex Certificate TUN 09.0001 X)387
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Table of Contents 11
Special Conditions for Safe Use (IEC-Ex Certificate IECEx TUN
Special Conditions for Safe Use according to ANSI/ISA 12.12.01 . 389
16 Appendix ................................................................................................... 390
System Group ................................................................................... 390
IpRoute Table Group ........................................................................ 394
ICMP Group ..................................................................................... 395
SNMP Group .................................................................................... 398
WAGO MIB Groups ............................................................................. 399
Company Group ............................................................................... 399
Product Group .................................................................................. 399
Versions Group ................................................................................. 400
Real Time Clock Group.................................................................... 400
Ethernet Group ................................................................................. 401
Actual Error Group ........................................................................... 401
Error History Group ......................................................................... 402
PLC Project Group ........................................................................... 402
Snmp Group...................................................................................... 404
Snmp Trap String Group .................................................................. 407
Snmp User Trap String Group .......................................................... 408
Plc Connection Group ...................................................................... 408
Modbus Group .................................................................................. 409
Ethernet IP Group ............................................................................. 410
Process Image Group ........................................................................ 411
Plc Data Group ................................................................................. 412
List of Figures .................................................................................................... 413
List of Tables ...................................................................................................... 416
=== Ende der List e f ür T ext mar ke Verzeic hnis_vor ne ===
Manual
Version 1.1.0
12 Notes about this Documentation WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 7 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odul e)/Übersc hrift en für all e Serien/Hi nweis e zur D okument ati on/Hinweise z u dies er D okument ation - Ü berschrif t 1 @ 4\ mod_1237987661750_21. doc x @ 29029 @ 1 @ 1
1 Notes about this Documentation
Pos : 8 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odul e)/Hinweise z ur Dokumentation/Hi nweis e/Hi nweis : D okument ation auf bewahr en @ 4\mod_1237987339812_21. doc x @ 29026 @ @ 1
Always retain this documentation!
This documentation is part of the product. Therefore, retain the documentation during the entire service life of the product. Pass on the documentation to any subsequent user. In addition, ensure that any supplement to this documentation is included, if necessary.
Pos : 9 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odul e)/Übersc hrift en für all e Serien/Hi nweis e zur D okument ati on/G ültig keit sbereic h - Ü berschrif t 2 @ 12\ mod_1338912448776_21.doc x @ 96469 @ 2 @ 1
1.1 Validity of this Documentation
Pos : 10 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/Hi nweis e z ur D okument ati on/ G ültigkeits bereic h/G ültig keits ber eich Dokumentation Koppl er/C ontroller 750- xxxx, ohne Vari antenangabe @ 14\ mod_1358944039400_21.doc x @ 109362 @ @ 1
This documentation is only applicable to the “Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-
Sub” (750-872).
Pos : 11 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/Hi nweis e z ur D okument ati on/Hi nweise/Ac ht ung: Hinweis z ur D okument ati on Koppl er-/Controll er 750- xxxx @ 4\ mod_1239095964296_21.doc x @ 30118 @ @ 1
The product “Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub” (750-872) shall only be installed and operated according to the instructions in this manual and the system description for the WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750.
Consider power layout of the WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750!
In addition to these operating instructions, you will also need the system description for the WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750, which can be downloaded at www.wago.com
. There, you can obtain important information including information on electrical isolation, system power and supply specifications.
Pos : 12.1 /All e Seri en ( Allgemei ne Module)/Hi nweis e zur D okument ati on/Urhebersc hutz ausführlich @ 4\ mod_1235565145234_21.doc x @ 27691 @ 2 @ 1
1.2 Copyright
Pos : 12.2 /Dokumentation allgemei n/ Glieder ungs elemente/---Seit enwechs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
This Manual, including all figures and illustrations, is copyright-protected. Any further use of this Manual by third parties that violate pertinent copyright provisions is prohibited. Reproduction, translation, electronic and phototechnical filing/archiving (e.g., photocopying) as well as any amendments require the written consent of WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH & Co. KG, Minden, Germany.
Non-observance will involve the right to assert damage claims.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 12.3 /All e Seri en ( Allgemei ne Module)/Ü bers chrift en f ür alle Serien/Hinweis e z ur Dokumentation/ Symbol e - Ü bersc hrift 2 @ 13\ mod_1351068042408_21. doc x @ 105270 @ 2 @ 1
1.3 Symbols
Notes about this Documentation 13
Pos : 12.4.1 /All e Serien ( Allgemei ne Module)/ Wic htige Erläut erungen/ Sicherheits- und sons tige Hinweis e/ Gefahr/G ef ahr: _War nung vor Personenschäden allgemei n_ - Erl äuter ung @ 13\ mod_1343309450020_21. doc x @ 101029 @ @ 1
Personal Injury!
Indicates a high-risk, imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.
Pos : 12.4.2 /All e Serien ( Allgemei ne Module)/ Wic htige Erläut erungen/ Sicherheits- und sons tige Hinweis e/ Gefahr/G ef ahr: _War nung vor Personenschäden durc h elektrisc hen Strom_ - Erläut erung @ 13\ mod_1343309694914_21. doc x @ 101030 @ @ 1
Personal Injury Caused by Electric Current!
Indicates a high-risk, imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.
Pos : 12.4.3 /All e Serien ( Allgemei ne Module)/ Wic htige Erläut erungen/ Sicherheits- und sons tige Hinweis e/ Warnung/ Warnung: _Warnung vor Personensc häden allgemei n_ - Erläut erung @ 13\ mod_1343309877041_21.doc x @ 101035 @ @ 1
Personal Injury!
Indicates a moderate-risk, potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.
Pos : 12.4.4 /All e Serien ( Allgemei ne Module)/ Wic htige Erläut erungen/ Sicherheits- und sons tige Hinweis e/ Vorsic ht /Vorsicht: _War nung vor Pers onensc häden allgemein_ - Erläut erung @ 13\ mod_1343310028762_21. doc x @ 101038 @ @ 1
Personal Injury!
Indicates a low-risk, potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in minor or moderate injury.
Pos : 12.4.5 /All e Serien ( Allgemei ne Module)/ Wic htige Erläut erungen/ Sicherheits- und sons tige Hinweis e/ Achtung/ Achtung: _War nung vor Sac hsc häden allgemein_ - Erläut erung @ 13\ mod_1343310134623_21.doc x @ 101041 @ @ 1
Damage to Property!
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in damage to property.
Pos : 12.4.6 /All e Serien ( Allgemei ne Module)/ Wic htige Erläut erungen/ Sicherheits- und sons tige Hinweis e/ Achtung/ Achtung: _War nung vor Sac hsc häden durc h elektr ost atis che Aufladung_ - Erläut erung @ 13\ mod_1343310227702_21.doc x @ 101044 @ @ 1
Damage to Property Caused by Electrostatic Discharge (ESD)!
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in damage to property.
Pos : 12.4.7 /All e Serien ( Allgemei ne Module)/ Wic htige Erläut erungen/ Sicherheits- und sons tige Hinweis e/Hi nweis /Hinweis: _Wic htiger Hi nweis allgemein_ - Erläut erung @ 13\ mod_1343310326906_21. doc x @ 101047 @ @ 1
Important Note!
Indicates a potential malfunction which, if not avoided, however, will not result in damage to property.
Pos : 12.4.8 /All e Serien ( Allgemei ne Module)/ Wic htige Erläut erungen/ Sicherheits- und sons tige Hinweis e/I nf or mation/I nf or mation: _Weiter e I nf or mation allgemei n_ - Erl äuter ung @ 13\ mod_1343310439814_21. doc x @ 101051 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
14 Notes about this Documentation WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Additional Information:
Refers to additional information which is not an integral part of this documentation (e.g., the Internet).
Pos : 12.5 /Dokumentation allgemei n/ Glieder ungs elemente/---Seit enwechs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 12.6 /All e Seri en ( Allgemei ne Module)/Hi nweis e zur D okument ati on/Zahlens yst eme @ 3\ mod_1221059454015_21. doc x @ 21711 @ 2 @ 1
1.4 Number Notation
Table 1: Number Notation
Number Code Example
Decimal 100
Hexadecimal
Binary
0x64
'100'
'0110.0100'
Pos : 12.7 /All e Seri en ( Allgemei ne Module)/Hi nweis e zur D okument ati on/Sc hrift konventi onen @ 3\ mod_1221059521437_21. doc x @ 21714 @ 2 @ 1
1.5 Font Conventions
Notes about this Documentation 15
Note
Normal notation
C notation
In quotation marks, nibble separated with dots (.)
Pos : 13 /D okument ation allgemei n/ Glieder ungs elemente/---Seit enwechs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Table 2: Font Conventions
Font Type Indicates
italic Names of paths and data files are marked in italic-type. e.g.: C:\Programme\WAGO-I/O-CHECK
Menu
Menu items are marked in bold letters. e.g.: Save
>
Input
A greater-than sign between two names means the selection of a menu item from a menu. e.g.: File > New
Designation of input or optional fields are marked in bold letters, e.g.: Start of measurement range
“Value” Input or selective values are marked in inverted commas. e.g.: Enter the value “4 mA” under Start of measurement range.
[Button]
Pushbuttons in dialog boxes are marked with bold letters in square brackets. e.g.: [Input]
[Key]
Keys are marked with bold letters in square brackets. e.g.: [F5]
Manual
Version 1.1.0
16 Important Notes
Pos : 14 /All e Seri en (Allgemei ne Module)/Ü berschrif ten f ür alle Serien/ Wichtige Erläut erungen/ Wichtige Erläuter ungen - Übersc hrift 1 @ 4\ mod_1241428899156_21. doc x @ 32170 @ 1 @ 1
2 Important Notes
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 15.1 /All e Seri en ( Allgemei ne Module)/ Wic htige Erläut erungen/ Einl eitung Wic htige Erläut erungen @ 3\ mod_1221059818031_21. doc x @ 21717 @ @ 1
This section includes an overall summary of the most important safety requirements and notes that are mentioned in each individual section. To protect your health and prevent damage to devices as well, it is imperative to read and carefully follow the safety guidelines.
Pos : 15.2 /All e Seri en ( Allgemei ne Module)/Ü bers chrift en f ür alle Serien/ Wichtige Erläuter ungenR ec htlic he Gr undlag en - Übersc hrift 2 @ 3\ mod_1221060626343_21. doc x @ 21726 @ 2 @ 1
2.1 Legal Bases
Pos : 15.3 /All e Seri en ( Allgemei ne Module)/ Wic htige Erläut erungen/ Änderungs vor behalt - Ü bers chrift 3 und I nhalt @ 3\ mod_1221060036484_21.doc x @ 21720 @ 3 @ 1
2.1.1 Subject to Changes
WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH & Co. KG reserves the right to provide for any alterations or modifications that serve to increase the efficiency of technical progress. WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH & Co. KG owns all rights arising from the granting of patents or from the legal protection of utility patents. Third-party products are always mentioned without any reference to patent rights. Thus, the existence of such rights cannot be excluded.
Pos : 15.4 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Wic htige Erläut erungen/ Pers onalqualifi kationPers onalqualifi kation 750- xxxx - Ü bersc hrift 3 und I nhalt @ 3\ mod_1224061208046_21. doc x @ 24063 @ 3 @ 1
2.1.2 Personnel Qualifications
All sequences implemented on WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 devices may only be carried out by electrical specialists with sufficient knowledge in automation. The specialists must be familiar with the current norms and guidelines for the devices and automated environments.
All changes to the coupler or controller should always be carried out by qualified personnel with sufficient skills in PLC programming.
Pos : 15.5 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Wic htige Erläut erungen/ Bes timmungsgemäß e Verwendung/ Besti mmungsgemäß e Ver wendung 750- xxxx - Übersc hrift 3 und Inhalt @ 3\ mod_1224064151234_21. doc x @ 24070 @ 3 @ 1
2.1.3 Use of the WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 in Compliance with
Underlying Provisions
Fieldbus couplers, fieldbus controllers and I/O modules found in the modular
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 receive digital and analog signals from sensors and transmit them to actuators or higher-level control systems. Using programmable controllers, the signals can also be (pre-) processed.
The devices have been developed for use in an environment that meets the IP20 protection class criteria. Protection against finger injury and solid impurities up to
12.5 mm diameter is assured; protection against water damage is not ensured.
Unless otherwise specified, operation of the devices in wet and dusty environments is prohibited.
Operating the WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 devices in home applications without further measures is only permitted if they meet the emission limits (emissions of interference) according to EN 61000-6-3. You will find the relevant information in the section “Device Description” > “Standards and Guidelines” in the manual for the used fieldbus coupler/controller.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Important Notes 17
Appropriate housing (per 94/9/EG) is required when operating the WAGO-I/O-
SYSTEM 750 in hazardous environments. Please note that a prototype test certificate must be obtained that confirms the correct installation of the system in a housing or switch cabinet.
Pos : 15.6 /All e Seri en ( Allgemei ne Module)/ Wic htige Erläut erungen/T ec hnisc her Z ust and der G erät e - Übersc hrift 3 und Inhalt @ 3\ mod_1221060446109_21. doc x @ 21723 @ 3 @ 1
2.1.4 Technical Condition of Specified Devices
The devices to be supplied ex works are equipped with hardware and software configurations, which meet the individual application requirements. WAGO
Kontakttechnik GmbH & Co. KG will be exempted from any liability in case of changes in hardware or software as well as to non-compliant usage of devices.
Pos : 15.7 /Dokumentation allgemei n/ Glieder ungs elemente/---Seit enwechs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Please send your request for modified and new hardware or software configurations directly to WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH & Co. KG.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
18 Important Notes WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 15.8 /All e Seri en ( Allgemei ne Module)/Ü bers chrift en f ür alle Serien/ Wichtige Erläuter ungenSic her hei tshi nweis e - Übersc hrift 2 @ 6\ mod_1260180299987_21. doc x @ 46724 @ 2 @ 1
2.2 Safety Advice (Precautions)
Pos : 15.9 /All e Seri en ( Allgemei ne Dokumente) ( Allgemei ne Module)/ Wic htige Erläut erungen/ Sicherheits hi nweis e/ Einl eitung Sicherheits hinweis e H ardware @ 6\ mod_1260180170493_21.doc x @ 46720 @ @ 1
For installing and operating purposes of the relevant device to your system the following safety precautions shall be observed:
Pos : 15.10. 1 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okument e) (Allgemeine M odul e)/ Wichtige Erläuter ungen/Sic herheits hinweise/G ef ahr /G ef ahr: Nicht an G erät en unter Spannung ar beit en! @ 6\ mod_1260180365327_21. doc x @ 46727 @ @ 1
Do not work on devices while energized!
All power sources to the device shall be switched off prior to performing any installation, repair or maintenance work.
Pos : 15.10. 2 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/Wic htig e Erl äuter ung en/Sic her hei ts- und s onstige Hi nweise/G ef ahr/ Gefahr: Ei nbau 0750- xxxx nur i n Gehäus en, Sc hränken oder el ektrisc hen Betriebsräumen! @ 6\ mod_1260180556692_21.doc x @ 46731 @ @ 1
Install the device only in appropriate housings, cabinets or in electrical operation rooms!
The WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 and its components are an open system. As such, install the system and its components exclusively in appropriate housings, cabinets or in electrical operation rooms. Allow access to such equipment and fixtures to authorized, qualified staff only by means of specific keys or tools.
Pos : 15.10. 3 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okument e) (Allgemeine M odul e)/ Wichtige Erläuter ungen/Sic herheits hinweise/G ef ahr /G ef ahr: Unfall verhüt ungs vorsc hrift en beachten! @ 6\ mod_1260180657000_21.doc x @ 46735 @ @ 1
Pos : 15.10. 4 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okument e) (Allgemeine M odul e)/ Wichtige Erläuter ungen/Sic herheits hinweise/G ef ahr /G ef ahr: Auf normg erec ht en Ansc hluss ac ht en! @ 6\mod_1260180753479_21.doc x @ 46739 @ @ 1
Pos : 15.11. 1 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okument e) (Allgemeine M odul e)/ Wichtige Erläuter ungen/Sic herheits hinweise/Ac ht ung/Ac ht ung: Defekt e oder besc hädigt e Ger ät e aus tausc hen! @ 6\mod_1260180857358_21. doc x @ 46743 @ @ 1
Replace defective or damaged devices!
Replace defective or damaged device/module (e.g., in the event of deformed contacts), since the long-term functionality of device/module involved can no longer be ensured.
Pos : 15.11. 2 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okument e) (Allgemeine M odul e)/ Wichtige Erläuter ungen/Sic herheits hinweise/Ac ht ung/Ac ht ung: G eräte vor kriec henden und is olier enden Stoff en schüt zen! @ 6\ mod_1260181036216_21. doc x @ 46747 @ @ 1
Protect the components against materials having seeping and insulating properties!
The components are not resistant to materials having seeping and insulating properties such as: aerosols, silicones and triglycerides (found in some hand creams). If you cannot exclude that such materials will appear in the component environment, then install the components in an enclosure being resistant to the above-mentioned materials. Clean tools and materials are imperative for handling devices/modules.
Pos : 15.11. 3 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okument e) (Allgemeine M odul e)/ Wichtige Erläuter ungen/Sic herheits hinweise/Ac ht ung/Ac ht ung: Rei nigung nur mit zul ässigen M at erialien! @ 6\ mod_1260181203293_21.doc x @ 46751 @ @ 1
Clean only with permitted materials!
Clean soiled contacts using oil-free compressed air or with ethyl alcohol and leather cloths.
Pos : 15.11. 4 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okument e) (Allgemeine M odul e)/ Wichtige Erläuter ungen/Sic herheits hinweise/Ac ht ung/Ac ht ung: Kei n Kont akts pray verwenden! @ 6\ mod_1260181290808_21. doc x @ 46755 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Important Notes 19
Do not use any contact spray!
Do not use any contact spray. The spray may impair contact area functionality in connection with contamination.
Pos : 15.11. 5 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okument e) (Allgemeine M odul e)/ Wichtige Erläuter ungen/Sic herheits hinweise/Ac ht ung/Ac ht ung: Verpol ung ver mei den! @ 6\ mod_1260184045744_21.doc x @ 46767 @ @ 1
Do not reverse the polarity of connection lines!
Avoid reverse polarity of data and power supply lines, as this may damage the devices involved.
Pos : 15.11. 6 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okument e) (Allgemeine M odul e)/ Wichtige Erläuter ungen/Sic herheits hinweise/Ac ht ung/Ac ht ung: El ektr ost atisc he Entl adung vermeiden! @ 6\ mod_1260181364729_21. doc x @ 46759 @ @ 1
Avoid electrostatic discharge!
The devices are equipped with electronic components that may be destroyed by electrostatic discharge when touched. Please observe the safety precautions against electrostatic discharge per DIN EN 61340-5-1/-3. When handling the devices, please ensure that environmental factors (personnel, work space and packaging) are properly grounded.
Pos : 16 /D okument ation allgemei n/ Glieder ungs elemente/---Seit enwechs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
20 Important Notes WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 17 /All e Seri en (Allgemei ne Module)/ Wic htige Erläut erungen/ Spezi elle Einsat zbesti mmung en f ür ETH ERN ET-Ger ät e @ 12\mod_1336642945500_21.doc x @ 94792 @ 2 @ 1
2.3 Special Use Conditions for ETHERNET Devices
Pos : 18 /D okument ation allgemei n/ Glieder ungs elemente/---Seit enwechs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
If not otherwise specified, ETHERNET devices are intended for use on local networks. Please note the following when using ETHERNET devices in your system:
•
Do not connect control components and control networks to an open network such as the Internet or an office network. WAGO recommends putting control components and control networks behind a firewall.
•
Limit physical and electronic access to all automation components to authorized personnel only.
•
Change the default passwords before first use! This will reduce the risk of unauthorized access to your system.
•
Regularly change the passwords used! This will reduce the risk of unauthorized access to your system.
•
If remote access to control components and control networks is required, use a Virtual Private Network (VPN).
•
Regularly perform threat analyses. You can check whether the measures taken meet your security requirements.
•
Use “defense-in-depth” mechanisms in your system's security configuration to restrict the access to and control of individual products and networks.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 19.1 /All e Seri en ( Allgemei ne Module)/Ü bers chrift en f ür alle Serien/Syst embesc hrei bungSystembesc hrei bung - Ü bersc hrift 1 @ 3\ mod_1231491805015_21. doc x @ 25850 @ 1 @ 1
3 System Description
System Description 21
Pos : 19.2 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Syst embesc hrei bung/ Ger ät und Sys tem/Systembesc hrei bung - Auf bau Fel dbus knot en @ 3\ mod_1231492904937_21.doc x @ 25867 @ @ 1
The WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 is a modular, fieldbus-independent input/output system (I/O system). The configuration described here consists of a fieldbus coupler/controller (1) and the modular I/O modules (2) for any signal shapes that form the fieldbus node together. The end module (3) completes the node and is required for correct operation of the fieldbus node.
Figure 1: Fieldbus Node (Example)
Fieldbus couplers/controllers are available for different fieldbus systems.
Pos : 19.3 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Syst embesc hrei bung/ Ger ät und Sys tem/Systembesc hrei bung - Besc hrei bung Aufbau F eldbus knot en (Standard) @ 3\ mod_1231493221890_21.doc x @ 25870 @ @ 1
The standard fieldbus couplers/controllers and extended ECO fieldbus couplers contain the fieldbus interface, electronics and a power supply terminal. The fieldbus interface forms the physical interface to the relevant fieldbus. The electronics process the data of the I/O modules and make it available for the fieldbus communication. The 24 V system supply and the 24 V field supply are fed in via the integrated power supply terminal.
The fieldbus coupler/controller exchanges process data with the respective control via the respective fieldbus. The programmable fieldbus controllers (PFC) allow implementation of additional PLC functions. WAGO-I/O-PRO is used to program the fieldbus controllers according to IEC 61131-3.
Pos : 19.4 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Syst embesc hrei bung/ Ger ät und Sys tem/Systembesc hrei bung - Kommuni kati on Kl emmenbus , LEDs , 3-Leitert ec hni k @ 3\ mod_1231493520906_21. doc x @ 25877 @ @ 1
I/O modules for diverse digital and analog I/O signals as well as special functions can be connected to the fieldbus coupler/controller. The communication between the fieldbus coupler/controller and the I/O modules is carried out via an internal bus.
The components of the WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 have clear termination points, light emitting diodes for status display, plug-in mini WSB tags and group marker cards for labeling.
Pos : 19.5 /Dokumentation allgemei n/ Glieder ungs elemente/---Seit enwechs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
The 1, 2 or 3 wire technology supplemented by a ground wire connection allows for direct sensor or actuator wiring.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
22 System Description
Pos : 19.6 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Syst embesc hrei bung/ Ger ät und Sys tem/Fertig ungs nummer @ 3\ mod_1225444612218_21. doc x @ 24889 @ 2 @ 1
3.1 Manufacturing Number
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
The serial number indicates the delivery status directly after production. This number is part of the labeling on the side of each component.
In addition, the serial number is printed on the cover cap of the configuration and programming interface of the fieldbus coupler/controller, so that it can also be read when installed.
Figure 2: Labeling on the Side of a Component (Example)
Manufacturing number
01 03 01 02 03 - B060606
Calendar week
Year Software version
Hardware version
Firmware Internal loader version
Figure 3: Example of a Manufacturing Number number
The manufacturing number consists of the production week and year, the software version (if available), the hardware version of the component, the firmware loader
(if available) and further internal information for WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH
& Co. KG.
Pos : 19.7 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Syst embesc hrei bung/ Ger ät und Sys tem/Har dwar e-Adress e (M AC-ID) @ 7\ mod_1270708464299_21. doc x @ 54960 @ 2 @ 1
3.2 Hardware Address (MAC ID)
Each Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub has an internationally unambiguous physical address, referred to as the MAC-ID (Media Access Control Identity).
Pos : 19.8 /Dokumentation allgemei n/ Glieder ungs elemente/---Seit enwechs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
As part of the labeling on the right side of this component, the MAC ID is printed in the block diagram of the fieldbus coupler/controller.
In addition, the MAC ID is located on the paper strip with two self-adhesive peeloff strips on the left side of the fieldbus coupler/controller.
The MAC ID has a fixed length of 6 bytes (48 bits) which are presented hexadecimal. The first three bytes identify the manufacturer (e.g. 00:30 DE for
WAGO). The second 3 bytes comprise the unique serial number of the hardware.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 19.9 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Syst embesc hrei bung/ Ger ät und Sys tem/Komponent en-Update-M atri x @ 3\ mod_1231757422359_21. doc x @ 25928 @ 2 @ 1
3.3 Component Update
System Description 23
For the case of an update of one component, the lateral marking on each component contains a prepared matrix.
This matrix makes columns available for altogether three updates to the entry of the current update data, like production order number (NO; starting from calendar week 13/2004), date stamp (DS), software version (SW), hardware version (HW) and the firmware loader version (FWL, if available).
Current version data for
Production order no.
NO
1. Update 2. Update 3. Update
only starting from
Date stamp
Software version
DS
SW
calendar week 13/2004
Hardware version
Firmware loader vers.
HW
FWL
only for fieldbus
couplers/controllers
If the update of a component took place, the current version data are registered into the columns of the matrix.
Additionally with the update of a fieldbus coupler or controller also the cover of the configuration and programming interface of the fieldbus coupler or controller is imprinted with the current production order number.
The original manufacturing information on the device's housing remains unchanged.
Pos : 19.10 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/Systembesc hrei bung/G erät und Syst em/ Lagerung, Kommissi onierung und Tr ansport @ 3\ mod_1225446600609_21. doc x @ 24897 @ 2 @ 1
3.4 Storage, Assembly and Transport
Whenever possible, the components are to be stored in their original packaging.
Likewise, the original packaging provides optimal protection during transport.
Pos : 19.11 /D okument ati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel ement e/---Seit enwec hs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
When assembling or repacking the components, the contacts must not be soiled or damaged. The components must be stored and transported in appropriate containers/packaging. Thereby, the ESD information is to be regarded.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
24 System Description WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 19.12 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/Systembesc hrei bung/G erät und Syst em/ Aufbaurichtli nien und N or men @ 3\ mod_1231311929250_21. doc x @ 25820 @ 2 @ 1
3.5 Assembly Guidelines/Standards
DIN 60204 Electrical equipping of machines
Pos : 19.13 /D okument ati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel ement e/---Seit enwec hs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
DIN EN 50178 Equipping of high-voltage systems with electronic components
(replacement for VDE 0160)
EN 60439 Low voltage switchgear assemblies
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 19.14. 1 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/Sys tembesc hrei bung/Vers orgung/ Spannungsvers orgung - Ü berschrif t 2 @ 3\ mod_1232950078953_21. doc x @ 26680 @ 2 @ 1
3.6 Power Supply
Pos : 19.14. 2 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/Sys tembesc hrei bung/Vers orgung/ Potenti altrennung @ 3\mod_1232950094125_21.doc x @ 26732 @ 3 @ 1
3.6.1 Isolation
System Description 25
Within the fieldbus node, there are three electrically isolated potentials:
•
Electrically isolated fieldbus interface via transformer
•
Electronics of the fieldbus couplers/controllers and the I/O modules
(internal bus)
•
All I/O modules have an electrical isolation between the electronics
(internal bus, logic) and the field electronics. Some digital and analog input modules have each channel electrically isolated, please see catalog.
Pos : 19.14. 3 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/Sys tembesc hrei bung/Vers orgung/ Potenti altrennung - Bil d (Standar d + er weit ert er EC O) @ 3\ mod_1232950095187_21. doc x @ 26740 @ @ 1
Figure 4: Isolation for Fieldbus Couplers/Controllers (Example)
Pos : 19.14. 4 /D okument ati on allgemein/Gli ederungsel ement e/---Seit enwec hs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
26 System Description
Pos : 19.14. 5 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/Sys tembesc hrei bung/Vers orgung/ Syst emversorgung - Ü bersc hrift 3 @ 3\ mod_1232950096265_21.doc x @ 26748 @ 3 @ 1
3.6.2 System Supply
Pos : 19.14. 6 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/Sys tembesc hrei bung/Vers orgung/ Syst emversorgung - Ans chl uss @ 3\ mod_1232950096796_21. doc x @ 26752 @ 4 @ 1
3.6.2.1 Connection
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
The WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 requires a 24 V direct current system supply.
The power supply is provided via the fieldbus coupler/controller and, if necessary, in addition via internal system supply modules 750-613. The power supply is reverse voltage protected.
Do not use an incorrect voltage/frequency!
The use of an incorrect supply voltage or frequency can cause severe damage to the components.
Pos : 19.14. 7 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/Sys tembesc hrei bung/Vers orgung/ Syst emversorgung - Ans chl uss - Sys temvers orgung ( St andar d + er wei tert er ECO) @ 3\ mod_1232950104031_21. doc x @ 26776 @ @ 1
Figure 5: System Supply via Fieldbus Coupler/Controller (left) and via Internal System Supply
Module (right)
Table 3: Legend for Figure “System Supply via Fieldbus Coupler/Controller (left) and via Internal
System Supply Module (right)”
Position Description
1 System supply DC 24 V (-25 % … +30 %)
2 System supply 0 V
Pos : 19.14. 8 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/Sys tembesc hrei bung/Vers orgung/ Syst emversorgung - Ans chl uss - Di e eing espeist e 24 V-Gleic hs pannung versorgt. .. @ 3\ mod_1232950097328_21. doc x @ 26756 @ @ 1
The fed DC 24 V supplies all internal system components, e.g. fieldbus coupler/controller electronics, fieldbus interface and I/O modules via the internal bus (5 V system voltage). The 5 V system voltage is galvanically connected to the
24 V system supply.
Pos : 19.14. 9 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/Sys tembesc hrei bung/Vers orgung/ Syst emversorgung - Ans chl uss - Sys tems pannung (Standar d + er weit ert er EC O) @ 3\ mod_1232950102359_21. doc x @ 26768 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
System Description 27
Figure 6: System Voltage for Standard Couplers/Controllers and Extended ECO Couplers
Pos : 19.14. 10 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ Syst embes chr eibung/ Versorgung/Syst emvers orgung - Ansc hlus s - Hi nweis : Gl eichz. R üc ks et zen aller Vers orgungsmodul e @ 3\ mod_1232950097906_21. doc x @ 26760 @ @ 1
Only reset the system simultaneously for all supply modules!
Reset the system by simultaneously switching the system supply at all supply modules (fieldbus coupler/controller and potential supply module with bus power supply) off and on again.
Pos : 19.14. 11 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ Syst embes chr eibung/ Versorgung/Syst emvers orgung - Ausl egung @ 3\ mod_1232950104812_21. doc x @ 26780 @ 4 @ 1
3.6.2.2 Dimensioning
Recommendation
A stable power supply cannot always be assumed. Therefore, you should use regulated power supplies to ensure the quality of the supply voltage.
The supply capacity of the fieldbus coupler/controller or the internal system supply module can be taken from the technical data of the components.
Pos : 19.14. 12 /D okument ation allgemein/ Gliederungselement e/---Sei tenwechsel--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Table 4: Alignment
Internal current consumption
*)
Current consumption via system voltage (5 V for electronics of I/O modules and fieldbus coupler/controller).
Total current for I/O modules
*)
Available current for the I/O modules. Provided by the bus power supply unit. See fieldbus coupler/controller and internal system supply module
*)
See current catalog, manuals, Internet
Manual
Version 1.1.0
28 System Description
Pos : 19.14. 13 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ Syst embes chr eibung/ Versorgung/Beis piel: @ 3\ mod_1232630417843_21.doc x @ 26605 @ @ 1
Example:
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 19.14. 14 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ Syst embes chr eibung/ Versorgung/Syst emvers orgung - Ausl egung - Beispi el 1 (Standar d) @ 3\ mod_1232950106875_21.doc x @ 26792 @ @ 1
Calculating the current consumption on the fieldbus coupler:
Internal current consumption of the coupler
Total current for I/O modules
Sum I
(5 V) total
350 mA at 5 V
1650 mA at 5 V
2000 mA at 5 V
Pos : 19.14. 15 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ Syst embes chr eibung/ Versorgung/Syst emvers orgung - Ausl egung - Inter ne Stromaufnahme/ Summenstr om @ 3\ mod_1232950111375_21. doc x @ 26816 @ @ 1
The internal current consumption is indicated in the technical data for each bus terminal. In order to determine the total requirement, add together the values of all
I/O modules in the node.
Please note the aggregate current for I/O modules. It may be necessary to supply potential!
When the sum of the internal current consumption for the I/O modules exceeds their aggregate current, you must use a supply module with bus power supply.
Install it before the position where the permissible aggregate current would be exceeded.
Pos : 19.14. 16 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ Syst embes chr eibung/ Versorgung/Beis piel: @ 3\ mod_1232630417843_21.doc x @ 26605 @ @ 1
Example:
Pos : 19.14. 17 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ Syst embes chr eibung/ Versorgung/Syst emvers orgung - Ausl egung - Beispi el 2 (Standar d) @ 3\ mod_1232950109109_21.doc x @ 26804 @ @ 1
Calculating the total current on a standard fieldbus coupler/controller:
A node configuration with 20 relay modules (750-517) and 30 digital input modules (750-405) should be attached to a fieldbus coupler/controller:
Internal current consumptions 20 × 90 mA = 1800 mA at 5 V
+ 30 × 2 mA = 60 mA at 5 V
Sum of internal current consumptions
1860 mA at 5 V
However, the fieldbus coupler can only provide 1650 mA for the I/O modules.
Consequently, an internal system supply module (750-613), e. g. in the middle of the node, should be added.
Pos : 19.14. 18 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ Syst embes chr eibung/ Versorgung/Syst emvers orgung - Ausl egung - Berec hnung Ei ngangsstrom @ 3\ mod_1232950109984_21.doc x @ 26808 @ @ 1
Recommendation
Utilize the smartDESIGNER feature WAGO ProServe
® software to configure fieldbus node assembly. You can test the configuration via the integrated plausibility check.
The maximum input current of the 24 V system supply is 500 mA. The exact electrical consumption (I
(V)
) can be determined with the following formulas:
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
System Description 29
Fieldbus coupler or controller
I
(5 V) total
= Sum of all the internal current consumption of the connected
I/O modules + internal current consumption of the fieldbus coupler/controller
Internal system supply module
I
(5 V) total
= Sum of all the internal current consumption of the connected
I/O modules at internal system supply module
Input current I
(24 V)
=
Pos : 19.14. 19 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ Syst embes chr eibung/ Versorgung/Syst emvers orgung - Ausl egung - n= 0, 87 (87% N etz teil wir kungsgrad bei 24 V) @ 3\ mod_1232950112718_21.doc x @ 26824 @ @ 1
5 V
24 V
×
I
(5 V) total
η
η = 0.87
(87 % Efficiency of the power supply at nominal load 24 V)
Pos : 19.14. 20 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ Syst embes chr eibung/ Versorgung/Syst emvers orgung - Ausl egung - Hi nweis: Bei Test der Str omauf nahme Ausg äng e akti vi eren @ 3\ mod_1232950110750_21. doc x @ 26812 @ @ 1
Activate all outputs when testing the current consumption!
If the electrical consumption of a power supply point for the 24 V system supply exceeds 500 mA, then the cause may be an improperly dimensioned node or a defect.
During the test, you must activate all outputs.
Pos : 19.14. 21 /D okument ation allgemein/ Gliederungselement e/---Sei tenwechsel--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
30 System Description
Pos : 19.14. 22 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ Syst embes chr eibung/ Versorgung/F eldversorgung - Ü bersc hrift 3 @ 3\ mod_1232950080953_21.doc x @ 26688 @ 3 @ 1
3.6.3 Field Supply
Pos : 19.14. 23 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ Syst embes chr eibung/ Versorgung/F eldversorgung - Ans chl uss @ 3\ mod_1232950082031_21. doc x @ 26696 @ 4 @ 1
3.6.3.1 Connection
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Sensors and actuators can be directly connected to the relevant channel of the I/O module in 1, 2, 3 or 4 conductor connection technology. The I/O module supplies power to the sensors and actuators. The input and output drivers of some I/O modules require the field side supply voltage.
Pos : 19.14. 24 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ Syst embes chr eibung/ Versorgung/F eldversorgung - Ans chl uss - Ei nspeis ung fel dsei tig (St andard + er weitert er ECO) @ 3\ mod_1232950087703_21. doc x @ 26712 @ @ 1
The fieldbus coupler/controller provides field side power (DC 24 V). In this case it is a passive power supply without protection equipment.
Pos : 19.14. 25 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ Syst embes chr eibung/ Versorgung/F eldversorgung - Ans chl uss - Pot entialgruppen mit Eins peisekl emme @ 3\ mod_1232950090437_21. doc x @ 26720 @ @ 1
Power supply modules with or without fuse holder and diagnostic capability are available for the power supply of other field potentials (DC 24 V, AC/DC 0 …
230 V, AC 120 V, AC 230 V). The power supply modules can also be used to set up various potential groups. The connections are connected in pairs to a power contact.
Pos : 19.14. 26 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ Syst embes chr eibung/ Versorgung/F eldversorgung - Ans chl uss - Bild: F el dvers orgung (St andard + er weit erter ECO) @ 3\ mod_1232950085156_21.doc x @ 26704 @ @ 1
Figure 7: Field Supply for Standard Couplers/Controllers and Extended ECO Couplers
Pos : 19.14. 27 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ Syst embes chr eibung/ Versorgung/F eldversorgung - Leg ende z u Abbildung "F el dvers orgung für St andard-F eldbus k/F el dvers orgung - Legende zu Abbil dung "F eldversorgung f ür St andard-Fel dbus k/-contr oller u er w EC O-F" @ 16\ mod_1375693993330_21. doc x @ 127730 @ @ 1
Table 5: Legend for Figure “Field Supply for Standard Couplers/Controllers and Extended ECO
Couplers”
Field supply
1 24 V (-15 % / +20 %)
2 0 V
3 Optional ground potential
Power jumper contacts
4 Potential distribution to adjacent I/O modules
Pos : 19.14. 28 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ Syst embes chr eibung/ Versorgung/F eldversorgung - Ans chl uss - Weiterl eit ung Vers orgungsspg., Strombel ast ung 10 A, neue Eins peisekl emme @ 8\ mod_1279805441785_21.doc x @ 60845 @ @ 1
The field-side power supply is automatically derived from the power jumper contacts when snapping an I/O module.
The current load of the power contacts must not exceed 10 A on a continual basis.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
System Description 31
By inserting an additional power supply module, the field supply via the power contacts is disrupted. From there a new power supply occurs which may also contain a new voltage potential.
Pos : 19.14. 29 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ Syst embes chr eibung/ Versorgung/F eldversorgung - Ans chl uss - 2 Hi nweise: Pot ential neu ei ns peis en + Dis tanz kl emme @ 3\ mod_1232950091343_21.doc x @ 26724 @ @ 1
Re-establish the ground connection when the connection to the power jumper contacts is disrupted!
Some I/O modules have no or very few power contacts (depending on the I/O function). Due to this, the passing through of the relevant potential is disrupted. If you require a field supply via power jumper contacts for subsequent I/O modules, then you have to use a power supply module.
Note the data sheets of the I/O modules.
Use a spacer module when setting up a node with different potentials!
In the case of a node setup with different potentials, e.g. the alteration from
DC 24 V to AC 230 V, you should use a spacer module. The optical separation of the potentials acts as a warning to heed caution in the case of wiring and maintenance works. Thus, you can prevent the results of wiring errors.
Pos : 19.14. 30 /D okument ation allgemein/ Gliederungselement e/---Sei tenwechsel--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
32 System Description
Pos : 19.14. 31 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ Syst embes chr eibung/ Versorgung/F eldversorgung - Absic herung @ 3\ mod_1232950081500_21.doc x @ 26692 @ 4 @ 1
3.6.3.2 Fusing
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Internal fusing of the field supply is possible for various field voltages via an appropriate power supply module.
Table 6: Power Supply Modules
Order No.
750-601
750-609
750-615
750-617
750-610
750-611
Field Voltage
24 V DC, Supply/Fuse
230 V AC, Supply/Fuse
120 V AC, Supply/Fuse
24 V AC, Supply/Fuse
24 V DC, Supply/Fuse/Diagnosis
230 V AC, Supply/Fuse/Diagnosis
750-606 Supply Module 24 V DC, 1,0 A, Ex i
750-625/000-001 Supply Module 24 V DC, 1,0 A, Ex i (without diagnostics)
Figure 8: Supply Module with Fuse Carrier (Example 750-610)
Observe the maximum power dissipation and, if required, UL requirements!
In the case of power supply modules with fuse holders, you must only use fuses with a maximum dissipation of 1.6 W (IEC 127).
For UL approved systems only use UL approved fuses.
In order to insert or change a fuse, or to switch off the voltage in succeeding I/O modules, the fuse holder may be pulled out. In order to do this, use a screwdriver for example, to reach into one of the slits (one on both sides) and pull out the holder.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Figure 9: Removing the Fuse Carrier
Lifting the cover to the side opens the fuse carrier.
System Description 33
Figure 10: Opening the Fuse Carrier
Figure 11: Changing the Fuse
After changing the fuse, the fuse carrier is pushed back into its original position.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
34 System Description WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Alternatively, fusing can be done externally. The fuse modules of the WAGO series 281 and 282 are suitable for this purpose.
Figure 12: Fuse Modules for Automotive Fuses, Series 282
Figure 13: Fuse Modules for Automotive Fuses, Series 2006
Figure 14: Fuse Modules with Pivotable Fuse Carrier, Series 281
Figure 15: Fuse Modules with Pivotable Fuse Carrier, Series 2002
Pos : 19.14. 32 /D okument ation allgemein/ Gliederungselement e/---Sei tenwechsel--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 19.14. 33 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ Syst embes chr eibung/ Versorgung/Ergänz ende Eins peisungs vors chrift en (Standar d) @ 3\ mod_1232950080218_21.doc x @ 26684 @ 3 @ 1
3.6.4 Supplementary Power Supply Regulations
System Description 35
The WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 can also be used in shipbuilding or offshore and onshore areas of work (e. g. working platforms, loading plants). This is demonstrated by complying with the standards of influential classification companies such as Germanischer Lloyd and Lloyds Register.
Filter modules for 24 V supply are required for the certified operation of the system.
Table 7: Filter Modules for 24 V Supply
Order No. Name Description
750-626 Supply Filter Filter module for system supply and field supply
(24 V, 0 V), i. e. for fieldbus coupler/controller and bus power supply (750-613)
750-624 Supply Filter Filter module for the 24 V field supply
(750-602, 750-601, 750-610)
Therefore, the following power supply concept must be absolutely complied with.
Figure 16: Power Supply Concept
Use a supply module for equipotential bonding!
Use an additional 750-601/ 602/ 610 Supply Module behind the 750-626 Filter
Module if you want to use the lower power jumper contact for equipotential bonding, e.g., between shielded connections and require an additional tap for this potential.
Pos : 19.14. 34 /D okument ation allgemein/ Gliederungselement e/---Sei tenwechsel--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
36 System Description
Pos : 19.14. 35 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ Syst embes chr eibung/ Versorgung/Vers orgungs beis piel - Übersc hrift + Hinweis @ 3\ mod_1232949833531_21. doc x @ 26670 @ 3 @ 1
3.6.5 Supply Example
Suppl Sggggggggggggggggg
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
The system supply and the field supply shall be separated!
You should separate the system supply and the field supply in order to ensure bus operation in the event of a short-circuit on the actuator side.
Pos : 19.14. 36 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ Syst embes chr eibung/ Versorgung/Vers orgungs beis piel - Bil d (Standar d) @ 3\ mod_1232950114015_21.doc x @ 26832 @ @ 1
Figure 17: Supply Example for Standard Couplers/Controllers
Pos : 19.14. 37 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ Syst embes chr eibung/ Versorgung/Vers orgungs beis piel - Legende zu Abbil dung "Vers orgungs beis pi el f ür F eldbus koppler/-c ontroller" @ 16\ mod_1375881755097_21. doc x @ 128220 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
System Description 37
Table 8: Legend for Figure “Supply Example for Fieldbus Coupler/Controller”
Pos. Description
1 Power Supply on coupler via external Supply Module
2 Power Supply with optional ground
3 Internal System Supply Module
4 Separation module recommended
5 Supply Module passive
Pos : 19.14. 38 /D okument ation allgemein/ Gliederungselement e/---Sei tenwechsel--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
6 Supply Module with fuse carrier/diagnostics
Manual
Version 1.1.0
38 System Description
Pos : 19.14. 39 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ Syst embes chr eibung/ Versorgung/Netzger ät e @ 3\ mod_1232950093484_21. doc x @ 26728 @ 3 @ 1
3.6.6 Power Supply Unit
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
The WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 requires a 24 VDC voltage (system supply).
Recommendation
A stable power supply cannot always be assumed everywhere. Therefore, you should use regulated power supplies to ensure the quality of the supply voltage
(see also table “WAGO power supply units”).
For brief voltage dips, a buffer (200 µF per 1 A load current) must be provided.
Power failure time not acc. IEC 61131-2!
Note that the power failure time of 10 ms acc. IEC 61131-2 is not maintained in a maximum configuration.
The power demand must be determined individually depending on the entry point of the field supply. All loads through field devices and I/O modules must be taken into account. The field supply also impacts the I/O modules because the input and output drivers of some I/O modules require the voltage of the field supply.
System and field supply must be isolated!
The system supply and field supply must be isolated to ensure bus operation in the event of short circuits on the actuator side.
Pos : 19.14. 40 /D okument ation allgemein/ Gliederungselement e/---Sei tenwechsel--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Table 9: WAGO Power Supply Units (Selection)
Description WAGO Power
Supply Unit
787-612 Primary switched mode;
DC 24 V; 2,5 A Input nominal voltage AC 230 V
787-622
787-632
288-809
288-810
288-812
288-813
Primary switched mode;
DC 24 V; 5 A Input nominal voltage AC 230 V
Primary switched mode;
DC 24 V; 10 A Input nominal voltage AC 230/115 V
Rail-mounted modules with universal mounting carrier
AC 115 V/DC 24 V; 0,5 A
AC 230 V/DC 24 V; 0,5 A
AC 230 V/DC 24 V; 2 A
AC 115 V/DC 24 V; 2 A
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 19.14. 41 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ Syst embes chr eibung/ Versorgung/Er dung @ 3\ mod_1231246555687_21. doc x @ 25802 @ 23443 @ 1
3.7 Grounding
System Description 39
3.7.1 Grounding the DIN Rail
3.7.1.1 Framework Assembly
When setting up the framework, the carrier rail must be screwed together with the electrically conducting cabinet or housing frame. The framework or the housing must be grounded. The electrical connection is established via the screw. Thus, the carrier rail is grounded.
Ensure sufficient grounding is provided!
You must take care to ensure the flawless electrical connection between the carrier rail and the frame or housing in order to guarantee sufficient grounding.
3.7.1.2 Insulated Assembly
Insulated assembly has been achieved when there is constructively no direct ohmic contact between the cabinet frame or machine parts and the carrier rail.
Here, the earth ground must be set up via an electrical conductor in accordance with valid national safety regulations.
Recommendation
The optimal setup is a metallic assembly plate with grounding connection which is electrically conductive linked to the carrier rail.
The separate grounding of the carrier rail can be easily set up with the aid of the
WAGO ground wire terminals.
Table 10: WAGO Ground Wire Terminals
Order No. Description
283-609 1-conductor ground (earth) terminal block make an automatic contact to the carrier rail; conductor cross section: 0.2 mm² … 16 mm
2
Note: Also order the end and intermediate plate (283-320).
Manual
Version 1.1.0
40 System Description
3.7.2 Grounding Function
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
The grounding function increases the resistance against electro-magnetic interferences. Some components in the I/O system have a carrier rail contact that dissipates electro-magnetic interferences to the carrier rail.
Figure 18: Carrier Rail Contact (Example)
Ensure sufficient grounding is provided!
You must take care to ensure the direct electrical connection between the carrier rail contact and the carrier rail.
The carrier rail must be grounded.
For information on carrier rail properties, see section “Mounting” > … > “Carrier
Rail Properties”.
Pos : 19.14. 42 /D okument ation allgemein/ Gliederungselement e/---Sei tenwechsel--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
The bottom CAGE CLAMP
® connectors of the supply modules enable optional connection of a field-side functional ground. This potential is made available to the I/O module arranged on the right through the spring-loaded contact of the three power contacts. Some I/O modules are equipped with a knife-edge contact that taps this potential. This forms a potential group with regard to functional ground with the I/O module arranged on the left.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 19.14. 43 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ Syst embes chr eibung/ Versorgung/Schir mung @ 3\ mod_1231251994828_21. doc x @ 25813 @ 23333 @ 1
3.8 Shielding
System Description 41
3.8.1 General
Use of shielded cables reduces electromagnetic interference and thus increases signal quality. Measurement errors, data transmission errors and interference due to excessive voltage can be prevented.
Connect the cable shield to the ground potential!
Integrated shielding is mandatory to meet the technical specifications in regards to measuring accuracy. Connect the cable shield and ground potential at the inlet to the cabinet or housing. This allows induced interference to dissipate and to be kept away from devices in the cabinet or housing.
Improve shielding performance by placing the shield over a large area!
Higher shielding performance is achieved via low-impedance connection between shield and ground. For this purpose, connect the shield over a large surface area, e.g., WAGO shield connecting system. This is especially recommended for largescale systems where equalizing current or high impulse-type currents caused by atmospheric discharge may occur.
Keep data and signal lines away from sources of interference!
Route data and signal lines separately from all high voltage cables and other sources of high electromagnetic emission (e.g., frequency converter or drives).
3.8.2 Bus Cables
The shielding of the bus line is described in the respective configuration guidelines and standards of the bus system.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
42 System Description
3.8.3 Signal Lines
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
I/O modules for analog signals and some interface I/O modules are equipped with shield clamps.
Use shielded signal lines!
Only use shielded signal lines for analog signals and I/O modules which are equipped with shield clamps. Only then can you ensure that the accuracy and interference immunity specified for the respective I/O module can be achieved even in the presence of interference acting on the signal cable.
3.8.4 WAGO Shield Connecting System
The WAGO shield connecting system consists of shield clamping saddles, busbars and various mounting carriers. These components can be used to achieve many different configurations.
Figure 19: Examples of the WAGO Shield Connecting System
Pos : 20 /D okument ation allgemei n/ Glieder ungs elemente/---Seit enwechs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Figure 20: Application of the WAGO Shield Connecting System
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 21 /All e Seri en (Allgemei ne Module)/Ü berschrif ten f ür alle Serien/G erätebesc hreibung/G erätebeschr eibung - Übersc hrift 1 @ 3\ mod_1233756084656_21. doc x @ 27096 @ 1 @ 1
4 Device Description
Device Description 43
Pos : 22.1 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Ei nlei tung/F eldbus koppl er/-c ontroller/ Einl eit ender Text/D er programmier bare F eldbusc ontroller xy f ür F ernwir kt ec hni k dec kt die Anf orderungen.. . (872) @ 6\ mod_1255500981843_21.doc x @ 42647 @ @ 1
The 750-872 Programmable Fieldbus Controller (PFC) meets the requirements for use in telecontrol applications and combines the functionality of an Ethernetbased Fieldbus Coupler with the functionality of a Programmable Logic
Controller (PLC).
Pos : 22.2 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Ei nlei tung/Anwendung/F BK/PFC /I nf ormati on: Ei ns atz 750- xxx T elec ontrol im Bereic h der Fer nwir kt echni k (I EC 60870 und I EC61850) 872 @ 20\ mod_1410856588114_21.doc x @ 163521 @ @ 1
Further Information on the Use in Telecontrol Applications!
If the fieldbus controller is used for telecontrol applications, please observe both
"IEC-61850 Solution for Programmable Telecontrollers" and "IEC-60870
Solution for Programmable Telecontrollers" quickstart guides.
These guides are available online at: www.wago.com
"IEC61850 Quickstart
Guide" and "IEC60870 Quickstart Guide."
Pos : 22.3 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Ei nlei tung/F eldbus koppl er/-c ontroller/ Einl eit ender Text/ In dem F eldbusc ontr oller werden s ämtlic he Ei ngangssig. .(806,829,830, 831, 841, 842,871,872, 873, 881,882) @ 6\ mod_1255502020734_21.doc x @ 42662 @ @ 1
In the Fieldbus Controller, all input signals from the sensors are combined. After connecting the ETHERNET TCP/IP Fieldbus Controller, the Fieldbus Controller determines which I/O modules are on the node and creates a local process image from these. Analog and specialty module data is sent via words and/or bytes; digital data is grouped bit-by-bit.
Pos : 22.4 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Ei nlei tung/F eldbus koppl er/-c ontroller/ Einl eit ender Text/D as l okale Prozes sabbild wird in ei nen Ein- u. Ausg.. (341,342,829, 830, 841,842,871, 872, 878, 881,882) @ 6\ mod_1255502296859_21.doc x @ 42666 @ @ 1
The local process image is divided into two data zones containing the data received and the data to be sent.
Pos : 22.5 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Ei nlei tung/F eldbus koppl er/-c ontroller/ Einl eit ender Text/Di e D at en der analog en Bus kl emmen werden in der R eihenf.. . (806, 829, 830, 841,842,871, 872, 873, 881,882) @ 6\ mod_1255502752640_21.doc x @ 42676 @ @ 1
The data of the analog modules is mapped first into the process image. The modules are mapped in the order of their physical position after the controller.
Pos : 22.6 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Ei nlei tung/F eldbus koppl er/-c ontroller/ Einl eit ender Text/Di e Bits der digit alen Bus kl emmen wer den z u Wort en zus .. ( 829, 830,841,842, 871, 872, 873,881, 882) @ 6\ mod_1255503166453_21. doc x @ 42682 @ @ 1
The bits of the digital modules are combined into words and then mapped after the analog ones in the process image. If the number of digital I/Os is greater than 16 bits, the Fieldbus Controller automatically begins a new word.
Pos : 22.7 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Ei nlei tung/F eldbus koppl er/-c ontroller/ Einl eit ender Text/ Ents prec hend der IEC 61131-3- Progr. erfolgt di e Bearb. .. ( 806, 829,830,841, 842, 871, 872,873, 881, 882) @ 6\ mod_1255503498781_21. doc x @ 42693 @ @ 1
According to IEC 61131-3 programming, data processing occurs in the PFC. The process results can be output directly on sensors/actuators or transmitted via fieldbus to the higher-order controller.
Pos : 22.8 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Ei nlei tung/F eldbus koppl er/-c ontroller/ Einl eit ender Text/ Wahl weis e kann der Fer nwir k-Controll er 10/ 100 MBit /s über Et her net 100Bas eTX oder... (872,873) @ 6\ mod_1255503912468_21.doc x @ 42702 @ @ 1
The Fieldbus Controller then has the option of communicating with higher-order systems either via 10/100 Mbit/s (ETHERNET), "100BaseTX" or "10BaseT."
For this the Fieldbus Controller has a RJ-45 interface.
Pos : 22.9 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Ei nlei tung/F eldbus koppl er/-c ontroller/ Einl eit ender Text/Di e Erst ellung des Appli kations programms erf olgt mit WAG O-I/Di e Erst ellung des Appli kations programms erf olgt mit WAG O-I/ O-PR O gemäß. (871,872, 873) 30 KB @ 18\ mod_1395916266195_21. doc x @ 149728 @ @ 1
WAGO-I/O-PRO creates application programs that adhere to IEC 61131-3.
CODESYS by 3S (the standard programming system) serves as the basis of
WAGO-I/O-PRO, which was expanded specifically with the target files for all
WAGO controllers.
The fieldbus controller has 512 KB program memory, 256 KB data memory and
30 KB retentive memory available for the IEC 61131-3 programming.
Pos : 22.10 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/G erät ebeschr eibung/Ei nleit ung/ Fel dbus koppl er/-contr oller/ Einl eitender T ext/Hinweis: Ab SW-Version 03 größer er Speicher (1024 kB)! (873, 872) @ 20\mod_1411467833508_21.doc x @ 164206 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
44 Device Description WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Larger memory from firmware version 03 (1024 Kb)!
Please note that larger memory is available in the fieldbus controller from firmware version 03: 1024 Kbyte of program memory and 1024 Kbyte of data memory.
Pos : 22.11 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/G erät ebeschr eibung/Ei nleit ung/ Fel dbus koppl er/-contr oller/ Einl eitender T ext/D er Anwender hat Zugriff auf alle Fel dbus- und Ei n-Ausgangsdat en. (Contr oller) @ 6\ mod_1255505042953_21. doc x @ 42714 @ @ 1
The user can access all fieldbus and I/O data.
Pos : 22.12 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/G erät ebeschr eibung/Ei nleit ung/ Fel dbus koppl er/-contr oller/ Einl eitender T ext/U m Proz ess dat en vi a ETH ERNET zu versenden, unt erstützt d. F bus contr. .. (C ontroller) @ 6\ mod_1255505347593_21. doc x @ 42723 @ @ 1
In order to send process data via ETHERNET, the controller supports a series of network protocols.
Pos : 22.13 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/G erät ebeschr eibung/Ei nleit ung/ Fel dbus koppl er/-contr oller/ Einl eitender T ext/F ür den Proz ess datenaus tausc h si nd das MOD BUS/ TCP (UD P), RTU- Prot okoll und das ET/I P.. . (872) @ 21\ mod_1416839293188_21. doc x @ 168828 @ @ 1
The MODBUS/TCP(UDP) protocol, the MODBUS/RTU protocol and the
ETHERNET/IP protocol are implemented for exchanging process data. All of these communication protocols can be used either together or separately. For this, the write access to the I/O modules (access via PFC, MODBUS/TCP,
MODBUS/RTU or EtherNet/IP) is specified in an xml file.
Pos : 22.14 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/G erät ebeschr eibung/Ei nleit ung/ Fel dbus koppl er/-contr oller/ Einl eitender T ext/Konfigur ations-/Di agnos epr ot ok: Boot P,HT TP,DHC P,DN S, SNTP,FT P,SNM P, SMTP (829,830, 841, 871, 872,873) @ 6\ mod_1255508016406_21.doc x @ 42744 @ @ 1
For the configuration and diagnosis of the system, the BootP, HTTP, DHCP,
DNS, SNTP, FTP, SNMP, and SMTP protocols are available.
Pos : 22.15 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/G erät ebeschr eibung/Ei nleit ung/ Fel dbus koppl er/-contr oller/ Einl eitender T ext/D er Anwender kann Clients und Ser ver über ei ne int Soc ket- API ( 829, 830, 841,842, 871, 872, 873,881,882) @ 6\mod_1255509705625_21.doc x @ 42760 @ @ 1
The user can program clients and servers via an internal socket-API for all transport protocols (TCP, UDP, etc.) with functional modules. Library functions are available for function expansion.
Pos : 22.16 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/G erät ebeschr eibung/Ei nleit ung/ Fel dbus koppl er/-contr oller/ Einl eitender T ext/Mit der I EC 61131- 3 Bi bliothek " Sys LibRTC .lib" wir d beis piels w. (829, 830, 841, 871,872,873, 881, 882) @ 6\ mod_1255509899812_21. doc x @ 42763 @ @ 1
With the IEC 61131-3 library "SysLibRTC.lib," for example, a buffered real-time clock with date, time (1-second resolution), alarm functions and a timer is incorporated. This clock is supplied with auxiliary power during a power failure.
Pos : 22.17 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/G erät ebeschr eibung/Ei nleit ung/ Fel dbus koppl er/-contr oller/ Einl eitender T ext/D er Fbusc ontroll er basi ert auf einer 32-Bi t-CPU u. i. mul titas k.(829, 830, 841, 849,871,872, 873, 881, 882) @ 6\ mod_1255510611593_21.doc x @ 42766 @ @ 1
This controller is based on a 32-bit CPU with multitasking capabilities, allowing several programs to be executed in a near-simultaneous manner.
Pos : 22.18 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/G erät ebeschr eibung/Ei nleit ung/ Fel dbus koppl er/-contr oller/ Einl eitender T ext/F ür di e Konfigur ati on und Ver wal tung des Sys tems bi et et (829,830,841, 842, 849, 871,872, 873, 881, 882) @ 6\ mod_1255511017906_21. doc x @ 42775 @ @ 1
The controller has an internal server for the configuration and administration of the system.
Pos : 22.19 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/G erät ebeschr eibung/Ei nleit ung/ Fel dbus koppl er/-contr oller/ Einl eitender T ext/I nf or mati onen über die Konfiguration und den St at us des F bkn. ( 829, 830,841,849, 871, 872, 873,881, 882) @ 6\ mod_1255513139250_21. doc x @ 42781 @ @ 1
By default, the controller’s built-in HTML pages contain information on the configuration and status of the PFC, and can be read using a normal web browser.
In addition, a file system is implemented that allows you to store custom HTML pages in the controller using FTP download or to store your own HTML pages or call up programs directly.
Pos : 23 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Ger ät ebesc hrei bung/Ei nlei tung/F eldbus koppler/-c ontroller/ Kompati bilität mit I/O- PRO /Kompati bilität 750-0872 @ 20\ mod_1410944909302_21. doc x @ 163788 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Device Description 45
Table 11: Compatibility
Programming tool:
-Version
WAGO-I/O-PRO
759-333
Programming Tool IEC 61131-3, CODESYS Version 2.3
Fieldbus
Controller:
750-872
SW ≥ 5
(Delivery status SW = 5)
Commentary:
SW ≥ xy
Fieldbus Controller compatible with WAGO-I/O-PRO version, if the controller has software xy or higher.
Pos : 24 /D okument ation allgemei n/ Glieder ungs elemente/---Seit enwechs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
For programming, the fieldbus controller 750-872 with the Firmware version
SW
≥ 5 supports the software version V 2.3 of the WAGO-I/O-PRO 759-333
(Programming Tool IEC 61131-3, CODESYS).
Manual
Version 1.1.0
46 Device Description
Pos : 25 /All e Seri en (Allgemei ne Module)/Ü berschrif ten f ür alle Serien/G erätebesc hreibung/Ansic ht - Ü berschrif t 2 @ 4\ mod_1240984217343_21. doc x @ 31958 @ 2 @ 1
4.1 View
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 26.1 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Ansic ht /Fel dbus koppl er/-contr oller/ Leg ende/Ansic ht - allg. Einl eit ung f ür Koppler/C ontroll er @ 4\ mod_1238494230133_21.doc x @ 29446 @ @ 1
The view below shows the three parts of the device:
•
The fieldbus connection is on the left side.
•
LEDs for operation status, bus communication, error messages and diagnostics, as well as the service interface are in the middle area.
•
The right side shows the power supply unit for the system supply and for the field supply of the attached I/O modules via power jumper contacts.
LEDs show the status of the operating voltage for the system and field supply (jumper contacts).
Pos : 26.2 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Ansic ht /Fel dbus koppl er/-contr oller/ Bilder/Ansic ht - Bild 750-0872 @ 19\ mod_1398247543069_21. doc x @ 152307 @ @ 1
Pos : 26.3 /Dokumentation allgemei n/ Glieder ungs elemente/---Seit enwechs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Figure 21: View Programmable Fieldbus Controller for Telecontrol Applications
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Device Description 47
Pos : 26.4 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Ansic ht /Fel dbus koppl er/-contr oller/ Leg ende/Ansic ht - Legende zur Ansicht F ernwir k-Contr oller ( 750-872) - Tabellenkopf und Nr: 1 @ 5\ mod_1244119400799_21. doc x @ 34942 @ @ 1
Table 12: Legend to the View 750-872
Pos.
Designation
LINK,
1
MS, NS,
TxD/RxD,
I/O, USR
Pos : 26.5 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Ansic ht /Fel dbus koppl er/-contr oller/ Leg ende/Ansic ht - Legende allg f ür Koppl er/Contr oller Nr: 2- 13 @ 4\ mod_1238495560382_21.doc x @ 29458 @ @ 1
Meaning
Status LEDs Fieldbus
2 ---
Group marking carrier (retractable) with additional marking possibility on two miniature
WSB markers
„Device Description“ >
„Display Elements“
---
Details see Chapter:
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
A, B or C Status LED’s System/Field Supply
24 V, 0 V CAGE CLAMP
(Ground)
Pos : 26.6 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Ansic ht /Fel dbus koppl er/-contr oller/ Leg ende/Ansic ht - Legende für Fel dbus anschl uss D-Sub 9 Nr: 14 @ 19\ mod_1398429992353_21. doc x @ 152558 @ @ 1
14
Pos : 26.7 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Ansic ht /Fel dbus koppl er/-contr oller/ Leg ende/Ansic ht - Legende für Verriegelungssc hei be Nr: 15 @ 4\ mod_1238507255284_21. doc x @ 29507 @ @ 1
15
Pos : 26.8 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Ansic ht /Fel dbus koppl er/-contr oller/ Leg ende/Ansic ht - Legende für Fel dbus anschl uss RJ-45 Nr: 16 @ 5\ mod_1244117344651_21. doc x @ 34929 @ @ 1
16
---
+
---
---
-
---
---
---
---
---
---
Data Contacts
CAGE CLAMP
24 VDC
CAGE CLAMP
®
Connections Field Supply
(Ground)
®
®
Connections System Supply
Connections Field Supply
Power Jumper Contact 24 VDC
Unlocking Lug
CAGE CLAMP
®
Connections Field Supply 0 V
Power Jumper Contact 0 V
Power Jumper Contact (Ground)
Service Interface (open flap)
Fieldbus connection D-SUB 9
Locking Disc
Fieldbus connection RJ-45
“Device Description” >
“Display Elements”
“Connect Devices” > “Data
Contacts/Internal Bus”
“Connect Devices” >
“Connecting a conductor to the CAGE CLAMP
®
”
“Connect Devices” >
“Connecting a conductor to the CAGE CLAMP
®
”
“Connect Devices” >
“Power Contacts/
Field Supply”
“Mounting” >
“Inserting and Removing
Devices”
“Connect Devices” >
“Connecting a conductor to the CAGE CLAMP
®
”
“Connect Devices” >
“Power Contacts/
Field Supply”
“Connect Devices” >
“Connecting a conductor to the CAGE CLAMP
®
”
“Connect Devices” >
“Power Contacts/
Field Supply”
“Device Description” >
“Operating Elements”
"Device Description" >
"Connectors"
“Mounting” > “Inserting and Removing Devices”
"Device Description" >
"Connectors"
Pos : 27 /D okument ation allgemei n/ Glieder ungs elemente/---Seit enwechs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
48 Device Description
Pos : 28 /All e Seri en (Allgemei ne Module)/Ü berschrif ten f ür alle Serien/G erätebesc hreibung/Ansc hlüsse - Übersc hrift 2 @ 4\ mod_1240984262656_21. doc x @ 31961 @ 2 @ 1
4.2 Connectors
Pos : 29 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Ger ät ebesc hrei bung/Schematisc he Sc haltbil der/ Fel dbus koppl er/-contr oller/ Ger ät eei nspeis ung - Ü berschrif t 3 und Einl eit ung 750-0xxx @ 5\ mod_1245074097866_21. doc x @ 35349 @ 3 @ 1
4.2.1 Device Supply
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
The device is powered via terminal blocks with CAGE CLAMP
® connections.
The device supply generates the necessary voltage to power the electronics of the device and the internal electronics of the connected I/O modules.
The fieldbus interface is galvanically separated to the electrical potential of the device.
Pos : 30 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Ger ät ebesc hrei bung/Schematisc he Sc haltbil der/ Fel dbus koppl er/-contr oller/ Ger ät eei nspeis ung 750- 0872, - 0872/020-000 @ 5\ mod_1251900457743_21.doc x @ 41387 @ @ 1
Pos : 31 /D okument ation allgemei n/ Glieder ungs elemente/---Seit enwechs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Figure 22: Device Supply
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 32.1 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Ansc hl üsse/F eldbus koppler/-c ontroller/ Fel dbus anschl uss - Übersc hrift 3 @ 5\ mod_1245071569213_21. doc x @ 35313 @ 3 @ 1
4.2.2 Fieldbus Connection
Device Description 49
Pos : 32.2 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Ansc hl üsse/F eldbus koppler/-c ontroller/ Ansc hluss Fel dbus über ei n RJ- 45- St ec kverbi nder - Einl eitung (750-341,-342,-830,-841,-842,-872/020) @ 5\ mod_1252587603358_21.doc x @ 41554 @ @ 1
Connection to the fieldbus is by one RJ-45 connector.
Pos : 32.3 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Ansc hl üsse/F eldbus koppler/-c ontroller/Di e Beschalt ung der RJ-45-Buc hs e ist ents prechend den Vorgaben f ür 100Bas eT X - Bes chr eibung, Kabel @ 5\ mod_1252587752876_21. doc x @ 41558 @ @ 1
The RJ-45 socket on the fieldbus couplers are wired per the 100BaseTX standard.
The specification for the connecting cable is a twisted pair cable of Category 5.
Cables of type SUTP (Screened-Unshielded Twisted Pair) and STP (Shielded
Twisted Pair) with a maximum segment length of 100 meters may be used.
Pos : 32.4 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Ansc hl üsse/F eldbus koppler/-c ontroller/Di e Anschl usss tell e ist so konzi piert , dass Einbau i n einen 80 mm hohen Schalts chr ank möglich ist. @ 5\ mod_1245073401892_21.doc x @ 35339 @ @ 1
The RJ-45 socket is arranged physically lower, allowing the coupler to fit in an
80 mm high enclosure once connected.
Pos : 32.5 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Ansc hl üsse/F eldbus koppler/-c ontroller/ Tabell e, Abbil dung, Busansc hl uss und St ec kerbeleg ung RJ- 45- St ec ker @ 5\ mod_1245073518124_21. doc x @ 35342 @ @ 1
Figure 23: RJ-45 Connector
Table 13: RJ-45 Connector and RJ-45 Connector Configuration
Contact Signal
1 TD +
2 TD -
Transmit +
Transmit -
Receive + 3
4
5
6
7
8
Pos : 32.6 /All e Seri en ( Allgemei ne Dokumente) ( Allgemei ne Module)/ Wic htige Erläut erungen/ Sicherheits hi nweis e/ Ac htung/ Achtung: Nic ht in T el ekommuni kationsnet zen eins et zen! (Zus atz RJ-45) @ 3\ mod_1224065187468_21. doc x @ 24076 @ @ 1
RD +
RD - free free
Receive - free free
Do not use in telecommunication circuits!
Only use devices equipped with ETHERNET or RJ-45 connectors in LANs.
Never connect these devices with telecommunication networks.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
50 Device Description
Pos : 33 /All e Seri en (Allgemei ne Module)/Ü berschrif ten f ür alle Serien/G erätebesc hreibung/Fel dbus ansc hluss D-Sub - Übersc hrift 3 @ 19\ mod_1400752950985_21. doc x @ 154478 @ 3 @ 1
4.2.3 Fieldbus Connection D-Sub
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 34 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Ger ät ebesc hrei bung/Ansc hl üss e/F eldbus koppler/-c ontroller /Ansc hluss F eldbus über ei nen D- Sub-Ansc hl uss f ür R S-232, R S-485 (Buchse) ( Bild) ( 750- xxx) @ 19\mod_1398230016518_21.doc x @ 152264 @ @ 1
Figure 24: Pin Assignment for D-Sub Fieldbus Connection (Female)
Pos : 35 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Ger ät ebesc hrei bung/Ansc hl üss e/F eldbus koppler/-c ontroller /Ansc hluss F eldbus über ei nen D- Sub-Ansc hl uss f ür R S-232 (Buc hse) (T abell e) @ 21\ mod_1414418843899_21. doc x @ 166608 @ @ 1
The D-SUB Fieldbus connector socket of the RS-232 interface is wired as follows:
Pos : 36 /D okument ation allgemei n/ Glieder ungs elemente/---Seit enwechs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Table 14: Legend for Figure “Pin assignment for D-Sub fieldbus connection (female)”
Contact
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
Description
not used
Transmit signal
Receive signal not used
Signal and supply ground not used
Request to send; logical Zero
= ready for data receipt
Signal on Fieldbus connector socket
-
TxD
RxD
-
GND
-
CTS
RTS
1:1 Plug arrangement
--------
--------
--------
--------
--------
--------
--------
--------
-
RxD
TxD
-
GND
-
RTS
CTS
9 Send readiness; logical Zero - -------- -
The pin arrangement corresponds to the RS-232 DCE arrangement. This allows the use of customary 9-pole 1:1 socket/plug cables for the direct connection of a
PC.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 37 /All e Seri en (Allgemei ne Module)/Ü berschrif ten f ür alle Serien/G erätebesc hreibung/Anz eigeel ement e - Übersc hrift 2 @ 4\ mod_1240984390875_21. doc x @ 31964 @ 2 @ 1
4.3 Display Elements
Device Description 51
Pos : 38.1 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Anz eigeelemente/Fel dbus koppl er/-contr oller/ Legende/ Anz eigeelemente - Ei nlei tung (Contr oller) @ 4\ mod_1241005850082_21.doc x @ 32020 @ @ 1
The operating condition of the fieldbus controller or the node is displayed with the help of illuminated indicators in the form of light-emitting diodes (LEDs).
The LED information is routed to the top of the case by light fibres. In some cases, these are multi-colored (red, green or red/green (=orange)).
Pos : 38.2 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Anz eigeelemente/Fel dbus koppl er/-contr oller/ Bilder/Anz eigeelemente 750- 0841, - 0872/ 020-000 - Bild @ 4\ mod_1240911465123_21. doc x @ 31670 @ @ 1
+
Figure 25: Display Elements (two manufacturing variations)
Pos : 38.3 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Anz eigeelemente/Fel dbus koppl er/-contr oller/ Legende/ Anz eigeelemente - Ei nlei tung und T abellenübersc hrift F eldbusst at us ( St andard) @ 4\ mod_1240920871636_21. doc x @ 31795 @ @ 1
+
For the diagnostics of the different domains fieldbus, node and supply voltage, the
LEDs can be divided into three groups:
Table 15: Display Elements Fieldbus Status
LED Color
Pos : 38.4 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Anz eigeelemente/Fel dbus koppl er/-contr oller/ Legende/ Anz eigeelemente - F eldbus st at us ETHERN ET-basi ert, spezifisc her Tabellent eil 'LIN K' @ 4\ mod_1240829460548_21.doc x @ 31363 @ @ 1
LINK green
Pos : 38.5 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Anz eigeelemente/Fel dbus koppl er/-contr oller/ Legende/ Anz eigeelemente - F eldbus st at us ETHERN ET-basi ert, spezifisc her Tabellent eil 'MS' @ 5\ mod_1253105531004_21.doc x @ 41680 @ @ 1
MS red/green
Pos : 38.6 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Anz eigeelemente/Fel dbus koppl er/-contr oller/ Legende/ Anz eigeelemente - F eldbus st at us ETHERN ET-basi ert, spezifisc her Tabellent eil 'NS' @ 4\ mod_1240920458789_21.doc x @ 31743 @ @ 1
NS red/green
Pos : 38.7 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Anz eigeelemente/Fel dbus koppl er/-contr oller/ Legende/ Anz eigeelemente - F eldbus st at us ETHERN ET-basi ert, spezifisc her Tabellent eil 'TxD /R xD' @ 4\ mod_1240920760083_21. doc x @ 31791 @ @ 1
Meaning
indicates a connection to the physical network indicates the status of the node indicates the network status
TxD/RxD red/green/ orange
Pos : 38.8 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Anz eigeelemente/Fel dbus koppl er/-contr oller/ Legende/ Anz eigeelemente - Knot ens tatus Tabellenüberschrif t und 'I/ O' @ 4\mod_1240921390924_21.doc x @ 31809 @ @ 1
+ indicates the existing transfer of data
Table 16: Display Elements Node Status
LED
I/O
Color
red/green/ orange
Pos : 38.9 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Anz eigeelemente/Fel dbus koppl er/-contr oller/ Legende/ Anz eigeelemente - Knot ens tatus 'USR' (Contr oller) @ 4\ mod_1240921467136_21. doc x @ 31813 @ @ 1
USR red/green/ orange
Pos : 38.10 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/G erät ebeschr eibung/Anzeig eel ement e/F eldbus koppler /-controll er/ Legende/Anz eigeel ement e - Versorgungsspannungsst at us T abellenübersc hrift und ' A', 'B', 'C' @ 4\ mod_1240922382486_21.doc x @ 31817 @ @ 1
+
Meaning
Indicates the operation of the node and signals via a blink code faults encountered. indicates information to the Internal bus faults, controlled from the user programm according to the visualization programming.
Table 17: Display Elements Supply Voltage
LED Color Meaning
A
B or C green green
Indicates the status of the operating voltage – system
Indicates the status of the operating voltage – power jumper contacts
(LED is manufacturing dependent either on position B or C)
Pos : 38.11 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/G erät ebeschr eibung/Anzeig eel ement e/F eldbus koppler /-controll er/ Legende/I nf ormati on: I nf or mationen z u der LED-Signalisier ung @ 4\ mod_1239098329547_21. doc x @ 30154 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
52 Device Description WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
More information about the LED Signaling
Read the detailed description for the evaluation of the displayed LED state in the section “Diagnostics” > … > “LED Signaling”.
Pos : 39 /D okument ation allgemei n/ Glieder ungs elemente/---Seit enwechs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 40 /All e Seri en (Allgemei ne Module)/Ü berschrif ten f ür alle Serien/G erätebesc hreibung/Bedienel ement e - Ü berschrif t 2 @ 4\ mod_1239191655456_21. doc x @ 30439 @ 2 @ 1
4.4 Operating Elements
Pos : 41.1 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Bedienel ement e/F el dbus koppl er/-contr oller/ Ser vic e-Sc hnitts tell e - Ü bersc hrift 3, und allgemei ne Ei nleit ung @ 4\ mod_1239105167430_21.doc x @ 30221 @ 3 @ 1
4.4.1 Service Interface
Device Description 53
The service interface is located behind the flap.
Pos : 41.2 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Bedienel ement e/F el dbus koppl er/-contr oller/ Ser vic e-Sc hnitts tell e z ur Konfiguration und Programmi erung @ 4\mod_1239105669061_21.doc x @ 30227 @ @ 1
It is used for the communication with WAGO-I/O-CHECK, WAGO-I/O-PRO and for downloading firmware.
Figure 26: Service Interface (closed and opened flap)
Table 18: Legend for Figure “Service Interface (closed and opened flap)”
Number
1
2
Pos : 41.3 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Bedienel ement e/F el dbus koppl er/-contr oller/ Achtung: Ger ät muss spannungsfrei sei n! (für Ans chl uss von 750-920, - 923, -921) @ 4\ mod_1239105946740_21. doc x @ 30247 @ @ 1
Description
Open closed flap
View Service Interface
Device must be de-energized!
To prevent damage to the device, unplug and plug in the communication cable only when the device is de-energized!
Pos : 42 /D okument ation allgemei n/ Glieder ungs elemente/---Seit enwechs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
The connection to the 4-pin header under the cover flap can be realized via the communication cables with the item numbers750-920 and 750-923 or via the
WAGO radio adapter with the item number 750-921.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
54 Device Description
Pos : 43.1 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Bedienel ement e/F el dbus koppl er/-contr oller/ Betriebsart ensc halt er - Ü berschrif t 3, Ansic ht und Einlei tung (Contr oller) @ 4\ mod_1239106871099_21. doc x @ 30280 @ 3 @ 1
4.4.2 Mode Selector Switch
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
The mode selector switch is located behind the cover flap.
Figure 27: Mode Selector Switch (closed and open damper of the service port)
Table 19: Legend for Figure „Mode Selector Switch“
Number
1
Description
Open the damper
2 Mode selector switch
The mode selector switch determines the loading, starting and stopping of the
PLC-application by the fieldbus controller. This multifunction sliding switch features 3 slide lock positions and a push-button function.
The sliding switch is designed for a number of operations in compliance with
EN61131T2.
Property damages due to set outputs!
Please note that set outputs remain set, when you switch the operating switch from “RUN” to “STOP” during the current operation. Since the program is no longer processed, software-related switch offs, i.e. by initiators, are ineffective.
Therefore, program or define all outputs, so that these switch to a safe mode at a program stop.
Pos : 43.2 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Bedienel ement e/F el dbus koppl er/-contr oller/Hi nweis : D efini eren der Ausgänge für ei nen Programm-Stopp! (für Betriebsart ensc halt er mit WBM) @ 4\ mod_1240571895008_21. doc x @ 31297 @ @ 1
Defining the outputs for a program stop!
In order to switch the outputs to a safe mode at the program stop, define the status of the outputs at “STOP”.
1. For this, open in the web-based Management System (WBM) a website via the “PLC Settings” link, on which you can define the function Process image - Set outputs to zero, if user program is
stopped.
2. Now activate this function by placing a check mark in the control box, then all outputs are set to zero, if this function is not activated, the outputs remain at the last current value.
Pos : 43.3 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Bedienel ement e/F el dbus koppl er/-contr oller/ Betriebsart ensc halt er - T abell en @ 4\ mod_1240571618379_21.doc x @ 31290 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Device Description 55
The mode selector switch position does not affect software start/stop!
The position of the operating mode switch does not prevent the starting and stopping of the PFC application from WAGO-I/O-PRO.
One of the following functions is active, depending on which of the three static positions — “top”, “center” or “bottom” — the switch is located at when energized or during a hardware or software reset:
Table 1: Mode Selector Switch Positions, Static Positions on PowerOn/Reset
Positions for the mode selector switch
Function
“Top” position “RUN” – activate program processing,
Boot project (if available) is started
“Center” position “STOP” – stop program processing,
PFC application is stopped
“Bottom” position Do not use. This position is not relevant for the user.
The fieldbus controller performs the following functions if the switch’s position is changed during operation:
Pos : 44 /D okument ation allgemei n/ Glieder ungs elemente/---Seit enwechs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Table 2: Mode Selector Switch Positions, Dynamic Positions During Ongoing Operation
Position change for the mode selector switch
From the top to the center position
Function
“STOP” – stop program processing,
PFC application is stopped
From the center to the top position
From the center to the bottom position
From the bottom to the center position
“RUN” – activate program processing,
Boot project (if available) is started
No reaction.
The bootstrap loader is started after PowerOn/Reset
No reaction.
Press down
(e.g., using a screwdriver)
Hardware reset.
All outputs are reset; variables are set to 0, FALSE, or to an initial value.
Retain variables or markers are not changed.
A hardware reset can be executed on STOP or on RUN at any position of the mode selector switch!
Fieldbus coupler restart.
The operating mode is changed internally at the end of a PFC cycle.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
56 Device Description
Pos : 45 /All e Seri en (Allgemei ne Module)/Ü berschrif ten f ür alle Serien/G erätebesc hreibung/Technisc he Daten - Ü berschrif t 2 @ 3\ mod_1232967587687_21. doc x @ 26924 @ 2 @ 1
4.5 Technical Data
Pos : 46.1 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Ger ätebesc hrei bung/T echnisc he Daten/F el dbus koppl er/-contr oller/T ec hnisc he D at en 750- 0872 @ 18\ mod_1396429011178_21.doc x @ 150468 @ 33333 @ 1
4.5.1 Device Data
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Table 20: Technical data – Device data
Width 51 mm
Height (from upper-edge of DIN 35) 65 mm from upper edge of DIN 35 rail
Length
Weight
Degree of protection
100 mm
184 g
IP 20
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
4.5.2 System Data
Table 21: Technical data – System data
Number of controllers
Transmission medium
Bus coupler connection
Max. length of fieldbus segment
Max. length of network
Baud rate
Protocols
Programming
IEC-61131-3
Libraries
Max. number of socket links
IEC60870-5-101 and –104 libraries
- Conformity document
- Number of control stations
- Number of information objects
Powerfail RTC Buffer
Number of I/O modules
- with bus extension
Configuration
Program memory
Data memory
Non-voltatile memory (retain)
Device Description 57
Limited by ETHERNET specification
Twisted Pair S/UTP, STP 100
Ω Cat 5
1 x RJ-45, 1 x RS-232 (D-Sub 9 female)
100 m behind hub and 750-872
Limited by ETHERNET specification
10/100 Mbit/s
MODBUS/TCP (UDP), MODBUS/RTU,
ETHERNET/IP, HTTP, BootP, DHCP,
DNS, SNTP, FTP, SNMP
WAGO-I/O-PRO
AWL, KOP, FUP (CFC), ST, AS
IEC 60870-5-101/-104, 3964R/RK512
3 HTTP, 15 MODBUS/TCP, 10 FTP,
2 SNMP, 5 for IEC-61131-3 program,
2 for WAGO-I/O-PRO,
128 for Ethernet/IP see www.wago.com
4
512 at least 2,5 days
64
250 via PC
512 kByte
1024 kByte (starting from firmware version 03)
256 kByte
1024 kByte (starting from firmware version 03)
30 kByte
(22 kByte retain, 8 kByte flag)
Manual
Version 1.1.0
58 Device Description
4.5.3 Supply
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Table 22: Technical data – Supply
Voltage supply
Input current max.
Efficiency of the power supply
Internal current consumption
DC 24 V (-25 % ... +30 %)
500 mA at 24 V
87 %
300 mA at 5 V
Total current for I/O modules
Isolation
1700 mA at 5 V
500 V system/supply
Voltage via power jumper contacts DC 24 V (-25 % ... +30 %)
Current via power jumper contacts
max.
DC 10 A
4.5.4 Fieldbus MODBUS/TCP
Table 23: Technical data – Fieldbus MODBUS/TCP
Input process image
Output variables max max
Output process image max
Input variables max
2 kByte
2 kByte
512 Byte
512 Byte
4.5.5 Accessories
Table 24: Technical data – Accessories
Miniature WSB Quick marking system
WAGO-I/O-PRO
Pos : 46.2.1 /All e Serien ( Allgemei ne Module)/Ü bers chrift en f ür alle Serien/G erätebeschr eibung/Ansc hlus st echni k - Ü berschrif t 3 @ 17\ mod_1380123271324_21.doc x @ 132788 @ 3 @ 1
4.5.6 Connection Type
Pos : 46.2.2 /Serie 750 (WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/G erätebesc hrei bung/T echnisc he Daten/T ec hnis che D at en Verdr ahtungsebene CC - 0,08 bis 2, 5mm2 @ 17\ mod_1380121238809_21. doc x @ 132780 @ @ 1
Table 25: Technical Data – Field Wiring
Wire connection
Cross section
CAGE CLAMP
®
0.08 mm² … 2.5 mm², AWG 28 … 14
Stripped lengths
Pos : 46.2.3 /Serie 750 (WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/G erätebesc hrei bung/T echnisc he Daten/ Anschl uss tec hni k/T ec hnisc he D at en Leist ungs kont akt e (nur F eder) @ 17\ mod_1380123979476_21.doc x @ 132801 @ @ 1
Table 26: Technical Data – Power Jumper Contacts
8 mm … 9 mm / 0.33 in
Power jumper contacts
Voltage drop at I max.
Pos : 46.2.4 /Serie 750 (WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/G erätebesc hrei bung/T echnisc he Daten/ Anschl uss tec hni k/T ec hnisc he D at en Dat enkont akte @ 17\ mod_1380123495844_21. doc x @ 132794 @ @ 1
Table 27: Technical Data – Data Contacts
Data contacts
Spring contact, self-cleaning
< 1 V/64 modules
Slide contact, hard gold plated, selfcleaning
Pos : 46.3 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Ger ätebesc hrei bung/T echnisc he Daten/ Kli mati sche U mwelt beding ung en/Tec hnisc he Dat en Klimat . U mwel tbed. ohne erw. T emp. 0.. .55°C /-25.. .+85°C @ 5\ mod_1247657968368_21. doc x @ 37603 @ 3 @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
4.5.7 Climatic Environmental Conditions
Device Description 59
Table 28: Technical Data – Climatic Environmental Conditions
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
0 °C … 55 °C
−25 °C … +85 °C
Relative humidity without condensation Max. 95 %
Resistance to harmful substances
Maximum pollutant concentration at relative humidity < 75 %
Special conditions
Acc. to IEC 60068-2-42 and
IEC 60068-2-43
SO
2
≤ 25 ppm
H
2
S
≤ 10 ppm
Ensure that additional measures for components are taken, which are used in an environment involving:
– dust, caustic vapors or gases
– ionizing radiation
Pos : 46.4 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Ger ätebesc hrei bung/T echnisc he Daten/ Sons tige/M echanisc he Belas tbar keit (Standar d) @ 3\ mod_1232967663359_21.doc x @ 26972 @ 3 @ 1
4.5.8 Mechanical Strength acc. to IEC 61131-2
Table 29: Technical Data – Mechanical Strength acc. to IEC 61131-2
Test specification Frequency range Limit value
IEC 60068-2-6 vibration
5 Hz
≤ f < 9 Hz
1.75 mm amplitude (permanent)
3.5 mm amplitude (short term)
9 Hz
≤ f < 150 Hz 0.5 g (permanent)
1 g (short term)
Note on vibration test: a) Frequency change: max. 1 octave/minute
IEC 60068-2-27 shock b) Vibration direction: 3 axes
15 g
Note on shock test: a) A Type of shock: half sine b) Shock duration: 11 ms c) Shock direction: 3x in positive and 3x in negative direction for each of the three mutually perpendicular axes of the test specimen
Pos : 47 /D okument ation allgemei n/ Glieder ungs elemente/---Seit enwechs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
IEC 60068-2-32 free fall 1 m (module in original packing)
Manual
Version 1.1.0
60 Device Description
Pos : 48 /All e Seri en (Allgemei ne Module)/Ü berschrif ten f ür alle Serien/G erätebesc hreibung/Zul ass ungen - Übersc hrift 2 @ 3\ mod_1224055364109_21. doc x @ 24030 @ 2 @ 1
4.6 Approvals
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 49 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Ger ät ebesc hrei bung/Z ulass ungen/I nf or mation: Weit ere Infor mationen zu Zul ass ungen 750- xxxx @ 3\ mod_1227190967156_21. doc x @ 25221 @ @ 1
More information about approvals.
Detailed references to the approvals are listed in the document “Overview
Approvals WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750”, which you can find via the internet under: www.wago.com
> SERVICES > DOWNLOADS > Additional documentation and information on automation products > WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM
750 > System Description.
Pos : 50 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Ger ät ebesc hrei bung/Z ulass ungen/ Allgemei n/Z ulass ungen F Bkoppler/-c ontroller 750- xxxx Allgemei n, St andardvers. und all e Vari anten - Einl eit ung @ 13\mod_1349782628712_21.doc x @ 104128 @ @ 1
The following approvals have been granted to the basic version and all variations of 750-872 fieldbus couplers/controllers:
Pos : 51.1 /All e Seri en ( Allgemei ne Dokumente) ( Allgemei ne Module)/Z ulassungen/ St andardz ulassungen/C E (Konf ormi tät s kennz eichnung) @ 3\mod_1224494777421_21.doc x @ 24276 @ @ 1
Conformity Marking
Pos : 51.2 /All e Seri en ( Allgemei ne Dokumente) ( Allgemei ne Module)/Z ulassungen/ St andardz ulassungen/cU Lus (U L508) @ 3\ mod_1224055013140_0. doc x @ 24020 @ @ 1
C
UL
US
UL508
Pos : 51.3 /Dokumentation allgemei n/ Glieder ungs elemente/------Leerz eile------ @ 3\ mod_1224662755687_0.doc x @ 24460 @ @ 1
Pos : 52 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Ger ät ebesc hrei bung/Z ulass ungen/ Ex/Z ulas sungen F Bkoppler/-c ontroll er 750- xxxx Ex, ohne Variant enangabe - Einl eit ung @ 9\ mod_1285063104018_21. doc x @ 64892 @ @ 1
The following Ex approvals have been granted to 750-872 fieldbus coupler/controller:
Pos : 53.1 /All e Seri en ( Allgemei ne Module)/Z ulassungen/ Ex-Zul ass ungen/TÜV AT EX/TÜ V 07 AT EX 554086 X: I M 2 Ex d I M b II 3 G Ex nA I IC T 4 Gc I I 3 D Ex tc I IIC T135°C Dc @ 14\ mod_1361949753233_0.doc x @ 113015 @ @ 1
Pos : 53.2 /All e Seri en ( Allgemei ne Module)/Z ulassungen/ Ex-Zul ass ungen/Ergänz ung Z ul ässiger U mgebungst emper at urbereic h 0 °C <= Ta <= +60 °C @ 9\ mod_1295605895541_21. doc x @ 68610 @ @ 1
Pos : 53.3 /All e Seri en ( Allgemei ne Module)/Z ulassungen/ Ex-Zul ass ungen/I ECEx (TÜV N or d)/I ECEx TUN 09.0001 X: Ex d I M b Ex nA IIC T4 Gc Ex tc IIIC T 135°C @ 14\ mod_1361950034299_0.doc x @ 113019 @ @ 1
Pos : 53.4 /All e Seri en ( Allgemei ne Module)/Z ulassungen/ Ex-Zul ass ungen/Ergänz ung Z ul ässiger U mgebungst emper at urbereic h 0 °C <= Ta <= +60 °C @ 9\ mod_1295605895541_21. doc x @ 68610 @ @ 1
Pos : 53.5 /All e Seri en ( Allgemei ne Module)/Z ulassungen/ Ex-Zul ass ungen/cU Lus /cU Lus (AN SI/ ISA 12.12. 01) Cl ass I, Di v2 ABCD T 4 @ 3\ mod_1224054791812_0. doc x @ 24014 @ @ 1
TÜV 07 ATEX 554086 X
I M2 Ex d I Mb
II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
II 3 D Ex tc IIIC T135°C Dc
Ambient temperature range:
IECEx TUN 09.0001 X
Ex d I Mb
Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
Ex tc IIIC T135°C Dc
Ambient temperature range:
C
UL
US
ANSI/ISA 12.12.01
Class I, Div2 ABCD T4
Pos : 53.6 /Dokumentation allgemei n/ Glieder ungs elemente/------Leerz eile------ @ 3\ mod_1224662755687_0.doc x @ 24460 @ @ 1
0 °C ≤ T
0 °C ≤ T a a
≤ +60 °C
≤ +60 °C
Pos : 54 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Ger ät ebesc hrei bung/Z ulass ungen/ Ex/Z ulas sungen F Bkoppler/-c ontroll er 750- xxxx Ex, nur St andar dversion - Einl eitung @ 15\ mod_1369636922539_21.doc x @ 120454 @ @ 1
The following Ex approvals have been granted to the basic version of 750-872 fieldbus coupler/controller:
Pos : 55 /All e Seri en (Allgemei ne Module)/Z ulassungen/ Ex-Z ulass ungen/cU Lus /cU Lus (AN SI/ ISA 12.12. 01) Class I, Di v2 ABCD T 4 @ 3\ mod_1224054791812_0.doc x @ 24014 @ @ 1
C
UL
US
ANSI/ISA 12.12.01
Class I, Div2 ABCD T4
Pos : 56 /D okument ation allgemei n/ Glieder ungs elemente/---Seit enwechs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Device Description 61
Pos : 57 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Ger ät ebesc hrei bung/Z ulass ungen/ Schif f/Z ulas sungen F Bkoppler/-c ontroll er 750- xxxx Sc hiff , ohne Variant enangabe - Ei nleit ung @ 5\ mod_1245241344146_21.doc x @ 35501 @ @ 1
The following ship approvals have been granted to 750-872 fieldbus coupler/controller:
Pos : 58.1 /All e Seri en ( Allgemei ne Dokumente) ( Allgemei ne Module)/Z ulassungen/ Sc hiffsz ul ass ungen/ ABS ( Americ an Bureau of Shi ppi ng) @ 3\ mod_1224055151062_0. doc x @ 24023 @ @ 1
Pos : 58.2 /All e Seri en ( Allgemei ne Dokumente) ( Allgemei ne Module)/Z ulassungen/ Sc hiffsz ul ass ungen/ BSH (Bundes amt f ür Seesc hiff fahrt und H ydr ographi e) @ 5\ mod_1246341825156_21.doc x @ 36334 @ @ 1
ABS (American Bureau of Shipping)
Federal Maritime and Hydrographic Agency
Pos : 58.3 /All e Seri en ( Allgemei ne Dokumente) ( Allgemei ne Module)/Z ulassungen/ Sc hiffsz ul ass ungen/ BV (Bureau Verit as) @ 3\mod_1224492116171_0. doc x @ 24220 @ @ 1
BV (Bureau Veritas)
Pos : 58.4 /All e Seri en ( Allgemei ne Dokumente) ( Allgemei ne Module)/Z ulassungen/ Sc hiffsz ul ass ungen/DN V (D et N ors ke Verit as) Cl ass B @ 3\ mod_1224492540562_0.doc x @ 24224 @ @ 1
Pos : 58.6 /All e Seri en ( Allgemei ne Dokumente) ( Allgemei ne Module)/Z ulassungen/ Sc hiffsz ul ass ungen/ KR ( Kor ean R egist er of Shi ppi ng) @ 3\ mod_1224492806109_0.doc x @ 24232 @ @ 1
DNV (Det Norske Veritas) Class B
Pos : 58.5 /All e Seri en ( Allgemei ne Dokumente) ( Allgemei ne Module)/Z ulassungen/ Sc hiffsz ul ass ungen/ G L (G ermanisc her Lloyd) C at . A, B, C , D ( EMC 1) @ 3\ mod_1224492724484_0. doc x @ 24228 @ @ 1
GL (Germanischer Lloyd)
KR (Korean Register of Shipping)
Cat. A, B, C, D (EMC 1)
Pos : 58.7 /All e Seri en ( Allgemei ne Dokumente) ( Allgemei ne Module)/Z ulassungen/ Sc hiffsz ul ass ungen/ LR ( Lloyd’s R egist er) Env. 1, 2, 3, 4 @ 3\ mod_1224492890453_0.doc x @ 24236 @ @ 1
LR (Lloyd’s Register) Env. 1, 2, 3, 4
Pos : 58.8 /All e Seri en ( Allgemei ne Dokumente) ( Allgemei ne Module)/Z ulassungen/ Sc hiffsz ul ass ungen/N KK (Nippon Kaiji Kyokai) @ 3\ mod_1224493002656_0. doc x @ 24240 @ @ 1
NKK (Nippon Kaiji Kyokai)
Pos : 58.9 /All e Seri en ( Allgemei ne Dokumente) ( Allgemei ne Module)/Z ulassungen/ Sc hiffsz ul ass ungen/ PR S (Pols ki R ejes tr Stat ków) @ 3\ mod_1224497273250_0. doc x @ 24295 @ @ 1
PRS (Polski Rejestr Statków)
Pos : 58.10 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okument e) (Allgemeine M odul e)/Z ulass ungen/Schif fsz ulas sungen/RIN A (R egistro It aliano Naval e) @ 3\ mod_1224493078359_0. doc x @ 24244 @ @ 1
RINA (Registro Italiano Navale)
Pos : 59 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Ger ät ebesc hrei bung/Z ulass ungen/ Schif f/Z ulas sungen F Bkoppler/-c ontroll er 750- xxxx Sc hiff , Standar dvers. und Variante / 025-000 - Einl eitung @ 13\ mod_1349775534044_21.doc x @ 104120 @ @ 1
The following ship approvals have been granted to 750-872 and 750-872 /025-000 fieldbus coupler/controller:
Pos : 60 /All e Seri en (Allgemei ne Module)/Z ulassungen/ Sc hiffsz ul ass ungen/ BSH (Bundes amt f ür Seesc hiff fahrt und H ydr ographi e) @ 5\ mod_1246341825156_21.doc x @ 36334 @ @ 1
Federal Maritime and Hydrographic Agency
Pos : 61 /All e Seri en (Allgemei ne Module)/Z ulassungen/ Sc hiffsz ul ass ungen/ G L (G ermanisc her Lloyd) C at . A, B, C , D ( EMC 1) @ 3\ mod_1224492724484_0. doc x @ 24228 @ @ 1
GL (Germanischer Lloyd) Cat. A, B, C, D (EMC 1)
Pos : 62 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Ger ät ebesc hrei bung/Z ulass ungen/ Schif f/I nf or mation: Weit ere Infor mati on zu den Schif fsz ulass ungen @ 6\ mod_1263206668130_21. doc x @ 47820 @ @ 1
For more information about the ship approvals:
Note the “Supplementary Power Supply Regulations” section for the ship approvals.
Pos : 63 /D okument ation allgemei n/ Glieder ungs elemente/---Seit enwechs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
62 Device Description WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 64 /All e Seri en (Allgemei ne Module)/Ü berschrif ten f ür alle Serien/G erätebesc hreibung/Nor men und Ric htlini en - Übersc hrift 2 @ 4\ mod_1242804031875_21. doc x @ 33646 @ 2 @ 1
4.7 Standards and Guidelines
Pos : 65 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Ger ät ebesc hrei bung/N ormen und Ric htlini en/EM V-Nor men FBkoppl er/-c ontr oller 750- xxxx, ohne Vari antenangabe - Einl eitung @ 5\ mod_1245244309850_21. doc x @ 35512 @ @ 1
750-872 meets the following requirements on emission and immunity of interference:
Pos : 66 /All e Seri en (Allgemei ne Module)/N or men und Ric htli nien/ EMV-N ormen - St andar d/ EMV CE- Stör fes tigkeit EN 61000-6-2: 2005 @ 4\mod_1242797655625_21.doc x @ 33591 @ @ 1
EMC CE-Immunity to interference acc. to EN 61000-6-2: 2005
Pos : 67 /All e Seri en (Allgemei ne Module)/N or men und Ric htli nien/ EMV-N ormen - St andar d/ EMV CE- Stör aussendung EN 61000-6- 3: 2007 @ 4\ mod_1242798094468_21. doc x @ 33598 @ @ 1
EMC CE-Emission of interference acc. to EN 61000-6-3: 2007
Pos : 68 /All e Seri en (Allgemei ne Module)/N or men und Ric htli nien/ EMV-N ormen - Schi ff bau/ EMV Sc hiff bau- St örfes tigkeit G ermanischer Lloyd ( 2003) @ 4\mod_1242798409640_21. doc x @ 33610 @ @ 1
EMC marine applications-Immunity to interference acc. to Germanischer Lloyd (2003)
Pos : 69 /All e Seri en (Allgemei ne Module)/N or men und Ric htli nien/ EMV-N ormen - Schi ff bau/ EMV Sc hiff bau- St örauss endung Ger manisc her Ll oyd (2003) @ 4\ mod_1242798400546_21. doc x @ 33606 @ @ 1
EMC marine applications-Emission of interference acc. to Germanischer Lloyd (2003)
Pos : 70 /All e Seri en (Allgemei ne Module)/N or men und Ric htli nien/ EMV-N ormen - St andar d/ EMV CE- Stör aussendung Wohnbereic h @ 5\ mod_1247653129160_21. doc x @ 37580 @ @ 1
The fieldbus coupler/controller 750-872 meets the requirements on emission of interference in residential areas.
Pos : 71 /D okument ation allgemei n/ Glieder ungs elemente/---Seit enwechs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 72 /All e Seri en (Allgemei ne Module)/Ü berschrif ten f ür alle Serien/Monti eren/M ontier en - Übersc hrift 1 @ 3\ mod_1225446744750_21. doc x @ 24900 @ 1 @ 1
5 Mounting
Pos : 73.1 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/M ontieren/D emontieren/ Einbaul age @ 3\ mod_1225446818312_21. doc x @ 24903 @ 2 @ 1
5.1 Installation Position
Mounting 63
Along with horizontal and vertical installation, all other installation positions are allowed.
Use an end stop in the case of vertical mounting!
In the case of vertical assembly, an end stop has to be mounted as an additional safeguard against slipping.
WAGO order no. 249-116 End stop for DIN 35 rail, 6 mm wide
WAGO order no. 249-117 End stop for DIN 35 rail, 10 mm wide
Pos : 73.2 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/M ontieren/D emontieren/ G esamtaus bau @ 3\ mod_1231764099468_21. doc x @ 25940 @ 2 @ 1
5.2 Overall Configuration
The maximum total length of a fieldbus node without fieldbus coupler/controller is 780 mm including end module. The width of the end module is 12 mm. When assembled, the I/O modules have a maximum length of 768 mm.
Examples:
•
64 I/O modules with a 12 mm width can be connected to a fieldbus coupler/controller.
•
32 I/O modules with a 24 mm width can be connected to a fieldbus coupler/controller.
Exception:
The number of connected I/O modules also depends on the type of fieldbus coupler/controller is used. For example, the maximum number of stackable I/O modules on one PROFIBUS DP/V1 fieldbus coupler/controller is 63 with no passive I/O modules and end module.
Observe maximum total length of a fieldbus node!
The maximum total length of a fieldbus node without fieldbus coupler/controller and without using a 750-628 I/O Module (coupler module for internal data bus extension) may not exceed 780 mm.
Also note the limitations of individual fieldbus couplers/controllers.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
64 Mounting WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Increase the total length using a coupler module for internal data bus extension!
You can increase the total length of a fieldbus node by using a 750-628 I/O
Module (coupler module for internal data bus extension). For such a configuration, attach a 750-627 I/O Module (end module for internal data bus extension) after the last I/O module of a module assembly. Use an RJ-45 patch cable to connect the I/O module to the coupler module for internal data bus extension of another module block.
This allows you to segment a fieldbus node into a maximum of 11 blocks with maximum of 10 I/O modules for internal data bus extension.
The maximum cable length between two blocks is five meters.
More information is available in the manuals for the 750-627 and 750-628 I/O
Modules.
Pos : 73.3 /Dokumentation allgemei n/ Glieder ungs elemente/---Seit enwechs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 73.4 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/M ontieren/D emontieren/M ont age auf Tr agschi ene @ 3\ mod_1225447227234_21. doc x @ 24906 @ 233 @ 1
5.3 Mounting onto Carrier Rail
Mounting 65
5.3.1 Carrier Rail Properties
All system components can be snapped directly onto a carrier rail in accordance with the European standard EN 50022 (DIN 35).
Do not use any third-party carrier rails without approval by WAGO!
WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH & Co. KG supplies standardized carrier rails that are optimal for use with the I/O system. If other carrier rails are used, then a technical inspection and approval of the rail by WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH &
Co. KG should take place.
Carrier rails have different mechanical and electrical properties. For the optimal system setup on a carrier rail, certain guidelines must be observed:
•
The material must be non-corrosive.
•
Most components have a contact to the carrier rail to ground electromagnetic disturbances. In order to avoid corrosion, this tin-plated carrier rail contact must not form a galvanic cell with the material of the carrier rail which generates a differential voltage above 0.5 V (saline solution of 0.3 % at 20°C).
•
The carrier rail must optimally support the EMC measures integrated into the system and the shielding of the I/O module connections.
•
A sufficiently stable carrier rail should be selected and, if necessary, several mounting points (every 20 cm) should be used in order to prevent bending and twisting (torsion).
•
The geometry of the carrier rail must not be altered in order to secure the safe hold of the components. In particular, when shortening or mounting the carrier rail, it must not be crushed or bent.
•
The base of the I/O components extends into the profile of the carrier rail.
For carrier rails with a height of 7.5 mm, mounting points are to be riveted under the node in the carrier rail (slotted head captive screws or blind rivets).
•
The medal springs on the bottom of the housing must have low-impedance contact with the DIN rail (wide contact surface is possible).
Manual
Version 1.1.0
66 Mounting
5.3.2 WAGO DIN Rail
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
WAGO carrier rails meet the electrical and mechanical requirements shown in the table below.
Table 30: WAGO DIN Rail
Order number Description
210-113 /-112 35 x 7.5; 1 mm; steel yellow chromated; slotted/unslotted
210-114 /-197
210-118
210-198
210-196
35 x 15; 1.5 mm; steel yellow chromated; slotted/unslotted
35 x 15; 2.3 mm; steel yellow chromated; unslotted
35 x 15; 2.3 mm; copper; unslotted
35 x 7.5; 1 mm; aluminum; unslotted
Pos : 73.5 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/M ontieren/D emontieren/ Abst ände @ 3\ mod_1225448283750_21. doc x @ 24920 @ 2 @ 1
5.4 Spacing
The spacing between adjacent components, cable conduits, casing and frame sides must be maintained for the complete fieldbus node.
Figure 28: Spacing
Pos : 73.6 /Dokumentation allgemei n/ Glieder ungs elemente/---Seit enwechs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
The spacing creates room for heat transfer, installation or wiring. The spacing to cable conduits also prevents conducted electromagnetic interferences from influencing the operation.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 73.7 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/M ontieren/D emontieren/M ont agerei henf olge @ 3\ mod_1231770210031_21. doc x @ 25992 @ 2 @ 1
5.5 Mounting Sequence
Mounting 67
Fieldbus couplers/controllers and I/O modules of the WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 are snapped directly on a carrier rail in accordance with the European standard EN
50022 (DIN 35).
The reliable positioning and connection is made using a tongue and groove system. Due to the automatic locking, the individual devices are securely seated on the rail after installation.
Starting with the fieldbus coupler/controller, the I/O modules are mounted adjacent to each other according to the project design. Errors in the design of the node in terms of the potential groups (connection via the power contacts) are recognized, as the I/O modules with power contacts (blade contacts) cannot be linked to I/O modules with fewer power contacts.
Pos : 73.8 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Wic htige Erläut erungen/ Sicherheits- und sonstig e Hinweis e/ Vorsic ht/ Vorsicht: Verl etz ungsgefahr durc h s charf kantige M ess er kont akt e! @ 6\ mod_1256193279401_21.doc x @ 43414 @ @ 1
Risk of injury due to sharp-edged blade contacts!
The blade contacts are sharp-edged. Handle the I/O module carefully to prevent injury.
Pos : 73.9 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Wic htige Erläut erungen/ Sicherheits- und sonstig e Hinweis e/ Achtung/Achtung: Bus kl emmen nur in vorgesehener R eihenfolg e st ec ken! @ 6\ mod_1256194177073_21. doc x @ 43429 @ @ 1
Insert I/O modules only from the proper direction!
All I/O modules feature grooves for power jumper contacts on the right side. For some I/O modules, the grooves are closed on the top. Therefore, I/O modules featuring a power jumper contact on the left side cannot be snapped from the top.
This mechanical coding helps to avoid configuration errors, which may destroy the I/O modules. Therefore, insert I/O modules only from the right and from the top.
Pos : 73.10 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Wichtig e Erl äuter ung en/Sic her hei ts- und s onstige Hinweise/Hinweis/Hi nweis : Bus absc hluss nic ht vergessen! @ 6\ mod_1256194225557_21.doc x @ 43432 @ @ 1
Don't forget the bus end module!
Always plug a bus end module 750-600 onto the end of the fieldbus node! You must always use a bus end module at all fieldbus nodes with WAGO-I/O-
SYSTEM 750 fieldbus couplers/controllers to guarantee proper data transfer.
Pos : 73.11 /D okument ati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel ement e/---Seit enwec hs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
68 Mounting WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 73.12 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/Monti eren/D emonti eren/ Ger ät e ei nf ügen und entf ernen - Ü bersc hrift 2 @ 3\ mod_1231768483250_21.doc x @ 25950 @ 2 @ 1
5.6 Inserting and Removing Devices
Pos : 73.13 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odul e)/ Wichtige Erläut erungen/Sic herheits- und s onstige Hinweise/Acht ung/Ac ht ung: Ar beiten an G eräten nur spannungsfrei durchf ühren! @ 6\ mod_1256193963573_21. doc x @ 43426 @ @ 1
Perform work on devices only if they are de-energized!
Working on energized devices can damage them. Therefore, turn off the power supply before working on the devices.
Pos : 73.14 /D okument ati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel ement e/---Seit enwec hs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 73.15 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/Monti eren/D emonti eren/F eldbus koppler/-c ontroll er ei nf ügen @ 3\ mod_1234168173031_21. doc x @ 27456 @ 3 @ 1
5.6.1 Inserting the Fieldbus Coupler/Controller
Mounting 69
1. When replacing the fieldbus coupler/controller for an already available fieldbus coupler/controller, position the new fieldbus coupler/controller so that the tongue and groove joints to the subsequent I/O module are engaged.
2. Snap the fieldbus coupler/controller onto the carrier rail.
3. Use a screwdriver blade to turn the locking disc until the nose of the locking disc engages behind the carrier rail (see the following figure). This prevents the fieldbus coupler/controller from canting on the carrier rail.
With the fieldbus coupler/controller snapped in place, the electrical connections for the data contacts and power contacts (if any) to the possible subsequent I/O module are established.
Pos : 73.16 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/Monti eren/D emonti eren/ Verrieg elung - Bil d (Standar d) @ 3\ mod_1231768944875_21.doc x @ 25953 @ @ 1
Figure 29: Release Tab Standard Fieldbus Coupler/Controller (Example)
Pos : 73.17 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/Monti eren/D emonti eren/F eldbus koppler/-c ontroll er ent fer nen @ 4\ mod_1239169358453_21. doc x @ 30330 @ 3 @ 1
5.6.2 Removing the Fieldbus Coupler/Controller
1. Use a screwdriver blade to turn the locking disc until the nose of the locking disc no longer engages behind the carrier rail.
2. Remove the fieldbus coupler/controller from the assembly by pulling the release tab.
Pos : 73.18 /D okument ati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel ement e/---Seit enwec hs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Electrical connections for data or power contacts to adjacent I/O modules are disconnected when removing the fieldbus coupler/controller.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
70 Mounting
Pos : 73.19 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/Monti eren/D emonti eren/ Bus kl emme einf ügen @ 3\ mod_1231769726703_21. doc x @ 25989 @ 3 @ 1
5.6.3 Inserting the I/O Module
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
1. Position the I/O module so that the tongue and groove joints to the fieldbus coupler/controller or to the previous or possibly subsequent I/O module are engaged.
Figure 30: Insert I/O Module (Example)
2. Press the I/O module into the assembly until the I/O module snaps into the carrier rail.
Pos : 73.20 /D okument ati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel ement e/---Seit enwec hs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Figure 31: Snap the I/O Module into Place (Example)
With the I/O module snapped in place, the electrical connections for the data contacts and power jumper contacts (if any) to the fieldbus coupler/controller or to the previous or possibly subsequent I/O module are established.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 73.21 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/Monti eren/D emonti eren/ Bus kl emme ent fer nen @ 4\ mod_1239169375203_21. doc x @ 30334 @ 3 @ 1
5.6.4 Removing the I/O Module
Mounting 71
1. Remove the I/O module from the assembly by pulling the release tab.
Pos : 74 /D okument ation allgemei n/ Glieder ungs elemente/---Seit enwechs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Figure 32: Removing the I/O Module (Example)
Electrical connections for data or power jumper contacts are disconnected when removing the I/O module.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
72 Connect Devices
Pos : 75 /All e Seri en (Allgemei ne Module)/Ü berschrif ten f ür alle Serien/Ansc hließ en/ Ger ät e ansc hließen - Ü bers chrift 1 @ 3\ mod_1234172889468_21.doc x @ 27460 @ 1 @ 1
6 Connect Devices
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 76.1 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Ans chli eßen/D at enkont akt e/ Klemmenbus - Ü berschrif t 2 @ 7\ mod_1266320620183_21. doc x @ 50718 @ 2 @ 1
6.1 Data Contacts/Internal Bus
Pos : 76.2 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Ansc hl üsse/Datenkontakt e - F eldbus koppler/-c ontroll er, Abbildung und Besc hrei bung @ 3\mod_1231771259187_21.doc x @ 26002 @ @ 1
Communication between the fieldbus coupler/controller and the I/O modules as well as the system supply of the I/O modules is carried out via the internal bus. It is comprised of 6 data contacts, which are available as self-cleaning gold spring contacts.
Figure 33: Data Contacts
Pos : 76.3 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Wic htige Erläut erungen/ Sicherheits- und sonstig e Hinweis e/ Achtung/Achtung: Bus kl emmen nic ht auf G oldf eder kontakt e leg en! @ 7\ mod_1266318463636_21. doc x @ 50695 @ @ 1
Do not place the I/O modules on the gold spring contacts!
Do not place the I/O modules on the gold spring contacts in order to avoid soiling or scratching!
Pos : 76.4 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Wic htige Erläut erungen/ Sicherheits- und sonstig e Hinweis e/ Achtung/Achtung: ESD - Auf g ut e Erdung der U mgebung ac ht en! @ 7\ mod_1266318538667_21. doc x @ 50708 @ @ 1
Ensure that the environment is well grounded!
The devices are equipped with electronic components that may be destroyed by electrostatic discharge. When handling the devices, ensure that the environment
(persons, workplace and packing) is well grounded. Avoid touching conductive components, e.g. data contacts.
Pos : 76.5 /Dokumentation allgemei n/ Glieder ungs elemente/---Seit enwechs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 76.6 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Ans chli eßen/ Leis tungs kontakte/Fel dversorgung - Ü bersc hrift 2 @ 7\ mod_1266320656354_21.doc x @ 50722 @ 2 @ 1
6.2 Power Contacts/Field Supply
Connect Devices 73
Pos : 76.7 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Wic htige Erläut erungen/ Sicherheits- und sonstig e Hinweis e/ Vorsic ht/ Vorsicht: Verl etz ungsgefahr durc h s charf kantige M ess er kont akt e! @ 6\ mod_1256193279401_21.doc x @ 43414 @ @ 1
Risk of injury due to sharp-edged blade contacts!
The blade contacts are sharp-edged. Handle the I/O module carefully to prevent injury.
Pos : 76.8 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Ansc hl üsse/Leist ungs kont akt e allgemei n @ 3\ mod_1231828902046_21. doc x @ 26017 @ @ 1
Self-cleaning power jumper contacts used to supply the field side are located on the right side of most of the fieldbus couplers/controllers and on some of the I/O modules. These contacts come as touch-proof spring contacts. As fitting counterparts the I/O modules have male contacts on the left side.
Figure 34: Example for the Arrangement of Power Contacts
Pos : 76.9 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Wic htige Erläut erungen/ Sicherheits- und sonstig e Hinweis e/Hinweis/Hi nweis: F eldbus knoten mit s mar tDESIGN ER konfiguri eren und überpr üf en @ 6\ mod_1256193439792_21.doc x @ 43420 @ @ 1
Field bus node configuration and test via smartDESIGNER
With the WAGO ProServe
®
Software smartDESIGNER, you can configure the structure of a field bus node. You can test the configuration via the integrated accuracy check.
Pos : 76.10 /D okument ati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel ement e/---Seit enwec hs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
74 Connect Devices WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 76.11 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/Ansc hließ en/Leit er an CAGE CLAMP ansc hließ en (allgemein) - Ü berschrif t 2 und T ext @ 3\ mod_1225448660171_21.doc x @ 24928 @ 2 @ 1
6.3 Connecting a Conductor to the CAGE CLAMP
®
The WAGO CAGE CLAMP
®
connection is appropriate for solid, stranded and finely stranded conductors.
Only connect one conductor to each CAGE CLAMP
®
!
Only one conductor may be connected to each CAGE CLAMP
®
.
Do not connect more than one conductor at one single connection!
If more than one conductor must be routed to one connection, these must be connected in an up-circuit wiring assembly, for example using WAGO feedthrough terminals.
Exception:
If it is unavoidable to jointly connect 2 conductors, then you must use a ferrule to join the wires together. The following ferrules can be used:
Length:
Nominal cross section
max.
:
8 mm
1 mm
2
for 2 conductors with 0.5 mm
2
each
WAGO product: 216-103 or products with comparable properties
1. For opening the CAGE CLAMP
®
insert the actuating tool into the opening above the connection.
2. Insert the conductor into the corresponding connection opening.
3. For closing the CAGE CLAMP
®
simply remove the tool. The conductor is now clamped firmly in place.
Pos : 77 /D okument ation allgemei n/ Glieder ungs elemente/---Seit enwechs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Figure 35: Connecting a Conductor to a CAGE CLAMP
®
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 78 /All e Seri en (Allgemei ne Module)/Ü berschrif ten f ür alle Serien/F unktions bes chr eibung/F unkti ons besc hrei bung - Ü bersc hrift 1 @ 4\ mod_1239025975389_21.doc x @ 30003 @ 1 @ 1
7 Function Description
Function Description 75
Pos : 79 /All e Seri en (Allgemei ne Module)/Ü berschrif ten f ür alle Serien/ __ noc h nic ht ei ns ortiert e Ü berschrif ten müss en noc h eins orti ert werden __/ Betriebss ys tem - Übersc hrift 2 @ 4\ mod_1241426960453_21. doc x @ 32163 @ 2 @ 1
7.1 Operating System
Pos : 80.1 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/F unktions beschr eibung/Betriebss yst em/Anlauf des Fel dbusc ontroll ers, Ü berschrif t 3 @ 17\ mod_1383727034736_21. doc x @ 136738 @ 3 @ 1
7.1.1 Run-up
Pos : 80.2 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/F unktions beschr eibung/Betriebss yst em/Hinweis: Betriebs art ens chalt er darf sich nic ht i n der unt eren St ellung befi nden! @ 17\mod_1383727204961_21.doc x @ 136741 @ @ 1
The mode selector switch may not be located in the lower position!
The mode selector switch may not be set at the bottom position during runup!
Pos : 80.3 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/F unktions beschr eibung/Betriebss yst em/Betri ebs s yst em C ontroller - Anf angs text (Anlauf des Fel dbusc ontroll ers) @ 4\ mod_1239104024406_21.doc x @ 30218 @ @ 1
The fieldbus controller begins running up after switching on the power supply or after a reset. The internal PFC program is then transferred to the RAM.
During the initialization phase, the fieldbus controller detects the I/O modules and the current configuration and sets the variables to 0 or FALSE, or to an initial value specified by the PFC program. The flags retain their status. During this phase the I/O LED will flash red.
When run-up is successful, the I/O LED then stays lit continuously in green.
Pos : 80.4 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Anz eigeelemente/Fel dbus koppl er/-contr oller/ Legende/I nf or mation: Infor mationen zu der LED- Signalisi erung @ 4\ mod_1239098329547_21.doc x @ 30154 @ @ 1
More information about the LED Signaling
Read the detailed description for the evaluation of the displayed LED state in the section “Diagnostics” > … > “LED Signaling”.
Pos : 81 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/F unktions beschr eibung/Betriebss yst em/Betri ebs s yst em C ontroller - Anf angs text (PFC-Z ykl us) @ 14\ mod_1361866775620_21. doc x @ 112863 @ 3 @ 1
7.1.2 PFC Cycle
After error-free run-up, the PFC cycle starts with the mode selector switch at the top position, or on a Start command from WAGO-I/O-PRO. The input and output data for the field bus, I/O modules and the timer values are read. The PFC program contained in the RAM is then processed, after which the output data for the field bus and I/O modules is written to the process image. At the end of the
PFC cycle, the operating system functions are executed for diagnostics and communication (among other things) and the timer values are updated. The new cycle begins by reading in of the input and output data and the timer values.
The operating mode is changed (“STOP”/“RUN”) at the end of a PFC cycle.
The cycle time is the time from the beginning of the PFC program up to the next beginning of the cycle. If a loop is programmed within the PFC program, the PFC runtime and the PFC cycle time will be extended accordingly.
The inputs, outputs and timer values are not updated while the PFC program is being processed. Updating is performed only as defined at the end of the PFC
Manual
Version 1.1.0
76 Function Description program. As a result, it is not possible to wait on an event from the process or a set period to expire while a loop is in progress.
Pos : 82 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/F unktions beschr eibung/Betriebss yst em/Betri ebs s yst em C ontroller - Diagramm ( 32- Bit, mit Files yst em) @ 9\ mod_1283256364139_21. doc x @ 64402 @ @ 1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 83 /D okument ation allgemei n/ Glieder ungs elemente/---Seit enwechs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Figure 36: Run-up of the Controller
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 84 /All e Seri en (Allgemei ne Module)/Ü berschrif ten f ür alle Serien/ __ noc h nic ht ei ns ortiert e Ü berschrif ten müss en noc h eins orti ert werden __/ Proz ess dat enaufbau - Ü bersc hrift 2 @ 5\ mod_1245069543813_21.doc x @ 35310 @ 2 @ 1
7.2 Process Data Architecture
Pos : 85.1 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/F unktions beschr eibung/Prozes sabbild/ Prinzi pieller Auf bau (C ontroller) @ 6\ mod_1256033243171_21. doc x @ 43137 @ 3 @ 1
7.2.1 Basic Structure
Function Description 77
After switching on, the controller identifies all I/O modules connected with the node that send or receive data (data width/bit width > 0).
A node can consist of a mixed arrangement of analog and digital modules.
Pos : 85.2 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/F unktions beschr eibung/Prozes sabbild/Hi nweis : Mit Klemmenbus verlängerung bis z u 250 Bus klemmen ansc hließ bar! @ 6\ mod_1256033692375_21. doc x @ 43140 @ @ 1
Up to 250 I/O modules can be connected with the data bus extension modules.
Using the WAGO module bus extension coupler module 750-628 and end module
750-627 makes it possible to connect up to 250 modules to the Telecontrol
Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub.
Pos : 85.3 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/F unktions beschr eibung/Prozes sabbild/I nf or mation: Anzahl der Ei n- und Ausg angs bits bz w. -bytes [. ..] ent nehmen Si e Bus kl emmenbesc hreibung @ 6\ mod_1256034203734_21.doc x @ 43146 @ @ 1
Additional Information
For the number of input and output bits or bytes of the individual I/O modules, refer to the corresponding description of the I/O modules.
Pos : 85.4 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/F unktions beschr eibung/Prozes sabbild/ Aus der D at enbrei te und dem T yp der Bus kl emme .. . (Contr oller) @ 6\ mod_1256034320625_21. doc x @ 43149 @ @ 1
The controller creates an internal local process image on the basis of the data width, the type of I/O module and the position of the module in the node. This process image is broken down into an input and an output data range.
The data of the digital I/O modules is bit-oriented; i.e., digital data is sent bit by bit. Analog I/O modules represent the group of byte-oriented modules – data is sent byte by byte.
Pos : 85.5 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/F unktions beschr eibung/Prozes sabbild/Z u diesen Bus kl emmen gehör en z. B. di e Z ähl er klemmen, Bus kl emmen für Wi nkel- und .. . (750-841) @ 6\ mod_1256034612343_21.doc x @ 43155 @ @ 1
This group includes: counter modules, angle and distance measurement modules and communication modules.
Pos : 85.6 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/F unktions beschr eibung/Prozes sabbild/F ür das lokal e Pr oz ess abbild, Daten abhängig von der R eihenfolg e ihr er Positi on (Contr oller) @ 6\ mod_1256034703953_21. doc x @ 43158 @ @ 1
For both, the local input and output process image, the I/O module data is stored in the corresponding process image depending on the order in which the modules are connected to the controller.
Pos : 85.7 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/F unktions beschr eibung/Prozes sabbild/Hi nweis : H ardware-Änder ung kann Änder ung des Pr oz ess abbildes bewirken! @ 6\ mod_1256035225250_21. doc x @ 43161 @ @ 1
Hardware changes can result in changes of the process image!
If the hardware configuration is changed by adding, changing or removing of I/O modules with a data width > 0 bit, this result in a new process image structure.
The process data addresses would then change. If adding modules, the process data of all previous modules has to be taken into account.
Pos : 85.8 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/F unktions beschr eibung/Prozes sabbild/ Proz ess abbil d Wort 0... 255, 256.. .511, 512. .. 1275 @ 6\ mod_1256035351718_21. doc x @ 43164 @ @ 1
A memory range of 256 words (word 0...255) is initially available in the controller for the process image of the physical input and output data.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
78 Function Description WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
For the image of the MODBUS/PFC variables, the memory range of words
256...511 is reserved; meaning the image for the MODBUS/PFC variables is created behind the process image for the I/O module data.
If the quantity of module data is greater than 256 words, all the physical input and output data above this value is added to the end of the current process image in a memory range; i.e., attached behind the MODBUS/PFC variables (word
512…1275).
Pos : 85.9 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/F unktions beschr eibung/Prozes sabbild/ Proz ess abbil d Wort 1276... 1531, ab Wor t 1532 (750- 841) @ 6\ mod_1256035500671_21. doc x @ 43167 @ @ 1
The EtherNet/IP PFC variables are then mapped behind the remaining physical
I/O module data.This memory range includes words 1276 ... 1531.
The subsequent range, starting from word 1532, is reserved for future protocol expansion and other PFC variables.
Pos : 85.10 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/Funkti onsbesc hrei bung/ Proz ess abbild/Bei allen WAGO-F eldbusc ontroller n ist der Z ugriff der SPS auf die Pr oz ess dat en unabhängig von .. . @ 6\ mod_1256038962984_21. doc x @ 43173 @ @ 1
Access by the PLC to process data is made independently from the fieldbus system in all WAGO fieldbus controllers; access is always conducted through an application-related IEC-61131-3 program.
How the data is accessed from the fieldbus side depends on the fieldbus however.
Pos : 85.11 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/Funkti onsbesc hrei bung/ Proz ess abbild/F ür den F eldbus contr oller kann ei n MOD BUS/TCP-M ast er über.. . (750-841) @ 6\ mod_1256039409593_21. doc x @ 43179 @ @ 1
For the fieldbus controller, a MODBUS/TCP master can access the data via implemented MODBUS functions, whereby decimal or hexadecimal MODBUS addresses are used.
Optionally, data can also be accessed via Ethernet/IP using an object model.
Pos : 85.12 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/Funkti onsbesc hrei bung/ Proz ess abbild/I nf ormati on: Eine detailliert e Besc hreibung z u di es en f eldbusspezifis chen Datenz ugriffen ( 750-841) @ 6\ mod_1256039483359_21.doc x @ 43182 @ @ 1
Additional Information:
For a detailed description of these fieldbus-specific data access methods, refer to the section "MODBUS Functions" or the section "EtherNet/IP (Ethernet/Industrial
Protocol)".
Pos : 85.13 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/Funkti onsbesc hrei bung/ Proz ess abbild/I nf ormati on: D as fel dbuss pezifisc he Pr ozessabbild is t . .. ( 750-833, 841, 842, 843,871,880, 881, 882, 889) @ 6\ mod_1256131415906_21.doc x @ 43398 @ @ 1
Additional Information:
For the fieldbus-specific process image of any WAGO I/O module, please refer to the section “I/O Modules” > … > “Structure of the process data”.
Pos : 85.14 /D okument ati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel ement e/---Seit enwec hs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 85.15 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/Funkti onsbesc hrei bung/ Proz ess abbild/Beis piel für ein Ei ngangspr ozessabbild- Beis piel f ür ei n Ausg angs proz ess abbil d @ 6\ mod_1256040947968_21. doc x @ 43188 @ 33 @ 1
7.2.2 Example of an Input Process Image
Function Description 79
The following figure is an example of an input process image.
The configuration comprises 16 digital and 8 analog inputs.
The input process image thus has a data length of 8 words for the analog modules and 1 word for the digital modules; i.e., 9 words in total.
Figure 37: Example of Process Image for Input Data
Manual
Version 1.1.0
80 Function Description WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
7.2.3 Example of an Output Data Process Image
The following example for the output process image comprises 2 digital and 4 analog outputs. It comprises 4 words for the analog outputs and 1 word for the digital outputs; i.e., 5 words in total.
In addition, the output data can also be read back with an offset of 200 hex
(0x0200) added to the MODBUS address.
Data > 256 words can be read back by using the cumulative offset!
All output data greater than 256 words and, therefore located in the memory range
6000 hex
(0x6000) to 66F9
hex
(0x66F9) can be read back with an offset of 1000
hex
(0x1000) added to the MODBUS address.
Figure 38: Example of Process Image for Output Data
Pos : 85.16 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/Funkti onsbesc hrei bung/ Proz ess abbild/Pr oz ess dat en M ODBU S/TC P und Et herN et/ IP - Übersc hrift 3 @ 6\ mod_1259149638329_21. doc x @ 44990 @ 3 @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Function Description 81
7.2.4 Process Data MODBUS/TCP and EtherNet/IP
Pos : 85.17 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/Funkti onsbesc hrei bung/ Proz ess abbild/Der Auf bau der Pr ozessdat en ist auf der F eldebene bei einigen Bus klemmen f eldbusspezifisc h. @ 6\ mod_1256032164328_21.doc x @ 43113 @ @ 1
For some I/O modules (and their variations), the structure of the process data depends on the fieldbus.
Pos : 85.18 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/Funkti onsbesc hrei bung/ Proz ess abbild/Pr oz ess abbild wort weis e aufg ebaut ( mit word- alignment) ( 750- 841) (MOD BUS und Ethernet /I P) @ 6\ mod_1256032355828_21.doc x @ 43119 @ @ 1
For the fieldbus controller with MODBUS and Ethernet/IP, the process image is built up word-by-word (with word alignment). The internal mapping method for data greater than one byte conforms to Intel formats.
Pos : 85.19 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/Funkti onsbesc hrei bung/ Proz ess abbild/I nf ormati on: Weiter e I nf os zu dem fel dbuss pezifisc hen Proz ess dat enaufbau f ür MOD BU S und Et herN et/ IP @ 6\ mod_1259150064576_21.doc x @ 44993 @ @ 1
Additional Information:
For the respective fieldbus-specific structure of the process values of any I/O module within the 750 or 753 Series of the WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM, refer to
Section "Structure of Process Data for MODBUS/TCP" or "Structure of Process
Data for Ethernet/IP".
Pos : 86 /D okument ation allgemei n/ Glieder ungs elemente/---Seit enwechs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
82 Function Description
Pos : 87 /All e Seri en (Allgemei ne Module)/Ü berschrif ten f ür alle Serien/ __ noc h nic ht ei ns ortiert e Ü berschrif ten müss en noc h eins orti ert werden __/D at enaust ausch - Übersc hrift 2 @ 4\ mod_1241431718548_21. doc x @ 32202 @ 2 @ 1
7.3 Data Exchange
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 88.1 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/F unktions beschr eibung/Dat enaus tausc h/D at enaust aus ch - Ei nleit ung Teil 1 ( 750-841, - 871, -880, -881, - 882, -885 ) - mit Et her net/I P @ 6\ mod_1256044434515_21. doc x @ 43207 @ @ 1
With the fieldbus controller, data is exchanged via the MODBUS/TCP protocol and/or the MODBUS/UDP protocol or EtherNet/IP.
Pos : 88.2 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/F unktions beschr eibung/Dat enaus tausc h/D at enaust aus ch - Ei nleit ung Teil 2 ( 750-841,-842, - 843, -871, -880, - 881, -882, -885 ) @ 8\ mod_1281078066247_21. doc x @ 62560 @ @ 1
MODBUS/TCP works according to the master/slave principle. The master controller can be a PC or a PLC.
The fieldbus controllers of the WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 are usually slave devices. Thanks to the programming with IEC 61131-3, however, these controllers can also assume the master function.
The master requests communication. This request can be directed to certain nodes by addressing. The nodes receive the request and, depending on the request type, send a reply to the master.
Pos : 88.3 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/F unktions beschr eibung/Dat enaus tausc h/D at enaust aus ch - Ei n F eldbusc ontr oller kann ei ne bes timmte Anz ahl gleic hz eitiger Ver bd. (C ontroller) @ 6\ mod_1256044496578_21. doc x @ 43210 @ @ 1
A controller can set up a defined number of simultaneous connections (socket connections) to other network subscribers:
Pos : 88.4 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/F unktions beschr eibung/Dat enaus tausc h/D at enaust aus ch - Lis te gleichzeitiger Verbi ndungen (Soc ket-Verbi ndungen) (750- 841, 881, 882, 885) @ 6\ mod_1256044617468_21. doc x @ 43216 @ @ 1 •
3 connections for HTTP (to read HTML pages from the controller)
•
15 connections via MODBUS/TCP (to read or write input and output data of the controller)
•
128 connections for Ethernet/IP
•
5 connections (using the Ethernet.lib) via PFC (available in the PLC function for IEC 61131-3 application programs)
•
2 connections for WAGO-I/O-PRO (these connections are reserved for debugging the application program via ETHERNET. WAGO-I/O-PRO needs 2 connections at the same time for the debugging. However, only one programming tool can have access to the controller).
•
10 connections for FTP
•
2 connections for SNMP
Pos : 88.5 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/F unktions beschr eibung/Dat enaus tausc h/D at enaust aus ch - Sc hnitts tell en (Controll er) @ 6\ mod_1256044722312_21.doc x @ 43219 @ @ 1
The maximum number of simultaneous connections can not be exceeded. Existing connections must first be terminated before new ones can be set up. The
Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub is essentially equipped with three interfaces for data exchange:
• the interface to the fieldbus (Master),
• the PLC function of the PFC (CPU) and
• the interface to the I/O modules.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Function Description 83
Data exchange takes place between the fieldbus master and the I/O modules, between the PLC function of the PFC (CPU) and the I/O modules and between the fieldbus master and the PLC function of the PFC (CPU).
Pos : 88.6 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/F unktions beschr eibung/Dat enaus tausc h/D at enaust aus ch - Wird der Fel dbus M ODBU S g enutz t, grei ft der Mas ter über die (Contr oller) @ 6\ mod_1256044816515_21.doc x @ 43225 @ @ 1
If MODBUS is used as the fieldbus, the MODBUS master accesses the date using the MODBUS functions implemented in the controller; Ethernet/IP, in contrast, uses an object model for data access.
Pos : 88.7 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/F unktions beschr eibung/Dat enaus tausc h/D at enaust aus ch - Der Zugriff des F eldbusc ontrollers auf di e D aten erf olgt mit Hilf e eines IEC- 611. .. @ 6\ mod_1256044879953_21. doc x @ 43228 @ @ 1
Data access is carried out with the aid of an IEC-61131-3 application program.
Data addressing varies greatly here.
Pos : 88.8 /Dokumentation allgemei n/ Glieder ungs elemente/---Seit enwechs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
84 Function Description
Pos : 88.9 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/F unktions beschr eibung/Dat enaus tausc h/ Speic her ber eiche M ODBU S/ Speic her ber eiche M ODBU S - Bild ( 750- 841, 871, 873, 880, 881, 882, 884, 885) - mit Et h/I P @ 6\ mod_1256046946781_21. doc x @ 43245 @ 3 @ 1
7.3.1 Memory Areas
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Figure 39: Memory areas and data exchange
Pos : 88.10 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/Funkti onsbesc hrei bung/D at enaust ausch/Speicherbereic he MOD BUS/Speicherbereic he MOD BU S - Legende "Speic herbereic he und D at enaust aus ch" (Controll er) @ 6\ mod_1256047253015_21.doc x @ 43248 @ @ 1
The controller process image contains the physical data for the bus modules.
These have a value of 0 ... 255 and word 512 ... 1275.
The input module data can be read by the CPU and by the fieldbus side.
Likewise, data can be written to the output modules from the CPU and the fieldbus side.
The MODBUS PFC variables are stored in each of the memory areas for word
256 ... 511 between these sides.
The MODBUS-PFC input variables are written to the input memory area from the fieldbus side and read in by the CPU for processing.
The variables processed by the CPU using the IEC-61131-3 program are places in the output memory area, where they can be read out by the master.
Pos : 88.11 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/Funkti onsbesc hrei bung/D at enaust ausch/Speicherbereic he MOD BUS/Speicherbereic he MOD BU S - I m Ansc hluss an di e Bus kl emmendaten Wort 1276.. .1531 ( 750-841) @ 6\ mod_1256133822562_21. doc x @ 43401 @ @ 1
The memory area for word 1276 ... 1531 for the Ethernet/IP PFC variables is adjacent to the physical I/O module data.
Pos : 88.12 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/Funkti onsbesc hrei bung/D at enaust ausch/Speicherbereic he MOD BUS/Speicherbereic he MOD BU S - F ür z ukünf tige Prot okoll-Er weit erungen und weit ere PFC- Vari abl en ist ... @ 6\ mod_1256133965750_21.doc x @ 43405 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Function Description 85
The subsequent memory area, starting from word 1532, is reserved for future protocol expansion and other PFC variables.
Pos : 88.13 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/Funkti onsbesc hrei bung/D at enaust ausch/Speicherbereic he MOD BUS/Speicherbereic he MOD BU S - Spi egeln der Bus kl emmendaten @ 6\ mod_1256047661921_21. doc x @ 43254 @ @ 1
In addition, all output data is mirrored in the Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-
Sub to a memory area with the address offset 0x0200 and 0x1000. This allows output values to be read back in by adding 0x0200 or 0x1000 to the MODBUS address.
Pos : 88.14 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/Funkti onsbesc hrei bung/D at enaust ausch/Speicherbereic he MOD BUS/Speicherbereic he MOD BU S - Er kl ärung D at ens peicher, Progrspeic her, Remanent( 750-872,-873) 30KB @ 18\ mod_1395917383267_21. doc x @ 149738 @ @ 1
Other memory areas are also provided in the controller, some of which cannot be accessed by the fieldbus side, however:
•
Data memory (256 kByte and 1024 kByte starting from Firmware version 03)
The data memory is a volatile RAM memory for creating variables that are not required for communication with the interfaces, but rather for internal processing procedures, such as calculation of results.
•
Program memory (512 kByte and 1024 kByte starting from Firmware version 03)
The IEC-61131-3 program is stored in the program memory. The code memory is a Flash ROM. When power is switched on, the program is transferred from the flash to the RAM memory. After error-free run-up, the
PFC cycle starts with the mode selector switch at the top position, or on the
Start command from the WAGO-I/O-PRO.
•
NOVRAM Remanent memory (30 kByte)
The remanent memory is a non-volatile memory; i.e., all values of flags and variables, that are explicitly defined by “var retain”, are retained even after a loss of power. Memory management is performed automatically. The
30 kByte memory area is normally divided into an 8 kByte addressable range for flags (%MW0 ... %MW 4095 ) and a 22 kByte retain area for variables without memory area addressing, that are defined by "var retain".
Markers are only remanent under "var retain“!
Please note that the bit memory is only retentive if you have declared it as such under "var retain".
Manual
Version 1.1.0
86 Function Description WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Figure 40: Example declaration of remanent flags by „var retain“
This breakdown of the NOVRAM can be varied (see following explanation).
NOVRAM memory allocation can be changed in WAGO-I/O-PRO!
The breakdown of the NOVRAM can be modified when required in the programming software WAGO-I/O-PRO/Register "Resources"/Dialog window
"Target system settings".
The start address for the flag area is fixed at 16#30000000. The area sizes and the start address for the retain memory can be varied.
We do recommend keeping the standard settings, however, in order to avoid any overlapping of the areas.
In these default settings the size of the flag area is set (starting from Firmware version 03) at 16#3000, followed by the retain memory, with the start address
16#30003000 and the size 16#4800.
Pos : 88.15 /D okument ati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel ement e/---Seit enwec hs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 88.16 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odul e)/Übersc hrift en f ür all e Seri en/ __ noc h nic ht einsorti ert e Ü bersc hrift en müssen noch ei ns ortiert wer den __Adressi erung - Ü bersc hrift 3 @ 8\ mod_1279016771610_21.doc x @ 59781 @ 3 @ 1
7.3.2 Addressing
Function Description 87
Pos : 88.17 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/Funkti onsbesc hrei bung/D at enaust ausch/Adres sier ung/ Adr essi erung - Ei nleit ung (Controll er) @ 6\ mod_1256047921109_21.doc x @ 43260 @ @ 1
Module inputs and outputs in a controller are addressed internally as soon as they are started. The order in which the connected modules are addressed depends on the type of module that is connected (input module, output module).
The process image is formed from these addresses.
The physical arrangement of the I/O modules in the fieldbus node is arbitrary.
Use various options for addressing the bus terminals!
Connected modules in more detail. It is essential that you understand these correlations in order to conduct conventional addressing by counting.
The WAGO I/O Configurator is also available as a further addressing option.
The Configurator can assist you in addressing and protocol assignment for the connected modules. You must select the connected modules in the I/O
Configurator; the software then takes care of correct addressing (see following
Figure).
The I/O Configurator is started from the WAGO-I/O-PRO.
For more details, refer to Section “Configuration using the WAGO-I/O-PRO I/O
Configurator”.
Pos : 88.18 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/Funkti onsbesc hrei bung/D at enaust ausch/Adres sier ung/ Adr essi erung - Adres sierung der Bus klemmen @ 7\ mod_1265981710444_21. doc x @ 50597 @ 4 @ 1
7.3.2.1 Addressing of I/O Modules
Addressing first references complex modules (modules that occupy several bytes) in accordance with their physical order downstream of the fieldbus coupler/controller; i.e., they occupy addresses starting from word 0.
Following these is the data for the remaining modules, compiled in bytes
(modules that occupy less than one byte). In this process, byte by byte is filled with this data in the physical order. As soon a complete byte is occupied by the bit oriented modules, the process begins automatically with the next byte.
Hardware changes can result in changes of the process image!
I f the hardware configuration is changed and/or expanded; this may result in a new process image structure. In this case, the process data addresses also change.
If adding modules, the process data of all previous modules has to be taken into account.
Observe process data quantity!
For the number of input and output bits or bytes of the individual IO modules please refer to the corresponding description of the IO modules.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
88 Function Description WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Table 31: Data Width for I/O Modules
Data width ≥ 1 word (channel)
Analog input modules
Analog output modules
Input modules for thermocouples
Input modules for resistor sensors
Pulse width output modules
Interface modules
Up/down counters
I/O modules for angle and distance measurement
Data width = 1 bit (channel)
Digital input modules
Digital output modules
Digital output modules with diagnostics (2 bits/channel)
Supply modules with fuse carrier/diagnostics
Solid-state load relays
Relay output modules
Pos : 88.19 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/Funkti onsbesc hrei bung/D at enaust ausch/Adres sier ung/I EC-61131-3- Adr essräume - Ü bers chrift 4 @ 6\ mod_1256048478468_21.doc x @ 43268 @ 4 @ 1
7.3.2.2 IEC-61131-3 Address Areas
Pos : 88.20 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/Funkti onsbesc hrei bung/D at enaust ausch/Adres sier ung/ Adr essi erung - IEC-Adr essr äume i m Ü berblic k (T eil 1) @ 6\ mod_1256049319406_21.doc x @ 43295 @ @ 1
Table 32: IEC-61131-3 Address Areas
Address area
phys. inputs phys. outputs
MODBUS
Access
read
PLC
Access
read
Description
Physical inputs
(%IW0...%IW255 und
%IW512...%IW1275) read/write read/write Physical outputs
(%QW0...%QW255 und
%QW512...%QW1275)
MODBUS/TCP
PFC-IN variables
MODBUS/TCP
PFC-OUT variables read/write read read Volatile PLC input variables
(%IW256...%IW511) read/write Volatile PLC output variables
(%QW256...%QW511)
Pos : 88.21 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/Funkti onsbesc hrei bung/D at enaust ausch/Adres sier ung/ Adr essi erung - IEC-Adr essr äume i m Ü berblic k (T eil 2, wenn Et her net/I P) ( 750-841) @ 6\ mod_1256049433687_21.doc x @ 43301 @ @ 1
Ethernet/IP
PFC-IN variables
Ethernet/IP
PFC-OUT variables
Pos : 88.22 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/Funkti onsbesc hrei bung/D at enaust ausch/Adres sier ung/ Adr essi erung - IEC-Adr essr äume i m Ü berblic k (T eil 3) @ 6\ mod_1256049385281_21.doc x @ 43298 @ @ 1
-
- read Volatile PLC input variables
(%IW1276 ... %IW1531) read/write Volatile PLC output variables
(%QW1276 ... %QW1531)
Configuration register read/write
Firmware register
Retain variables read
-
- see Section "MODBUS Functions
MODBUS Registers
Configuration Registers" see Section "MODBUS Functions
MODBUS Registers
Firmware Information Registers" read/write read/write Remanent memory
(%MW0...%MW12288)
Pos : 88.23 /D okument ati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel ement e/---Seit enwec hs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 88.24 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/Funkti onsbesc hrei bung/D at enaust ausch/Adres sier ung/ Adr essi erung - Abs olut e Adressi erung @ 6\mod_1256049674828_21.doc x @ 43304 @ 4 @ 1
7.3.2.3 Absolute Addressing
Function Description 89
Direct presentation of individual memory cells (absolute addresses) based on IEC-
61131-3 is performed using character strings:
Table 33: Absolute Addressing
Position Prefix Designation
1 % Introduces an absolute address
2
3
I
Q
M
X*
B
W
D
Input
Output
Flag
Single bit
Byte (8 bits)
Word (16 bits)
Doubleword (32 bits)
Comment
Data width
4 Address such as word-by-word: %QW27 (28th word), bit-by-bit: %IX1.9 (10th bit in the
2nd word)
* The designator “X” for bits can be omitted
Enter character strings without spaces or special characters!
The character strings for absolute addresses must be entered connected, i.e. without spaces or special characters!
Pos : 88.25 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/Funkti onsbesc hrei bung/D at enaust ausch/Adres sier ung/ Adr essi erung - Beispi eladressier ung @ 6\ mod_1256049728484_21. doc x @ 43307 @ @ 1
Addressing example:
Table 34: Addressing Example
Bit
Byte
Word
Inputs
%IX14.0 ... 15
%IB28
%IW14
%IB29
Double word
Bit
Byte
Word
Double word
Outputs
%QX5.0 ... 15
%QB10 %QB11
%QW5
%QD2 (top section)
%ID7
%IX15.0 ... 15
%IB30
%IW15
%IB31
%QX6.0 ... 15
%QB12 %QB13
%QW6
%QD3 (bottom section)
Manual
Version 1.1.0
90 Function Description WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Bit
Byte
Word
Double word
Flags
%MX11.0 ... 15
%MB22 %MB23
%MW11
%MD5 (top section)
%MX12.0 ... 15
%MB24 %MB25
%MW12
%MD6 (bottom section)
Calculating addresses (as a function of the word address):
Bit address:
Byte address:
Word address .0 to .15
1
2 st nd
byte: 2 x word address
byte: 2 x word address + 1
Pos : 88.26 /D okument ati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel ement e/---Seit enwec hs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
DWord address: Word address (even number) / 2
or Word address (uneven number) / 2, rounded down
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Function Description 91
Pos : 88.27 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/Funkti onsbesc hrei bung/D at enaust ausch/Datenaus tausc h - D at enaust ausc h MOD BUS/TCP-M ast er und Bus klemmen @ 6\ mod_1256049861734_21.doc x @ 43310 @ 3 @ 1
7.3.3 Data Exchange between MODBUS/TCP Master and I/O
Modules
Data exchange between the MODBUS/TCP Master and the I/O modules is conducted using the MODBUS functions implemented in the controller by means of bit-by-bit or word-by-word reading and writing routines.
There are 4 different types of process data in the controller:
•
Input words
•
Output words
•
Input bits
•
Output bits
Access by word to the digital I/O modules is carried out in accordance with the following table:
Table 35: Allocation of Digital Inputs and Outputs to Process Data Words in Accordance with the
Intel Format
Digital inputs/ outputs
16. 15. 14. 13. 12. 11. 10. 9. 8. 7. 6. 5. 4. 3. 2. 1.
Process data word
Byte
Bit
15
Bit
14
Bit
13
Bit
12
Bit
11
Bit
10
High byte D1
Bit
9
Bit
8
Bit
7
Bit
6
Bit
5
Bit
4
Bit
3
Bit
2
Low byte D0
Bit
1
Bit
0
Output can be read back in by adding an offset of 200 hex
(0x0200) to the
MODBUS address.
Data > 256 words can be read back by using the cumulative offset!
All output data greater than 256 words and, therefore located in the memory range
0x6000 to 0x62FC, can be read back by adding an offset of 1000 hex
(0x1000) to the MODBUS address.
Figure 41: Data Exchange Between MODBUS Master and I/O Modules
Manual
Version 1.1.0
92 Function Description WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Register functions start at address 0x1000. These functions can be addressed in a similar manner with the MODBUS function codes that are implemented
(read/write).
The specific register address is then specified instead of the address for a module channel.
Additional Information
A detailed description of the MODBUS addressing may be found in Chapter
"MODBUS Register Mapping".
Pos : 88.28 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/Funkti onsbesc hrei bung/D at enaust ausch/Datenaus tausc h - D at enaust ausc h EtherNet/I P-Mas ter und Bus kl emmen @ 6\ mod_1256050145625_21. doc x @ 43322 @ 3 @ 1
7.3.4 Data Exchange between EtherNet/IP Master and I/O
Modules
The data exchange between Ethernet/IP master and the I/O modules is objectoriented. Each node on the network is depicted as a collection of objects.
The “assembly” object specifies the structure of the objects for the data transmission. With the assembly object, data (e.g. I/O data) can be combined into blocks (mapped) and sent via a single message connection. Thanks to this mapping, less access to the network is necessary.
There is a distinction between input and output assemblies.
An input assembly reads in data from the application via the network or produces data on the network.
An output assembly writes data to the application or consumes data from the network.
In the fieldbus coupler/controller, various assembly instances are already preprogrammed (static assembly).
After the input voltage is applied, the assembly object combines data from the process image. As soon as a connection is established, the master can address the data with “class”, “instance”, and “attribute” and access it or read and write using
I/O connections.
The mapping of the data depends on the assembly instance of the static assembly selected.
Additional Information:
The assembly instances for the static assembly are described in the section
“Ethernet/IP”.
Pos : 88.29 /D okument ati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel ement e/---Seit enwec hs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Function Description 93
Pos : 88.30 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/Funkti onsbesc hrei bung/D at enaust ausch/Datenaus tausc h - D at enaust ausc h SPS-Funkti onalit ät (C PU) und Bus kl emmen @ 6\ mod_1256049896812_21. doc x @ 43313 @ 3 @ 1
7.3.5 Data Exchange between PLC Function (CPU) and I/O
Modules
The PLC function (CPU) of the PFC uses direct addresses to access the I/O module data.
The PFC uses absolute addresses to reference the input data. The data can then be processed internally in the controller using the IEC-61131-3 program.
Flags are stored in a non-volatile memory area in this process. The results of linking can then be written directly to the output data employing absolute addressing.
Pos : 88.31 /D okument ati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel ement e/---Seit enwec hs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Figure 42: Data Exchange Between PLC Function (CPU) of the PFC and the I/O Modules
Manual
Version 1.1.0
94 Function Description WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 88.32 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/Funkti onsbesc hrei bung/D at enaust ausch/Datenaus tausc h - D at enaust ausc h Mast er und SPS-Funkti onalit ät (C PU) @ 6\ mod_1256049969000_21.doc x @ 43316 @ 3 @ 1
7.3.6 Data Exchange between Master and PLC Function (CPU)
The fieldbus master and the PLC function (CPU) of the PFC have different perspectives on data.
Variable data generated by the master are routed as input variables to the PFC, where they are further processed.
Data created in the PFC are transmitted via fieldbus to the master as output variables.
In the PFC, access to the MODBUS/TCP PFC variable data is possible starting from word address 256 to 511 (double-word address 128-255, byte address 512-
1023), while access to the PFC variable data is possible starting from a word address of 1276 to 1531 (double-word address 638-765, byte address 2552-3063).
Pos : 88.33 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/Funkti onsbesc hrei bung/D at enaust ausch/Datenaus tausc h - Beispi el MOD BUS/TCP-M ast er und SPS-Funkti onalit ät (CPU) @ 6\ mod_1256050019140_21. doc x @ 43319 @ 4 @ 1
7.3.6.1 Example of MODBUS/TCP Master and PLC Function (CPU)
Data access by the MODBUS/TCP Master
Access to data by the MODBUS Master is always either by word or by bit.
Addressing of the first 256 data words by the I/O modules begins with word-byword and bit-by-bit access at 0.
Addressing of the data by the variables begins at 256 for word-based access; bit-by-bit access then takes place starting at:
4096 for bit 0 in word 256
4097 for bit 1 in word 256
...
8191 for bit 15 in word 511.
The bit number can be determined using the following equation:
Bit No. = (word * 16) + Bit No. in word
Example: 4097 = ( 256 * 16) + 1
Data Access by PLC Function (CPU)
The PLC function of the PFC employs a different type of addressing for accessing the same data. PLC addressing is identical with word-by-word addressing by the
MODBUS Master for the declaration of 16-bit variables. However, a different notation is used for declaration of Boolean variables (1 bit) than that used by
MODBUS. Here, the bit address is composed of the elements word address and bit number in the word, separated by a decimal point.
Example:
Bit access by MODBUS to bit number 4097 => Bit addressing in the PLC
<Word No.>.<Bit No.> = 256.1
The PLC function of the PFC can also access data by bytes and by doubleword access.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Function Description 95
Addresses are calculated based on the following equations for byte-based access:
High Byte address = Word address*2
Low Byte address = (Word address*2) + 1
Addresses are calculated according to the following equation for double-word based access:
Double-word address = High word address/2 (rounded down)
or = Low word address/2
Additional Information
There is a detailed description of the MODBUS and the corresponding IEC 61131 addressing in section “MODBUS Register Mapping”.
Pos : 88.34 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/Funkti onsbesc hrei bung/D at enaust ausch/Datenaus tausc h - Anwendungsbeispi el, Adressi erungsbeis piel für einen F eldbus knot en @ 6\ mod_1255937031906_21. doc x @ 43042 @ 3 @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
96 Function Description
7.3.7 Application Example
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 89 /D okument ation allgemei n/ Glieder ungs elemente/---Seit enwechs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Figure 43: Example of Addressing for a Fieldbus Node
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 90 /All e Seri en (Allgemei ne Module)/Ü berschrif ten f ür alle Serien/I nbetri ebnehmen - Konfigurier en - Parametri eren - Bedienen/In Betri eb nehmen - Ü bersc hrift 1 @ 4\ mod_1240901452750_21.doc x @ 31570 @ 1 @ 1
8 Commissioning
Commissioning 97
Pos : 91.1 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betrieb nehmen/ Fel dbus knoten i n Betrieb nehmen/ In Betrieb nehmen Ei nlei tung - Anf ang (Koppler/C ontroll er) @ 4\ mod_1238483034921_21.doc x @ 29371 @ @ 1
This section shows a step-by-step procedure for starting up exemplarily a WAGO fieldbus node.
Pos : 91.2 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betrieb nehmen/ Fel dbus knoten i n Betrieb nehmen/ Einl eit ung - Hi nweis: Exempl arisches Beispi el, 3 erfor derliche Ar bei tssc hritt e (Koppl er/Contr oller) @ 4\ mod_1238672477625_21. doc x @ 29750 @ @ 1
Exemplary Example!
This description is exemplary and is limited here to the execution of a local startup of one individual fieldbus node with a non-interlaced computer running
Windows.
For start-up, three steps are necessary. The description of these work steps can be found in the corresponding following sections.
•
Connecting Client PC and Fieldbus Node
•
Allocating the IP Address to the Fieldbus Node
•
Testing the Function of the Fieldbus Node
Pos : 91.3 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betrieb nehmen/ Fel dbus knoten i n Betrieb nehmen/ IP- Adr ess e an den Fel dbus knot en vergeben - Ei nlei tung (Contr oller) @ 4\mod_1243596709914_21.doc x @ 34590 @ @ 1
The assignment of the IP address belongs to the basic setting for the fieldbus controller to allow access to the fieldbus controller via the integrated web interface.
Pos : 91.4 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betrieb nehmen/ Fel dbus knoten i n Betrieb nehmen/Hi nweis: IP-Adresse mus s eindeutig s ein! @ 4\ mod_1243596850245_21. doc x @ 34594 @ @ 1
The IP address must occur in the network only once!
For error-free network communication, note that the assigned IP address must occur only once in the network!
In the event of an error, the error message “IP address configuration error” (error code 6 – error argument 6) is indicated by 'I/O' LED at the next power-on.
Pos : 91.5 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betrieb nehmen/ Fel dbus knoten i n Betrieb nehmen/ Es gi bt versc hiedene M öglichkeiten, di e I P-Adresse zu vergeben. Di ese wer den i n den nachfolg enden K. @ 9\ mod_1281682989099_21.doc x @ 63563 @ @ 1
There are various ways to assign the IP address.
The various options are described in the following sections individually.
Pos : 91.6 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betrieb nehmen/ Fel dbus knoten i n Betrieb nehmen/ Einl eit ung - Anf ang - i m Anschl uss sind z us ätzlic he Themen besc hrieben: Flas h, Uhr, Defaul @ 4\ mod_1243521630641_21. doc x @ 34197 @ @ 1
Following the commissioning descriptions after which the fieldbus node is ready for communication, the following topics are described:
•
Preparing the Flash File System
•
Synchronizing the real-time clock
•
Restoring factory settings
Pos : 91.7 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betrieb nehmen/ Fel dbus knoten i n Betrieb nehmen/ Einl eit ung - Ende (C ontroller) @ 4\ mod_1238673421171_21. doc x @ 29790 @ @ 1
After the topics specified above, you can find instructions for programming the fieldbus controller with WAGO-I/O-PRO and the description of the internal web pages of the web-based Management System (WBM) for additional settings of the fieldbus controller.
Pos : 91.8 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betrieb nehmen/ Fel dbus knoten i n Betrieb nehmen/ PC und Fel dbus knot en ansc hließ en (Übersc hrift 2) @ 4\ mod_1238677467406_21. doc x @ 29815 @ 2 @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
98 Commissioning WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
8.1 Connecting Client PC and Fieldbus Nodes
Pos : 91.9 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betrieb nehmen/ Fel dbus knoten i n Betrieb nehmen/ PC und Fel dbus knot en an F eldbusansc hluss anschli eßen ( Aufzähl ung Anfang) @ 7\ mod_1270715583038_21.doc x @ 54969 @ @ 1
1. Use the fieldbus cable to connect the fieldbus connection of your mechanically and electrically assembled fieldbus node to an open interface on your computer.
The client PC must be equipped with a network card for this connection.
The controller transfer rate then depends on the network card of your client
PC.
Pos : 91.10 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knot en i n Betri eb nehmen/H ochl auf und LEDs (C ontroller) @ 4\ mod_1243521648173_21. doc x @ 34301 @ @ 1
After the power is switched on, the controller is initialized. The fieldbus controller determines the I/O module configuration and creates a process image. During startup, the I/O LED (red) will flash. After a brief period, the I/O LED lights up green, indicating that the fieldbus controller is operational.
Pos : 91.11 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knot en i n Betri eb nehmen/H ochl auf und LEDs - F ehler 6-4: noc h kei ne IP- Adr ess e z ugewi esen @ 4\ mod_1243590721843_21. doc x @ 34504 @ @ 1
If an error has occurred during startup, a fault code is flashed by the I/O LED.
If the I/O LED flashes 6 times (indicating error code 6) and then 4 times
(indicating error argument 4), an IP address has not been assigned yet.
Pos : 91.12 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knot en i n Betri eb nehmen/I P-Adres se an den F el dbus knoten vergeben - Übersc hrift 2 @ 4\ mod_1243596274106_21. doc x @ 34544 @ 2 @ 1
8.2 Allocating the IP Address to the Fieldbus Node
Pos : 91.13 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knot en i n Betri eb nehmen/ Einl eitung - List enpunkt - I P-Adres se mit WAGO- ETHERN ET-Set tings vergeben @ 4\ mod_1238672956046_21. doc x @ 29763 @ @ 1
•
Assigning IP Address via WAGO ETHERNET Settings
(static IP address via the serial communication port)
Pos : 91.14 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knot en i n Betri eb nehmen/ Einl eitung - List enpunkt - I P-Adres se mit DHC P vergeben (aut omatisc h) @ 5\mod_1243598540693_21. doc x @ 34613 @ @ 1 •
Automatic assignment of addresses via DHCP
(Automatic address assignment via DHCP)
Pos : 91.15 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knot en i n Betri eb nehmen/ Einl eitung - List enpunkt - I P-Adres se mit Boot P-Ser ver vergeben @ 4\ mod_1238673093468_21. doc x @ 29766 @ @ 1
•
Assigning IP Address via a BootP server
Static via the fieldbus, in which several steps are required in comparison to assigning the IP address using WAGO ETHERNET Settings
Pos : 91.16. 1 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knot en in Betri eb nehmen/I P-Adres se mi t ETHERN ET-Setti ngs vergeben - Ü bers chrift 3 @ 4\ mod_1239022358609_21.doc x @ 29973 @ 3 @ 1
Eine nähere Ang abe von J ürgen er hal
8.2.1 Assigning IP Address via WAGO-ETHERNET-Settings
Pos : 91.16. 2 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knot en in Betri eb nehmen/Mit den WAGO-ETH ERN ET-Setti ngs in Betrieb nehmen - Einlei tung @ 4\ mod_1239021569906_21. doc x @ 29958 @ @ 1
“WAGO-ETHERNET Settings 759-316” is a Windows application used to read and edit bus-specific parameters of WAGO ETHERNET fieldbus couplers/controllers.
You can use the following functions with the WAGO-ETHERNET Settings:
• configure an IP address at start-up via the serial communications interface
• reset the fieldbus coupler/controller parameter to factory default settings
• delete and unzip the flash file system on which the html pages of the fieldbus coupler are stored
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Commissioning 99
More information about WAGO-ETHERNET-Settings
The program “WAGO-ETHERNET-Settings” is available for download at http://www.wago.com
under Downloads AUTOMATION.
You can find a short description in the “Quick Start” of the ETHERNET 750-841
Fieldbus Controller. The brief description is also available on the Internet at http://www.wago.com
under Documentation.
Pos : 91.16. 3 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knot en in Betri eb nehmen/Z ur Datenkommuni kation können Kommuni kati ons kabel oder WAGO-F unkadapt er ver wendet werden. @ 5\ mod_1243599181347_21. doc x @ 34623 @ @ 1
WAGO communication cables or WAGO radio-link adapters can be used for data communication.
Pos : 91.16. 4 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knot en in Betri eb nehmen/Hinweis: Kommuni kati ons kabel 750-920 nic ht unt er Spannung s tec ken! (Controll er) @ 6\ mod_1264499356321_21. doc x @ 48718 @ @ 1
Do not connect Communication Cable when energized!
To prevent damage to the communications interface, do not connect or disconnect
Communication Cable 750-920 respectively 750-923 when energized!
The fieldbus controller must be de-energized!
Pos : 91.16. 5 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knot en in Betri eb nehmen/ Betri ebsspg aussc hal ten, Kommuni kations kabel anschli eß en, Bertriebss pg an (Controll er) Sc hritt 1-3 @ 8\mod_1275649569537_21.doc x @ 57380 @ @ 1
1. Switch off the supply voltage of the fieldbus controller.
2. Connect the communication cable 750-920 or 750-921 respectively the
Bluetooth
®
Adapter 750-923 to the configuration interface of the fieldbus controller and to your computer.
3. Switch on the supply voltage of the fieldbus controller.
Pos : 91.16. 6 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knot en in Betri eb nehmen/I P-Adres se mi t ETHERN ET-Setti ngs vergeben, Sc hritt 4, 5, 6: E-S st art en, I denti fiz., Regist er TC P/I P @ 20\ mod_1408690952384_21.doc x @ 162112 @ @ 1
4. Start WAGO-ETHERNET-Settings program.
5. Click on [Read] to read in and identify the connected fieldbus node.
6. Select the TCP/IP tab.
Pos : 91.16. 7 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knot en in Betri eb nehmen/I P-Adres se mi t ETHERN ET-Setti ngs vergeben, Sc hritt 7 "“F olgende Adr ess en ver wenden:" DHC P-Reg:TC P/I P @ 5\ mod_1243936676542_21. doc x @ 34663 @ @ 1
7. Select "Automatically obtain: DHCP Server " in the Settings box, or if you want to assign a permanent address, select the "Use the following
addresses:" option (BootP is the default).
8. If you select the static configuration, enter the desired additional IP address and optionally the subnet mask and the gateway.
Pos : 91.16. 8 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knot en in Betri eb nehmen/I P-Adres se mi t ETHERN ET-Setti ngs vergeben, Sc hritt 9 bis 10 I P übernehmen, WBM öff nen @ 5\ mod_1244199645897_21.doc x @ 34997 @ @ 1
9. Click on the [Write] button to apply the settings in the fieldbus node.
10. You can now close ETHERNET-Settings or make other changes in the
Web-based Management System as required. To open the Web-based
Management System click on the button [WBM] on the right side.
Pos : 91.17. 1 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knot en in Betri eb nehmen/I P-Adres se mi t DHC P vergeben - Ü bersc hrift 3, Die Besc hr umfasst folg Arbeitssc hritt e, Ü4 DHCP akti v @ 5\ mod_1244201774491_21. doc x @ 35007 @ 3 @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
100 Commissioning WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
8.2.2 Assigning IP Address via DHCP
If you want to use DHCP to assign the IP address, it happens automatically via a
DHCP server on the network.
Pos : 91.17. 2 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knot en in Betri eb nehmen/I P-Adres se mi t DHC P vergeben T eil 2 @ 9\ mod_1282136848186_21.doc x @ 63897 @ 4 @ 1
Total network failure when there are two DHCP servers in the network!
To prevent network failure, never connect a PC, on which a DHCP server is installed, to a global network. In larger networks, there is usually a DHCP server already that can cause collisions and subsequent network failure.
There must be a DHCP server in the network for further configuration!
Install a DHCP server on your client PC in the local network if not already available. You can download a DHCP server free of charge on the Internet, e.g., http://windowspedia.de/dhcp-server_download/.
Assign the client PC a fixed IP address and note common subnet!
Note that the client PC, on which the DHCP server is listed, must have a fixed IP address and that the fieldbus node and client PC must be in the same subnet.
The following steps are included:
•
Enable DHCP
•
Disable DHCP
8.2.2.1 Enable DHCP
Pos : 91.17. 3 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knot en in Betri eb nehmen/DHC P muss akti vi ert s ein, Automatisc he I P-Vergabe durch DHCP @ 5\ mod_1244202995679_21. doc x @ 35014 @ @ 1
DHCP must be enabled on the Web pages or in WAGO-ETHERNET-
Settings!
Note that DHCP must be enabled on the internal Web pages of the WBM, HTML page “Port configuration”.
If BootP is also enabled, it is automatically disabled.
DHCP is disabled and BootP is enabled by default when delivered.
As an alternative, you can also enable DHCP via WAGO-ETHERNET-Settings in the TCP/IP tab.
An IP address is automatically assigned after restarting the fieldbus node.
Pos : 91.17. 4 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knot en in Betri eb nehmen/Hinweis: Weit ere I nf ormati onen z um Ausles en der I P-Adresse mitt els ETHERN ET-Set tings @ 5\ mod_1244637843934_21. doc x @ 35196 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Commissioning 101
More information about reading the IP address
You can use WAGO-ETHERNET-Settings to read the IP address currently assigned.
Proceed as described in the section “Assigning IP Address via WAGO-
ETHERNET-Settings.”
Pos : 91.17. 5 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knot en in Betri eb nehmen/DHC P deakti vi eren - Ü berschrif t 4 @ 5\mod_1244625976924_21.doc x @ 35158 @ 4 @ 1
8.2.2.2 Disabling DHCP
Pos : 91.17. 6 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knot en in Betri eb nehmen/Hinweis: F ür di e dauerhaft e Adr ess vergabe DHCP deakti vier en! (Contr oller) @ 5\ mod_1244626215944_21. doc x @ 35154 @ @ 1
BootP must be disabled to assign the address permanently!
To apply the new IP address permanently in the fieldbus controller, BootP must be disabled.
This prevents the fieldbus coupler from receiving a new BootP request.
Pos : 91.17. 7 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knot en in Betri eb nehmen/D as D eakti vier en von DHCP können Sie auf z wei Art en vor nehmen: ET-Setti ngs, WBM @ 5\ mod_1244626577279_21. doc x @ 35165 @ @ 1
You can disable DHCP in two ways:
Pos : 91.17. 8 /D okument ati on allgemein/Gli ederungsel ement e/------Leerzeil e------ @ 3\ mod_1224662755687_0. doc x @ 24460 @ @ 1
•
Disable DHCP in WAGO-ETHERNET-Settings.
•
Disable DHCP in the Web-based Management System.
Pos : 91.17. 9 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knot en in Betri eb nehmen/DHC P in WAGO-ETHERN ET-Setti ngs deakti vi eren - Z wis chenübers chrift @ 5\ mod_1244627134851_21.doc x @ 35177 @ @ 1
Disable DHCP in WAGO-ETHERNET-Settings
Pos : 91.17. 10 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knot en in Betrieb nehmen/Hinweis: Kommuni kations kabel 750- 920 nicht unter Spannung st ec ken! (Contr oller) @ 6\ mod_1264499356321_21. doc x @ 48718 @ @ 1
Do not connect Communication Cable when energized!
To prevent damage to the communications interface, do not connect or disconnect
Communication Cable 750-920 respectively 750-923 when energized!
The fieldbus controller must be de-energized!
Pos : 91.17. 11 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knot en in Betrieb nehmen/Betriebss pg aus schalt en, Kommuni kati ons kabel ansc hließen, Bertriebss pg an (C ontroller) Schrit t 1-3 @ 8\ mod_1275649569537_21. doc x @ 57380 @ @ 1
1. Switch off the supply voltage of the fieldbus controller.
2. Connect the communication cable 750-920 or 750-921 respectively the
Bluetooth
®
Adapter 750-923 to the configuration interface of the fieldbus controller and to your computer.
3. Switch on the supply voltage of the fieldbus controller.
Pos : 91.17. 12 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knot en in Betrieb nehmen/Hoc hl auf und LEDs (Contr oller) @ 4\ mod_1243521648173_21.doc x @ 34301 @ @ 1
After the power is switched on, the controller is initialized. The fieldbus controller determines the I/O module configuration and creates a process image. During startup, the I/O LED (red) will flash. After a brief period, the I/O LED lights up green, indicating that the fieldbus controller is operational.
Pos : 91.17. 13 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knot en in Betrieb nehmen/Hoc hl auf und LEDs - F ehl er allgemein, Hi nweis : Sig nalisi erung/Blinkcode-Aus w. @ 4\ mod_1243594306433_21.doc x @ 34538 @ @ 1
If an error occurs during start-up indicated by the I/O LED flashing red, evaluate the error code and argument and resolve the error.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
102 Commissioning WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
More information about LED signaling
The exact description for evaluating the LED signal displayed is available in the section “Diagnostics” > … > “LED Signaling”.
Pos : 91.17. 14 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knot en in Betrieb nehmen/IP- Adr ess e mit ETH ERNET- Setti ngs verg eben, Schrit t 4, 5, 6: E-S star ten, Identifiz ., R egister TCP/ IP @ 20\ mod_1408690952384_21. doc x @ 162112 @ @ 1
4. Start WAGO-ETHERNET-Settings program.
5. Click on [Read] to read in and identify the connected fieldbus node.
6. Select the TCP/IP tab.
Pos : 91.17. 15 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knot en in Betrieb nehmen/IP- Adr ess e mit ETH ERNET- Setti ngs verg eben, Schrit t 7 "“Aut omatisc h bezi ehen: Boot P @ 21\ mod_1417098830361_21. doc x @ 169568 @ @ 1
7. Select "Automatically obtain: BootP Server " in the Settings box, or if you want to assign a permanent address, select the "Use the following
addresses:" option.
8. If you select the static configuration, enter the desired additional IP address and optionally the subnet mask and the gateway.
Pos : 91.17. 16 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knot en in Betrieb nehmen/IP- Adr ess e mit ETH ERNET- Setti ngs verg eben, Schrit t 9 bis 10 IP übernehmen, WBM öff nen @ 5\ mod_1244199645897_21. doc x @ 34997 @ @ 1
9. Click on the [Write] button to apply the settings in the fieldbus node.
Pos : 91.17. 17 /D okument ation allgemein/ Gliederungselement e/------Leerzeile------ @ 3\ mod_1224662755687_0.doc x @ 24460 @ @ 1
10. You can now close ETHERNET-Settings or make other changes in the
Web-based Management System as required. To open the Web-based
Management System click on the button [WBM] on the right side.
Pos : 91.17. 18 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knot en in Betrieb nehmen/DHCP in dem Web-bas ed Management- Syst em deakti vier en - Z wisc henübersc hrift @ 5\ mod_1244627722261_21. doc x @ 35181 @ @ 1
Disable DHCP in the Web-based Management System
Pos : 91.17. 19 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knot en in Betrieb nehmen/DHCP über WM B deakti vier en - Sc hritt e 1-4 WBM öff nen, R egister Port @ 5\ mod_1244192820640_21. doc x @ 34990 @ @ 1
1. Launch a Web browser (e.g., MS Internet Explorer or Mozilla) and enter the
IP address you have assigned your fieldbus node in the address bar.
2. Click [Enter] to confirm.
The start page of the Web based Management System loads.
3. Select “Port” in the left menu bar.
4. Enter your user name and password in the inquiry screen (default: user =
“admin”, password = “wago” or user = “user”, password = “user”).
The HTML page "Port configuration" loads.
Pos : 91.17. 20 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knot en in Betrieb nehmen/Deakti vi eren Sie DHCP, indem Si e die O pti on „Boot P“ oder „ use IP fr om EEPR OM“ aus wählen, ( Sc hritt 5) @ 5\ mod_1244628524957_21. doc x @ 35189 @ @ 1
5. Disable DHCP by selecting the option “BootP” or “use IP fom
EEPROM”.
Pos : 91.17. 21 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knot en in Betrieb nehmen/IP- Adr ess e über das Web-bas ed Management- Syst em vergeben - Schritt e 6-7 SU BMIT , N eus tart @ 5\ mod_1244125431662_21.doc x @ 34964 @ @ 1
6. Click on [SUBMIT] to apply the changes in your fieldbus node.
7. Restart the fieldbus node to apply the settings of the Web interface.
Pos : 91.18. 1 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knot en in Betri eb nehmen/I P-Adres se mi t einem Boot P-Ser ver vergeben (C ontroller) @ 6\ mod_1265022423859_21. doc x @ 49093 @ 3 @ 1
8.2.3 Assigning the IP Address with a BootP Server
A BootP server or PLC program can be used to assign a fixed IP address.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Commissioning 103
When assigning an address using a PLC program, this can be done using the
"Ethernet_Set_Network_Config" function block from the "Ethernet.lib" library integrated in WAGO-I/O-PRO.
Assigning the IP address using a BootP server depends on the respective BootP program. Handling is described in the respective manual for the program or in the respective integrated help texts.
Pos : 91.18. 2 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knot en in Betri eb nehmen/Hinweis: I P-Adress vergabe nic ht über Rout er möglich! @ 9\ mod_1281680971860_21. doc x @ 63546 @ @ 1
IP address assignment is not possible via the router!
The IP address is assigned via patch cable, switches, hubs, or via direct link using a crossover cable. Addresses cannot be assigned via routers.
Pos : 91.18. 3 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knot en in Betri eb nehmen/Hinweis: BootP muss i m Web- bas ed M anagement-Sys tem akti viert sei n! @ 9\ mod_1281681388997_21.doc x @ 63558 @ @ 1
BootP must be enabled on the Web pages!
Note that BootP must be enabled on the internal Web pages of the WBM, HTML page “Port configuration”.
BootP is enabled by default when delivered.
Pos : 91.18. 4 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knot en in Betri eb nehmen/I nf or mation: IP-Adr ess vergabe mit BootP- Ser ver auch unt er Li nux. Beliebig er BootP- Ser ver @ 9\ mod_1281681162420_21. doc x @ 63552 @ @ 1
Additional Information
Assigning IP addresses using a BootP server can be carried out in any Windows and Linux operating system. Any other BootP servers may also be used, besides the WAGO-BootP server.
Pos : 91.18. 5 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knot en in Betri eb nehmen/Die Besc hrei bung umf asst di e f olgenden Ar beitssc hritt e: M AC-ID, ... (gekürz t f ür uns pez. BootP) @ 6\ mod_1265027842746_21. doc x @ 49105 @ @ 1
The following steps are included:
Pos : 91.18. 6 /D okument ati on allgemein/Gli ederungsel ement e/---Seit enwec hs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
•
Note MAC ID
•
Note IP address
•
Assigning the IP address and enable BootP
•
Disable BootP
Manual
Version 1.1.0
104 Commissioning
Pos : 91.18. 7 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knot en in Betri eb nehmen/MAC- ID ermit tel n ( Boot P) Übersc hrift 4 @ 6\ mod_1264500781687_21. doc x @ 48740 @ 4 @ 1
8.2.3.1 Note MAC ID
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 91.18. 8 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knot en in Betri eb nehmen/MAC- ID ermit tel n - Sc hritt e 1- 2 (C ontroller) @ 5\ mod_1244023567062_21. doc x @ 34779 @ @ 1
1. Write down the controller’s MAC address (see label or peel-off strip).
If the fieldbus is already installed, turn off the operating voltage of the fieldbus controller, then take the fieldbus controller out of the assembly of your fieldbus node and note the MAC ID of your fieldbus controller.
The MAC ID is applied to the back of the fieldbus controller or on the paper strip with two self-adhesive peel-off strips on the side of the fieldbus controller.
MAC ID of the fieldbus controller: 0 0 : 3 0 : D E : _ _ : _ _ : _ _
2. Plug the fieldbus controller into the assembly of the fieldbus node.
Pos : 91.18. 9 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knot en in Betri eb nehmen/Client- PC und F eldbus knoten an Fel dbus ansc hluss ansc hließ en (Aufz ählung F ortsetz ung) @ 4\ mod_1243520482117_21. doc x @ 34109 @ @ 1
3. Use the fieldbus cable to connect the fieldbus connection of your mechanically and electrically assembled fieldbus node to an open interface on your computer.
The client PC must be equipped with a network card for this connection.
The controller transfer rate then depends on the network card of your client
PC.
Pos : 91.18. 10 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knot en in Betrieb nehmen/St art en Si e den Cli ent-PC, der die Funkti on des M as ters und BootP- Ser vers überni mmt. @ 4\ mod_1239087816984_21. doc x @ 30067 @ @ 1
4. Start the client that assumes the function of the master and BootP server.
Pos : 91.18. 11 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knot en in Betrieb nehmen/Sc halten Sie di e Spannungsvers orgung am C ontroll er (DC-24V-N etzt eil) ei n. @ 4\ mod_1239089269406_21.doc x @ 30071 @ @ 1
5. Switch on the power at the controller (DC 24 V power supply unit).
Pos : 91.18. 12 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knot en in Betrieb nehmen/Hoc hl auf und LEDs (Contr oller) @ 4\ mod_1243521648173_21.doc x @ 34301 @ @ 1
After the power is switched on, the controller is initialized. The fieldbus controller determines the I/O module configuration and creates a process image. During startup, the I/O LED (red) will flash. After a brief period, the I/O LED lights up green, indicating that the fieldbus controller is operational.
Pos : 91.18. 13 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knot en in Betrieb nehmen/Hoc hl auf und LEDs - F ehl er allgemein, Hi nweis : Sig nalisi erung/Blinkcode-Aus w. @ 4\ mod_1243594306433_21.doc x @ 34538 @ @ 1
If an error occurs during start-up indicated by the I/O LED flashing red, evaluate the error code and argument and resolve the error.
More information about LED signaling
The exact description for evaluating the LED signal displayed is available in the section “Diagnostics” > … > “LED Signaling”.
Pos : 91.18. 14 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knot en in Betrieb nehmen/Hoc hl auf und LEDs - F ehl er: keine IP (C ontroll er) @ 6\ mod_1264498406795_21.doc x @ 48704 @ @ 1
Error codes and error arguments are indicated by the frequency of a LED flash sequence. For example: Error code 6, followed by error argument 4, is indicated by the I/O LED after controller start-up with 6 red error code flashes, followed by four red flashes of the error argument. This indicates that an IP address has not yet been assigned.
Pos : 91.18. 15 /D okument ation allgemein/ Gliederungselement e/---Sei tenwechsel--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 91.18. 16 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knot en in Betrieb nehmen/IP- Adr ess e ermi tt eln ( Boot P) Ü bersc hrift 4 @ 6\ mod_1264497894131_21.doc x @ 48701 @ 4 @ 1
8.2.3.2 Determining IP addresses
Commissioning 105
Pos : 91.18. 17 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knot en in Betrieb nehmen/IP- Adr ess e ermi tt eln ( Boot P) Bes chr eibung @ 5\ mod_1244023774169_21. doc x @ 34783 @ @ 1
1. If the client PC is already integrated into an IP network, you can determine the client PC's IP address by clicking on Control Panel from the Start
Menu / Settings.
2. Double-click on the Network icon.
The network dialog window appears.
For Windows 2000/XP:
• Select Network and Dial-Up Connections
• In the dialog window that then appears, right click on LAN Connection and open the Properties link.
• Mark the entry Internet Protocol (TCP/IP)
For Windows 7:
• Choose Network and Sharing Center by using Control Panel.
• In the dialog window that then appears, right click on LAN Connection and open the Properties link.
• Mark the entry Internet Protocol V4
Reinstall TCP/IP components if required!
If the “Internet Protocol TCP/IP” entry is missing, install the corresponding
TCP/IP components and reboot your computer.
You will need the installation CD for Windows 2000, XP or 7.
3. Then click on the Properties... button
4. The IP address, subnet mask and, where required, the client PC's gateway address appear in the Properties window. Note these values:
Client PC IP address:
Subnet mask:
Gateway:
_ _ _ . _ _ _ . _ _ _ . _ _ _
_ _ _ . _ _ _ . _ _ _ . _ _ _
_ _ _ . _ _ _ . _ _ _ . _ _ _
5. Now select the desired IP address for your fieldbus node.
Assign the client PC a fixed IP address and note common subnet!
Note that the client PC, on which the BootP server is listed, must have a fixed IP address and that the fieldbus node and client PC must be in the same subnet.
6. Note the IP address you have selected:
Fieldbus node IP address:
Pos : 91.18. 18 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knot en in Betrieb nehmen/IP- Adr ess e über Boot P vergeben (Ü bersc hrift 4 und Schritt e 1-3) @ 6\ mod_1265023678369_21.doc x @ 49099 @ 4 @ 1
_ _ _ . _ _ _ . _ _ _ . _ _ _
Manual
Version 1.1.0
106 Commissioning
8.2.3.3 Assigning the IP address
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
1. Based on the handling, which depends on the BootP program set, assign the required IP address for your fieldbus node.
2. Enable the query/response mechanism of the BootP protocol based on the handling, which depends on the BootP program set. Alternatively, do the activation of BootP in WAGO-ETHERNET-Settings or in the Web-based management system.
3. To apply the new IP address, use a hardware reset to restart your fieldbus node (interrupt the voltage supply for approx. 2 seconds).
Pos : 91.18. 19 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knot en in Betrieb nehmen/BootP deakti vi eren - Ü bersc hrift 4 @ 5\ mod_1244025692102_21.doc x @ 34786 @ 4 @ 1
8.2.3.4 Disabling BootP
Pos : 91.18. 20 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knot en in Betrieb nehmen/Bei akti vi ertem BootP- Prot okoll er wart et der Contr oller die permanent e Anwes enheit (C ontroller) @ 4\ mod_1239104652546_21. doc x @ 30193 @ @ 1
When the BootP protocol is activated the controller expects the BootP server to be permanently available. If there is no BootP server available after a PowerOn reset, the network will remain inactive.
Pos : 91.18. 21 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knot en in Betrieb nehmen/Si e müss en das Boot P-Pr ot okoll deakti vier en, damit der C ontroller di e I P aus dem R AM i n (Contr oller) @ 4\ mod_1239104980734_21. doc x @ 30199 @ @ 1
You must then deactivate the BootP protocol so that the controller uses the configurated IP address from the EEPROM; this does away with the need for the
BootP server to be permanently available.
Pos : 91.18. 22 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knot en in Betrieb nehmen/Hinweis: Für die dauer haft e Adress vergabe, muss BootP deakti vi ert werden! (Contr oller) @ 5\ mod_1244028650602_21. doc x @ 34812 @ @ 1
BootP must be disabled to assign the address permanently!
To apply the new IP address permanently in the fieldbus controller, BootP must be disabled.
This prevents the fieldbus coupler from receiving a new BootP request.
Pos : 91.18. 23 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knot en in Betrieb nehmen/Hinweis: Kein Verlust der I P-Adres se bei deakti vi ert em Boot P-Protokoll (C ontr oller) @ 4\ mod_1239105654343_21. doc x @ 30205 @ @ 1
The IP address is not lost when the BootP-Protocol is disabled!
If the BootP protocol is deactivated after addresses have been assigned, the stored
IP address is retained, even after an extended loss of power, or when the fieldbus controller is removed.
Pos : 91.18. 24 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knot en in Betrieb nehmen/Das Deakti vieren von Boot P können Si e auf z wei Arten vor nehmen: ET- Settings, WBM @ 5\ mod_1244032981452_21. doc x @ 34839 @ @ 1
You can disable BootP in two ways:
Pos : 91.18. 25 /D okument ation allgemein/ Gliederungselement e/---Sei tenwechsel--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
•
Disable BootP in WAGO-ETHERNET-Settings
•
Disable BootP in the Web-based Management System
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 91.18. 26 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knot en in Betrieb nehmen/BootP in WAG O-ETH ERNET-Setti ngs deakti vi eren - Z wisc henübersc hrift @ 5\ mod_1244033879652_21.doc x @ 34860 @ @ 1
Disable BootP in WAGO-ETHERNET-Settings
Commissioning 107
Pos : 91.18. 27 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knot en in Betrieb nehmen/Hinweis: Kommuni kations kabel 750- 920 nicht unter Spannung st ec ken! (Contr oller) @ 6\ mod_1264499356321_21. doc x @ 48718 @ @ 1
Do not connect Communication Cable when energized!
To prevent damage to the communications interface, do not connect or disconnect
Communication Cable 750-920 respectively 750-923 when energized!
The fieldbus controller must be de-energized!
Pos : 91.18. 28 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knot en in Betrieb nehmen/Betriebss pg aus schalt en, Kommuni kati ons kabel ansc hließen, Bertriebss pg an (C ontroller) Schrit t 1-3 @ 8\ mod_1275649569537_21. doc x @ 57380 @ @ 1
1. Switch off the supply voltage of the fieldbus controller.
2. Connect the communication cable 750-920 or 750-921 respectively the
Bluetooth
®
Adapter 750-923 to the configuration interface of the fieldbus controller and to your computer.
3. Switch on the supply voltage of the fieldbus controller.
Pos : 91.18. 29 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knot en in Betrieb nehmen/Hoc hl auf und LEDs (Contr oller) @ 4\ mod_1243521648173_21.doc x @ 34301 @ @ 1
After the power is switched on, the controller is initialized. The fieldbus controller determines the I/O module configuration and creates a process image. During startup, the I/O LED (red) will flash. After a brief period, the I/O LED lights up green, indicating that the fieldbus controller is operational.
Pos : 91.18. 30 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knot en in Betrieb nehmen/Hoc hl auf und LEDs - F ehl er allgemein, Hi nweis : Sig nalisi erung/Blinkcode-Aus w. @ 4\ mod_1243594306433_21.doc x @ 34538 @ @ 1
If an error occurs during start-up indicated by the I/O LED flashing red, evaluate the error code and argument and resolve the error.
More information about LED signaling
The exact description for evaluating the LED signal displayed is available in the section “Diagnostics” > … > “LED Signaling”.
Pos : 91.18. 31 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knot en in Betrieb nehmen/Hoc hl auf und LEDs - F ehl er: keine IP (C ontroll er) @ 6\ mod_1264498406795_21.doc x @ 48704 @ @ 1
Error codes and error arguments are indicated by the frequency of a LED flash sequence. For example: Error code 6, followed by error argument 4, is indicated by the I/O LED after controller start-up with 6 red error code flashes, followed by four red flashes of the error argument. This indicates that an IP address has not yet been assigned.
Pos : 91.18. 32 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knot en in Betrieb nehmen/IP- Adr ess e mit ETH ERNET- Setti ngs verg eben, Schrit t 4, 5, 6: E-S star ten, Identifiz ., R egister TCP/ IP @ 20\ mod_1408690952384_21. doc x @ 162112 @ @ 1
4. Start WAGO-ETHERNET-Settings program.
5. Click on [Read] to read in and identify the connected fieldbus node.
6. Select the TCP/IP tab.
Pos : 91.18. 33 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knot en in Betrieb nehmen/IP- Adr ess e mit ETH ERNET- Setti ngs verg eben, Schrit t 7 "“Folg ende Adressen ver wenden:" DHCP-R eg:TCP/IP @ 5\mod_1243936676542_21.doc x @ 34663 @ @ 1
7. Select "Automatically obtain: DHCP Server " in the Settings box, or if you want to assign a permanent address, select the "Use the following
addresses:" option (BootP is the default).
8. If you select the static configuration, enter the desired additional IP address and optionally the subnet mask and the gateway.
Pos : 91.18. 34 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knot en in Betrieb nehmen/IP- Adr ess e mit ETH ERNET- Setti ngs verg eben, Schrit t 8 G eben Sie di e I P-Adresse ei n @ 5\ mod_1244199539786_21. doc x @ 34993 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
108 Commissioning WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
9. Enter the required IP Address and, if applicable, the address of the subnet mask and gateway.
Pos : 91.18. 35 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knot en in Betrieb nehmen/IP- Adr ess e mit ETH ERNET- Setti ngs verg eben, Schrit t 9 - I P über nehmen ( KEIN WBM) @ 9\ mod_1281615891429_21. doc x @ 63384 @ @ 1
10. Click on the [Write] button to apply the settings in the fieldbus node.
Pos : 91.18. 36 /D okument ation allgemein/ Gliederungselement e/---Sei tenwechsel--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
11. You can now close ETHERNET-Settings.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 91.18. 37 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knot en in Betrieb nehmen/BootP in dem Web-bas ed Management-Sys tem deakti vier en - Z wisc henübersc hrift @ 5\ mod_1244124957364_21. doc x @ 34960 @ @ 1
Disable BootP in the Web-based Management System
Commissioning 109
Pos : 91.18. 38 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knot en in Betrieb nehmen/BootP deakti vi eren - Anl eitung (Contr oller) @ 4\ mod_1239105878859_21. doc x @ 30228 @ @ 1
1. Open the Web browser on your client (such as the Microsoft Internet
Explorer) to have the HTML pages displayed.
2. Enter the IP address for your fieldbus node in the address line of the browser and press [Return].
A dialog window then appears with a password prompt. This is provided for secure access and entails three different user groups: admin, guest and user.
3. As Administrator, enter the user name: "admin" and the password "wago".
A start page is then displayed in the browser window with information about your fieldbus controller (start page can be changed on HTML page “PLC Settings”).
You can navigate to other information using the hyperlinks in the left navigation bar.
Pos : 91.18. 39 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ Web- based M anagement-Sys tem WBM /Seit e I nf or mation/I nf or mation - Bild ( 750-8xx) @ 15\ mod_1367572328319_21.doc x @ 118569 @ @ 1
Figure 44: WBM page "Information"
Pos : 91.18. 40 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knot en in Betrieb nehmen/Hinweis: Zur Anzeige des Web-based-Management- Syst ems Proxy-Ser ver deakti vier en! @ 4\ mod_1239178521218_21. doc x @ 30346 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
110 Commissioning WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Disable the proxy server to display the web-based Management-System!
If these pages are not displayed for local access to the fieldbus nodes, you must define in the Web browser properties that, as an exception, no proxy server are to be used for the node IP address.
Pos : 91.18. 41 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knot en in Betrieb nehmen/Hinweis: Änderung der C ontroll er-IP durch DHCP-Ser ver i m N etz möglich! (Controll er) @ 4\ mod_1239109927671_21.doc x @ 30258 @ @ 1
The controller IP can be changed in the network by the DHCP server!
If DHCP is enabled and a DHCP server (e.g. a router with active DHCP server) is installed in the network, addresses are automatically allocated from the address range of the DHCP server after a power failure (failure of the 24 VDC power supply of the controller).
That is to say that all fieldbus coupler/controllers with active DHCP receive a new
IP address!
Pos : 91.18. 42 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knot en in Betrieb nehmen/Klic ken Si e i n der li nken N avigationsleis te auf den Li nk „ Por t“, um di e HTM L-Seit e f ür die. .. @ 4\ mod_1239109846656_21. doc x @ 30255 @ @ 1
4. In the left navigation bar click on Port to open the HTML page for selecting a protocol.
Pos : 91.18. 43 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ Web- based M anagement-Sys tem WBM /Seit e Port /Port - Bild (750- 871, - 872, -872/020-000, -873) @ 6\mod_1264677792904_21.doc x @ 48873 @ @ 1
Figure 45: WBM page "Port"
Pos : 91.18. 44 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knot en in Betrieb nehmen/Si e erhalten ei ne List e aller Protokoll e, die der C ontroller unt erstützt . (Contr oller) @ 4\ mod_1239110517375_21. doc x @ 30265 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Commissioning 111
You are shown a list of all the protocols supported by the fieldbus controller.
Pos : 91.18. 45 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knot en in Betrieb nehmen/BootP deakti vi eren (Ei nst ellungen i m WBM) @ 4\ mod_1239108727859_21.doc x @ 30271 @ @ 1
5. Select the option “DHCP” or “use IP from EEPROM” to disable the
BootP protocol.
You can also deactivate any other protocols that you no longer need in the same manner, or select desired protocols and activate them explicitly.
Since communication for each protocol takes place via different ports, you can have several protocols activated simultaneously; communication takes place via these protocols.
Pos : 91.18. 46 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knot en in Betrieb nehmen/BootP deakti vi eren - Ende der Anl eit ung (C ontroller) @ 6\ mod_1264493847995_21. doc x @ 48694 @ @ 1
6. Click on SUBMIT and then switch off the power to the fieldbus controller
(hardware reset), or press down the mode selector switch. The protocol settings are then saved and the fieldbus controller is ready for operation.
If you have activated the MODBUS/TCP protocol, for example, you can now select and execute required MODBUS functions using the MODBUS master too, such as querying of the module configuration via register 0x2030.
Pos : 91.18. 47 /D okument ation allgemein/ Gliederungselement e/---Sei tenwechsel--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
If you have activated the WAGO-I/O-PRO for example, you can also program the controller via ETHERNET link using WAGO-I/O-PRO in line with Standard
IEC-61131-3.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
112 Commissioning WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 91.18. 48 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knot en in Betrieb nehmen/Gründe f ür ei ne f ehlg esc hlagene I P-Adress vergabe (bei Boot P) (Contr oller) @ 4\ mod_1239098186078_21. doc x @ 30141 @ 4 @ 1
8.2.3.5 Reasons for Failed IP Address Assignment
•
The controller MAC address does not correspond to the entry given in the
"bootstrap.txt" file.
•
The client on whom the BootP server is running is not located in the same subnet as the controller; i.e., the IP addresses do not match
Example: Client IP: 192.168.0.10 and controller IP: 10.1.254.5
•
Client and/or controller is/are not linked to the ETHERNET
•
Poor signal quality (use switches or hubs)
Pos : 91.19. 1 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knot en in Betri eb nehmen/F unktion des F eldbus knot ens t es ten - Ü berschrif t 2 @ 5\mod_1244635054676_21. doc x @ 35193 @ 2 @ 1
8.3 Testing the Function of the Fieldbus Node
Pos : 91.19. 2 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knot en in Betri eb nehmen/Hinweis: Weit ere I nf ormati onen z um Ausles en der I P-Adresse mitt els ETHERN ET-Set tings @ 5\ mod_1244637843934_21. doc x @ 35196 @ @ 1
More information about reading the IP address
You can use WAGO-ETHERNET-Settings to read the IP address currently assigned.
Proceed as described in the section “Assigning IP Address via WAGO-
ETHERNET-Settings.”
Pos : 91.19. 3 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knot en in Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knot en t est en, Betriebss pannung auss chalt en, Schrit t 1 @ 5\mod_1244638193434_21.doc x @ 35209 @ @ 1
1. To ensure that the IP address is correct and to test communication with the fieldbus node, first turn off the operating voltage of the fieldbus node.
2. Create a non-serial connection between your client PC and the fieldbus node.
Pos : 91.19. 4 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knot en in Betri eb nehmen/H ochl auf und LEDs (C ontr oller) @ 4\ mod_1243521648173_21. doc x @ 34301 @ @ 1
After the power is switched on, the controller is initialized. The fieldbus controller determines the I/O module configuration and creates a process image. During startup, the I/O LED (red) will flash. After a brief period, the I/O LED lights up green, indicating that the fieldbus controller is operational.
Pos : 91.19. 5 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knot en in Betri eb nehmen/H ochl auf und LEDs - F ehler allgemei n, Hi nweis: Signalisierung/Bli nkc ode-Aus w. @ 4\mod_1243594306433_21. doc x @ 34538 @ @ 1
If an error occurs during start-up indicated by the I/O LED flashing red, evaluate the error code and argument and resolve the error.
More information about LED signaling
The exact description for evaluating the LED signal displayed is available in the section “Diagnostics” > … > “LED Signaling”.
Pos : 91.19. 6 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knot en in Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knot en t est en, Sc hritt 3-6 @ 5\ mod_1244638753496_21.doc x @ 35212 @ @ 1
3. To test the coupler’s newly assigned I/P address, start a DOS window by clicking on the Start menu item Programs/MS-DOS Prompt.
4. In the DOS window, enter the command: "ping " followed by the IP address of your coupler in the following format:
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub ping [space] XXX . XXX . XXX . XXX (=IP address)
Commissioning 113
Figure 46: Example for the Function test of a Fieldbus Node
5. When the [Enter] key has been pressed, your PC will receive a query from the coupler, which will then be displayed in the DOS window.
If the error message: "Timeout" appears, please compare your entries again to the allocated IP address and check all connections.
6. When the test has been performed successfully, you can close the DOS prompt.
The fieldbus node is now ready for communication.
Pos : 91.20. 1 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knot en in Betri eb nehmen/Fl ash-D at eis yst em vor ber eiten - Ü berschrif t 2 @ 5\ mod_1244641182202_21. doc x @ 35222 @ 2 @ 1
8.4 Preparing the Flash File System
Pos : 91.20. 2 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knot en in Betri eb nehmen/Fl ash-D at eis yst em vor ber eiten - Einl eit ung (C ontroller) @ 5\ mod_1244641380782_21. doc x @ 35231 @ @ 1
The flash file system must be prepared in order to use the Web interface of the fieldbus controller to make all configurations.
The flash file system is already prepared when delivered.
However, if the flash file system has not been initialized on your fieldbus controller or it has been destroyed due to an error, you must first extract it to the flash memory to access it.
Pos : 91.20. 3 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knot en in Betri eb nehmen/Hinweis: Kommuni kati ons kabel 750-920 nic ht unt er Spannung s tec ken! (Koppler) @ 4\ mod_1239172916562_21. doc x @ 30343 @ @ 1
Do not connect Communication Cable when energized!
To prevent damage to the communications interface, do not connect or disconnect
750-920 respectively 750-923 Communication Cable when energized! The fieldbus coupler must be de-energized!
Pos : 91.20. 4 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knot en in Betri eb nehmen/Hinweis: Daten werden durc h F or matieren g elösc ht! @ 5\ mod_1244641489071_21. doc x @ 35235 @ @ 1
Formatting erases data!
Note that formatting erases all data and configurations.
Only use this function when the flash file system has not been initialized yet or has been destroyed due to an error.
Pos : 91.20. 5 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knot en in Betri eb nehmen/ Betri ebsspg aussc hal ten, Kommuni kations kabel anschli eß en, Bertriebss pg an (Controll er) Sc hritt 1-3 @ 8\mod_1275649569537_21.doc x @ 57380 @ @ 1
1. Switch off the supply voltage of the fieldbus controller.
2. Connect the communication cable 750-920 or 750-921 respectively the
Bluetooth
®
Adapter 750-923 to the configuration interface of the fieldbus controller and to your computer.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
114 Commissioning WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
3. Switch on the supply voltage of the fieldbus controller.
Pos : 91.20. 6 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knot en in Betri eb nehmen/H ochl auf und LEDs (C ontr oller) @ 4\ mod_1243521648173_21. doc x @ 34301 @ @ 1
After the power is switched on, the controller is initialized. The fieldbus controller determines the I/O module configuration and creates a process image. During startup, the I/O LED (red) will flash. After a brief period, the I/O LED lights up green, indicating that the fieldbus controller is operational.
Pos : 91.20. 7 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knot en in Betri eb nehmen/H ochl auf und LEDs - F ehler allgemei n, Hi nweis: Signalisierung/Bli nkc ode-Aus w. @ 4\mod_1243594306433_21. doc x @ 34538 @ @ 1
If an error occurs during start-up indicated by the I/O LED flashing red, evaluate the error code and argument and resolve the error.
More information about LED signaling
The exact description for evaluating the LED signal displayed is available in the section “Diagnostics” > … > “LED Signaling”.
Pos : 91.20. 8 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knot en in Betri eb nehmen/Fl ash-D at eis yst em vor ber eiten, ETH ERNET-Setti ngs st art en, Dateis yst em z urüc ksetzen Sc hritt 4-6 @ 5\ mod_1244643184660_21.doc x @ 35238 @ @ 1
4. Start the WAGO-ETHERNET-Settings program.
5. In the top menu bar, select Reset File System to format the file system and to extract the Web pages of the flash file system.
Formatting and extracting is complete when the status window displays
"Resetting the file system successfully".
Restart the Fieldbus coupler/controller after resetting file system!
Make a restart of the fieldbus coupler/controller, so that the Web pages can be displayed after resetting file system.
Pos : 91.21. 1 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knot en in Betri eb nehmen/ Echtzei tuhr s ync hronisier en - Übersc hrift 2 @ 5\ mod_1244643344108_21. doc x @ 35241 @ 2 @ 1
8.5 Synchronizing the Real-Time Clock
Pos : 91.21. 2 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knot en in Betri eb nehmen/ Echtzei tuhr s ync hronisier en - Ei nleit ung (Controll er) @ 5\ mod_1244644089082_21.doc x @ 35254 @ @ 1
The fieldbus controller's real-time clock enables a date and time indication for files in the flash file system.
Pos : 91.21. 3 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knot en in Betri eb nehmen/ Echtzei tuhr s ync hronisier en, List enpunkte, Z wisc henübersc hrift: .. .mi t ETHERN ET Setti ngs s ynchr on. @ 5\ mod_1244644164581_21. doc x @ 35258 @ @ 1
At start-up, synchronize the real-time clock with the computer's current time.
There are two options to synchronize the real-time clock:
•
Synchronize the real-time clock using WAGO-ETHERNET-Settings
•
Synchronize the real-time clock using the Web-based Management-
System
Synchronize the real-time clock using WAGO-ETHERNET-Settings
Pos : 91.21. 4 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knot en in Betri eb nehmen/ Betri ebsspg aussc hal ten, Kommuni kations kabel anschli eß en, Bertriebss pg an (Controll er) Sc hritt 1-3 @ 8\mod_1275649569537_21.doc x @ 57380 @ @ 1
1. Switch off the supply voltage of the fieldbus controller.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Commissioning 115
2. Connect the communication cable 750-920 or 750-921 respectively the
Bluetooth
®
Adapter 750-923 to the configuration interface of the fieldbus controller and to your computer.
3. Switch on the supply voltage of the fieldbus controller.
Pos : 91.21. 5 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knot en in Betri eb nehmen/H ochl auf und LEDs (C ontr oller) @ 4\ mod_1243521648173_21. doc x @ 34301 @ @ 1
After the power is switched on, the controller is initialized. The fieldbus controller determines the I/O module configuration and creates a process image. During startup, the I/O LED (red) will flash. After a brief period, the I/O LED lights up green, indicating that the fieldbus controller is operational.
Pos : 91.21. 6 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knot en in Betri eb nehmen/H ochl auf und LEDs - F ehler allgemei n, Hi nweis: Signalisierung/Bli nkc ode-Aus w. @ 4\mod_1243594306433_21. doc x @ 34538 @ @ 1
If an error occurs during start-up indicated by the I/O LED flashing red, evaluate the error code and argument and resolve the error.
More information about LED signaling
The exact description for evaluating the LED signal displayed is available in the section “Diagnostics” > … > “LED Signaling”.
Pos : 91.21. 7 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knot en in Betri eb nehmen/ Echtzei tunhr s ynchr onisi eren - ETH ERNET- Settings st arten, Scr eens hotbsp, Sychnc hr., Sc hritt e 4-6 @ 5\ mod_1244644387640_21. doc x @ 35261 @ @ 1
4. Start the WAGO Ethernet Settings program.
5. Select the Date and Time tab.
Figure 47: Example of Time Synchronization in ETHERNET Settings
6. Click on the [Apply] button.
Pos : 91.21. 8 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knot en in Betri eb nehmen/ Echtzei tuhr s ync hronisier en - WBM st arten, WBM Cl oc k Scr eenbsp., Eins tell ung en, Schritt e 1-5 @ 5\ mod_1244644813093_21.doc x @ 35264 @ @ 1
Synchronize the real-time clock using the Web-based Management-System
Manual
Version 1.1.0
116 Commissioning WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
1. Launch a Web browser (e.g., MS Internet Explorer or Mozilla) and enter the
IP address you have assigned your fieldbus node in the address bar.
2. Click [Enter] to confirm.
The start page of the Web interface loads.
3. Select “Clock” in the left menu bar.
4. Enter your user name and password in the inquiry screen (default: user =
“admin”, password = “wago” or user = “user”, password = “user”).
The HTML page "Clock configuration" loads.
5. Set the values in the fields “Time on device”, “Date” and “Timezone” to the current values and enable the “Daylight Saving Time (DST)” option if necessary.
Figure 48: Example of WBM Clock Configuration
Pos : 91.21. 9 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knot en in Betri eb nehmen/I P-Adres se über das Web- based M anagement-System vergeben - Sc hritte 6- 7 SUBM IT, N eust art @ 5\ mod_1244125431662_21. doc x @ 34964 @ @ 1
6. Click on [SUBMIT] to apply the changes in your fieldbus node.
7. Restart the fieldbus node to apply the settings of the Web interface.
Pos : 91.22. 1 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odul e)/Übersc hrift en f ür all e Serien/ Inbetriebnehmen - Konfigurieren - Parametrier en - Bedi enen/ Wer ksei nst ellungen wi ederherst ellen - Ü berschrif t 2 @ 19\ mod_1400835342342_21. doc x @ 154641 @ 2 @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
8.6 Restoring Factory Settings
Commissioning 117
Pos : 91.22. 2 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knot en in Betri eb nehmenHinweis: Für vollst ändiges Lösc hen des C ontroll ers, erst Dat eis ys tem zur üc ks etz en! @ 19\ mod_1400834547681_21. doc x @ 154638 @ @ 1
For total deletion, first make a file system reset!
Note that you first reset the file system for the complete deletion of the controller. Use for this the program WAGO-ETHERNET-Settings, as described below, and click first on the button [Reset File System].
Then, you restore the factory settings.
Pos : 91.22. 3 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knot en in Betri eb nehmen/ Wer ksei nst ellungen wi ederherst ellen - Einl eitung @ 5\ mod_1244645612937_21. doc x @ 35274 @ @ 1
To restore the factory settings, proceed as follows:
Pos : 91.22. 4 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knot en in Betri eb nehmen/ Betri ebsspg aussc hal ten, Kommuni kations kabel anschli eß en, Bertriebss pg an (Controll er) Sc hritt 1-3 @ 8\mod_1275649569537_21.doc x @ 57380 @ @ 1
1. Switch off the supply voltage of the fieldbus controller.
2. Connect the communication cable 750-920 or 750-921 respectively the
Bluetooth
®
Adapter 750-923 to the configuration interface of the fieldbus controller and to your computer.
3. Switch on the supply voltage of the fieldbus controller.
Pos : 91.22. 5 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knot en in Betri eb nehmen/ Wer ksei nst ellungen wi ederherst ellen - ETHERN ET-Set tings s tart en,D ef ault ,Conti nue, Neust Schritt e 4-5 @ 5\ mod_1244645750981_21.doc x @ 35277 @ @ 1
4 Start the WAGO-ETHERNET-Settings program.
5. In the top menu bar, select [Factory Settings] and click [Yes] to confirm.
Pos : 92 /D okument ation allgemei n/ Glieder ungs elemente/---Seit enwechs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
A restart of the fieldbus node is implemented automatically. The start takes place with the default settings.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
118 Programming the PFC using WAGO-I/O-PRO WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 93.1 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betrieb nehmen/ In WAGO-I /O-PR O programmi eren/ PFC mit WAG O-I/ O-PRO pr ogrammier en - Übersc hrift 1, mit Bes chr eibung T eil 1 @ 4\ mod_1240896463296_21. doc x @ 31480 @ 1 @ 1
9 Programming the PFC using WAGO-I/O-PRO
Using IEC 61131-3 programming, the Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub 750-
872 can also utilize the function of a PLC in addition to the functions of a fieldbus coupler. Creation of an application program in line with IEC 61131-3 is performed using the programming tool WAGO-I/O-PRO.
Pos : 93.2 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betrieb nehmen/ In WAGO-I /O-PR O programmi eren/ PFC mit WAG O-I/ O-PRO pr ogr.,Hinweis: O pti on „CoD eSys“ im Web-bas ed Management- Syst em akti vi eren! @ 9\ mod_1282111968039_21.doc x @ 63800 @ @ 1
Activate option “CODESYS” in the web-based Management System for programming!
Pay attention, the IEC 61131-3 programming of the controller via ETHERNET requires that the check box CODESYS be activated at the Website “Port
Configuration” (default).
You can, however, also connect the client PC and controller serially for programming using a programming cable.
Pos : 93.3 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betrieb nehmen/ In WAGO-I /O-PR O programmi eren/Hinweis: Zur Pr ogrammi erung des Fel dbus contr ollers mit Adminis trat or kennwort anmelden! (Ei nloggen) @ 14\ mod_1361179815290_21.doc x @ 112141 @ @ 1
Log in with the administrator password to program the fieldbus controller!
If you have activated password protection for port 2455 on the “Security” page of the WBM, you have to log into WAGO-I/O-PRO in the menu Online > Log In to obtain programming access to the fieldbus controller (default password “wago”).
Figure 49: Logging in for Programming Access
Pos : 93.4 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betrieb nehmen/ In WAGO-I /O-PR O programmi eren/Hinweis: Zur Nutzung des PLC-Br owsers mit Admi nistr ator benutz erdat en anmelden! @ 14\ mod_1361182544053_21.doc x @ 112138 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Programming the PFC using WAGO-I/O-PRO 119
Log in to use the PLC browser with administrator user data!
To use the PLC browser functionality in WAGO-I/O-PRO, log into the PLC browser with the administrator user data (default user “admin”, password
“wago”). Enter “login admin wago” in the command line of the PLC browser.
Figure 50: Logging into the PLC Browser
Pos : 93.5 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betrieb nehmen/ In WAGO-I /O-PR O programmi eren/ PFC mit WAG O-I/ O-PRO pr ogrammier en - Bes chr eibung T eil 2 @ 9\ mod_1282112143230_21. doc x @ 63803 @ @ 1
A description of programming using WAGO-I/O-PRO is not included in this manual. The following sections, on the other hand, contain important information about creating projects in WAGO-I/O-PRO and about special modules that you can use explicitly for programming of the Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub.
Explanations are also provided as to how the IEC 61131-3 program is transferred and how suitable communication drivers are loaded.
One WAGO-I/O-PRO-/(CODESYS)-Instance per traget system!
Note that a simultaneous connection of multiple WAGO-I/O-PRO/(CODESYS)
Instances on one target system is not possible.
Name Conventions for WAGO-I/O-PRO/(CODESYS) Projects!
Note that you do not use special characters for the name of your
WAGO-I/O-PRO/(CODESYS) project and limit the name to a maximum of 8 characters.
This will ensure that not always, in case of the online change function is activated simultaneously, for each online change event a new TxT file is created, which contains the paths and the project ID, and that for this additional memory is consumed. With proper choice of the file name, the TxT file is only overwritten each time and does not consume additional memory space.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
120 Programming the PFC using WAGO-I/O-PRO WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Additional Information:
For a detailed description of using the software, refer to the manual for the
“WAGO-I/O-PRO”. This manual is located in the Internet under http://www.wago.com
.
1. Start the programming tool at Start \ Programs \ WAGO-I/O-PRO.
2. Under File / New create a new project
A dialog window then appears on which you can set the target system for programming.
Pos : 93.6 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betrieb nehmen/ In WAGO-I /O-PR O programmi eren/Dial ogf ens ter Zi els ys temeins tell ung en aus wähl en – Bil d Aus wahlliste (750- xxx) @ 13\ mod_1352725111339_21. doc x @ 105893 @ @ 1
Figure 51: Dialog window for target system settings
Pos : 93.7 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betrieb nehmen/ In WAGO-I /O-PR O programmi eren/Dial ogf ens ter Zi els ys temeins tell ung en aus wähl en 750- xxx F el dbusc ontroller (allg) @ 4\ mod_1240901339765_21. doc x @ 31551 @ @ 1
3. Select the respective entry in the select list for your fieldbus controller and then click OK.
Pos : 93.8 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betrieb nehmen/ In WAGO-I /O-PR O programmi eren/ Projekt anl egen, Progr ammi erart wählen @ 4\ mod_1240904374062_21. doc x @ 31566 @ @ 1
4. In the dialog window that appears select the program type (AWL, KOP,
FUP, AS, ST or CFC).
Pos : 93.9 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betrieb nehmen/ In WAGO-I /O-PR O programmi eren/ Bus kl emmenkonfiguration z us ammenz ust ellen und i n Konfigur ati ons dat ei „EA-config. xml“ abbilden @ 4\ mod_1240904494468_21. doc x @ 31589 @ @ 1
To ensure that you can access all I/O module data properly in your new project, first compile the I/O module configuration based on the existing fieldbus node hardware and map it in the configuration file “EA-config.xml”.
Pos : 93.10 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/I n WAG O-I/ O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Sc hrei bz ugriff in EA-config. xml festleg en 750- 872, -873 mit RTU @ 21\ mod_1417019285634_21. doc x @ 169278 @ @ 1
This file defines whether write access is permitted to the modules from the IEC-
61131-3 program, from the MODBUS/TCP, EtherNet/IP or MODBUS RTU.
Pos : 93.11 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/I n WAG O-I/ O-PRO pr ogrammier en/G enerier ung der EA-config. xml über die Konfiguration mit dem WAG O-I/O- Konfigur at or @ 4\ mod_1240907172437_21. doc x @ 31613 @ @ 1
As described below, this file can be generated via configuration using the WAGO
I/O Configurator.
Pos : 93.12 /D okument ati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel ement e/---Seit enwec hs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Programming the PFC using WAGO-I/O-PRO 121
Pos : 93.13 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/I n WAG O-I/ O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Fel dbusc ontroll er mit dem I/ O-Konfigurator konfiguri eren @ 4\ mod_1240907399109_21. doc x @ 31617 @ 2 @ 1
9.1 Configuring the Fieldbus Controller using the I/O
Configurator
The I/O Configurator is a plug-in integrated into WAGO-I/O-PRO used to determine addresses for I/O modules at a fieldbus controller.
1. 1. In the left half of the screen for the WAGO-I/O-PRO interface, select the tab Resources.
2. To start the I/O Configurator, double-click in the tree structure on Control
system configuration.
3. Expand the branch Hardware configuration in the tree structure.
4. Right-click on the entry K-Bus and then select Edit in the context menu.
5. In the “Configuration” window that then opens, click on Add to open the module selection window.
6. Select the I/O module you wish to add from the module catalog and attach it to the end of the internal data bus structure by clicking on [>>] and OK.
7. Position all of the required I/O modules in their correct order until this arrangement matches the configuration of the physical node.
Arrange the tree structure in the hardware configuration in the same manner.
Include all I/O modules which supply or receive data.
If you access your fieldbus controller online, you can use the [Start WAGO-I/O-
CHECK and scan] button in the “Configuration” window to read in the physically linked fieldbus controllers with the series-connected I/O modules and display all of the components.
The internal data bus structure in the WAGO I/O Configurator must match the physical node structure!
The number of I/O modules that send or receive data must correspond to the existing hardware (except for supply modules, copying modules or end modules, for example). For the number of input and output bits or bytes of the individual
I/O modules, please refer to their corresponding descriptions.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
122 Programming the PFC using WAGO-I/O-PRO WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Additional information
To open the data sheet for an I/O module, click in the “Configuration” window on the corresponding I/O module and then click the [Data sheet] button. The data sheet is then shown in a separate window.
All current data sheets are available on our website http://www.wago.com
under
Documentation.
8. Click OK to accept the node configuration and close the dialog window.
The addresses for the control system configuration are then recalculated and the tree structure for the configuration is updated.
Pos : 93.14 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/I n WAG O-I/ O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Zugriffs berec htigung änder n 750-841, - 871, -872, -873 @ 4\ mod_1240910417718_21. doc x @ 31640 @ @ 1
If required, you can also modify the authorization privileges for individual I/O modules if they are to be accessed via fieldbus (MODBUS/TCP/IP or
Ethernet/IP). Initially, write access from the PLC is defined for each I/O module that is added. Proceed as follows to change this setting:
Pos : 93.15 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/I n WAG O-I/ O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Zugriff auf di e Kl emmendaten besti mmen @ 4\ mod_1240910665484_21. doc x @ 31647 @ @ 1
9. Click the “PI Assignment” tab in the “Configuration” dialog.
10. Define for each module from where access to the module data is to be carried out.
You can choose from the following settings in the column “PI Assignment” for this:
Pos : 93.16 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/I n WAG O-I/ O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Zugriffs berec htigung - PLC , PLC ( St andardeins tell ung) - Z ugriff vom PFC aus @ 4\ mod_1240910818906_21.doc x @ 31650 @ @ 1
•
Pos : 93.17 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/I n WAG O-I/ O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Zugriffs berec htigung - fi eldbus 1 - Z ugriff von MOD BUS/TCP aus @ 4\ mod_1240910995796_21. doc x @ 31653 @ @ 1
PLC, PLC (standard setting)
•
Pos : 93.18 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/I n WAG O-I/ O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Zugriffs berec htigung - fi eldbus 2 - Z ugriff von Ethernet /IP aus @ 4\ mod_1240911087031_21.doc x @ 31657 @ @ 1 fieldbus 1
•
Pos : 93.19 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/I n WAG O-I/ O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Zugriffs berec htigung - fi eldbus 3 - Z ugriff von MOD BUS RTU aus @ 20\ mod_1412148159864_21.doc x @ 165058 @ @ 1 fieldbus 2
Pos : 93.20 /D okument ati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel ement e/------Leerz eile------ @ 3\mod_1224662755687_0. doc x @ 24460 @ @ 1
• fieldbus3
- Access from PLC
- Access from MODBUS/TCP
- Access from Ethernet/IP
- Access from MODBUS RTU
Pos : 93.21 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/I n WAG O-I/ O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Zuordnen--Nach Fertigst ellung der Z uordnung, können Si e mit der I EC-61131-3- Programmier ung beginnen. @ 21\ mod_1415208429195_21. doc x @ 167252 @ @ 1
After completing these settings you can begin the IEC-61131-3 programming.
Pos : 93.22 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/I n WAG O-I/ O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Zuordnen-- Wenn Si e das Projekt übers etz en (Menü Pr ojekt > Ü bers et zen/ Alles übers etz en) und i n den @ 21\ mod_1415208625731_21.doc x @ 167255 @ @ 1
An “EA-config.xml” configuration file is automatically generated and stored in the fieldbus controller, when you transfer the project (Menu project >
transfer/transfer all) and download it in the fieldbus controller.
Pos : 93.23 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/I n WAG O-I/ O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Hinweis: Bei dir ekt em Schr eiben über MOD BUS an eine H ardwar e-Adress e fiel dbus 1 einst ellen! @ 4\ mod_1240913208359_21.doc x @ 31729 @ @ 1
Set “MODBUS TCP/UDP, fieldbus1”, when directly writing to a hardware address via MODBUS!
Set “MODBUS TCP/UDP, fieldbus 1” if you wish to write directly to a hardware address via MODBUS. Otherwise the modules will be allocated to the PLC, making writing from a different location impossible.
Pos : 93.24 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/I n WAG O-I/ O-PRO pr ogrammier en/I nfor mati on: Besc hrei bung z u dem Pr ogrammiert ool WAGO-I /O-PR O + I/O- Konfig urat or @ 4\ mod_1242119437406_21. doc x @ 32980 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Programming the PFC using WAGO-I/O-PRO 123
Additional Information
For a detailed description of using the software WAGO-I/O-PRO and the I/O
Configurator, refer to the online Help function for WAGO-I/O-PRO.
Pos : 93.25 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/I n WAG O-I/ O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Fel dbusc ontroll er mit der Datei EA-config. xml konfigurier en @ 4\ mod_1241698395500_21.doc x @ 32750 @ 3 @ 1
9.1.1 Configuration using the “EA-config.xml” File
You can also create the file “EA-config.xml” using an editor and store it in the controller directory “/etc” by means of FTP.
Configuration using the file “EA-config.xml” that is already stored in the fieldbus controller is described in this section.
Pos : 93.26 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/I n WAG O-I/ O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Hinweis: Konfigurati onsei ntr äge i n WAGO-I /O- PRO übersc hrei ben „ EA-c onfig. xml“ bei D ownl oad! @ 4\ mod_1242042856796_21. doc x @ 32900 @ @ 1
Configuration entries in WAGO-I/O-PRO overwrite “EA-config.xml” upon download!
If you wish to perform module assignment directly using the “EAconfig.xml” file stored in the controller, do not save any configuration data in WAGO-I/O-PRO prior to this, as the file is overwritten by entries in the WAGO-I/O-PRO on each download.
Pos : 93.27 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/I n WAG O-I/ O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Mit der D at ei EA-c onfig. xml konfigurieren ( Vorgang) @ 4\ mod_1240914151781_21.doc x @ 31760 @ @ 1
1. Open any FTP client. You can also use the Windows FTP client in the DOS prompt window: ftp://[IP address of controller] , e.g. ftp://192.168.1.201
2. Then, enter admin as the user login and wago as the password.
The file “EA-config.xml” is located in the “etc” folder.
3. Copy this file to a local directory on your PC and open it in an editor installed on your PC (e.g., “WordPad”).
The file already contains the following syntax:
Figure 52: EA-config.xml
Manual
Version 1.1.0
124 Programming the PFC using WAGO-I/O-PRO WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
The fourth line contains the necessary information for the first I/O module.
The entry MAP=PLC assigns write access privileges to the IEC-61131-3 program for the first module.
Pos : 93.28 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/I n WAG O-I/ O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Mit der D at ei EA-c onfig. xml konfigurieren - Zugriff ändern, PLC durch FB1, 2 E/ oder 3(RTU) ers etz en @ 20\ mod_1412775515581_21. doc x @ 165398 @ @ 1
4. If you wish to change the access rights, replace "PLC" with "FB1" as the access privileges from MODBUS/TCP.
If you wish to change the access rights, replace "PLC" with "FB2" as the access privileges from Ethernet/IP.
If you wish to change the access rights, replace "PLC" with "FB3" as the access privileges from MODBUS RTU:
<Module ARTIKELNR=“ “ MAP=“PLC“ LOC=“ALL“> </Module>
Pos : 93.29 /D okument ati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel ement e/------Leerz eile------ @ 3\mod_1224662755687_0. doc x @ 24460 @ @ 1
<Module ARTIKELNR=“ “ MAP=“FB3“ LOC=“ALL“> </Module>
Pos : 93.30 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/I n WAG O-I/ O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Mit der D at ei EA-c onfig. xml konfigurieren - Zeil en hi nzufüg en @ 4\ mod_1240920351781_21.doc x @ 31800 @ @ 1
5. Then complete the fourth line for each individual module using this syntax and set the corresponding assigned access privileges.
The number of line entries must correspond with the number of bus terminals used!
It is imperative that the number of line entries concurs with the number of existing hardware modules.
6. Save the file and reload it to the controller file system via FTP client.
You can then begin with IEC-61131-3 programming.
Additional Information:
For a detailed description of how to use the software, refer to the WAGO-I/O-
PRO manual. The manual is available in the Internet under: http://www.wago.com
Documentation WAGO Software WAGO-I/O-
PRO 759-333
Pos : 93.31 /D okument ati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel ement e/---Seit enwec hs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Programming the PFC using WAGO-I/O-PRO 125
Pos : 93.32 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/I n WAG O-I/ O-PRO pr ogrammier en/ETH ERNET-Bibli ot heken f ür WAGO- I/O- PRO @ 4\ mod_1240922020812_21.doc x @ 31825 @ 2 @ 1
9.2 ETHERNET Libraries for WAGO-I/O-PRO
Various libraries are available in WAGO-I/O-PRO for different IEC 61131-3 programming tasks. These libraries contain function blocks that can be used universally to facilitate and accelerate the creation of programs.
Once the libraries have been integrated, function blocks, functions and data types will be available that you can use the same as ones you have specifically defined.
Additional Information
All libraries are included on the installation CD for the software WAGO-I/O-PRO or in the Internet under http://www.wago.com
.
The libraries described below are specific to ETHERNET projects with WAGO-
I/O-PRO.
Pos : 93.33 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/I n WAG O-I/ O-PRO pr ogrammier en/ETH ERNET-Bibli ot heken f ür WAGO- I/O- PRO - Tabelle @ 9\ mod_1282203067362_21. doc x @ 63998 @ @ 1
Table 36: ETHERNET Libraries for WAGO-I/O-PRO
Library
Ethernet.lib
WAGOLibEthernet_01.lib
Description
Function blocks for communication via ETHERNET
Function blocks that can set up a link to a remote server or client via TCP protocol to exchange data with any potential
UDP server or client via UDP protocol
WAGOLibModbus_IP_01.lib Function blocks that set up links with one or more slaves
ModbusEthernet_04.lib Function blocks for data exchange with several
MODBUS/TCP/UDP slaves
Also a function block that provides a MODBUS server that maps the MODBUS services on a word array.
SysLibSockets.lib
WagoLibSockets.lib
Function block for access to sockets for communication via
TCP/IP and UDP.
Function blocks for access to sockets for communication via TCP/IP and UDP
Contains additional functions in addition to SysyLibSockets.lib.
Mail_02.lib
WAGOLibMail_02.lib
WagoLibSnmpEx_01.lib
WagoLibSntp.lib
Function block for sending e-mails
Function block for sending e-mails
Function blocks for sending SNMP-V1 traps together with the parameters for the type DWORD and STRING(120)
(starting with software version SW >= 07).
Function blocks for setting and using the simple network time protocol (SNTP)
WagoLibFtp.lib
WAGOLibTerminalDiag.lib Function blocks for the output of module, channel and diagnostic data of I/O modules that provide diagnostic data
WAGOLibKBUS.lib
Function blocks for setting and using the file transfer protocol
(FTP)
Function blocks for permitting both task-synchronous and consistent access to process data, as well as register communication between fieldbus coupler/controller and connected
I/O modules.
Pos : 93.34 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/I n WAG O-I/ O-PRO pr ogrammier en/ETH ERNET-Bibli ot heken f ür WAGO- I/O- PRO - I nfor mati on: Besc hrei bung Baust ei ne, Ver wei s Handbuc h @ 9\ mod_1282203119147_21. doc x @ 64002 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
126 Programming the PFC using WAGO-I/O-PRO WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Additional Information
For a detailed description of the function blocks and use of the software, refer to the online Help function for WAGO-I/O-PRO or the WAGO-I/O-PRO manual in the Internet under: http://www.wago.com
.
Pos : 93.35 /D okument ati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel ement e/---Seit enwec hs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Programming the PFC using WAGO-I/O-PRO 127
Pos : 93.36 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/I n WAG O-I/ O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Ei nsc hränkungen i m Funkti onsumf ang @ 4\ mod_1240813319046_21.doc x @ 31330 @ 2 @ 1
9.3 Functional Restrictions and Limits
The basis of WAGO-I/O-PRO, the standard programming system CoDeSys by
3S, has an integrated visualization. Dependend on the target, this visualization can be used in the variants “HMI”, “TargetVisu” and “WebVisu”.
The fieldbus controller supports the process variants “HMI” and “WebVisu”.
Depending on the version, there are technological limitations.
Several options for complex visualization objects “Alarm” and “Trend” are only provided by the “HMI” version. This applies, for example, to sending emails as a response to an alarm or for navigating through and generating historical trend data.
Compared with “HMI”, the “WebVisu” on the fieldbus controller is executed within considerably tighter physical limits. Whereas the “HMI” can call upon the resources of a PC, the “WebVisu” operate within the following restrictions:
Pos : 93.37 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/I n WAG O-I/ O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Ei nsc hränkungen i m Funkti onsumf ang - Dateis yst em 1, 4 MB - Übersc hrift @ 4\ mod_1240835723781_21. doc x @ 31400 @ @ 1
File system (1,4 MB):
Pos : 93.38 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/I n WAG O-I/ O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Ei nsc hränkungen i m Funkti onsumf ang - Dateis yst em alle M B - T ext @ 14\ mod_1359727098630_21. doc x @ 110809 @ @ 1
The overall size of the PLC program, visualization files, bitmaps, log files, configuration files, etc. must fit into the file system.
The PLC browser delivers the amount of free disk space in response to the command “fds” (FreeDiscSpace).
Pos : 93.39 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/I n WAG O-I/ O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Ei nsc hränkungen i m Funkti onsumf ang - Pr oz essdat enbuf fer 16 kB @ 4\ mod_1240836025546_21. doc x @ 31407 @ @ 1
Process data buffer (16 kB):
The WebVisu uses its own protocol for exchanging process data between applet and control system. In doing so, the process data is transmitted with ASCII coding. The pipe character (“|”) separates two process values. For this reason, the required space of a process data variable in the process data buffer not only depends on the data type, but also on the process values itself. A “WORD” variable therefore occupies between one byte for the values 0...9 and five bytes for values greater than 10000. The selected format allows only a rough estimate of the space required for the individual process data in the process data buffer. If the size is exceeded, the WebVisu no longer works as expected.
Pos : 93.40 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/I n WAG O-I/ O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Ei nsc hränkungen i m Funkti onsumf ang - Baust einanzahl (bis F W02): 1023, (ab F W03): 2047 @ 20\ mod_1412861320181_21. doc x @ 165588 @ @ 1
The number of modules (until FW02: 1023, since FW03: 2047):
The total size of the PLC program is determined, among other things, by the maximum number of modules. This value can be configured in the target system settings.
Pos : 93.41 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/I n WAG O-I/ O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Ei nsc hränkungen i m Funkti onsumf ang - Rechenl eist ung/Prozes sorz eit @ 4\ mod_1240836481343_21. doc x @ 31418 @ @ 1
Computing power/processor time:
The 750-872 is based on a real-time operating system with pre-emptive multitasking. High-priority processes such as the PLC program will eliminate low-priority processes.
The web server supplies process data and applets for the web visualization.
Make sure when configuring tasks, that there is sufficient processor time available for all processes. The “freewheeling” task call option is not suitable in conjunction with the “WebVisu”; as in this case, the high-priority PLC program suppresses the web server. Instead of this, use the “cyclic” task call option with a realistic value.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
128 Programming the PFC using WAGO-I/O-PRO WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
The PLC browser provides an overview of the real execution times for all
CoDeSys tasks with the command “tsk”.
If in a PLC program, operating system functions are used; e.g., for the handling of
“sockets” or the “file system”, these execution times are not taken into consideration covered by the command “tsk”.
Pos : 93.42 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/I n WAG O-I/ O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Ei nsc hränkungen i m Funkti onsumf ang - Zähl er CTU @ 4\ mod_1240836717125_21. doc x @ 31422 @ @ 1
CTU counter:
The CTU counter operates in a value range of 0 to 32767.
Pos : 93.43 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/I n WAG O-I/ O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Ei nsc hränkungen i m Funkti onsumf ang - Hinweis EEPROM Teil 1 @ 7\ mod_1271319786826_21. doc x @ 55135 @ @ 1
Note the maximum number of write cycles of the EEPROM!
Fieldbus couplers/controllers save some information such as IP addresses and IP parameters in the EEPROM to make it available after a restart. The memory cycles of an EEPROM are generally limited. Beyond a limit of approx. 1 million write cycles, memory can no longer be assured. A defective EEPROM only becomes apparent after a restart by software reset or power-on.
Due to a bad checksum, the fieldbus coupler/controller then always starts with the default parameters.
The following functions use the EEPROM:
Pos : 93.44 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/I n WAG O-I/ O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Ei nsc hränkungen i m Funkti onsumf ang - Hinweis EEPROM Teil 2 ( 341, 841, 352/ 020- 000, 871, 872, 873) @ 7\ mod_1271316284441_21.doc x @ 55123 @ @ 1 • WAGO-I/O-PRO
• WagoLibDaylightSaving SetDaylightSavings
• EthernetLib
SetNetworkConfig
SetVariables
Pos : 93.45 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/I n WAG O-I/ O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Ei nsc hränkungen i m Funkti onsumf ang - Hinweis EEPROM Teil 3 ( alle Et hernet-Contr oller) @ 7\ mod_1271316220952_21. doc x @ 55120 @ @ 1
• MODBUS
• Register 0x1035 Time Offset
• Register 0x100B Watchdog parameters
• Register 0x1028 Network configuration
• Register 0x1036 Daylight saving
• Register 0x1037 Modbus response delay
• Register 0x2035 PI parameter
• Register 0x2043 Default configuration
Pos : 93.46 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/I n WAG O-I/ O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Ei nsc hränkungen i m Funkti onsumf ang - Hinweis EEPROM Teil 4 ( 341, 841, 352/ 020- 000, 871, 872, 873) @ 7\ mod_1271316578247_21.doc x @ 55127 @ @ 1 • Ethernet/IP
• Class 0xF5
• Class 0xF6
• Class 0x64
Pos : 93.47 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/I n WAG O-I/ O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Ei nsc hränkungen i m Funkti onsumf ang - Hinweis EEPROM Teil 5 ( alle Et hernet-Koppl er/-Contr oller) @ 7\ mod_1271316819859_21.doc x @ 55131 @ @ 1
• Parameter assignments
• BootP new parameters
• DHCP new parameters
• WAGO MIB write access
Pos : 93.48 /D okument ati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel ement e/---Seit enwec hs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Programming the PFC using WAGO-I/O-PRO 129
Pos : 93.49 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/I n WAG O-I/ O-PRO pr ogrammier en/G enerell e Hi nweis e z u den IEC-T as ks @ 4\ mod_1240925127250_21.doc x @ 31878 @ 2 @ 1
9.4 General Information about IEC Tasks
Please note the following information when programming your IEC tasks:
Use different priorities for IEC tasks!
Give IEC tasks (in WAGO-I/O-PRO under the Resources tab > Task
Configuration) different priorities to prevent an error from occurring when
compiling the user program.
An interruption of IEC tasks is possible through tasks of higher priority!
An ongoing task may be interrupted by tasks with higher priorities. Execution of the task that has been interrupted is resumed only when there are no other higherpriority tasks to be executed.
Distortion of variables in overlapping areas of the process image!
If several IEC tasks utilize input or output variables with the same, or overlapping addresses in the process image, the values for the input or output variables may change while the IEC task is being executed!
Pos : 93.50 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/I n WAG O-I/ O-PRO pr ogrammier en/G enerell e Hi nweis e z u den IEC-T as ks - Freil aufende Tas ks werden nac h j edem T as k-Z ykl us angeh. @ 4\ mod_1240925581328_21. doc x @ 31881 @ @ 1
Observe waiting periods of free-running tasks!
Running tasks are halted after each task cycle for half the time that the task proper requires (min. 1 ms). Execution of the task is then resumed.
Example: 1
2 st nd
Task 4 ms Waiting period 2 ms
Task 2 ms Waiting period 1 ms
Pos : 93.51 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/I n WAG O-I/ O-PRO pr ogrammier en/G enerell e Hi nweis e z u den IEC-T as ks - DefaultT as k, z yklisc he T as ks mit akti vem Watc hdog @ 8\ mod_1275479235303_21. doc x @ 57360 @ @ 1
The default task is created by default!
If no task has been defined in the task configuration, a running default task is created during translation. This task, called “Default task”, is recognized by this name in the firmware, meaning that the name “Default task” cannot be used for other task names.
Observe the watchdog sensitivity for cyclic tasks!
The watchdog sensitivity indicates how many times the watchdog time is exceeded for an even to be triggered. You set the sensitivity in WAGO-I/O-PRO under Register Resources > Task Configuration for Cyclical Tasks. The values
1 and 0 are equivalent with regard to sensitivity. A sensitivity value of 0 or 1 results in the watchdog event being triggered when the watchdog time is exceeded on time. With a sensitivity value of 2, for instance, the watchdog time must be exceeded in two consecutive task cycles in order for the watchdog event to be triggered.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
130 Programming the PFC using WAGO-I/O-PRO WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
The following applies to cyclic tasks with watchdog activated:
Reference for Watchdog Settings!
For each tasks created, a watchdog can be enabled that monitors the execution time of a task.
If the task runtime exceeds the specified watchdog time (e.g., t#200 ms), then the watchdog event has occurred.
The runtime system stops the IEC program and reports an error.
Figure 53: Watchdog Runtime is Less than the Task Runtime
If the watchdog time set is greater than the call interval of the task, then the watchdog is restarted for each task call interval.
Figure 54: Watchdog Runtime is Greater than the Task Call Interval
Pos : 93.52 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/I n WAG O-I/ O-PRO pr ogrammier en/G enerell e Hi nweis e z u den IEC-T as ks - keine z yklis chen T as ks mit Aufr ufinter vall > 30 min möglich @ 4\ mod_1240926230296_21.doc x @ 31912 @ @ 1
To cyclic tasks applies:
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Programming the PFC using WAGO-I/O-PRO 131
Cyclic tasks with > 30 min. call intervals not possible!
Cyclic tasks with a call interval of more than 30 minutes are not possible.
Pos : 93.53 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/I n WAG O-I/ O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Ablaufs chema ei ner IEC-T as k @ 4\ mod_1240983766218_21.doc x @ 31950 @ 3 @ 1
9.4.1 IEC Task Sequence
1. Determine the system time (tStart).
2. If no full internal bus cycle has run since the last time the outputs were written:
Wait until the next internal bus cycle is completed.
3. Reading of inputs and reading back of the outputs from the process image.
4. If the application program has been started.
Execute the program codes for this task.
5. Writing of the outputs to the process image.
6. Determine the system time (tEnd).
tEnd - tStart = runtime for the IEC task
Pos : 93.54 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/I n WAG O-I/ O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Die wic htigst en T as k-Pri oritäten i m Ü ber blic k - Ü berschrif t 3 @ 4\ mod_1240984052500_21. doc x @ 31953 @ 3 @ 1
9.4.2 Overview of Most Important Task Priorities
Pos : 93.55 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/I n WAG O-I/ O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Die wic htigst en T as k-Pri oritäten i m Ü ber blic k - T as k- Priorit ät en ( 750- 8xx) @ 4\ mod_1240987211812_21. doc x @ 31995 @ @ 1
Table 37: Task Processing
Task Importance of the execution
Internal bus task, fieldbus task of priority before all others
Normal task after the internal bus and fieldbus tasks
PLC-Comm task
Background task after the normal tasks after the PLC-Comm tasks
Pos : 93.56 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/I n WAG O-I/ O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Die wic htigst en T as k-Pri oritäten i m Ü ber blic k - Klemmenbus-Tas k/F eldbus-Tas k (I nt ern) ( 750-8xx) @ 4\ mod_1240986465328_21.doc x @ 31984 @ @ 1
I/O Bus Task / Fieldbus Task (Internal)
The I/O Bus task is an internal task, which updates the I/O module data from the process image. Fieldbus tasks are triggered by fieldbus events (communications); therefore, they only use processing time when the fieldbus is active
(MODBUS/Ethernet/IP).
Pos : 93.57 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/I n WAG O-I/ O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Die wic htigst en T as k-Pri oritäten i m Ü ber blic k - N or mal e T as k, PLC-Comm-T as k, Bac kground-T as k @ 4\ mod_1240986684796_21.doc x @ 31988 @ @ 1
Normal task (IEC-Task priorities 1-10 that can be set in CODESYS)
IEC tasks with this priority may be interrupted by the internal bus tasks.
Therefore, configuration for the connected modules and communication via fieldbus with the watchdog activated for the task call interval must be taken into account here.
PLC-Comm task (internal)
The PLC-Comm task is active when logged in and takes up communication with the CODESYS gateway.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
132 Programming the PFC using WAGO-I/O-PRO WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Background task (IEC-Task priorities 11-31 that can be set in CODESYS)
All internal tasks have a priority higher than that for the IEC background tasks.
These tasks are therefore very well-suited for performing time-intensive and noncritical time tasks, such as calling up functions in the SysLibFile.lib.
Pos : 93.58 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/I n WAG O-I/ O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Hinweis: M axi male Anzahl an I EC-Tas ks 30- 3 (841, 871, 872, 873) @ 18\ mod_1391686120550_21. doc x @ 144608 @ @ 1
Maximum number of IEC tasks!
Note that the fieldbus controller supports a total of 30 tasks (task ID 0 … 29), the three tasks (task ID 0 … 2) are used by the runtime system in the Firmware. It will thus remain 27 tasks (task ID 3 ... 29) for your user program. The task ID of exceeding tasks than has task ID of an invalid handle (0xFFFFFFFF).
Pos : 93.59 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/I n WAG O-I/ O-PRO pr ogrammier en/I nfor mati on: Besc hrei bung z u dem Pr ogrammiert ool WAGO-I /O-PR O @ 4\ mod_1240987323640_21. doc x @ 31999 @ @ 1
Additional Information
For a detailed description of using the software, refer to the manual for the
“WAGO-I/O-PRO”. This manual is located in the Internet under http://www.wago.com
.
Pos : 93.60 /D okument ati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel ement e/---Seit enwec hs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 93.61 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/I n WAG O-I/ O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Sys temereig nisse @ 4\ mod_1241096393312_21.doc x @ 32133 @ 23 @ 1
9.5 System Events
Programming the PFC using WAGO-I/O-PRO 133
In place of a task, a system event can also call up a project module for processing.
The system events to be employed for this depend on the target system. These events consist of the list of supported standard system events for the control system and any other manufacturer-specific events which may have been added.
Possible events, for example: Stop, Start, Online change.
A complete list of all system events is provided at WAGO-I/O-PRO in tab
Resources > Task configuration > System events.
9.5.1 Enabling/disabling system events
1. Open the register resources > task configuration > system events in
WAGO-I/O-PRO (see the following Figure).
2. In order to call up a module via an event, activate the entries by setting a hatch mark in the respective control boxes.
3. Disable the control boxes by removing the hatch marks through a mouse click.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
Figure 55: Enabling/Disabling System Events
134 Programming the PFC using WAGO-I/O-PRO WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Only use global variables and functions (Fun)!
Note that the fetch of function blocks (FB) such as Timer modules , or the fetch of blocking functions such as file operations can lead to a malfunction of the system.
Therefore use in system events exclusively Global variables and functions (Fun).
Additional Information:
Allocation of the system events to the specific modules to be called up is clarified in the manual for the programming tool WAGO-I/O-PRO in the Internet under http://www.wago.com
.
Pos : 93.62 /D okument ati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel ement e/---Seit enwec hs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Programming the PFC using WAGO-I/O-PRO 135
Pos : 93.63 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/I n WAG O-I/ O-PRO pr ogrammier en/IEC- Programm auf den Contr oller übertrag en @ 4\ mod_1241097223359_21.doc x @ 32136 @ 2 @ 1
9.6 Transfer the IEC program to the controller
Transfer from the PC to the controller of the program for the created IEC-61131-3 application can be performed two ways (see following sections).
•
Direct transfer via serial port
•
Transfer via fieldbus
Suitable communication drivers are required for transfer; these can be loaded and configured using WAGO-I/O-PRO.
Check/adjust communications parameters of the driver
When selecting the desired driver, watch for the proper settings and adjustments of the communications parameters (see the following description).
“Reset” and “Start” are required to set the physical outputs!
The initialization values for the physical outputs are not set immediately after downloading. Select Online > Reset and subsequently Online > Start in the menu bar of WAGO I/O-PRO to set the values.
Stop application before generating large boot projects!
Stop the WAGO-I/O-PRO application via Online > Stop before generating a very large boot project, since this may otherwise cause stopping the internal bus. You can restart the application after creating the boot project.
Pos : 93.64 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/I n WAG O-I/ O-PRO pr ogrammier en/IEC- Programm auf den Contr oller übertrag en - Hinweis: Handli ng persist ent er Daten beei nflusst den @ 9\ mod_1282205726124_21.doc x @ 64009 @ @ 1
Handling persistent data affects the program start!
Depending on the variable type, the number and sizes of the persistent data and their combination, such as in function modules, handling with persistent data can delay the program start by an extended initialization phase.
Pos : 93.65 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/I n WAG O-I/ O-PRO pr ogrammier en/IEC- Programm auf den Contr oller übertrag en - I nf ormati on: Eins tieg, WAG O-I/ O-PRO @ 9\mod_1282205790198_21.doc x @ 64013 @ @ 1
Additional Information
The following description is used for fast access. For details on installing missing communication drivers and using the software, refer to “WAGO-I/O-PRO” available in the Internet under http://www.wago.com
.
Pos : 93.66 /D okument ati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel ement e/---Seit enwec hs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
136 Programming the PFC using WAGO-I/O-PRO WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 93.67 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/I n WAG O-I/ O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Appli kati on mitt els s erieller Sc hnitts telle übertragen ( Einl eit ung) @ 4\ mod_1241516209250_21. doc x @ 32380 @ 3 @ 1
9.6.1 Transfer via Serial Service Port
Watch the position of the mode selector switch when accessing the controller!
Prerequisite for the access to the fieldbus controller is that the operating mode switch of the controller, which is located behind the cover of the fieldbus controller next to the service interface, is in the center or top position.
Use the WAGO communication cable to set up a physical connection via serial service port. This cable is included in the scope of supply for the IEC-61131-3 programming tool (order no. 759-333), or can be procured as an accessory item under order no. 750-920.
Pos : 93.68 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knot en i n Betri eb nehmen/Hi nweis : Kommuni kati ons kabel 750-920 nic ht unt er Spannung s tec ken! (Koppler) @ 4\ mod_1239172916562_21. doc x @ 30343 @ @ 1
Do not connect Communication Cable when energized!
To prevent damage to the communications interface, do not connect or disconnect
750-920 respectively 750-923 Communication Cable when energized! The fieldbus coupler must be de-energized!
Pos : 93.69 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/I n WAG O-I/ O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Appli kati on mitt els s erieller Ser vice- Schnit tst elle übertr agen ( mit Betriebsar tensc hal ter) @ 17\ mod_1384783516200_21.doc x @ 137541 @ @ 1
1. Check that the controller mode selector switch is set to the center or top position.
If this is not the case, move the mode selector switch to the center or top position.
2. Use the WAGO communication cable to connect a COM port of your PC to the controller communication port.
Pos : 93.70 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/I n WAG O-I/ O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Appli kati on mitt els s erieller Ser vice- Schnit tst elle übertr agen @ 4\ mod_1241519721312_21. doc x @ 32386 @ @ 1
A communication driver is required for serial data transfer. This driver and its parameters must be entered in the WAGO-I/O-PRO in the dialog window
“Communication parameters”.
3. Start the WAGO-I/O-PRO software under Start > Programs > WAGO
Software > WAGO-I/O-PRO.
4. In the menu Online select the item Communication parameters.
The dialog window “Communication parameters” then appears. The channels of the currently connected gateway servers are shown on the left side of the dialogue and the already installed communications drivers are shown below. This window is empty in its default settings.
5. Click New to set up a link and then enter a name, such as RS-232
Connection.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Programming the PFC using WAGO-I/O-PRO 137
Figure 56: Dialog Window “Communication Parameters”
6. In the selection window, mark the required driver in the right side of the window, Serial (RS-232) 3S Serial RS-232 driver, to configure the serial link between the PC and the controller.
The following properties for the serial port are shown in the center dialog window:
•
Port:
•
Baud rate:
•
Parity:
•
Stop-bits:
COM1
19200
Even
1
•
Motorola byte order: No
7. If necessary, change the entries according to the above values by clicking on the respective value and editing it.
8. Confirm these settings by clicking OK
The RS-232 port is now configured for transferring the application.
Pos : 93.71 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/I n WAG O-I/ O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Hinweis: Z ur Programmi erung des F el dbusc ontroll ers mit Admi nistr ator kennwort anmel den! (Einl oggen) @ 14\ mod_1361179815290_21. doc x @ 112141 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
138 Programming the PFC using WAGO-I/O-PRO WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Log in with the administrator password to program the fieldbus controller!
If you have activated password protection for port 2455 on the “Security” page of the WBM, you have to log into WAGO-I/O-PRO in the menu Online > Log In to obtain programming access to the fieldbus controller (default password “wago”).
Figure 57: Logging in for Programming Access
Pos : 93.72 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/I n WAG O-I/ O-PRO pr ogrammier en/O nline, Einl oggen, Boot proj ekt erz eug en, Start en der Programmabar beit ung @ 4\ mod_1242106439171_21.doc x @ 32920 @ @ 1
9. Under Online, click the menu item Login to log in to the controller
The WAGO-I/O-PRO Server is active during online operation. The communication parameters can not be called up during this time.
Depending on whether a program is already present in the controller, a window will appear asking whether a (new) program should be loaded.
10. Respond with Yes to load the current program.
11. In menu Online, click on Create Boot project.
You compiled project will also be executed by this method, if you restart the controller or if there is a power failure.
12. Once the program has been loaded, start program processing in the menu
Online, menu item Start.
This command starts the processing of your program in the control system or in the simulation.
“ONLINE” and “RUNNING” will then appear at the right of the status bar.
Pos : 93.73 /D okument ati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel ement e/---Seit enwec hs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
13. To terminate online operation, click the menu item Log off in the menu
Online.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 93.74 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/I n WAG O-I/ O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Appli kati on via ETH ERNET übertrag en @ 4\ mod_1241516380828_21.doc x @ 32383 @ 3 @ 1
9.6.2 Transfer via ETHERNET
Programming the PFC using WAGO-I/O-PRO 139
The physical link between the PC and the controller is set up via fieldbus. An appropriate communication driver is required for data transfer. The driver and its parameters must be entered in the WAGO-I/O-PRO in the dialog window
"Communication parameters".
Controller needs IP address for access!
The controller must have an IP address before it can be accessed. The operating mode switch, which is located behind the cover of the fieldbus controller next to the service interface, must be in the center or top position.
1. Start the WAGO-I/O-PRO software under Start / Programs / WAGO-
Software > WAGO-I/O-PRO.
2. In the menu Online select the item Communication parameters.
The dialog window "Communication parameters" then appears. The channels of the currently connected gateway servers are shown on the left side of the dialogue and the already installed communications drivers are shown below. This window is empty in its default settings.
3. Click New to set up a connection and then specify a name, e.g. TcpIp connection.
Pos : 93.75 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/I n WAG O-I/ O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Appli kati on via ETH ERNET übertrag en - ETH ERNET-Treiber aus wählen (Tc p/I p) @ 9\ mod_1282206942209_21. doc x @ 64018 @ @ 1
4. Mark the required TCP/IP driver in the right side of the dialog window to configure the link between the PC and the controller via ETHERNET.
Select the new driver version "Tcp/Ip" (3S Tcp/Ip driver).
Pos : 93.76 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/I n WAG O-I/ O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Appli kati on via ETH ERNET übertrag en - St andardei nträg e (750-841,...) @ 9\ mod_1282207323057_21.doc x @ 64030 @ @ 1
The following standard entries are shown in the center dialog window:
•
IP address:
•
Port number:
•
Motorolabyteorder:
Pos : 93.77 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/I n WAG O-I/ O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Appli kati on via ETH ERNET übertrag en - Ei nträg e änder n, best ätigen, übertragen @ 9\ mod_1282207397827_21. doc x @ 64034 @ @ 1
IP address of your controller
2455
No
5. Change any entries as you may require.
6. Confirm with OK.
You have now configured the TCP/IP link with the communication parameters/drivers.
Pos : 93.78 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/I n Betri eb nehmen/I n WAG O-I/ O-PRO pr ogrammier en/O nline, Einl oggen, Boot proj ekt erz eug en, Start en der Programmabar beit ung @ 4\ mod_1242106439171_21.doc x @ 32920 @ @ 1
7. Under Online, click the menu item Login to log in to the controller
The WAGO-I/O-PRO Server is active during online operation. The communication parameters can not be called up during this time.
Depending on whether a program is already present in the controller, a window will appear asking whether a (new) program should be loaded.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
140 Programming the PFC using WAGO-I/O-PRO WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
8. Respond with Yes to load the current program.
9. In menu Online, click on Create Boot project.
You compiled project will also be executed by this method, if you restart the controller or if there is a power failure.
10. Once the program has been loaded, start program processing in the menu
Online, menu item Start.
This command starts the processing of your program in the control system or in the simulation.
“ONLINE” and “RUNNING” will then appear at the right of the status bar.
Pos : 94 /D okument ation allgemei n/ Glieder ungs elemente/---Seit enwechs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
11. To terminate online operation, click the menu item Log off in the menu
Online.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM) 141
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 95.1 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Web- bas ed M anagement-Sys tem WBM/ I m Web- bas ed M anagement-Sys tem konfiguri eren (Ei nleit ung und Ü bersc hrift 1) @ 4\ mod_1242217768500_21. doc x @ 33098 @ 1 @ 1
10 Configuring via the Web-Based Management
System (WBM)
An internal file system and an integrated Web server can be used for configuration and administration of the system. Together, they are referred to as the Web-Based Management System (WBM).
The HTML pages saved internally provide you with information about the configuration and status of the fieldbus node. In addition, you can also change the configuration of the device here.
You can also save HTML pages created yourself via the implemented file system.
Always restart after making changes to the configuration!
The system must always be restarted for the changed configuration settings to take effect.
1. To open the WBM, launch a Web browser (e.g., Microsoft Internet Explorer or Mozilla Firefox).
2. Enter the IP address of the fieldbus coupler/controller in the address bar.
3. Click [Enter] to confirm.
The start page of WBM loads.
4. Select the link to the desired HTML page in the left navigation bar.
A query dialog appears.
5. Enter your user name and password in the query dialog (default: user =
“admin”, password = “wago” or user = “user”, password = “user”).
The corresponding HTML page is loaded.
6. Make the desired settings.
7. Press [SUBMIT] to confirm your changes or press [UNDO] to discard the changes.
8. Restart the system to apply the settings.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
142 Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM) WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
You can access the following WBM pages via the links given in the navigation bar:
Pos : 95.2.1 /Serie 750 (WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Web- bas ed Management-Sys tem WBM/Ü bersicht N avigati onslis te/I nf ormati on @ 16\ mod_1374063152753_0.doc x @ 126437 @ @ 1
•
Information
Pos : 95.2.2 /Serie 750 (WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Web- bas ed Management-Sys tem WBM/Ü bersicht N avigati onslis te/Et hernet @ 16\ mod_1374065764504_0. doc x @ 126441 @ @ 1
•
Ethernet
Pos : 95.2.3 /Serie 750 (WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Web- bas ed Management-Sys tem WBM/Ü bersicht N avigati onslis te/TCP/TCP/IP @ 16\ mod_1374065769316_0.doc x @ 126445 @ @ 1
•
TCP/IP
Pos : 95.2.4 /Serie 750 (WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Web- bas ed Management-Sys tem WBM/Ü bersicht N avigati onslis te/Port @ 16\ mod_1374065788519_0. doc x @ 126491 @ @ 1 •
Port
Pos : 95.2.5 /Serie 750 (WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Web- bas ed Management-Sys tem WBM/Ü bersicht N avigati onslis te/SNM P @ 16\ mod_1374065791610_0. doc x @ 126495 @ @ 1 •
SNMP
Pos : 95.2.6 /Serie 750 (WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Web- bas ed Management-Sys tem WBM/Ü bersicht N avigati onslis te/SNM P V3 @ 16\ mod_1374065772532_0.doc x @ 126459 @ @ 1
•
SNMP V3
Pos : 95.2.7 /Serie 750 (WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Web- bas ed Management-Sys tem WBM/Ü bersicht N avigati onslis te/Wat chdog @ 16\ mod_1374062564302_0.doc x @ 126434 @ @ 1
•
Watchdog
Pos : 95.2.8 /Serie 750 (WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Web- bas ed Management-Sys tem WBM/Ü bersicht N avigati onslis te/Cloc k @ 16\ mod_1374065774617_0.doc x @ 126463 @ @ 1 •
Clock
Pos : 95.2.9 /Serie 750 (WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Web- bas ed Management-Sys tem WBM/Ü bersicht N avigati onslis te/Sec urit y @ 16\ mod_1374065776395_0. doc x @ 126467 @ @ 1 •
Security
Pos : 95.2.10 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- Syst em WBM/Ü bersic ht Navig ationslist e/M odbus @ 16\ mod_1374065782395_0. doc x @ 126479 @ @ 1 •
Modbus
Pos : 95.2.11 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- Syst em WBM/Ü bersic ht Navig ationslist e/ PLC I nf o @ 16\ mod_1374066196262_0. doc x @ 126507 @ @ 1
•
PLC Info
Pos : 95.2.12 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- Syst em WBM/Ü bersic ht Navig ationslist e/ PLC Set tings @ 17\ mod_1382010825371_0. doc x @ 134416 @ @ 1
•
PLC Settings
Pos : 95.2.13 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- Syst em WBM/Ü bersic ht Navig ationslist e/F eat ures @ 16\ mod_1374065780481_0.doc x @ 126475 @ @ 1 •
Features
Pos : 95.2.14 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- Syst em WBM/Ü bersic ht Navig ationslist e/ I/I /O c onfig @ 16\ mod_1374066198093_0. doc x @ 126511 @ @ 1 •
I/O config
Pos : 95.2.15 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- Syst em WBM/Ü bersic ht Navig ationslist e/Dis k I nf o @ 16\ mod_1374065784711_0. doc x @ 126483 @ @ 1 •
Disk Info
Pos : 95.2.16 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- Syst em WBM/Ü bersic ht Navig ationslist e/ WebVis u @ 16\ mod_1374066199728_0. doc x @ 126515 @ @ 1
•
WebVisu
Pos : 95.3 /Dokumentation allgemei n/ Glieder ungs elemente/---Seit enwechs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM) 143
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 95.4 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Web- bas ed M anagement-Sys tem WBM/ Seite I nf ormati on/I nf ormati on - Ei nlei tung @ 4\mod_1242221504031_21.doc x @ 33104 @ 2 @ 1
10.1 Information
The WBM page “Information” contains an overview of all important information about your fieldbus coupler/controller.
Pos : 95.5 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Web- bas ed M anagement-Sys tem WBM/ Seite I nf ormati on/I nf ormati on - Bil d ( 750-8xx) @ 15\ mod_1367572328319_21. doc x @ 118569 @ @ 1
Figure 58: WBM page "Information"
Pos : 95.6 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Web- bas ed M anagement-Sys tem WBM/ Seite I nf ormati on/I nf ormati on - T abelle (750- 871, -872, -873) Teil 1 @ 17\ mod_1382012151394_21. doc x @ 134432 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
144 Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM) WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Table 38: WBM page "Information"
Coupler details
Entry
Order number
Firmware revision
Default
750-872 kk.ff.bb (rr)
Value (example)
750-872
04.01.12 (08)
Description
Item number
Firmware revision number
(kk = compatibility, ff = functionality, bb = bugfix, rr = revision)
Ethernet details
Entry
Mac address
Default Value (example)
0030DEXXXXXX 0030DE000006
IP details
Entry
IP address
Subnet mask
Gateway
Hostname
Default
192.168.1.1
255.255.255.0
0.0.0.0
___
Domainname ___
Pos : 95.7 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Web- bas ed M anagement-Sys tem WBM/ Seite I nf ormati on/I nf ormati on - T abelle (750- 829, 849, -880, - 881, -871) Zeil e (S)NT P-Ser ver @ 8\ mod_1279001927768_21. doc x @ 59690 @ @ 1
(S)NTP server 0.0.0.0
Pos : 95.8 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Web- bas ed M anagement-Sys tem WBM/ Seite I nf ormati on/I nf ormati on - T abelle (750- 831, 871, -880, - 881, -884, -889) Teil 2 @ 17\ mod_1382012431906_21. doc x @ 134435 @ @ 1
DNS server 1 0.0.0.0
DNS server 2
0.0.0.0
Value (example)
192.168.1.80
255.255.255.240
192.168.1.251
___
___
0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
Description
Hardware MAC address
Description
IP address
Subnet mask
Gateway
Host name (not assigned here)
Domain name (not assigned here)
Address of (S)NTP server
Address of first DNS server
Pos : 95.9 /Dokumentation allgemei n/ Glieder ungs elemente/---Seit enwechs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Address of second DNS server
Module status
Entry
Error code
Standard value
0
Error argument 0
Error description Coupler running, OK Missmatch in
CODESYS IOconfiguration
Control-Mode status
Disabled
Value (Example) Description
10 Error code
5
Control-Mode is
OFF
Error argument
Error description
Status of Control mode
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM) 145
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 95.10 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Web-bas ed Manag ement- Syst em WBM/ Seit e ETH ERNET /Ethernet - Ei nleit ung @ 4\ mod_1242375638906_21.doc x @ 33190 @ 2 @ 1
10.2 Ethernet
Use the “Ethernet” HTML page to set the data transfer rate and bandwidth limit for each of the two switch ports for data transfer via Ethernet.
Pos : 95.11 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Web-bas ed Manag ement- Syst em WBM/ Seit e ETH ERNET /Ethernet - Bild (750- 830, -872, -873) @ 4\ mod_1242371224187_21. doc x @ 33140 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
146 Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM) WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Figure 59: WBM page "Ethernet"
Pos : 95.12 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Web-bas ed Manag ement- Syst em WBM/ Seit e ETH ERNET /Ethernet - Tabelle ( 750-830, - 872, -873) @ 4\ mod_1242377384000_21. doc x @ 33196 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM) 147
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Table 39: WBM page "Ethernet"
Speed Configuration
Entry Port 1
(default)
Description
Enable Power-Save Mode
Enable Auto MDI-X
Enable Autonegotiation
Enable energy saving mode for Port 1
Disable energy saving mode for Port 1
Enable the Auto MDI-X function of the ETHERNET port. The "Auto MDI-X" function employs an internal switching functionality to allow the use of either crossed (Crossover) or straight-in (Patch) cables.
Disable the Auto MDI-X function of the
ETHERNET port.
Automatically set the best possible transmission speed with "Enable Autonegotiation“.
Select half or full duplex for the ETHERNET to configure a fixed transmission speed 10 or 100 MBit.
10 MBit Half Duplex
10 MBit Full Duplex
100 MBit Half Duplex
100 MBit Full Duplex
Enable IEEE 802.3x
Full Duplex Flow Control
MTU 1500
Enable full duplex with flow control CSMA/CD
Disable full duplex with flow control CSMA/CD
Maximum packet size of a protocol, which can be transferred without fragmentation ("Maximum
Transmission Unit" - MTU)
Bandwidth/Sniffer Configuration
Desc Port 1
(default)
Limit Mode
Input Limit Rate
Description
All
No Limit
All
BC MC
FU
Limits the bandwidth according to the settings below "Input limit rate " or "Output rate limit " for all data packets.
Limit broadcast (BC), multicast (MC) and flooded unicast (FU) (in reference to the input and output limit rate)
BC MC Limit broadcast (BC) and multicast (MC)
BC Limit broadcast (BC)
No Limit No bandwidth limit for input data
64 Kbps ... Limit bandwidth input data to 64 Kbps, 128
88 Mbps Kbps, ... 88 Mbps
Output Limit Rate No Limit
No Limit No bandwidth limit for output data
64 Kbps ... Limit bandwidth output data to 64 Kbps, 128
88 Mbps Kbps, ... 88 Mbps
Pos : 95.13 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Web-bas ed Manag ement- Syst em WBM/ Seit e ETH ERNET /Hinweis: ETH ERNET-Ü ber tragungs modus korrekt konfigurieren! (zu " Enable aut onegatiation") 881, 882, .. @ 8\ mod_1280406054684_21. doc x @ 61618 @ @ 1
Configure ETHERNET transmission mode correctly!
A fault configuration of the ETHERNET transmission mode may result in a lost connection, poor network performance or faulty performance of the fieldbus coupler/controller.
Pos : 95.14 /D okument ati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel ement e/---Seit enwec hs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
148 Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM) WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 95.15 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Web-bas ed Manag ement- Syst em WBM/ Seit e TCP/ IP/TCP/IP - Ei nlei tung @ 4\mod_1242383515859_21.doc x @ 33219 @ 2 @ 1
10.3 TCP/IP
You can configure network addressing and network identification on the
“TCP/IP” HTML page.
Pos : 95.16 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Web-bas ed Manag ement- Syst em WBM/ Seit e TCP/ IP/TCP/IP - Bil d (750-871, -872) @ 6\mod_1264770533756_21. doc x @ 49020 @ @ 1
Figure 60: WBM page "TCP/IP"
Pos : 95.17 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Web-bas ed Manag ement- Syst em WBM/ Seit e TCP/ IP/TCP/IP - T abelle Teil 1 @ 4\ mod_1242383723093_21. doc x @ 33222 @ @ 1
Table 40: WBM Page “TCP/IP”
EEPROM Configuration Data
Entry
IP address
Subnet mask
Gateway
Host name
Domain name
DNS Server1
DNS Server2
Default Value
(example)
Description
192.168.1.0 192.168.1.200 Enter IP address
255.255.255.0 255.255.255.0 Enter subnet mask
0.0.0.0
0030DEXXX
XXX
0.0.0.0 Enter gateway
0030DE026005 Enter host name
0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
Enter domain name
Enter IP address of the first DNS server
Enter optional IP address of the second
DNS server
Pos : 95.18 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Web-bas ed Manag ement- Syst em WBM/ Seit e TCP/ IP/TCP/IP - T abelle Teil 2 @ 7\ mod_1275317026238_21. doc x @ 57226 @ @ 1
(S)NTP Server 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0
SNTP Update Time
(sec. max. 65535)
3600 0
Enter IP address of the (S)NTP server
Enter the delay after which the (S)NTP server requests the network time again
Pos : 95.19 /D okument ati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel ement e/---Seit enwec hs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM) 149
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 95.20 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Web-bas ed Manag ement- Syst em WBM/ Seit e Port/ Port - Ei nleit ung @ 4\ mod_1242385203187_21.doc x @ 33225 @ 2 @ 1
10.4 Port
Use the “Port” HTML page to enable or disable services available via the IP protocol.
Pos : 95.21 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Web-bas ed Manag ement- Syst em WBM/ Seit e Port/ Port - Bil d (750-871, -872, - 872/ 020- 000, - 873) @ 6\ mod_1264677792904_21. doc x @ 48873 @ @ 1
Figure 61: WBM page "Port"
Pos : 95.22 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Web-bas ed Manag ement- Syst em WBM/ Seit e Port/ Port - Tabelle ( 750-880, - 881, -882 -352, -873) Teil 1 "F TP" @ 8\ mod_1279004143276_21. doc x @ 59698 @ @ 1
Table 41: WBM page “Port”
Port Settings
Entry
FTP (Port 21)
Pos : 95.23 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Web-bas ed Manag ement- Syst em WBM/ Seit e Port/ Port - Tabelle ( 750-880, - 881, -882, -873, - 885) T eil 2 "SNT P" @ 8\ mod_1279004174774_21. doc x @ 59702 @ @ 1
SNTP (Port 123)
Entry
Enabled
Enabled
Entry
activating “File Transfer Protocol”
deactivating “File Transfer Protocol”
activating "Simple Network Time Protocol"
deactivating "Simple Network Time
Protocol"
Pos : 95.24 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Web-bas ed Manag ement- Syst em WBM/ Seit e Port/ Port - Tabelle ( 750-873) T eil 3 @ 8\ mod_1280242484093_21.doc x @ 61390 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
150 Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM) WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
HTTP (Port 80)
SNMP (Port 161, 162)
CODESYS (Port 2455)
Pos : 95.27 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Web-bas ed Manag ement- Syst em WBM/ Seit e Port/ Port - Tabelle ( 750-880, - 881, -882, -352) Teil 5 @ 6\ mod_1265188882146_21. doc x @ 49200 @ @ 1
Enabled
Enabled
Ethernet IP (TCP-Port 44818,
UDP-Port 2222)
Enabled
Modbus UDP (Port 502)
Modbus TCP (Port 502)
Pos : 95.25 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Web-bas ed Manag ement- Syst em WBM/ Seit e Port/ Port - Tabelle ( 750-873) T eil 3.1 " WAG O Ser vic es" @ 20\ mod_1413984107410_21. doc x @ 166268 @ @ 1
Enabled
Enabled
WAGO Services (Port 6626)
Enabled
Pos : 95.26 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Web-bas ed Manag ement- Syst em WBM/ Seit e Port/ Port - Tabelle ( 750-880, - 881, -882, -873) Teil 4 @ 8\ mod_1279004202241_21. doc x @ 59710 @ @ 1
BootP (Port 68)
DHCP (Port 68) use IP from EEPROM
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Activating Hypertext Transfer Protocol
Deactivating Hypertext Transfer Protocol
Activating Simple Network Management
Protocol
Deactivating Simple Network Management
Protocol
Activating ETHERNET/IP Protocol
Deactivating ETHERNET/IP Protocol
Activating MODBUS/UDP Protocol
Deactivating MODBUS/UDP Protocol
Activating MODBUS/TCP Protocol
Deactivating MODBUS/TCP-Protocol
Deactivating WAGO Services
Activating WAGO Services (e. g.
WAGO-I/O-CHECK via Ethernet)
Deactivating WAGO Services
activating WAGO-I/O-PRO (CODESYS)
deactivating WAGO-I/O-PRO (CODESYS)
activating "Bootstrap Protocol"
deactivating "Bootstrap Protocol"
activating "Dynamic Host Configuration
Protocol"
deactivating "Dynamic Host Configuration
Protocol"
activating use of IP address from EEPROM
deactivating use of IP address from
EEPROM
Pos : 95.28 /D okument ati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel ement e/---Seit enwec hs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM) 151
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 95.29. 1 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- Syst em WBM/ Seit e SNMP/SNM P - Ü berschrif t 2 @ 6\mod_1260193069166_21.doc x @ 46790 @ 2 @ 1
10.5 SNMP
Pos : 95.29. 2 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- Syst em WBM/ Seit e SNMP/SNM P - Einl eit ung @ 4\ mod_1242627851796_21. doc x @ 33417 @ @ 1
On the HTML page “SNMP”, you can perform the settings for the Simple
Network Management Protocol.
SNMP is a standard for device management within a TCP/IP network. The Simple
Network Management Protocol (SNMP) is responsible for transporting the control data that allows the exchange of management information, the status and statistic data between individual network components and a management system.
Pos : 95.29. 3 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- Syst em WBM/ Seit e SNMP/SNM P - D as Protokoll wird in der Versi on 1, 2c und 3 unterst üt zt. @ 4\ mod_1243331480234_21.doc x @ 33890 @ @ 1
The fieldbus coupler/controller supports SNMP in versions 1, 2c and 3.
Pos : 95.29. 4 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- Syst em WBM/ Seit e SNMP/SNM P - In dem F eldbuscontr oller umf asst SNM P die allgemeine MI B nach RFC 1213 (MIB II). (Controll er) @ 4\ mod_1243332881765_21.doc x @ 33908 @ @ 1
The SNMP of the ETHERNET TCP/IP controller includes the general MIB according to RFC1213 (MIB II).
Pos : 95.29. 5 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- Syst em WBM/ Seit e SNMP/SNM P - SNMP wird über Por t 161 abg ear b.; Hinweis: Ports fr eigeben, Ändern Paramet er, Ver weis SNMP @ 4\ mod_1243333611156_21.doc x @ 33921 @ @ 1
SNMP is processed via port 161. The port number for SNMP traps (agent messages) is 162.
Enable port 161 and 162 to use SNMP!
Enable ports 161 and 162 in the WBM in menu “port”, so that the fieldbus coupler/controller can be reached via SNMP. The port numbers cannot be modified.
Modify parameter via WBM or SNMP objects!
However, parameters that can be set on the html pages can also be changed directly by the appropriate SNMP objects.
Additional Information:
Additional information for SNMP, the Management Information Base (MIB) and traps (event messages via SNMP) may be obtained from section “Fieldbus
Communication” > … > “SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol).”
Pos : 95.29. 6 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- Syst em WBM/ Seit e SNMP/SNM P - Betrac ht en Si e die Ei nst ellungen bez üglich SNM Pv1/ v2c und SNMPv3 unabhängig... (C ontroller) @ 6\ mod_1259926787164_21. doc x @ 46640 @ @ 1
Note that the settings for SNMPV1/V2c and SNMPV3 are separate from each other: The different SNMP versions can be activated or used in parallel or individually on a fieldbus controller.
Pos : 95.29. 7 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- Syst em WBM/ Seit e SNMP/SNM P V1/V2c - Ü berschrif t 3 @ 6\ mod_1259929289842_21. doc x @ 46646 @ 3 @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
152 Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM) WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
10.5.1 SNMP V1/V2c
Pos : 95.29. 8 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- Syst em WBM/ Seit e SNMP/SNM P - In der Version 1 und 2c von SNM P handelt es sich um ei nen C ommunit y-N ac hrichtenaus tausc h @ 4\ mod_1243331840562_21. doc x @ 33902 @ @ 1
The SNMP version 1/2c represents a community message exchange. The community name of the network community must thereby be specified.
Pos : 95.29. 9 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- Syst em WBM/ Seit e SNMP/SNM P - Bild V1-2 ( 750- xxx) @ 18\ mod_1396446811512_21. doc x @ 150556 @ @ 1
Figure 62: WBM page "SNMP"
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM) 153
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 95.29. 10 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ Web- based M anagement-Sys tem WBM /Seit e SNMP/ SNMP - T abelle SNM P C onfigurati on (750- 8xx) PFC ETH ERNET @ 20\ mod_1411379420601_21. doc x @ 164068 @ @ 1
Table 42: WBM page “SNMP”
SNMP Configuration
Entry Value (Default)
Description WAGO 750-872
Telecontrol
Controller RJ-45 +
D-Sub
Physical location
Contact
Pos : 95.29. 11 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ Web- based M anagement-Sys tem WBM /Seit e SNMP/ SNMP - T abelle SNM P V1/ V2 (750-352, -829, - 831, -841, -880, - 881, - 830) @ 6\ mod_1260530858609_21. doc x @ 47052 @ @ 1
Description
Gerätebeschreibung (sysDescription)
LOCAL Location of device (sysLocation) [email protected] E-mail contact address (sysContact)
SNMP v1/v2 Manager Configuration
Entry
Protocol Enable
Value (Default) Description
SNMP
V1/V2c
Activating SNMP Version 1/2c
Deactivating SNMP-Version 1/2c
Local Community
Name public
Used community name
SNMP v1/v2 Trap Receiver Configuration
Pos : 95.29. 12 /D okument ation allgemein/ Gliederungselement e/------Leerzeile------ @ 3\ mod_1224662755687_0.doc x @ 24460 @ @ 1
Entry
Trap Receiver 1
Value (Default) Description
0.0.0.0
Community Name 1 public
IP address of 1. used SNMP manager
Trap Version
V1
V2
Trap Receiver 2 0.0.0.0
Community Name 2 public
1. Community name of the network community used
V1
V2
V1
V2
Activating Traps Version 1
Activating Traps Version 2
IP address of 2. used SNMP manager
Trap Version
V1
V2
2. Community name of the network community used
V1
V2
V1
V2
Activating Traps Version 1
Activating Traps Version 2
Pos : 95.29. 13 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ Web- based M anagement-Sys tem WBM /Seit e SNMP/ SNMP V3 - Ü berschrif t 3 @ 6\ mod_1259929073655_21. doc x @ 46643 @ 3 @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
154 Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM) WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
10.5.2 SNMP V3
Pos : 95.29. 14 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ Web- based M anagement-Sys tem WBM /Seit e SNMP/ SNMP - I n der Version 3 von SNM P is t der N ac hricht enaust ausc h an Benutz er gebunden. @ 4\ mod_1243331908234_21. doc x @ 33899 @ @ 1
In SNMP version 3, exchanging messages is user-related. Each device, that knows the passwords set via WBM, may read or write values from the fieldbus controller. In SNMPv3, user data from SNMP messages can also be transmitted in encoded form. This is why SNMPv3 is often used in safety-related networks.
Pos : 95.29. 15 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ Web- based M anagement-Sys tem WBM /Seit e SNMP/ SNMP - Bil d V3 (750- 8xx) @ 14\ mod_1358955350029_21.doc x @ 109648 @ @ 1
Figure 63: WBM page “SNMP V3”
Pos : 95.29. 16 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ Web- based M anagement-Sys tem WBM /Seit e SNMP/ SNMP - T abelle SNM P V3 @ 4\ mod_1242740282468_21. doc x @ 33534 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM) 155
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Table 43: WBM page "SNMP V3"
SNMP v3 (user based)
Entry Value
(Example)
Description
1. User / 2. User
Authentification
Type activate
None
MD5
SHA1
Activating user 1 or 2
Deactivating user 1 or 2
None
MD5
SHA1
No encryption of the authentication
None
MD5
SHA1
Encryption of the authentication with MD5
None
MD5
SHA1
Encryption of the authentication with SHA1
Security
Authentification
Name
Security Name
Authentification Key
Authentification
Key
Privacy Enable
Privacy Key
Notification/
Trap enable
DES
Privacy Key
V3
Enter the name, if the "authentification type“ MD5 or
SHA1 has been selected
Enter the password with at least 8 characters, if
"authentification type“ MD5 or SHA1 has been selected
Activate the DES encryption of the data
Deactivate the DES encryption of the data
Enter the password of at least 8 characters in the encryption with DES
Activate the notification traps of the SNMP version 3
Deactivate the notification traps of the SNMP version
3
Notification
Receiver IP
192.168.1.10 IP address of the notification manager
Pos : 95.30 /D okument ati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel ement e/---Seit enwec hs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Two independent SNMPv3 users can be defined and activated via the html page
(user 1 and user 2).
Manual
Version 1.1.0
156 Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM) WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 95.31 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Web-bas ed Manag ement- Syst em WBM/ Seit e Watc hdog/ Watc hdog - Einl eit ung @ 6\ mod_1256542494406_21. doc x @ 43693 @ 2 @ 1
10.6 Watchdog
Click the link "Watchdog" to go to a Web site where you can specify the settings for the connection and MODBUS watchdog.
Pos : 95.32 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Web-bas ed Manag ement- Syst em WBM/ Seit e Watc hdog/ Watc hdog - Bild ( 750-873, - 872) @ 8\ mod_1280148478022_21. doc x @ 61294 @ @ 1
Figure 64: WBM page "Watchdog"
Pos : 95.33 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Web-bas ed Manag ement- Syst em WBM/ Seit e Watc hdog/ Watc hdog - T abell e @ 6\ mod_1256542784812_21. doc x @ 43696 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM) 157
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 95.34 /D okument ati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel ement e/---Seit enwec hs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Table 44: WBM Page “Watchdog”
Connection watchdog
Entry
Connection Timeout Value
(100 ms)
Default
600
Description
Monitoring period for TCP links.
After the completion of this period without any subsequent data traffic, the TCP connection is closed.
Modbus Watchdog
Entry
Watchdog Timeout Value
(100 ms)
Default Description
State Modbus Watchdog Disabled
Watchdog Type
Enabled – Watchdog is activated
Disabled – Watchdog is disabled
Standard
The set coding mask (watchdog trigger mask) is evaluated to determine whether the watchdog time is reset.
Alternative
The watchdog time is reset by any Modbus/TCP telegram.
100
Watchdog Trigger Mask
(F 1 to F16)
Watchdog Trigger Mask
(F17 to F32)
0xFFFF
0xFFFF
Monitoring period for Modbus links. After the completion of this period without receiving a
Modbus telegram, the physical outputs are set to "0".
Coding mask for certain Modbus telegrams
(Function Code FC1 ... FC16)
Coding mask for certain Modbus telegrams
(Function Code FC17 ... FC32)
Manual
Version 1.1.0
158 Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM) WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 95.35 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Web-bas ed Manag ement- Syst em WBM/ Seit e Cl oc k/Cloc k - Ei nlei tung @ 4\ mod_1242627994671_21.doc x @ 33430 @ 2 @ 1
10.7 Clock
Specify the settings for the internal real-time clock on the “Clock” HTML page.
Here, enter the current time and date and also select standard or daylight saving time.
Pos : 95.36 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Web-bas ed Manag ement- Syst em WBM/ Seit e Cl oc k/Cloc k - Hinweis: I nt erne U hr nac h ang egebenen T agen ohne Spannungs vers orgung neu st ellen! @ 4\ mod_1242743045062_21. doc x @ 33562 @ @ 1
Reset the internal clock after a specified time without power supply!
The internal clock must be reset on initial startup or after the end of days, specified in the technical Data without power supply (Powerfail RTC Buffer).
If the clock is not set, the clock begins with the date 01.01.2000 around 0:00 clock with time measurement.
Pos : 95.37 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Web-bas ed Manag ement- Syst em WBM/ Seit e Cl oc k/Cloc k - Hinweis: Zur U mst ellung von Wi nt er-/Sommerz eit F unktions bloc k einbinden! @ 4\mod_1242743083359_21. doc x @ 33579 @ @ 1
Integrate the function block for converting from winter/summer time!
Switch-over between standard and daylight saving time via Web-based management system is required when synchronizing the controllers in your network using a time server. The controller itself does not automatically execute a change-over between standard and daylight-saving time. The change-over is resolved via function block PrgDaylightSaving, which you must integrate into the
WAGO-I/O-PRO using the library DaylightSaving.lib. From that point, changeover will be performed automatically, allowing all functions to be executed properly and at the right time.
Pos : 95.38 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Web-bas ed Manag ement- Syst em WBM/ Seit e Cl oc k/Cloc k - Hinweis: Fehler meldung in WAG O-I/ O-CHEC K nac h Spannungsausf all möglic h! @ 4\ mod_1242743110078_21. doc x @ 33582 @ @ 1
Error message in WAGO I/O CHECK is possible after a power failure!
If you are using the software “WAGO-I/O-CHECK” after a loss of power has occurred, error messages may be generated. Should this occur, call up the Webbased management system and set the actual time under “Clock”. Then, call up the “WAGO-I/O-CHECK” program again
Pos : 95.39 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Web-bas ed Manag ement- Syst em WBM/ Seit e Cl oc k/Hinweis: M öglicher T elegrammverlus t bei Konfig urati on im lauf enden Betri eb! @ 6\ mod_1256560367828_21.doc x @ 43716 @ @ 1
Loss of telegrams possible when performing configuration during ongoing operation!
Telegrams may be lost if configuration is performed using WAGO-I/O-CHECK while the system is in operation.
Pos : 95.40 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Web-bas ed Manag ement- Syst em WBM/ Seit e Cl oc k/Cloc k - Hinweis: WAGO-RTC-Kl emme zur Zeit s ync hr onisi erung nutz en! @ 4\ mod_1242743149546_21. doc x @ 33585 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM) 159
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Use a WAGO RTC module for time synchronization!
You can also use a WAGO 750-640 RTC Module for your node to utilize the actual encoded time (Real-time – RTC) in your higher-level control system. An even greater degree of accuracy is achieved via RTC module than that obtained using the real-time clock in the coupler or controller.
Pos : 95.41 /D okument ati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel ement e/------Leerz eile------ @ 3\mod_1224662755687_0. doc x @ 24460 @ @ 1
Pos : 95.42 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Web-bas ed Manag ement- Syst em WBM/ Seit e Cl oc k/Cloc k - Bil d (750-873, -872) @ 8\mod_1280146340423_21.doc x @ 61270 @ @ 1
Figure 65: WBM page "Clock"
Pos : 95.43 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Web-bas ed Manag ement- Syst em WBM/ Seit e Cl oc k/Cloc k - T abelle D ST @ 4\ mod_1242630354890_21. doc x @ 33433 @ @ 1
Table 45: WBM Page “Clock”
Configuration Data
Entry
Time on device
Default
Coordinated
Universal Time
UTC
Date
(YYYY-MM-DD)
Date based on
UTC
Time zone (+/- hour) 0
Daylight Saving Time
(DST)
Pos : 95.44 /D okument ati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel ement e/---Seit enwec hs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
12 hour clock
Value (example) Description
Set current time
13:00:31
2013-02-08
1 (MEZ)
Set current date
Set time zone offset from the
Coordinated Universal Time (UTC)
Enable summer time
Enable winter time
Enable 12-hour display
Enable 24-hour display
Manual
Version 1.1.0
160 Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM) WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 95.45 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Web-bas ed Manag ement- Syst em WBM/ Seit e Securit y/Sec urit y - Einl eit ung @ 4\ mod_1242630881437_21. doc x @ 33436 @ 2 @ 1
10.8 Security
Use the “Security” HTML page with passwords to set up read and/or write access for various user groups to protect against configuration changes.
Passwords can only be changed by “admin” and after software reset!
The “admin” user and associated password are required to change passwords.
Press the [Software Reset] button to restart the software for the setting changes to take effect.
Note password restrictions!
The following restrictions apply for passwords:
• Max. 15 characters
• Letters and numbers only
• No special characters or umlauts
Pos : 95.46 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Web-bas ed Manag ement- Syst em WBM/ Seit e Securit y/Sec urit y - Bild mit PLC Sec urit y (750-829, -871,-2,-3, -884, -889) @ 18\ mod_1396510990761_21. doc x @ 150659 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM) 161
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Figure 66: WBM page “Security”
Pos : 95.47. 1 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- Syst em WBM/ Seit e Securit y/Sec urit y - T abell e 1. 1 Webs er ver Securit y @ 4\ mod_1242632218843_21. doc x @ 33439 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
162 Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM) WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Table 46: WBM Page “Security”
Webserver Security
Entry Default Description
Enable password protection to access the Web interface
Webserver authentication enabled
Disable password protection to access the
Web interface
Pos : 95.47. 2 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- Syst em WBM/ Seit e Securit y/Sec urit y - T abell e 1. 2 Webs er ver, FT P and PLC User configur ati on @ 14\ mod_1358161374207_21. doc x @ 108514 @ @ 1
Webserver, FTP and PLC User configuration *
)
Entry
User
Default
guest
Description
Select admin, guest or user
Password
Confirm password
Pos : 95.47. 3 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- Syst em WBM/ Seit e Securit y/Sec urit y - T abell e 1. 3 PLC Securit y @ 14\ mod_1358161974949_21. doc x @ 108524 @ @ 1
PLC Security
Entry
guest
Default
Enter password
Enter password again to confirm
Port 2455 authentication enabled
Description
Enable password protection to access to the
PLC program.
Disable password protection to access to the
PLC program.
Pos : 95.47. 4 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/O- SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- Syst em WBM/ Seit e Securit y/Sec urit y - T abell e 1. 4 (Fuß not e wenn 1. 2) @ 14\ mod_1360675146650_21.doc x @ 111700 @ @ 1
*
)
The following default groups exist: User: admin
User: guest
User: user
Password: wago
Password: guest
Password: user
Pos : 95.48 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Web-bas ed Manag ement- Syst em WBM/ Seit e Securit y/Hinweis: Nac h Soft ware-R es et Z ugriff erneuern! @ 6\ mod_1260540394978_21. doc x @ 47059 @ @ 1
Renew access after software reset!
If you initiate a software reset on this page, then the fieldbus coupler/controller starts with the configurations previously loaded into the EEPROM and the connection to the browser is interrupted.
If you changed the IP address previously, you have to use the changed IP address to access the device from the browser.
You have not changed the IP address and performed other settings; you can restore the connection by refreshing the browser.
Pos : 95.49 /D okument ati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel ement e/---Seit enwec hs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM) 163
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 95.50 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Web-bas ed Manag ement- Syst em WBM/ Seit e M ODBU S/M ODBU S - Einl eit ung mit Üb.2 @ 4\ mod_1242801249906_21.doc x @ 33631 @ 2 @ 1
10.9 MODBUS
Use the “MODBUS” HTML page to specify the settings for the MODBUS protocol.
Pos : 95.51 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Web-bas ed Manag ement- Syst em WBM/ Seit e M ODBU S/M ODBU S - Bild (750- 873, -872) @ 8\ mod_1280246114862_21. doc x @ 61408 @ @ 1
Figure 67: WBM page "MODBUS RTU"
Pos : 95.52 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Web-bas ed Manag ement- Syst em WBM/ Seit e M ODBU S/M ODBU S - T abell e @ 4\ mod_1242803871578_21. doc x @ 33634 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
164 Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM) WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 95.53 /D okument ati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel ement e/---Seit enwec hs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Table 47: WBM page "Modbus"
Serial Port Settings
Entry
Baudrate
Default value Description
115200 Set baud rate 9600, 19200, 57600 or 115200
Parity Even
Select parity check:
• Even parity
• Odd parity
• No parity
Errors in data transmission are detected with the aid of the parity bit.
MODBUS RTU Settings
Entry Default value Description
Slave Device
Address
1 Enter slave device address in the number range 0...255
Override default fieldbus settings?
By default, assign I/O modules to MODBUS/RTU.
Assign MODBUS/IP to I/O modules default
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM) 165
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 95.54 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Web-bas ed Manag ement- Syst em WBM/ Seit e PLC-Info/PLC - Einl eit ung (I nf o) @ 12\ mod_1336491238329_21.doc x @ 94706 @ 2 @ 1
10.10 PLC Info
On the HTML page "PLC Info" you will receive information of the current
WAGO-I/O-PRO project.
Pos : 95.55 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Web-bas ed Manag ement- Syst em WBM/ Seit e PLC-Info/PLC-I nf o - Bil d ( 750-830) @ 4\ mod_1242371525125_21.doc x @ 33178 @ @ 1
Figure 68: WBM page "PLC Info"
Pos : 95.56 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Web-bas ed Manag ement- Syst em WBM/ Seit e PLC-Info/PLC - T abell e (750-829, 830) @ 12\ mod_1336490866122_21.doc x @ 94696 @ @ 1
Table 48: WBM page „PLC Info“
Project Info
Function Decription
Title Title of the WAGO-I/O-PRO project
Version
Date
ID
Version of the WAGO-I/O-PRO project
Date of creation of the WAGO-I/O-PRO project
Description Description of the WAGO-I/O-PRO project
Author Author/creator of the WAGO-I/O-PRO project
ID of the WAGO-I/O-PRO project
Pos : 95.57 /D okument ati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel ement e/---Seit enwec hs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
166 Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM) WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 95.58 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Web-bas ed Manag ement- Syst em WBM/ Seit e PLC/ PLC - Ei nleit ung (Setti ngs) @ 12\ mod_1336491119161_21. doc x @ 94699 @ 2 @ 1
10.11 PLC Settings
Click the "PLC Settings" link to access a Web site where you can define the PFC functionality settings for your controller.
Pos : 95.59 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Web-bas ed Manag ement- Syst em WBM/ Seit e PLC/ PLC - Bild (750- 873, -872) @ 8\ mod_1280146832352_21.doc x @ 61279 @ @ 1
Figure 69: WBM page "PLC Settings"
Pos : 95.60 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Web-bas ed Manag ement- Syst em WBM/ Seit e PLC/ PLC - Tabelle ( 750-830, 849, 871, 873) @ 4\ mod_1242647199046_21. doc x @ 33501 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM) 167
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Table 49: WBM page "PLC Settings "
PLC Features
Function Default
Process image
Set outputs to zero, if user program is stopped
Description
Activate, if all outputs must be set at zero when stopping the user program
Disable, if all outputs must remain at the last current value when stopping the user program
WebVisu
Set
‘webvisu.htm’ as default
Open
’webvisu.htm’ in frame
Open
’webvisu.htm’ in new window
Activate, if the page "Webvisu.htm" must be opened as starting page when calling up WMB instead of the standard
Default starting page "Status Information"
Activate, if the page "Webvisu.htm" must be opened in a frame
Activate, if the page "Webvisu.htm" must be opened in a new window
I/O configuration
Return to WBM view via the IP address of the fieldbus controller!
The "Webvisu.htm" page does not have any hyperlinks to the other Web sites. To deactivate this starting page function, or to go to other pages using hyperlinks, enter the IP address for your controller and the address for the original starting page in the
URL line of your browser with the following syntax: http://IP address of your controller/webserv/Index.ssi.
Compatible handling for ea-config.xml
Activate, if the write authorizations must be assigned to the outputs of all bus terminals based on an existing file "eaconfig.xml“.
Here, note whether a control system configuration has already been created and, if so, whether this configuration is correct or incorrect (see the following table).
The current process values are displayed on the website "IO config", in addition to the displayed data channels.
Insert monitoring entries into ea-config.xml
Disable, if the write authorizations must be assigned to the outputs of all bus terminals of the PLC
Here, note whether a control system configuration has already been created and, if so, whether this configuration is correct or incorrect (see the following table).
Activate to also display the current process values on the html page"IO config" for the displayed data channels.
Disable, if no process values must be displayed on the html page "IO config“.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
168 Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM) WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 95.61 /D okument ati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel ement e/---Seit enwec hs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Table 50: Control system configuration
Control system configuration in the project
I/O configuration
(function activated)
None
Writing privileges to the outputs of all modules are assigned on the basis of an existing ea-config.xml.
The ea-config.xml file must be completely error-free; otherwise the writing privileges for all modules will be assigned to the standard fieldbus.
correct faulted
I/O configuration
(function deactivated, standard setting):
The outputs for all modules are assigned to the PLC. Any eaconfig.xml file that may already be present is ignored and overwritten.
Writing privileges to the module outputs is taken from the control system configuration. A corresponding ea-config.xml file is generated in the file system.
The standard fieldbus is granted writing privileges to the outputs of all the modules.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM) 169
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 95.62 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Web-bas ed Manag ement- Syst em WBM/ Seit e Feat ures /Feat ures - Ei nlei tung @ 4\ mod_1242635282062_21. doc x @ 33442 @ 2 @ 1
10.12 Features
Use the “Features” HTML page to enable or disable additional functions.
Pos : 95.63 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Web-bas ed Manag ement- Syst em WBM/ Seit e Feat ures /Feat ures - Bil d ( 750-871, - 872, - 873) @ 6\ mod_1264772164125_21. doc x @ 49047 @ @ 1
Figure 70: WBM page "Features"
Pos : 95.64 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Web-bas ed Manag ement- Syst em WBM/ Seit e Feat ures /Feat ures - T abelle (750- 871, -872, -873) @ 8\ mod_1280162512454_21.doc x @ 61322 @ @ 1
Table 51: WBM page "Features"
Entry
Aditional functions
Default Description
Autoreset on system error *
)
Activate the automatic software restart, if a system error occurs
Disable the automatic software restart, if a system error occurs
Automatically set the static IP address enabled.
For this configuration, the fieldbus coupler uses an automatically, statically configured IP address if the
BootP Request
request via BootP fails. before Static-IP
Automatically set the static IP address disabled. For this configuration, the IP address request via BootP is repeated in the event of error.
*
)
The "Autoreset on system error" function can ensure safe and fast recovery in the event of temporary errors (e.g., severe EMC interference) when activated for areas that are difficult to access (e.g., in the offshore area). The automatic software restart is executed as soon as the fieldbus coupler has an error status that requires a restart.
With the original factory settings, this function is deactivated (default), meaning that diagnostics is indicated via the blink code for the "I/O" LED when an error occurs. A manual restart must then be performed after error evaluation and rectification.
Pos : 95.65 /D okument ati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel ement e/---Seit enwec hs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
170 Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM) WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 95.66 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Web-bas ed Manag ement- Syst em WBM/ Seit e I/ O C onfig/ I/O Config - Einl eit ung @ 4\ mod_1242637844015_21. doc x @ 33474 @ 2 @ 1
10.13 I/O Config
Click the link “I/O Config” to view the configuration and/or write access privileges for the outputs of your fieldbus node.
The node structure created using the “WAGO-I/O-PRO I/O Configurator” hardware configuration tool is displayed in the window. If no modules are shown in this window, no hardware configuration and, thus, no allocation of write access privileges have been assigned. In this case, the handling defined at the Web site
“PLC Settings” by the function “I/O configuration - Compatible handling for eaconfig.xml” will be applied to assign the write privileges for all outputs either to the standard fieldbus, or to the PLC.
Pos : 95.67 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Web-bas ed Manag ement- Syst em WBM/ Seit e I/ O C onfig/ I/O Config - I nf or mation: Infos z um I /O-Konfigur ator in Kapit el "I n Betrieb nehmen" @ 4\ mod_1242641319031_21.doc x @ 33480 @ @ 1
Additional Information
For more detailed information about the WAGO-I/O-PRO I/O Configurator, refer to the Section “Startup of Fieldbus Node”.
Pos : 95.68 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Web-bas ed Manag ement- Syst em WBM/ Seit e I/ O C onfig/ I/O Config - Wenn auf Sei te " PLC" akti vi ert, dann auch Anz eige von Pr ozess wer ten pro Dat enkanal @ 8\ mod_1279006193094_21. doc x @ 59722 @ @ 1
When the function “I/O configuration Insert monitoring entries into eaconfig.xml” is also activated at the Web site “PLC Settings”, the current process values will also be shown for the data channels that are displayed.
Pos : 95.69 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Web-bas ed Manag ement- Syst em WBM/ Seit e I/ O C onfig/ I/O Config - Bild 1 ( 750-831, - 872) @ 14\ mod_1359020972085_21.doc x @ 109837 @ @ 1
Figure 71: WBM Page "I/O config" (View 1)
Pos : 95.70 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Web-bas ed Manag ement- Syst em WBM/ Seit e I/ O C onfig/ I/O Config - T abell e T eil 1 @ 4\ mod_1243415137656_21.doc x @ 34032 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM) 171
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Table 52: WBM Page “I/O Config”
Configuration details
Entry
Number of modules on terminal bus
Value (Example) Description
5 Number of I/O modules (hardware)
Number of modules in I/O configuration
Pos : 95.71 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Web-bas ed Manag ement- Syst em WBM/ Seit e I/ O C onfig/ I/O Config - Sc halt fläc he [cr eate ea-c onfig. xml ] @ 12\ mod_1340376360803_21.doc x @ 98250 @ @ 1
[create ea-config.xml]
5 Number of I/O modules in the hardware configuration of the I/O
- Writes the current bus terminal structure and the field bus assignment in the „eaconfig.xml” file.
Pos : 95.72 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Web-bas ed Manag ement- Syst em WBM/ Seit e I/ O C onfig/ I/O Config - T abell e T eil 2 + Hinweis @ 8\ mod_1279005866681_21. doc x @ 59718 @ @ 1
I/O configuration file
Entry
Pos
Value (Example) Description
1 Position of the I/O module in the hardware
Module 750-4xx
M001Ch1
M001Ch2
Type 2DI
Product number of the integrated I/O module
M = module, 001 = position 1, Ch1 = channel 1
M = module, 002 = position 2, Ch2 = channel 2
I/O module type, e.g. 2 DI (2 Channel Digital Input Module)
Mapping Fieldbus 3 Mapping via PLC, fieldbus 1 etc. (Entries depend on the coupler/controller, see WAGO-I/O-PRO under control parameters/module parameters)
Enter I/O modules in the I/O Configurator!
Enter the I/O modules used in the I/O configurator of WAGO-I/O-PRO. Here, open the Control Configuration in the Resources register and add your I/O modules to the I/O module figure.
The added I/O modules must match the hardware in sequence and quantity. The entries “Number of modules on terminalbus” and “Number of modules in I/O configuration” on the html page “I/O Config” serve as control.
Pos : 95.73 /D okument ati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel ement e/---Seit enwec hs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
172 Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM) WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 95.74 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Web-bas ed Manag ement- Syst em WBM/ Seit e Dis k I nf o/Dis k I nf o - Einl eitung (750-830, -882) @ 7\ mod_1268034828177_21.doc x @ 51876 @ 2 @ 1
10.14 Disk Info
Information about the flash file system appears on the "Disk Info" page.
Pos : 95.75 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Web-bas ed Manag ement- Syst em WBM/ Seit e Dis k I nf o/Dis k I nf o - Bild ( 750-871) @ 17\ mod_1382434754800_21. doc x @ 134820 @ @ 1
Figure 72: WBM page „Disk Info“
Pos : 95.76 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Web-bas ed Manag ement- Syst em WBM/ Seit e Dis k I nf o/Dis k I nf o - T abelle (750- 871) @ 17\ mod_1382014130961_21.doc x @ 134460 @ @ 1
Table 53: WBM page "Disk Info"
File system
Entry
Total Space
Value (Example) Description
1.82 MBytes Total space of file system
Free Space
Total Clusters
Free Clusters
Sectors per Clusters
Bytes per Sector
1.66 MBytes
467
426
8
512
Free Space
Number of clusters
Free clusters
Sektors per clusters
Bytes per sector
Pos : 95.77 /D okument ati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel ement e/---Seit enwec hs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM) 173
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 95.78 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Web-bas ed Manag ement- Syst em WBM/ Seit e WebVis u/ WebVisu - Ei nlei tung 1 (750- 841) @ 6\ mod_1260271845363_21. doc x @ 46854 @ 2 @ 1
10.15 WebVisu
The visualization of your programmed application is displayed on the html page
“WebVisu”, provided you have created it with the visualization editor in
WAGO-I/O-PRO and loaded it into the controller.
Perform the following settings in WAGO-I/O-PRO, so that an html page with your visualization is automatically created at the transmission of your project:
1. Double click to open the Target System Settings in the Resource register.
2. Open the Visualization register.
3. Select the Web Visualization option with a hatch mark.
4. Confirm with OK.
A link is then created to this html page “WebVisu” by the Web-based
Management system. You can set the html page “WebVisu” as the starting page.
1. Call up the page “PLC Settings” in the web-based Management-System.
2. a.) To set the HTML page “WebVisu” as the start page, use the function
WebVisu – Set 'webvisu.htm' as default. When accessing the web-
based management system, the “WebVisu” page is opened instead of the default WBM start page “Information”. However, the links to switch to the other WBM pages is then no longer available.
Pos : 95.79 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Web-bas ed Manag ement- Syst em WBM/ Seit e WebVis u/ WebVisu - Hinweis: WebVis u als St arts eite deakti vi eren! @ 4\ mod_1242646529875_21. doc x @ 33498 @ @ 1
Returning to the “WebVisu.htm” page is only possible via the IP address of the fieldbus controller!
The “Webvisu.htm” page does not have any hyperlinks to other Web sites. To deactivate the starting page function again, or to go to other pages using hyperlinks, enter the IP address for your controller and the address for the original starting page in the URL line of your browser with the following syntax: http://IP address of your controller/webserv/Index.ssi
.
Pos : 95.80 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Web-bas ed Manag ement- Syst em WBM/ Seit e WebVis u/ WebVisu - Ei nlei tung 2 (750- 841) @ 6\ mod_1260282535531_21. doc x @ 46857 @ @ 1 b.) To call up the the HTML page “WebVisu” in an eternal window
(default setting), use the function WebVisu – Open 'webvisu.htm' in
new window. Clicking on the “WebVisu” link opens a new window
that displays the HTML page with visualization of your configured application. The links to switch to the other WBM pages are still available with this setting. c) To call up the HTML page “WebVisu” on the WBM site directly, use the function WebVisu – Open 'webvisu.htm' in frame. Clicking on the “WebVisu” link opens the HTML page with visualization of your configured application in a frame in the WBM window directly. The
Manual
Version 1.1.0
174 Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM) WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub links to switch to the other WBM pages are still available with this setting.
Pos : 95.81 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Web-bas ed Manag ement- Syst em WBM/ Seit e WebVis u/ WebVisu - Bil d (750-881, -872) @ 8\mod_1276865355430_21.doc x @ 58180 @ @ 1
Pos : 96 /D okument ation allgemei n/ Glieder ungs elemente/---Seit enwechs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Figure 73: WBM page "WebVisu"
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 97 /All e Seri en (Allgemei ne Module)/Ü berschrif ten f ür alle Serien/Diag nos e/Di agnos e - Ü bersc hrift 1 @ 4\ mod_1240831069471_21.doc x @ 31372 @ 1 @ 1
11 Diagnostics
Diagnostics 175
Pos : 98 /All e Seri en (Allgemei ne Module)/Ü berschrif ten f ür alle Serien/Diag nos e/ LED-Signalisierung - Ü bers chrift 2 @ 4\ mod_1240831118032_21.doc x @ 31375 @ 2 @ 1
11.1 LED Signaling
Pos : 99.1 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/Di agnose/Fel dbus koppl er/-contr oller/ LED- Signalisierung - Einlei tung (Contr oller) @ 6\ mod_1256651527937_21. doc x @ 43747 @ @ 1
For on-site diagnostics, the fieldbus controller has several LEDs that indicate the operational status of the fieldbus controller or the entire node (see following figure).
Pos : 99.2 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/ Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Anz eigeelemente/Fel dbus koppl er/-contr oller/ Bilder/Anz eigeelemente 750- 0841, - 0872/ 020-000 - Bild @ 4\ mod_1240911465123_21. doc x @ 31670 @ @ 1
+
Figure 74: Display Elements (two manufacturing variations)
Pos : 99.3 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/Di agnose/Fel dbus koppl er/-contr oller/ LED- Signalisierung - T abellenkopf, LED-Zuordnung f ür die Di agnos e (all e Koppl er/C ontroller) @ 6\ mod_1256652265984_21. doc x @ 43750 @ @ 1
The diagnostics displays and their significance are explained in detail in the following section.
The LEDs are assigned in groups to the various diagnostics areas:
Table 54: LED Assignment for Diagnostics
Pos : 99.4 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/Di agnose/Fel dbus koppl er/-contr oller/ LED- Signalisierung - T abelle Fel dbuss tatus (LINK, MS, NS, T xD /R xD) @ 4\ mod_1240925744436_21. doc x @ 31895 @ @ 1
Pos : 99.5 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/Di agnose/Fel dbus koppl er/-contr oller/ LED- Signalisierung - T abelle Knotens tat us (Controll er) I/ O, U SR @ 4\ mod_1240925652592_21. doc x @ 31891 @ @ 1
Pos : 99.6 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/Di agnose/Fel dbus koppl er/-contr oller/ LED- Signalisierung - T abelle Versorgungss pannungsst at us A, B, C @ 4\ mod_1240925862127_21. doc x @ 31899 @ @ 1
Diagnostics area
Fieldbus status
Node status
Supply voltage status
LEDs
• LINK
• MS
• NS
• TxD/RxD
• I/O
• USR
• A
• B or C (LED position depends on manufacturing)
Pos : 99.7 /Dokumentation allgemei n/ Glieder ungs elemente/---Seit enwechs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
176 Diagnostics
Pos : 99.8 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/ O-SYST EM)/Di agnose/Fel dbus koppl er/-contr oller/F eldbusst at us aus werten ( LINK, M S, N S, T xD/R xD)) @ 6\ mod_1259584709109_21. doc x @ 46124 @ 3 @ 1
11.1.1 Evaluating Fieldbus Status
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
The health of the ETHERNET Fieldbus is signaled through the top LED group
(‘LINK‘, ‘MS‘, ‘NS‘ and ‘TxD/RxD‘).
The two-colored LEDs ‘MS’ (module status) and ‘NS’ (network status) are solely used by the Ethernet/IP protocol. These two LEDs conform to the Ethernet/IP specifications.
Table 55: Fieldbus diagnostics – solution in event of error
LED
Status
Meaning Solution
LINK
green off
The fieldbus nodes is not connected to the physical network.
The fieldbus node is not connected to the physical network.
-
1. Check the fieldbus cable.
MS
green green flashing
Normal operation
The system is not yet configures
-
- red red/green flashing off
The system indicates a not remediable error
Self test
No system supply voltage
1. Restart the device by turning the power supply off and on again.
2. If the error still exists, please contact the I/O support.
-
1. Check the supply voltage.
NS
green green flashing red red flashing
At least one connection
(MODBUS/TCP or Ethernet/IP) is developed (also connection to the Message rout applies)
No connection (MODBUS/TCP or Ethernet/IP).
The system indicates a double IPaddress in the network
At least one connection
(MODBUS/TCP or Ethernet/IP) announced a Timeout, where the controller functions as target.
-
-
1. Use an IP address that is not used yet.
1. Restart the device by turning the power supply off and on again.
2. Develop a new connection. red/green flashing
Self test - off
TxD/RxD
No IP address is assigned to the system.
1. Assign to the system an IP address by BootP, DHCP or the Ethernet
Settings tool. green off
Data exchange via ETHERNET taking place
No data exchange via
ETHERNET
-
-
Pos : 99.9.1 /Serie 750 (WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/Diag nose/ Fel dbus koppl er/-contr oller/ Knot enst at us aus wert en 1 - I /O-LED ( alle Koppler/ Knotenst at us aus werten 1 - I/O- LED (alle Koppl er/Contr oller) @ 6\ mod_1259229729546_21. doc x @ 45457 @ 3 @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Diagnostics 177
11.1.2 Evaluating Node Status – I/O LED (Blink Code Table)
The communication status between fieldbus coupler/controller and the I/O modules is indicated by the I/O LED.
Table 56: Node Status Diagnostics – Solution in Event of Error
LED Status Meaning
I/O
red flashing
Solution
green The fieldbus node is operating correctly. Normal operation.
Pos : 99.9.2 /Serie 750 (WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/Diag nose/ Fel dbus koppl er/-contr oller/ Knot enst at us aus wert en 2 - I /O-LED ( alle Koppler/ Knotenst at us aus werten 2 - I/O- LED (alle Koppl er/Contr oller) @ 18\ mod_1390381556408_21.doc x @ 142694 @ @ 1 orange flashing
Start of the firmware.
1 … 2 seconds of rapid flashing indicate start-up.
- red Coupler/controller hardware defect
Flashing with approx.. 10 Hz indicates the initialization of the internal bus or of a internal bus error.
Replace the fieldbus coupler/controller.
Note the following flashing sequence. red cyclical flashing
Up to three successive flashing sequences indicate internal data bus errors. There are short intervals between the sequences.
Evaluate the flashing sequences based on the following blink code table.
The blinking indicates an error message comprised of an error code and error argument. off
No data cycle on the internal bus.
Device boot-up occurs after turning on the power supply. The I/O LED flashes orange.
The fieldbus coupler/controller supply is off.
Then the bus is initialized. This is indicated by flashing red at 10 Hz for
1 … 2 seconds.
After a trouble-free initialization, the I/O LED is green.
In the event of an error, the I/O LED continues to blink red. Blink codes indicate detailed error messages. An error is indicated cyclically by up to 3 flashing sequences.
After elimination of the error, restart the node by turning the power supply of the device off and on again.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
178 Diagnostics WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Figure 75: Node Status – I/O LED Signaling
Figure 76: Error Message Coding
Example of a module error:
•
The I/O LED starts the error display with the first flashing sequence
(approx. 10 Hz).
•
After the first break, the second flashing sequence starts (approx. 1 Hz):
The I/O LED blinks four times.
Error code 4 indicates “data error internal data bus”.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Diagnostics 179
•
After the second break, the third flashing sequence starts (approx. 1 Hz):
The I/O LED blinks twelve times.
Error argument 12 means that the internal data bus is interrupted behind the twelfth I/O module.
The thirteenth I/O module is either defective or has been pulled out of the assembly.
Pos : 99.10 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/Diagnos e/F eldbus koppler/-c ontroll er/Bli nkc ode-Tabellen - F ehl erc ode 1 ( 750-0830, -841, -849) @ 6\mod_1259577088296_21.doc x @ 46118 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
180 Diagnostics WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Table 57: Blink Code Table for the I/O LED Signaling, Error Code 1
Error code 1: "Hardware and configuration error"
Error
Argument
Error Description Solution
1
Overflow of the internal buffer memory for the attached I/O modules.
1. Turn off the power for the node.
2. Reduce the number of I/O modules.
3. Turn the power supply on again.
4. If the error persists, replace the fieldbus controller.
2
I/O module(s) with unknown data type
1. Determine the faulty I/O module by first turning off the power supply.
2. Plug the end module into the middle of the node.
3. Turn the power supply on again.
4. - LED continues to flash? -
Turn off the power supply and plug the end module into the middle of the first half of the node (toward the fieldbus controller).
- LED not flashing? -
Turn off the power and plug the end module into the middle of the second half of the node (away from the fieldbus controller).
5. Turn the power supply on again.
6. Repeat the procedure described in step 4 while halving the step size until the faulty I/O module is detected.
7. Replace the faulty I/O module.
8. Inquire about a firmware update for the fieldbus controller.
3
Invalid check sum in the parameter area of the fieldbus controller.
1. Turn off the power supply for the node.
2. Replace the fieldbus controller.
3. Turn the power supply on again.
4
Fault when writing in the serial EEPROM.
1. Turn off the power supply for the node.
2. Replace the fieldbus controller.
3. Turn the power supply on again.
5
6
7
Fault when reading the serial EEPROM
1. Turn off the power supply for the node.
2. Replace the fieldbus controller.
3. Turn the power supply on again.
The I/O module configuration after
AUTORESET differs from the configuration determined the last time the fieldbus controller was powered up.
1. Restart the fieldbus controller by turning the power supply off and on.
Invalid hardwarefirmware combination.
1. Turn off the power supply for the node.
2. Replace the fieldbus controller.
3. Turn the power supply on again.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Table 57: Blink Code Table for the I/O LED Signaling, Error Code 1
Error code 1: "Hardware and configuration error"
Error
Argument
Error Description Solution
8
Timeout during serial EEPROM access.
1. Turn off the power supply for the node.
2. Replace the fieldbus controller.
3. Turn the power supply on again.
Diagnostics 181
9
Bus controller initialization error
1. Turn off the power supply for the node.
2. Replace the fieldbus controller.
3. Turn the power supply on again.
10
11
12
13
Buffer power failure real-time clock
(RTC)
1. Set the clock.
2. Maintain the power supply of the fieldbus controller for at least 15 minutes in order to charge the Goldcap capacitor.
Fault during read access to the realtime clock (RTC)
1. Set the clock.
2. Maintain the power supply of the fieldbus controller for at least 15 minutes in order to charge the Goldcap capacitor.
Fault during write access to the realtime clock (RTC)
1. Set the clock.
2. Maintain the power supply of the fieldbus controller for at least 15 minutes in order to charge the Goldcap capacitor.
Clock interrupt fault
1. Set the clock.
2. Maintain the power supply of the fieldbus controller for at least 15 minutes in order to charge the Goldcap capacitor.
14
Maximum number of gateway or mailbox modules exceeded
1. Turn off the power for the node.
2. Reduce the number of corresponding modules to a valid number.
Pos : 99.11 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/Diagnos e/F eldbus koppler/-c ontroll er/Bli nkc ode-Tabellen - F ehl erc ode 2.. .5 (750- 0806, - 830, -841, -849, 833) @ 9\ mod_1281701367460_21. doc x @ 63670 @ @ 1
Table 58: Blink Code Table for the I/O LED Signaling, Error Code 2
Error code 2: “Exceeded Process Image”
Error
Argument
Error Description Solution
1
Not used -
2
Process image is too large.
1. Turn off the power supply of the node.
2. Reduce number of I/O modules.
3. Turn the power supply on.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
182 Diagnostics WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Table 59: Blink Code Table for the I/O LED Signaling, Error Code 3
Error code 3: “Protocol error, internal bus”
Error
Argument
Error Description Solution
-
Internal data bus communication is faulty, defective module cannot be identified.
- Are passive power supply modules (750-613) located in the node? -
1. Check that these modules are supplied correctly with power.
2. Determine this by the state of the associated status LEDs.
- Are all modules connected correctly or are there any 750-
613 Modules in the node? -
1. Determine the faulty I/O module by turning off the power supply.
2. Plug the end module into the middle of the node.
3. Turn the power supply on again.
4. - LED continues to flash? -
Turn off the power supply and plug the end module into the middle of the first half of the node (toward the fieldbus controller).
- LED not flashing? -
Turn off the power and plug the end module into the middle of the second half of the node (away from the fieldbus controller).
5. Turn the power supply on again.
6. Repeat the procedure described in step 4 while halving the step size until the faulty I/O module is detected.
7. Replace the faulty I/O module.
8. Inquire about a firmware update for the fieldbus controller.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Diagnostics 183
Table 60: Blink Code Table for the I/O LED Signaling, Error Code 4
Error code 4: “Physical error, internal bus”
Error
Argument
Error Description Solution
-
Internal bus data transmission error or interruption of the internal data bus at the fieldbus controller
1. Turn off the power supply to the node.
2. Plug in an end module behind the fieldbus controller.
3. Turn the power supply on.
4. Observe the error argument signaled.
- Is no error argument indicated by the I/O LED? -
5. Replace the fieldbus controller.
- Is an error argument indicated by the I/O LED? -
5. Identify the faulty I/O module by turning off the power supply.
6. Plug the end module into the middle of the node.
7. Turn the power supply on again.
8. - LED continues to flash? -
Turn off the power and plug the end module into the middle of the first half of the node (toward the fieldbus controller).
- LED not flashing? -
Turn off the power and plug the end module into the middle of the second half of the node (away from the fieldbus controller).
9. Turn the power supply on again.
10. Repeat the procedure described in step 6 while halving the step size until the faulty I/O module is detected.
11. Replace the faulty I/O module.
12. If there is only one I/O module on the fieldbus controller and the LED is flashing, either the I/O module or fieldbus controller is defective. Replace the defective component.
n*
Interruption of the internal data bus behind the nth bus module with process data, the maximum supported number is reached, the following modules are no longer supported.
1. Turn off the power supply of the node.
2. Reduce number of I/O modules.
3. Turn the power supply on.
* The number of light pulses (n) indicates the position of the I/O module.
I/O modules without data are not counted (e.g., supply modules without diagnostics)
Table 61: Blink Code Table for the I/O LED Signaling, Error Code 5
Error code 5: “Initialization error, internal bus”
Error
Argument
Error Description Solution n*
Error in register communication during internal bus initialization
1. Turn off the power supply to the node.
2. Replace the (n+1) I/O module containing process data.
3. Turn the power supply on.
* The number of light pulses (n) indicates the position of the I/O module.
I/O modules without data are not counted (e.g., supply modules without diagnostics)
Pos : 99.12 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/Diagnos e/F eldbus koppler/-c ontroll er/Bli nkc ode-Tabellen - F ehl erc ode 6 ( 750-0830, -841, -0849) @ 6\ mod_1259243409390_21. doc x @ 45593 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
184 Diagnostics WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 99.13 /D okument ati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel ement e/------Leerz eile------ @ 3\mod_1224662755687_0. doc x @ 24460 @ @ 1
Table 62: Blink Code Table for the I/O LED Signaling, Error Code 6
Error code 6: "Fieldbus specific errors"
Error
Argument
Error description Solution
1
2
Invalid MACID
Ethernet Hardware initialization error
1. Turn off the power supply of the node.
2. Exchange fieldbus controller.
3. Turn the power supply on again.
1. Restart the fieldbus controller by turning the power supply off and on again.
2. If the error still exists, exchange the fieldbus controller.
3
4
5
6
7
8
TCP/IP initialization error
Network configuration error (no IP Address)
Application protocol initialization error
Process image is too large
Double IP address in network
Error when building the process image
1. Restart the fieldbus coupler by turning the power supply off and on again.
2. If the error still exists, exchange the bus coupler.
1. Check the settings of BootP server.
1. Restart the fieldbus coupler by turning the power supply off and on again.
2. If the error still exists, exchange the bus coupler.
1. Turn off the power supply of the node.
2. Reduce number of I/O modules
1. Change configuration. Use another IP address, which is not yet present in network.
2. Restart the fieldbus coupler by turning the power supply off and on again.
1. Turn off the power supply of the node.
2. Reduce number of I/O modules
3. Restart the fieldbus coupler by turning the power supply off and on again.
4. If the error still exists, exchange the bus coupler.
Pos : 99.14 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/Diagnos e/F eldbus koppler/-c ontroll er/Bli nkc ode-Tabellen - F ehl erc ode 7/ n (nic ht unt erst ütz te Bus kl emme) @ 6\ mod_1259247106578_21. doc x @ 45640 @ @ 1
Table 63: Blink Code Table for the I/O LED Signaling, Error Code 7
Error code 7: “Not supported I/O module”
Error
Argument
Error Description Solution n
First unsupported
I/O module in place of n.
1. Turn off the power supply to the node.
2. Replace the nth I/O module containing process data or reduce the number of modules to the number of n-1.
3. Turn the power supply on.
Pos : 99.15 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/Diagnos e/F eldbus koppler/-c ontroll er/Bli nkc ode-Tabellen - F ehl erc ode 8.. .9 (Fehlerc ode nic ht g enutz t) @ 12\ mod_1339150647306_21. doc x @ 96641 @ @ 1
Table 64: Blink Code Table for the I/O LED Signaling, Error Code 8 … 9
Error code 8 … 9 –not used–
Error
Argument
Error Description Solution
-
not used -
Pos : 99.16 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/Diagnos e/F eldbus koppler/-c ontroll er/Bli nkc ode-Tabellen - F ehl erc ode 10, Argument 1 ( ohne SD-Karte) @ 15\ mod_1364465877343_21. doc x @ 116260 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Diagnostics 185
Table 65: Blink code table for the 'I/O' LED signaling, error code 10
Error code 10: "PLC program fault"
Error
Argument
Error Description Solution
1
Error when implementing the
PFC run time system
1. Restart the fieldbus controller by turning the power supply off and on again.
2. If the error still exists, please contact the I/O Support.
Pos : 99.17 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/Diagnos e/F eldbus koppler/-c ontroll er/Bli nkc ode-Tabellen - F ehl erc ode 10 (2- 5), 11 (750- 0830, - 841, - 0849) @ 6\ mod_1259247309750_21. doc x @ 45643 @ @ 1
2
Error when generating the PFC inline code
1. Restart the fieldbus controller by turning the power supply off and on again.
2. If the error still exists, please contact the I/O Support.
3
An IEC task exceeded the maximum running time or the sampling interval of the IEC task could not be kept
(Watchdog)
1. Check the task configuration concerning the adjusted sampling intervals and watchdog times.
4
PFC Web-Visualization initialization error
1. Restart the fieldbus controller by turning the power supply off and on again.
2. If the error still exists, please accomplish a reset
(origin) in WAGO-I/O-PRO.
3. Compile the project again.
4. Transfer the project to the controller.
5
Error when synchronizing the PLC configuration with the internal data bus
1. Check the information of the connected modules in the PLC configuration of WAGO-I/O-PRO.
2. Compare this information with the modules that are actually connected.
3. Compile the project again.
4. Transfer the project to the controller.
Table 66: Blink Code Table for the I/O LED Signaling, Error Code 11
Error code 11: "Gateway-/Mailbox I/O module fault"
Error
Argument
Error Description Solution
1
Maximum number of
Gateway modules exceeded
1. Turn off the power supply of the node.
2. Reduce number of Gateway modules.
3. Turn the power supply on again.
2
Maximum size of Mailbox exceeded
1. Turn off the power supply of the node.
2. Reduce the Mailbox size.
3. Turn the power supply on again.
3
Maximum size of process image exceeded due to the put Gateway modules
1. Turn off the power supply of the node.
2. Reduce the data width of the Gateway modules.
3. Turn the power supply on again.
* The number of blink pulses (n) indicates the position of the I/O module.
I/O modules without data are not counted (e.g. supply module without diagnosis)
Pos : 99.18 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/Diagnos e/F eldbus koppler/-c ontroll er/LED-Sig nalisi erung - USR- LED @ 6\ mod_1259249846609_21.doc x @ 45646 @ 4 @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
186 Diagnostics
11.1.2.1 USR LED
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
The bottom indicator LED (“USR”) is provided for visual output of information.
Control of the LED from the application program is conducted using the functions from the WAGO-I/O-PRO library “Visual.lib”.
Pos : 99.19 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/Diagnos e/F eldbus koppler/-c ontroll er/Vers orgungss pannungsst at us aus werten ( alle Koppler/C ontroll er) @ 6\ mod_1259230026625_21.doc x @ 45546 @ 3 @ 1
11.1.3 Evaluating Power Supply Status
The power supply unit of the device has two green LEDs that indicate the status of the power supplies.
LED “A” indicates the 24 V supply of the coupler.
LED “B” or “C” reports the power available on the power jumper contacts for field side power.
Pos : 99.20 /D okument ati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel ement e/---Seit enwec hs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Table 67: Power Supply Status Diagnostics – Solution in Event of Error
LED Status Meaning Solution
A
Green
Operating voltage for the system is available.
-
Off No power is available for the system
Check the power supply for the system
(24 V and 0 V).
B or C
Green
Off
The operating voltage for power jumper contacts is available.
No operating voltage is available for the power jumper contacts.
-
Check the power supply for the power jumper contacts (24 V and 0 V).
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 99.21 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/Diagnos e/F eldbus koppler/-c ontroll er/F ehl er ver halt en, F el dbus aus fall ( 750- 830, - 841, -849, . ..) @ 6\ mod_1259570148859_21. doc x @ 46112 @ 23 @ 1
11.2 Fault Behavior
Diagnostics 187
11.2.1 Loss of Fieldbus
A fieldbus and, hence, a link failure is recognized when the set reaction time for the watchdog expires without initiation by the higher-order control system. This may occur, for example, when the Master is switched off, or when there is a disruption in the bus cable. An error at the Master can also result in a fieldbus failure. No connection via ETHERNET.
The MODBUS watchdog monitors the ongoing MODBUS communication via
MODBUS protocol. A fieldbus failure is signaled by the red "I/O" LED lighting up, provided the MODBUS watchdog has been configured and activated.
Fieldbus monitoring independently of a certain protocol is possible using the function block 'FBUS_ERROR_INFORMATION' in the library "Mod_com.lib".
This checks the physical connection between modules and the controller and assumes evaluation of the watchdog register in the control system program. The
I/O bus remains operational and the process images are retained. The control system program can also be processed independently.
FBUS_ERROR_INFORMATION
FBUS_ERROR
ERROR
Figure 77: Function Block for Determining Loss of Fieldbus, Independently of Protocol
'FBUS_ERROR' (BOOL) = FALSE = no fault
= TRUE = loss of field bus
'ERROR' (WORD) = 0
= 1
= no fault
= loss of field bus
The node can be put into a safe status in the event of a fieldbus failure with the aid of these function block outputs and an appropriately programmed control system program.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
188 Diagnostics WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Loss of fieldbus detection through MODBUS protocol:
For detailed information about the watchdog register, refer to Section “MODBUS
Functions”, in particular Section “Watchdog (Fieldbus failure)”.
Protocol-independent detection of loss of fieldbus:
The library “Mod_com.lib” with function block
'FBUS_ERROR_INFORMATION' is normally included in the setup for the
WAGO-I/O-PRO. You can integrate the library via register “Resources” at the bottom on the left of the workspace. Click Insert and then Other libraries. The
“Mod_com.lib” is located in folder C:\Programme\WAGO Software\CODESYS
V2.3\Targets\WAGO\Libraries\32_Bit
Pos : 99.22 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/Diagnos e/F eldbus koppler/-c ontroll er/Kl emmenbus fehl er (alle Contr oller) @ 6\ mod_1259322394765_21. doc x @ 45998 @ 3 @ 1
11.2.2 Internal Data Bus Failure
I/O LED indicates an internal bus failure.
I/O LED flashed red:
When an internal data bus failure occurs, the fieldbus controller generates an error message (error code and error argument).
An internal data bus failure occurs, for example, if an I/O module is removed.
If the error occurs during operation, the output modules operate as they do during an internal data bus stop.
If the internal data bus error is resolved, the controller starts up after turning the power off and on similar to that of a normal start-up. The process data is transmitted again and the outputs of the node are set accordingly.
Pos : 99.23 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/Diagnos e/F eldbus koppler/-c ontroll er/Kl emmenbus fehl er - Nachtrag F unktions baust ei n KBU S_ERROR _INF ORMAT ION (750- 0841) @ 6\ mod_1259243954515_21.doc x @ 45619 @ @ 1
If the “KBUS_ERROR_INFORMATION” function block is evaluated in the control program, then the “ERROR”, ”BITLEN”, “TERMINALS” and
”FAILADDRESS” output values are relevant.
ERROR = FALSE
(BITLEN
= No fault
= Bit length of the internal bus shift register
TERMINALS = Number of I/O modules)
ERROR = TRUE = Internal Bus Error
(BITLEN = 0
Pos : 100 /Dokumentati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel ement e/---Seit enwec hs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
TERMINALS
FAILADRESS
= 0
= Position of the I/O module after which the
internal bus interruption arose, similar to the
flashed error argument of the I/O LED)
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 101 /Alle Serien (Allgemei ne M odul e)/Ü bersc hrift en f ür all e Seri en/__ noch nic ht ei nsorti ert e Ü bersc hrift en müssen noch ei ns ortiert wer den __/F eldbus kommuni kati on - Ü bersc hrift 1 @ 4\ mod_1241433862621_21.doc x @ 32212 @ 1 @ 1
12 Fieldbus Communication
Fieldbus Communication 189
Pos : 102. 1 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okument e) (Allgemeine M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/ETHERN ET/ ETHERN ET-Ei nleit ungst ext @ 4\ mod_1236763733502_21. doc x @ 28163 @ @ 1
Fieldbus communication between master application and a WAGO fieldbus coupler/controller based on the ETHERNET standard normally occurs via an implemented fieldbus-specific application protocol.
Depending on the application, this can be e.g., MODBUS/TCP (UDP),
EtherNet/IP, BACnet/IP, KNXnet/IP, PROFINET, sercos or other.
In addition to the ETHERNET standard and the fieldbus-specific application protocol, there are also other communications protocols important for reliable communication and data transmission and other related protocols for configuring and diagnosing the system implemented in the WAGO fieldbus coupler/controller based on ETHERNET.
These protocols are explained in more detail in the other sections.
Pos : 102. 2 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okument e) (Allgemeine M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/ETHERN ET/ Allgemei ne ETH ERNET-Infor mationen (für ETH ERNET- Langbesc hrei bung) @ 4\mod_1236850283581_21.doc x @ 28299 @ 234444434443 @ 1
12.1 General ETHERNET Information
ETHERNET is a technology, which has been proven and established as an effective means of data transmission in the field of information technology and office communication. Within a short time ETHERNET has also made a successful breakthrough in the area of private PC networks throughout the world.
This technology was developed in 1972 by Dr. Robert M. Metcalfe, David R.
Boggs, Charles Thacker, Butler W. Lampson, and Xerox (Stanford, Ct.).
Standardization (IEEE 802.3) took place in 1983.
ETHERNET predominantly uses coaxial cables or twisted pair cables as a transmission medium. Connection to ETHERNET, often already existing in networks, (LAN, Internet) is easy and the data exchange at a transmission rate of
10 Mbps or for some couplers/controllers also 100 Mbps is very fast.
ETHERNET has been equipped with higher level communication software in addition to standard IEEE 802.3, such as TCP/IP (Transmission Control Protocol /
Internet Protocol) to allow communication between different systems. The TCP/IP protocol stack offers a high degree of reliability for the transmission of information.
In the ETHERNET based (programmable) fieldbus couplers and controllers developed by WAGO, usually various application protocols have been implemented on the basis of the TCP/IP stack.
These protocols allow the user to create applications (master applications) with standardized interfaces and transmit process data via an ETHERNET interface.
In addition to a series of management and diagnostic protocols, fieldbus specific application protocols are implemented for control of the module data, depending upon the coupler or controller, e. g. MODBUS TCP (UDP), EtherNet/IP, BACnet,
KNXNET/IP, PROFINET, Powerlink, sercos or others.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
190 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Information such as the fieldbus node architecture, network statistics and diagnostic information is stored in the ETHERNET (programmable) fieldbus couplers and controllers and can be viewed as HTML pages via a web browser
(e.g., Microsoft Internet-Explorer, Netscape Navigator) being served from the
HTTP server in the couplers and controllers.
Furthermore, depending on the requirements of the respective industrial application, various settings such as selection of protocols, TCP/IP, internal clock and security configurations can be performed via the web-based management system. However, you can also load web pages you have created yourself into the couplers/controllers, which have an internal file system, using FTP.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Fieldbus Communication 191
12.1.1 Network Architecture – Principles and Regulations
A simple ETHERNET network is designed on the basis of one PC with a network interface card (NI), one crossover connection cable (if necessary), one
ETHERNET fieldbus node and one 24 V DC power supply for the coupler/controller voltage source.
Each fieldbus node consists of a (programmable) fieldbus coupler or controller and a number of needed I/O modules.
Sensors and actuators are connected to the digital or analog I/O modules on the field side. These are used for process signal acquisition or signal output to the process, respectively.
The WAGO ETHERNET TCP/IP fieldbus node does not require any additional master components other than a PC with a network card. So, the fieldbus node can be easily connected to local or global networks using the fieldbus connection.
Other networking components such as hubs, switches or repeaters can also be used.
The use of ETHERNET as a fieldbus allows continuous data transmission between the plant floor and the office. Connection of the ETHERNET TCP/IP fieldbus node to the Internet even enables industrial processing data for all types of applications to be called up world-wide. This makes site independent monitoring.
Fieldbus communication between master application and (programmable) fieldbus coupler or controller takes place using the implemented fieldbus specific application protocol, e. g. MODBUS TCP (UDP), EtherNet/IP, BACnet,
KNXNET/IP, PROFINET, Powerlink, sercos or others.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
192 Fieldbus Communication
12.1.1.1 Transmission Media
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
General ETHERNET transmission standards
For transmitting data the ETHERNET standard supports numerous technologies with various parameters (e.g., transmission speed, medium, segment length and type of transmission).
Table 68: ETHERNET- transmission standards
1Base5 Uses a 24 AWG UTP (twisted pair cable) for a 1Mbps baseband signal for distances up to 500 m (250 m per segment) in a physical star topology.
10Base2
10Base5
Uses a 5 mm 50 Ohm coaxial cable for a 10Mbps baseband signal for distances of up to 185 m in a physical bus topology (often referred to as
Thin ETHERNET or ThinNet).
Uses a 10 mm 50 Ohm coaxial cable for a 10Mbps baseband signal for distances of up to 500 m in a physical bus topology (often referred to as
Thick ETHERNET).
10Base-F
10Base-T
10Broad36
Uses a fiber-optic cable for a 10Mbps baseband signal for distances of up to 4 km in a physical star topology.
(There are three sub-specifications: 10Base-FL for fiber-optic link,
10Base FB for fiber-optic backbone and 10Base-FP for fiber-optic passive).
Uses a 24 AWG UTP or STP/UTP (twisted pair cable) for a 10Mbps baseband signal for distances up to 100 m in a physical star topology.
Uses a 75 Ohm coaxial cable for a 10Mbps baseband signal for distances of up to 1800 m (or 3600 m with double cables) in a physical bus topology.
100BaseTX Specifies a 100 Mbps transmission with a twisted pair cable of Category 5 and RJ45-connectors. A maximum segment of 100 meters may be used.
Beyond that there are still further transmission standards, for example: 100Base-
T4 (Fast ETHERNET over twisted conductors), 100Base-FX (Fast ETHERNET over fiber-optic cables) or P802.11 (Wireless LAN) for a wireless transmission.
10Base-T, 100BaseTX
Either the 10BaseT standard or 100BaseTX can be used for the WAGO
ETHERNET fieldbus node.
The network architecture is very easy and inexpensive to assemble with S-UTP cable as transmission medium or with cables of STP type.
Both types of cable can be obtained from any computer dealer.
S-UTP cable (screened unshielded twisted pair) is single-shielded cable of
Category 5 with overall shield surrounding all twisted unshielded conductor pairs and an impedance of 100 ohm.
STP cable (shielded twisted pair) is cable of Category 5 with stranded and individually shielded conductor pairs; no overall shield is provided
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Wiring of the fieldbus nodes
Fieldbus Communication 193
Maybe, a crossover cable is required for direct connection of a fieldbus node to the network card of the PC.
Figure 78: Direct Connection of a Node with Crossover Cable
If several fieldbus nodes are to be connected to a network card, the fieldbus nodes can be connected via an ETHERNET switch or hub with straight through/parallel cables.
Figure 79: Connection of a Node by means of a Hub with Parallel cables
WAGO recommends using a switch rather than a hub, this will allow for a more deterministic architecture. An ETHERNET switch is a device that allows all connected devices to transmit and receive data with each other. The switch can also be viewed as a “data traffic cop” where the hub “polices” the data coming in and going out of the individual ports, so the data will only be transmitted to the required node.
Consider maximum Cable length!
The cable length between the node and the hub cannot be longer than 100 m (328 ft.) without adding signal conditioning systems (i.e., repeaters). Various possibilities are described in the ETHERNET standard for networks covering larger distances.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
194 Fieldbus Communication
12.1.1.2 Network Topologies
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
In the case of 10Base-T, or 100BaseTX several stations (nodes) are connected using a star topology according to the 10Base-T ETHERNET Standard.
Therefore, this manual only deals with the star topology and the tree topology for larger networks in more detail.
Star Topology
A star topology consists of a network in which all nodes are connected to a central point via individual cables.
Figure 80: Star Topology
A star topology offers the advantage of allowing the extension of an existing network. Stations can be added or removed without network interruption.
Moreover, in the event of a defective cable, only the network segment and the node connected to this segment is impaired. This considerably increases the failsafe of the entire network.
Tree Topology
The tree topology combines characteristics of linear bus and star topologies. It consists of groups of star-configured workstations connected to a linear bus backbone cable. Tree topologies allow for the expansion of an existing network, and enables schools, etc. to configure a network to meet their needs.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Fieldbus Communication 195
Figure 81: Tree Topology
Table 69: Legend Tree Topology
Caption Description
(A)
(B)
(C)
Primary range
Secondary range
Tertiary range
(1)
(2)
(3)
Building panel board
Building panel board
Floor panel board
5-4-3 Rule
A consideration in setting up a tree topology using ETHERNET protocol is the
5-4-3 rule. One aspect of the ETHERNET protocol requires that a signal sent out on the network cable must reach every part of the network within a specified length of time. Each concentrator or repeater that a signal goes through adds a small amount of time. This leads to the rule that between any two nodes on the network there can only be a maximum of 5 segments connected through 4 repeaters/concentrators. In addition, only 3 of the segments may be populated
(trunk) segments if they are made of coaxial cable. A populated segment is one that has one or more nodes attached to it. In Figure 5-5, the 5-4-3 rule is adhered to. The furthest two nodes on the network have 4 segments and 3 repeaters/concentrators between them.
This rule does not apply to other network protocols or ETHERNET networks where all fiber optic cabling or a combination of a backbone with UTP cabling is used. If there is a combination of fiber optic backbone and UTP cabling, the rule is simply translated to 7-6-5 rule.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
196 Fieldbus Communication
Cabling guidelines
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
"Structured Cabling" specifies general guidelines for network architecture of a
LAN, establishing maximum cable lengths for the grounds area, building and floor cabling.
The "Structured Cabling" is standardized in EN 50173, ISO 11801 and TIA 568-
A. It forms the basis for a future-orientated, application-independent and costeffective network infrastructure.
The cabling standards define a domain covering a geographical area of 3 km and for an office area of up to 1 million square meters with 50 to 50,000 terminals. In addition, they describe recommendations for setting up of a cabling system.
Specifications may vary depending on the selected topology, the transmission media and coupler modules used in industrial environments, as well as the use of components from different manufacturers in a network. Therefore, the specifications given here are only intended as recommendations.
12.1.1.3 Coupler Modules
There are a number of hardware modules that allow for flexible arrangement for setting up an ETHERNET network. They also offer important functions, some of which are very similar.
The following table defines and compares these modules and is intended to simplify the correct selection and appropriate application of them.
Table 70: Comparison of Coupler Modules for Networks
Module Characteristics/application
1
2
ISO/OSI layer
2 (3)
Repeater Amplifier for signal regeneration, connection on a physical level.
Bridge Segmentation of networks to increase the length.
Switch Multiport bridge, meaning each port has a separate bridge function.
Logically separates network segments, thereby reducing network traffic.
Consistent use makes ETHERNET collision-free.
Hub
Router
Used to create star topologies, supports various transmission media, does not prevent any network collisions.
Links two or more data networks.
Matches topology changes and incompatible packet sizes (e.g. used in industrial and office areas).
2
3
Gateway Links two manufacturer-specific networks which use different software and hardware (i.e., ETHERNET and Interbus-Loop).
4-7
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Fieldbus Communication 197
12.1.1.4 ETHERNET - Transmission Mode
Some ETHERNET based WAGO couplers/controllers support both 10Mbit/s and
100Mbit/s for either full or half duplex operation. To guarantee a safe and fast transmission, both these couplers/controllers and their link partners must be configured for the same transmission mode.
Pay attention to adapted Transmission Mode!
A faulty configuration of the transmission mode may result in a link loss condition, a poor network performance or a faulty behavior of the coupler/controller.
The IEEE 802.3u ETHERNET standard defines two possibilities for configuring the transmission modes:
•
Static configuration
•
Dynamic configuration
Static Configuration of the Transmission Mode
Using static configuration, both link partners are set to static transmission rate and duplex mode. The following configurations are possible:
•
10 Mbit/s, half duplex
•
10 Mbit/s, full duplex
•
100 Mbit/s, half duplex
•
100 Mbit/s, full duplex
Dynamic Configuration of the Transmission Mode
The second configuration option is the autonegotiation mode which is defined in the IEEE 802.3u standard. Using this mode, the transmission rate and the duplex mode are negotiated dynamically between both communication partners.
Autonegotiation allows the device to automatically select the optimum transmission mode.
Activate Autonegotiation!
To ensure a correct dynamic configuration process, the operation mode for the autonegotiation of both communication partners must be supported and activated.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
198 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Errors Occurring when Configuring the Transmission Mode
Invalid configurations are listed below:
Table 71: Errors Occurring when Configuring the Transmission Mode
Problem
Mismatch of the transmission rate
Duplex mode mismatch
Cause
Occurs when configuring one link partner with 10 Mbit/s and the other one with 100 Mbit/s.
Symptoms
Link failure
Occurs when one link partner is running in full-duplex and the other in half-duplex mode.
Faulty or discarded data packets as well as collisions on the medium.
Mismatch using autonegotiation Occurs when one link partner is running in auto-negotiation mode and the other one is using a static configuration of the transmission mode in fullduplex operation.
The link partner, which is in autonegotiation mode, determines the network speed via the parallel detection procedure and sets the duplex mode to half-duplex. If the device is operating in fullduplex mode with static configuration, a duplex mode mismatch will occur (see above).
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Fieldbus Communication 199
12.1.1.5 Important Terms
Data security
If an internal network (Intranet) is to be connected to the public network (e.g., the
Internet) then data security is an extremely important aspect.
Undesired access can be prevented by a Firewall.
Firewalls can be implemented in software or network components. They are interconnected in a similar way to routers as a switching element between
Intranets and the public network. Firewalls are able to limit or completely block all access to the other networks, depending on the access direction, the service used and the authenticity of the network user.
Real-time ability
Transmission above the fieldbus system level generally involves relatively large data quantities. The permissible delay times may also be relatively long (0.1...10 seconds).
However, real-time behavior within the fieldbus system level is required for
ETHERNET in industry.
In ETHERNET it is possible to meet the real-time requirements by restricting the bus traffic (< 10 %), by using a master-slave principle, or also by implementing a switch instead of a hub.
MODBUS/TCP is a master/slave protocol in which the slaves only respond to commands from the master. When only one master is used, data traffic over the network can be controlled and collisions avoided.
However, to establish the greatest amount of “determinism” a switch is recommended.
Shared ETHERNET
Several nodes linked via a hub share a common medium. When a message is sent from a station, it is broadcast throughout the entire network and is sent to each connected node. Only the node with the correct target address processes the message. Collisions may occur and messages have to be repeatedly transmitted as a result of the large amount of data traffic. The delay time in a Shared
ETHERNET cannot be easily calculated or predicted.
Figure 82: Principle of Shared ETHERNET
Manual
Version 1.1.0
200 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Deterministic ETHERNET
The TCP/IP software or the user program in each subscriber can limit transmittable messages to make it possible to determine real-time requirements.
At the same time the maximum medium message rate (datagrams per second), the maximum medium duration of a message, and the minimum time interval between the messages (waiting time of the subscriber) is limited.
Therefore, the delay time of a message is predictable.
Switched ETHERNET
In the case of Switched Ethernet, several fieldbus nodes are connected by a switch. When data from a network segment reaches the switch, it saves the data and checks for the segment and the node to which this data is to be sent. The message is then only sent to the node with the correct target address. This reduces the data traffic over the network, extends the bandwidth and prevents collisions.
The runtimes can be defined and calculated, making the Switched Ethernet deterministic.
Figure 83: Principle of Switched ETHERNET
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
12.1.2 Network Communication
Fieldbus Communication 201
12.1.2.1 ETHERNET- Packet
The datagram’s exchanged on the transmission medium are called “ETHERNET packets” or just “packets”. Transmission is connectionless; i.e. the sender does not receive any feedback from the receiver. The data used is packed in an address information frame. The following figure shows the structure of such a packet.
Table 72: ETHERNET-Data packet
Preamble ETHERNET Header ETHERNET Data Check Sum
8 Byte 14 Byte 46 … 1500 Byte 4 Byte
The preamble serves as synchronization between the transmitting station and the receiving station. The ETHERNET header contains the MAC addresses of the transmitter and the receiver, and a type field.
The type field is used to identify the following protocol by way of unambiguous coding (e.g., 0x0800 = Internet Protocol).
12.1.2.2 ETHERNET address (MAC-ID)
Each WAGO ETHERNET (programmable) fieldbus coupler or controller is provided from the factory with a unique and internationally unambiguous physical
ETHERNET address, also referred to as MAC-ID (Media Access Control
Identity). This can be used by the network operating system for addressing on a hardware level.
The address has a fixed length of 6 Bytes (48 Bit) and contains the address type, the manufacturer’s ID, and the serial number.
Example for the MAC-ID of a WAGO ETHERNET fieldbus coupler
(hexadecimal): 00 : 30 : DE : 00 : 00 : 01
ETHERNET does not allow addressing of different networks.
If an ETHERNET network is to be connected to other networks, higher-ranking protocols have to be used.
Connect Networks via Router!
If you wish to connect one or more data networks, routers have to be used.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
202 Fieldbus Communication
12.1.2.3 Channel access method
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
In the ETHERNET Standard, the fieldbus node accesses the bus using CSMA/CD
(Carrier Sense Multiple Access/ Collision Detection).
•
Carrier Sense: The transmitter senses the bus.
•
Multiple Access:
•
Collision Detection:
Several transmitters can access the bus.
A collision is detected.
Each station can send a message once it has established that the transmission medium is free. If collisions of data packets occur due to several stations transmitting simultaneously, CSMA/CD ensures that these are detected and the data transmission is repeated.
However, this does not make data transmission reliable enough for industrial requirements. To ensure that communication and data transmission via
ETHERNET is reliable, various communication protocols are required.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
12.1.3 Protocol layer model (Example)
Fieldbus Communication 203
The protocol layer model helps with an example (MODBUS and EtherNet/IP) to explain the classification and interrelationships between the communication and application protocols.
In this example, the fieldbus communication can take place using either the
MODBUS protocol or EtherNet/IP.
1 ETHERNET:
The Ethernet hardware forms the basis for the physical exchange of data. The exchanged data signals and the bus access procedure CSMA/CD are defined in a standard.
Table 73: Physical Layer
(1)
...
ETHERNET
(physical interface, CSMA/CD)
2 IP:
For the communication the Internet Protocol (IP) is positioned above the Ethernet hardware. This bundles the data to be transmitted in packets along with sender and receiver address and passes these packets down to the Ethernet layer for physical transmission. At the receiver end, IP accepts the packets from the Ethernet layer and unpacks them.
Table 74: Network Layer
...
(2)
(1)
IP
ETHERNET
(physical interface, CSMA/CD)
3 TCP/UDP:
- TCP: (Transmission Control Protocol)
The TCP protocol, which is positioned above the IP layer, monitors the transport of the data packets, sorts their sequence and sends repeat requests for missing packets. TCP is a connection-oriented transport protocol.
The TCP and IP protocol layers are also jointly described as the
TCP/IP protocol stack or TCP/IP stack
- UDP: (User Datagram Protocol)
The UDP layer is also a transport protocol like TCP, and is arranged above the IP layer. In contrast to the TCP protocol, UDP is not connection oriented. That means there are no monitoring mechanisms for data exchange between sender and receiver.
The advantage of this protocol is in the efficiency of the transmitted data and the resultant increase in processing speed.
Many programs use both protocols. Important status information is sent via the reliable TCP connection, while the main stream of data is sent via UDP.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
204 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Table 75: Transport Layer
(3)
...
TCP/UDP
(2)
(1)
IP
ETHERNET
(physical interface, CSMA/CD)
4 Management, Diagnostic and Application Protocols:
Positioned above the TCP/IP stack or UDP/IP layer are correspondingly implemented management, diagnostic and application protocols that provide services that are appropriate for the application. For the management and diagnostic, these are, for example, SMTP (Simple Mail Transport Protocol) for emails, HTTP (Hypertext Transport Protocol) for www browsers and some others.
In this example, the protocols MODBUS/TCP (UDP) and EtherNet/IP are implemented for use in industrial data communication.
Here the MODBUS protocol is also positioned directly above TCP (UDP)/IP;
EtherNet/IP, on the other hand, basically consists of the protocol layers Ethernet,
TCP and IP with an encapsulation protocol positioned above it. This serves as interface to CIP (Control and Information Protocol).
DeviceNet uses CIP in the same way as EtherNet/IP. Applications with DeviceNet device profiles can therefore be very simply transferred to EtherNet/IP.
Table 76: Application Layer
Application device profiles
(e.g. positioning controllers, semiconductors, pneumatic valves)
CIP application objects library
CIP data management services
(explicit messages, I/O messages)
CIP message routing, connection management
(4)
Encapsulation protocol
(3)
(2)
(1)
TCP/UDP
IP
ETHERNET
(physical interface, CSMA/CD)
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Data structure
Fieldbus Communication 205
The following diagram is intended to explain the data structure of these protocols and how the data packets of the communication protocols Ethernet, TCP and IP with the adapted application protocol MODBUS nested in each other for transmission. A detailed description of the tasks and addressing schemes of these protocols is contained in the following.
Pos : 102. 3 /D okument ati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel ement e/---Seit enwec hs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Figure 84: Communication Protocols
Manual
Version 1.1.0
206 Fieldbus Communication
Pos : 102. 4 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okument e) (Allgemeine M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/ETHERN ET/ Kommuni kati onspr ot okolle - Ü berschrif t 3 @ 4\mod_1237210733218_21.doc x @ 28496 @ 3 @ 1
12.1.4 Communication Protocols
Pos : 103 /Alle Serien (Allgemei ne M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/ETHERN ET/I P (I nt ernet Pr ot ocol) @ 4\ mod_1237210825239_21. doc x @ 28499 @ 4 @ 1
12.1.4.1 IP (Internet Protocol)
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
The Internet protocol divides datagrams into segments and is responsible for their transmission from one network subscriber to another. The stations involved may be connected to the same network or to different physical networks which are linked together by routers.
Routers are able to select various paths (network transmission paths) through connected networks, and bypass congestion and individual network failures.
However, as individual paths may be selected which are shorter than other paths, datagrams may overtake each other, causing the sequence of the data packets to be incorrect.
Therefore, it is necessary to use a higher-level protocol, for example, TCP to guarantee correct transmission.
IP Packet
In addition to the data units to be transported, the IP data packets contain a range of address information and additional information in the packet header.
Table 77: IP Packet
IP Header IP Data
The most important information in the IP header is the IP address of the transmitter and the receiver and the transport protocol used.
IP Addresses
To allow communication over the network each fieldbus node requires a 32 bit
Internet address (IP address).
IP Address must be unique!
For error free operation, the IP address must be unique within the network.
The same IP address may not be assigned twice.
As shown below there are various address classes with net identification (net ID) and subscriber identification (subscriber ID) of varying lengths. The net ID defines the network in which the subscriber is located. The subscriber ID identifies a particular subscriber within this network.
Networks are divided into various network classes for addressing purposes:
• Class A: (Net ID: Byte 1, Host ID: Byte 2… Byte 4)
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Fieldbus Communication 207
Table 78: Network Class A e. g. 101
01100101
. 16
00010000
. 232
11101000
. 22
00010110
0
Net ID Host ID
The highest bit in Class A networks is always '0'. This means the highest byte can be in a range of '0 0000000' to '0 1111111'.
Therefore, the address range of a Class A network in the first byte is always between 0 and 127.
• Class B: (Net ID: Byte 1 … Byte 2, Host ID: Byte 3… Byte 4)
Table 79: Network Class B e. g. 181
10110101
. 16
00010000
. 232
11101000
. 22
00010110
10
Net ID Host ID
The highest bits in Class B networks are always '10'. This means the highest byte can be in a range of '10 000000' to '10 111111'.
Therefore, the address range of Class B networks in the first byte is always between 128 and 191.
• Class C: (Net ID: Byte 1 … Byte 3, Host ID: Byte 4)
Table 80: Network Class C e. g. 201 . 16 . 232 . 22
11000101 00010000 11101000 00010110
110
Net ID Host ID
The highest bits in Class C networks are always '110'. This means the highest byte can be in a range of '110 00000' to '110 11111'.
Therefore, the address range of Class C networks in the first byte is always between 192 and 223.
• Additional network classes (D, E): are only used for special tasks.
Key Data
Table 81: Key Data Class A, B and C
Network Class
Class A
Class B
Class C
Address range of the subnetwork
0.XXX.XXX.XXX ...
127.XXX.XXX.XXX
128.000.XXX.XXX ...
191.255.XXX.XXX
192.000.000.XXX ...
223.255.255.XXX
Possible number of
Networks
128
(2
7
)
Approx. 16 Thousand
(2
14
)
Approx. 2 Million
(2
21
)
Hosts per
Network
Approx. 16 Million
(2
24
)
Ca. 65 Thousand
(2
16
)
254
(2
8
)
Manual
Version 1.1.0
208 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Each WAGO ETHERNET fieldbus coupler or controller can be easily assigned an
IP address via the implemented BootP protocol. For small internal networks we recommend selecting a network address from Class C.
Do not set IP addresses to 0.0.0.0 or 255.255.255.255!
Never set all bits to equal 0 or 1 in one byte (byte = 0 or 255). These are reserved for special functions and may not be allocated. Therefore, the address 10.0.10.10 may not be used due to the 0 in the second byte.
If a network is to be directly connected to the Internet, only registered, internationally unique IP addresses allocated by a central registration service may be used. These are available from InterNIC (International Network Information
Center).
Internet access only by the authorized network administrator!
Direct connection to the Internet should only be performed by an authorized network administrator and is therefore not described in this manual.
Subnets
To allow routing within large networks a convention was introduced in the specification RFC 950. Part of the Internet address, the subscriber ID is divided up again into a subnetwork number and the station number of the node. With the aid of the network number it is possible to branch into internal subnetworks within the partial network, but the entire network is physically connected together.
The size and position of the subnetwork ID are not defined; however, the size is dependent upon the number of subnets to be addressed and the number of subscribers per subnet.
Table 82: Example: Class B Address with Field for Subnet IDs
1 8 16 24
1 0 ... Network ID Subnet ID
Subnet Mask
32
Host ID
A subnet mask was introduced to encode the subnets in the Internet. This involves a bit mask, which is used to mask out or select specific bits of the IP address. The mask defines the subscriber ID bits used for subnet coding, which denote the ID of the subscriber. The entire IP address range theoretically lies between 0.0.0.0 and 255.255.255.255. Each 0 and 255 from the IP address range are reserved for the subnet mask.
The standard masks depending upon the respective network class are as follows:
•
Class A Subnet mask:
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Fieldbus Communication 209
Table 83: Subnet Mask for Class A Network
255 .0
•
Class B Subnet mask:
Table 84: Subnet Mask for Class B Network
.0 .0
255 .255
•
Class C Subnet mask:
Table 85: Subnet Mask for Class C Network
.0 .0
255 .255 .255 .0
Depending on the subnet division the subnet masks may, however, contain other values beyond 0 and 255, such as 255.255.255.128 or 255.255.255.248.
Your network administrator allocates the subnet mask number to you.
Together with the IP address, this number determines which network your PC and your node belongs to.
The recipient node, which is located on a subnet, initially calculates the correct network number from its own IP address and subnet mask. Only then the node checks the node number and, if it corresponds, delivers the entire packet frame.
Table 86: Example for an IP Address from a Class B Network
IP address
172.16.233.200 '10101100 00010000 11101001 11001000'
Subnet mask
Net ID
Subnet ID
Host ID
255.255.255.128
172.16.0.0
0.0.233.128
0.0.0.72
'11111111 11111111 11111111 10000000'
'10101100 00010000 00000000 00000000'
'00000000 00000000 11101001 10000000'
'00000000 00000000 00000000 01001000'
Specification of the network mask necessary!
Specify the network mask defined by the administrator in the same way as the IP address when installing the network protocol.
Gateway
The subnets of the Internet are normally connected via gateways. The function of these gateways is to forward packets to other networks or subnets.
This means that in addition to the IP address and network mask for each network card, it is necessary to specify the correct IP address of the standard gateway for a
PC or fieldbus node connected to the Internet. You should also be able to obtain this IP address from your network administrator.
The IP function is limited to the local subnet if this address is not specified.
To communicate directly with each other, host and gateway must be on the same subnet, that means the network ID must be the same.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
210 Fieldbus Communication
RAW IP
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Raw IP manages without protocols such as PPP (point-to-point protocol). With
RAW IP, the TCP/IP packets are directly exchanged without handshaking, thus enabling the connection to be established more quickly.
However, the connection must beforehand have been configured with a fixed IP address. The advantages of RAW IP are high data transfer rate and good stability.
IP Multicast
Multicast refers to a method of transmission from a point to a group, which is a point-to-multipoint transfer or multipoint connection. The advantage of multicast is that messages are simultaneously transferred to several users or closed user groups via one address.
IP multicasting at the Internet level is realized with the help of the Internet Group
Message Protocol IGMP; neighboring routers use this protocol to inform each other on membership to the group.
For distribution of multicast packets in the sub-network, IP assumes that the datalink layer supports multicasting. In the case of Ethernet, you can provide a packet with a multicast address in order to send the packet to several recipients with a single send operation. Here, the common medium enables packets to be sent simultaneously to several recipients. The stations do not have to inform each other on who belongs to a specific multicast address – every station physically receives every packet. The resolution of IP address to Ethernet address is solved by the use of algorithms, IP multicast addresses are embedded in Ethernet multicast addresses.
Pos : 104 /Alle Serien (Allgemei ne M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/ETHERN ET/TC P (Trans por t Pr ot oc ol) @ 4\ mod_1237211218837_21.doc x @ 28502 @ 4 @ 1
12.1.4.2 TCP (Transmission Control Protocol)
As the layer above the Internet protocol, TCP (Transmission Control Protocol) guarantees the secure transport of data through the network.
TCP enables two subscribers to establish a connection for the duration of the data transmission. Communication takes place in full-duplex mode (i.e., transmission between two subscribers in both directions simultaneously).
TCP provides the transmitted message with a 16-bit checksum and each data packet with a sequence number.
The receiver checks that the packet has been correctly received on the basis of the checksum and then sets off the sequence number. The result is known as the acknowledgement number and is returned with the next self-sent packet as an acknowledgement.
This ensures that the lost TCP packets are detected and resent, if necessary, in the correct sequence.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
TCP Data Packet
Fieldbus Communication 211
The packet header of a TCP data packet is comprised of at least 20 bytes and contains, among others, the application port number of the transmitter and the receiver, the sequence number and the acknowledgement number.
The resulting TCP packet is used in the data unit area of an IP packet to create a
TCP/IP packet.
TCP Port Numbers
TCP can, in addition to the IP address (network and subscriber address), respond to a specific application (service) on the addressed subscriber. For this the applications located on a subscriber, such as a web server, FTP server and others are addressed via different port numbers. Well-known applications are assigned fixed ports to which each application can refer when a connection is built up
(Examples: Telnet Port number: 23, http Port number: 80).
A complete list of “standardized services” is contained in the RFC 1700 (1994) specifications.
Pos : 105 /Alle Serien (Allgemei ne M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/ETHERN ET/UD P (Us er Datagram Pr ot ocol) @ 4\ mod_1237211297860_21. doc x @ 28505 @ 4 @ 1
12.1.4.3 UDP (User Datagram Protocol)
The UDP protocol, like the TCP protocol, is responsible for the transport of data.
Unlike the TCP protocol, UDP is not connection-orientated; meaning that there are no control mechanisms for the data exchange between transmitter and receiver. The advantage of this protocol is the efficiency of the transmitted data and the resulting higher processing speed.
Pos : 106 /Alle Serien (Allgemei ne M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/ETHERN ET/ ARP (Adress Res ol ution Protoc ol) @ 4\ mod_1237211395755_21. doc x @ 28508 @ 4 @ 1
12.1.4.4 ARP (Address Resolution Protocol)
This protocol combines the IP address with the physical MAC address of the respective Ethernet card. It is always used when data transfer to an IP address takes place in the same logical network in which the sender is located.
Pos : 107 /Alle Serien (Allgemei ne M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/ETHERN ET/ Konfigur ati ons- und Diagnos eprot okolle - Ü bersc hrift 3 @ 4\ mod_1237211597686_21. doc x @ 28511 @ 3 @ 1
12.1.5 Configuration and Diagnostics Protocols
Pos : 108 /Alle Serien (Allgemei ne M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/ETHERN ET/ Boot P (Boots Trap Prot oc ol) @ 4\ mod_1237211805257_21.doc x @ 28514 @ 4 @ 1
12.1.5.1 BootP (Bootstrap Protocol)
The "Bootstrap Protocol" (BootP) can be used to assign an IP address and other parameters to the fieldbus coupler/controller in a TCP/IP network. Subnet masks and gateways can also be transferred using this protocol. Protocol communication is comprised of a client request from the fieldbus coupler and a server response from the PC.
A broadcast request is transmitted to Port 67 (BootP server) via the protocol that contains the hardware address (MAC ID) for the fieldbus coupler.
The BootP server then receives this message. The server contains a database in which the MAC ID and IP addresses are assigned to one another. When a MAC address is found a broadcast reply is transmitted via network.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
212 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
The fieldbus coupler/controller "listens" at the specified Port 68 for a response from the BootP server. Incoming packets contain information such as the IP address and the MAC address for the fieldbus coupler/controller. A fieldbus coupler/controller recognizes by the MAC address that the message is intended for that particular fieldbus coupler/controller and accepts the transmitted IP address into its network.
IP addresses can be assigned via BootP under Windows and Linux!
You can use WAGO-BootP-Server to assign an IP address under the Windows and Linux operating systems. You can also use any other BootP server besides
WAGO-BootP-Server.
More information about WAGO-BootP-Server
"759-315 WAGO-BootP-Server" is available free of charge at http://www.wago.com
under Downloads AUTOMATION 759-315
WAGO-BootP-Server.
More information about using BootP server to assign IP addresses
The process for assigning addresses using WAGO-BootP-Server is described in detail in the section "Commissioning Fieldbus Nodes".
The BootP Client assists in the dynamic configuration of the network parameters:
Table 87: Meaning of the BootP parameters
Parameter
IP address of the client
Meaning
Network address of the fieldbus coupler/controller
IP address of the router
Subnet mask
If communication takes place outside the local network, the IP address of the router (gateway) is given in this parameter.
The subnet mask makes it possible for the fieldbus coupler/controller to distinguish which parts of the IP address identify the network and which identify the network stations.
IP addresses of the DNS server The IP addresses from a maximum of 2 DNS servers can be specified here.
Host name Name of host
The network parameters (IP address, etc.) are stored in the EEPROM when using the Bootstrap protocol to configure the node.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Fieldbus Communication 213
BootP configuration is saved in the EEPROM!
Please note that the network configuration is stored in the EEPROM when using
BootP in contrast to configuration via DHCP.
By default, BootP is activated in the fieldbus coupler/controller.
When BootP is activated, the fieldbus coupler/controller expects the BootP server to be permanently available.
If there is no BootP server available after a PowerOn reset, the network will remain inactive.
To operate the fieldbus coupler/controller with the IP configuration stored in the
EEPROM, you must deactivate the BootP protocol after configuration.
The Web-based management system is used to deactivate the BootP protocol on the respective fieldbus coupler/controller-internal HTML page under the "Port" link.
If BootP is deactivated, the fieldbus coupler/controller uses the parameters saved in the EEPROM when booting next.
If there is an error in the saved parameters, the I/O LED releases a blink code and configuration via BootP is turned on automatically.
Pos : 109 /Alle Serien (Allgemei ne M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/ETHERN ET/HTT P (H yper text Trans fer Protoc ol) @ 4\ mod_1237211903403_21. doc x @ 28517 @ 4 @ 1
12.1.5.2 HTTP (Hypertext Transfer Protocol)
HTTP is a protocol used by WWW (World Wide Web) servers for the forwarding of hypermedia, texts, images, audiodata, etc.
Today, HTTP forms the basis of the Internet and is also based on requests and responses in the same way as the BootP protocol.
The HTTP server implemented in the (programmable) fieldbus coupler or controller is used for viewing the HTML pages saved in the coupler/controller.
The HTML pages provide information about the coupler/controller (state, configuration), the network and the process image.
On some HTML pages, (programmable) fieldbus coupler or controller settings can also be defined and altered via the web-based management system (e.g. whether IP configuration of the coupler/controller is to be performed via the
DHCP protocol, the BootP protocol or from the data stored in the EEPROM).
The HTTP server uses port number 80.
Pos : 110 /Alle Serien (Allgemei ne M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/ETHERN ET/DHC P (D ynamic Hos t C onfigurati on Pr ot oc ol) @ 4\ mod_1237211970146_21.doc x @ 28520 @ 4 @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
214 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
12.1.5.3 DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol)
The fieldbus coupler/controller internal HTML page opened via the "Port" link provides the option to configure the network using the data saved in the EEPROM or via DHCP instead of via the BootP protocol.
DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) is a further development of BootP and is backwards compatible with BootP.
Both BOOTP and DHCP assign an IP address to the fieldbus node (Client) when starting; the sequence is the same as for BootP.
For configuration of the network parameters via DHCP, the fieldbus coupler/controller sends a client request to the DHCP server e.g., on the connected
PC.
A broadcast request is transmitted to Port 67 (DHCP server) via the protocol that contains the hardware address (MAC ID) for the fieldbus coupler/controller.
The DHCP server then receives this message. The server contains a database in which the MAC ID and IP addresses are assigned to one another. When a MAC address is found a broadcast reply is transmitted via network.
The fieldbus coupler/controller "listens" at the specified Port 68 for a response from the DHCP server. Incoming packets contain information such as the IP address and the MAC address for the fieldbus coupler/controller. A fieldbus coupler/controller recognizes by the MAC address that the message is intended for that particular fieldbus coupler/controller and accepts the transmitted IP address into its network.
If there is no reply, the inquiry is sent again after 4 seconds, 8 seconds and 16 seconds.
If all inquiries receive no reply, a blink code is released via the I/O LED. The parameters cannot be applied from the EEPROM.
DHCP configuration is not saved in the EEPROM!
Please note that the network configuration is not stored in the EEPROM when using DHCP in contrast to configuration via BootP.
The difference between BOOTP and DHCP is that both use different assignment methods.
BOOTP can be used to assign a fixed IP address for each client where the addresses and their reservation are permanently saved in the BOOTP server database.
In contrast, DHCP is also used to dynamically assign available IP addresses through client leases (lease time after which the client requests a new address) where each DHCP client address is saved temporarily in the server database.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Fieldbus Communication 215
In addition, DHCP clients do not require a system restart to rebind or renew configuration with the DHCP server. Instead, clients automatically enter a rebinding state at set timed intervals to renew their leased address allocation with the DHCP server. This process occurs in the background and is transparent to the user.
There are three different operating modes for a DHCP server:
•
Manual assignment
In this mode, the IP addresses are permanently assigned on the DHCP server to specific MAC addresses. The addresses are assigned to the MAC address for an indefinite period.
Manual assignments are used primarily to ensure that the DHCP client can be reached under a fixed IP address.
•
Automatic assignment
For automatic assignment, a range of IP addresses is assigned on the DHCP server.
If the address was assigned from this range once to a DHCP client, then it belongs to the client for an indefinite period as the assigned IP address is also bound to the MAC address.
•
Dynamic assignment
This process is similar to automatic assignment, but the DHCP server has a statement in its configuration file that specifies how long a certain IP address may be "leased" to a client before the client must log into the server again and request an "extension".
If the client does not log in, the address is released and can be reassigned to another (or the same) client. The time defined by the administrator is called
Lease Time.
Some DHCP servers also assign IP addresses based on the MAC address, i.e., a client receives the same IP address as before after longer network absence and elapse of the Lease Time (unless the IP address has been assigned otherwise in the mean time).
The DHCP Client assists in the dynamic network configuration of the fieldbus coupler/controller by setting the following parameters:
Manual
Version 1.1.0
216 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Table 88: Meaning of the DHCP parameters
Parameter
IP address of the client
Meaning
Network address of the fieldbus coupler/controller
IP address of the router
Subnet mask
If communication takes place outside the local network, the IP address of the router (gateway) is given in this parameter.
The subnet mask makes it possible for the fieldbus coupler/controller to distinguish which parts of the IP address identify the network and which identify the network stations.
IP addresses of the DNS server The IP addresses from a maximum of 2 DNS servers can be specified here.
Lease time The maximum duration (i.e., how long the fieldbus coupler/controller maintains the assigned IP address) can be defined here. The maximum lease time for an ETHERNET controller is 24.8 days. This is due to the internal timer resolution.
Renewing time The renewing time indicates when the fieldbus coupler/controller must renew the lease time.
Rebinding time The rebinding time indicates after what amount of time the fieldbus coupler/controller must have received its new address.
When using a lease time, the values for the renewing time and rebinding time are also indicated. After the renewing time has elapsed, the fieldbus coupler/controller attempts to automatically renew the lease time for its IP address. If this is unsuccessful when the rebinding time has elapsed, the fieldbus coupler/controller attempts to receive a new IP address.
The renewing time should be approximately half of the lease time.
The rebinding time should be approximately 7/8 of the lease time.
Pos : 111 /Alle Serien (Allgemei ne M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/ETHERN ET/DN S (Domai n N ame Ser ver) @ 4\ mod_1237212084977_21. doc x @ 28523 @ 4 @ 1
12.1.5.4 DNS (Domain Name Systems)
The DNS client enables conversion of logical Internet names such as www.wago.com into the appropriate decimal IP address represented with separator stops, via a DNS server. Reverse conversion is also possible.
The addresses of the DNS server are configured via DHCP, BootP or web-based management. Up to 2 DNS servers can be specified. The host identification can be achieved with two functions; an internal host table is not supported.
Pos : 112. 1 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okument e) (Allgemeine M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/ETHERN ET/ SNTP-Client (Si mpl e N et wor k Ti me Prot oc ol) - Ei nleit ung @ 7\ mod_1265368453398_21.doc x @ 49866 @ 4 @ 1
12.1.5.5 SNTP-Client (Simple Network Time Protocol)
The SNTP client is used for synchronization of the time of day between a time server (NTP and SNTP server Version 3 and 4 are supported) and the internal system time in the (programmable) fieldbus coupler or controller. The protocol is executed via a UDP port. Only unicast addressing is supported.
Configuration of the SNTP client
The configuration of the SNTP client is performed via the web-based management system. The following parameters must be set:
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Fieldbus Communication 217
Table 89: Meaning of the SNTP Parameters
Parameter
Pos : 112. 2 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okument e) (Allgemeine M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/ETHERN ET/ SNTP-Client (Si mpl e N et wor k Ti me Prot oc ol) - Tabellenz eile " Adr ess e des Ti me- Ser vers" @ 7\ mod_1265370673801_21. doc x @ 49869 @ @ 1
Address of the Time Server
Meaning
The address assignment can be made either over an IP address or a hostname.
Pos : 112. 3 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okument e) (Allgemeine M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/ETHERN ET/ SNTP-Client (Si mpl e N et wor k Ti me Prot oc ol) - Rest @ 7\ mod_1265370907817_21. doc x @ 49872 @ @ 1
WBM page “TCP/IP”
„SNTP Update Time (sec,
max. 65535) ”
The update time indicates the interval in seconds, in which the synchronization with the time server is to take place.
WBM page “Clock”
“Timezone (+/- hour:minute)”
The time zone relative to GMT (Greenwich Mean time). A range of -12 to +14 hours is acceptable.
WBM page “Port” “SNTP”
It indicates whether the SNTP Client is to be activated or deactivated.
Pos : 113. 1 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okument e) (Allgemeine M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/ETHERN ET/FT P-Ser ver (Fil e Tr ans fer Protoc ol) - Einl eitung @ 7\ mod_1265373934850_21. doc x @ 49914 @ 4 @ 1
12.1.5.6 FTP-Server (File Transfer Protocol)
The file transfer protocol (FTP) enables files to be exchanged between different network stations regardless of operating system.
In the case of the ETHERNET coupler/controller, FTP is used to store and read the HTML pages created by the user, the IEC61131 program and the IEC61131 source code in the (programmable) fieldbus coupler or controller.
Pos : 113. 2 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okument e) (Allgemeine M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/ETHERN ET/FT P (File Ser ver Pr otocol) - F ür das D ateis yst em s teht ei n G es amts peic her von 1,5 MB z ur Verf ügung. @ 7\ mod_1265374158431_21. doc x @ 49920 @ @ 1
A total memory of 1.5 MB is available for the file system.
Pos : 113. 3 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okument e) (Allgemeine M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/ETHERN ET/FT P (File Ser ver Pr otocol) - D at eis ys tem + Hinweis: Z yklen für Fl as h auf 1 Million begrenzt! @ 7\ mod_1265373989882_21. doc x @ 49917 @ @ 1
The file system is mapped to RAM disk. To permanently store the data of the
RAM disk, the information is additionally copied into the flash memory. The data is stored in the flash after the file has been closed. Due to the storage process, access times during write cycles are long.
Flash Write Cycles are limited up to 1 Million!
Up to 1 million write cycles are possible for writing to the flash memory for the file system.
Pos : 113. 4 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okument e) (Allgemeine M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/ETHERN ET/FT P (File Ser ver Pr otocol) - Tabelle: FTP- Kommandos und deren F unktion @ 7\ mod_1265374299823_21. doc x @ 49926 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
218 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
The following table shows the supported FTP commands for accesses to the file system:
Table 90: FTP Commands and Function
Command
USER
PASS
ACCT
REIN
QUIT
PORT
PASV
Function
Identification of the user
User password
Account for access to certain files
Server reset
Terminates the connection
Addressing of the data link
Changes server in the listen mode
TYPE
STRU
MODE
RETR
STOR
APPE
ALLO
RNFR
RNTO
ABOR
DELE
Determines the kind of the representation for the transferred file
Determines the structure for the transferred file
Determines the kind of file transmission
Reads file from server
Saves file on server
Saves file on server (Append mode)
Reservation of the necessary storage location for the file
Renames file from (with RNTO)
Renames file in (with RNFR)
Stops current function
Deletes file
CWD
LIST
NLST
RMD
PWD
Changes directory
Gives the directory list
Gives the directory list
Deletes directory
Gives the actually path
MKD Creates a directory
The TFTP (Trivial File Transfer Protocol) is not supported by some of the couplers/controllers.
Pos : 113. 5 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okument e) (Allgemeine M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/ETHERN ET/I nf or mation: Weit ere i nf or mation z u den i mplementiert en Prot okollen @ 7\ mod_1265374349668_21. doc x @ 49929 @ @ 1
More Information about the implemented Protocols
You can find a list of the exact available implemented protocols in the section
“Technical Data” to the fieldbus coupler and/or controller.
Pos : 114. 1 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okument e) (Allgemeine M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/SNM P (MI B)/ SNMP ( Simpl e N et work Management Pr ot okoll) - SNMP (Übersc hrift 2) @ 7\ mod_1270702626019_21. doc x @ 54936 @ 2 @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Fieldbus Communication 219
12.2 SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol)
Pos : 114. 2 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okument e) (Allgemeine M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/SNM P (MI B)/ SNMP ( Simpl e N et work Management Pr ot okoll) - SNMP @ 6\ mod_1264585618382_21.doc x @ 48815 @ @ 1
The Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) is responsible for transporting the control data that allows the exchange of management information as well as status and statistic data between individual network components and a management system.
An SNMP management workstation polls the SNMP agents to obtain information on the relevant devices.
SNMP is supported in versions 1/2c and some fieldbus couplers/controllers in version 3.
This represents a community message exchange in SNMP versions 1 and 2c. The community name of the network community must thereby be specified.
In SNMP version 3, exchanging messages is user-related. Each device, that knows the passwords set via WBM, may read or write values from the controller. In
SNMPv3, user data from SNMP messages can also be transmitted in encoded form. This way, both requested values and values to be written cannot be easily decoded by others via ETHERNET. This is why SNMPv3 is often used in safetyrelated networks.
The device data, that can be accessed or modified by an SNMP agent, is called
SNMP object. The sets of SNMP objects are stored in a logical database called
Management Information Base (MIB); this is why these objects are typically known as “MIB objects”.
The SNMP of the ETHERNET controller includes both the general MIB acc. to
RFC1213 (MIB II) and a special WAGO MIB.
Pos : 114. 3 /D okument ati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel ement e/---Seit enwec hs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
SNMP is processed via port 161. The port number for SNMP traps (agent messages) is 161. Both ports must be enabled to use SNMP.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
220 Fieldbus Communication
Pos : 114. 4 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okument e) (Allgemeine M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/SNM P (MI B)/ SNMP ( Simpl e N et work Management Pr ot okoll) - Besc hreibung der MI B I I (Ü bersc hrift 3) @ 7\ mod_1270702460141_21. doc x @ 54933 @ 3 @ 1
12.2.1 MIB II Description
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 114. 5 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okument e) (Allgemeine M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/SNM P (MI B)/ SNMP ( Simpl e N et work Management Pr ot okoll) - Besc hreibung der MI B I I mit Verweis auf Anhang @ 7\ mod_1270702410659_21. doc x @ 54930 @ @ 1
MIB II acc. to RFC1213 is divided into the following groups:
Table 91: MIB II Groups
Group
System Group
Interface Group
IP Group
IpRoute Table Group
ICMP Group
TCP Group
UDP Group
SNMP Group
Identifier
1.3.6.1.2.1.1
1.3.6.1.2.1.2
1.3.6.1.2.1.4
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.21
1.3.6.1.2.1.5
1.3.6.1.2.1.6
1.3.6.1.2.1.7
1.3.6.1.2.1.11
Additional Information
Please find detailed information on these individual groups in section
“MIB II groups” of the manual appendix.
Pos : 114. 6 /D okument ati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel ement e/---Seit enwec hs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 114. 7 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okument e) (Allgemeine M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/SNM P (MI B)/ SNMP ( Simpl e N et work Management Pr ot okoll) - Besc hreibung der WAGO-MI B @ 6\ mod_1264588438310_21. doc x @ 48825 @ 3 @ 1
12.2.2 Description of the WAGO-MIB
Fieldbus Communication 221
The WAGO-MIB file describes WAGO-specific objects that can be read out via
SNMP. These objects contain information about the state and the current settings of the device. The WAGO-MIB is located under an individual Enterprise-ID in the SNMP OID structure. The parameters of the WAGO-MIB are at: iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprise.wago (1.3.6.1.4.1.13576)
The WAGO-MIB cuts into the following groups:
Table 92: WAGO-MIB-Group
Group
Company Group
Product Group
Versions Group
Real Time Clock Group
Ethernet Group
Actual Error Group
Error History Group
PLC Project Group
Http Group
Ftp Group
Snmp Group
Snmp Trap String Group
Snmp User Trap String Group
Plc Connection Group
Modbus Group
Ethernet IP Group
Process Image Group
Plc Data Group
Information
Additional information:
Detailed information about these individual WAGO-MIB groups is available in the "WAGO-MIB groups" section in the manual appendix.
Identifier
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.1
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.10
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.11
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.12
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.20
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.21.1
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.30
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.1
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.2
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.4.2
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.4.4
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.4.5
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.5.1
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.6
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.7
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.50
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.100.1
Pos : 114. 8 /D okument ati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel ement e/---Seit enwec hs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
222 Fieldbus Communication
Pos : 114. 9 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okument e) (Allgemeine M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/SNM P (MI B)/ SNMP ( Simpl e N et work Management Pr ot okoll) - St andard-Traps (Überschrif t 3) @ 7\ mod_1270703799171_21.doc x @ 54951 @ 3 @ 1
12.2.3 Traps
Pos : 114. 10 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okument e) (Allgemeine M odule) /Fel dbus kommuni kati on/SNM P (MI B)/SNM P (Si mple Net wor k M anag ement Protokoll) - St andar d-Traps ( Einl eitung) @ 7\ mod_1270721636553_21.doc x @ 54977 @ @ 1
Standard Traps
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
For specific events, the SNMP agent will independently send one of the following messages without polling the manager.
Pos : 114. 11 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okument e) (Allgemeine M odule) /Fel dbus kommuni kati on/SNM P (MI B)/SNM P (Si mple Net wor k M anag ement Protokoll) - Hi nweis: Er eignis mel dung en i m WBM freigeben! V1, 2c , 3 @ 7\ mod_1270721741999_21. doc x @ 54980 @ @ 1
Enable event messages (traps) in the WBM!
Initially enable the event messages in the WBM in menu “SNMP” under “Trap
Enable”. Traps in version 1, 2c and 3 may be activated separately.
Pos : 114. 12 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okument e) (Allgemeine M odule) /Fel dbus kommuni kati on/SNM P (MI B)/SNM P (Si mple Net wor k M anag ement Protokoll) - St andar d-Traps @ 6\ mod_1264588370404_21. doc x @ 48822 @ @ 1
The following messages are triggered automatically as traps (SNMPv1) by the fieldbus coupler/controller:
Table 93: Standard Traps
TrapType/TrapNumber/
OID of the provided value
Name
TrapType = 0
TrapType = 1
TrapType = 3
TrapType = 4
TrapType = 6/ ab Trap-Nummer 25 benutzerspezifisch
ColdStart
WarmStart
EthernetUp
Event
Restart the coupler/controller
Reset via service switch
AuthenticationFailure Unauthorized (abortive) MIB enterpriseSpecific
Network connection detected access
Enterprise-specific messages and function poll in the PFC program starting with enterprise trap number 25
Pos : 114. 13 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okument e) (Allgemeine M odule) /Fel dbus kommuni kati on/SNM P (MI B)/SNM P (Si mple Net wor k M anag ement Protokoll) - H erst ellerspezifis che Tr aps @ 6\mod_1264588502731_21. doc x @ 48838 @ @ 1
Manufacturer-specific traps
In addition, manufacturer-specific traps are defined in the WAGO ETHERNET
TCP/IP fieldbus controller.
After activation, these are triggered in the WBM (for traps in SNMPv1 and for notifications in SNMPv2c/v3) by particular events and sent automatically.
The traps all have a unique enterprise number.
For legible evaluation, a unique string is also attached. The strings can be changed via SNMP or adapted in the language. For these changes, the WAGO-specific object "Snmp Trap String Group" is defined (see section "WAGO-MIB Groups" in the appendix).
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Fieldbus Communication 223
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Table 94: Manufacturer-specific traps
Enterprise number
Attached MIB object
1
2
3 wioTrapKbusError wioTrapPlcStart wioTrapPlcStop
Triggering event
Trap, if KBus state change to error
Trap, if PLC programm start
Trap, if PLC programm stop wioTrapPlcReset Trap, if PLC programm reset wioTrapPlcSoftwareWatchdog Trap, if PLC software watchdog is detected wioTrapPlcDivideByZero wioTrapPlcOnlineChange
Trap, if PLC software detect a division by zero
Trap, if PLC programm change online wioTrapPlcDownload wioTrapPlcLogout wioTrapPlcLogin
Trap, if PLC new programm is downloading
Trap, if someone logout to PLC
Trap, if someone login to PLC
Pos : 115 /Alle Serien (Allgemei ne M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/ETHERN ET/ Anwendungsprotokolle - Ü bersc hrift 3 und Ei nleit ungstext @ 4\ mod_1237212360010_21. doc x @ 28535 @ 3 @ 1
12.2.4 Application Protocols
If fieldbus specific application protocols are implemented, then the appropriate fieldbus specific communication is possible with the respective coupler/controller.
Thus the user is able to have a simple access from the respective fieldbus on the fieldbus node.
Pos : 116 /Dokumentati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel ement e/---Seit enwec hs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
The implemented fieldbus specific application protocols these protocols are individual described in the following chapters.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
224 Fieldbus Communication
Pos : 117. 1 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/MOD BUS/MOD BUS-F unktionen - Allgemeines @ 3\ mod_1234513607390_21.doc x @ 27530 @ 23 @ 1
12.3 MODBUS Functions
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
12.3.1 General
MODBUS is a manufacturer-independent, open fieldbus standard for diverse applications in manufacturing and process automation.
The MODBUS protocol is implemented according to the current Internet Draft of the IETF (Internet Engineering Task Force) and performs the following functions:
•
Transmission of the process image
•
Transmission of the fieldbus variables
•
Transmission of different settings and information on the coupler/controller
The data transmission in the fieldside takes place via TCP and via UDP.
The MODBUS/TCP protocol is a variation of the MODBUS protocol, which was optimized for communication via TCP/IP connections.
This protocol was designed for data exchange in the field level (i.e. for the exchange of I/O data in the process image).
All data packets are sent via a TCP connection with the port number 502.
Pos : 117. 2 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/MOD BUS/MOD BUS-F unktionen - Allgemeines - Datenpaket @ 3\ mod_1234517576546_21.doc x @ 27536 @ @ 1
MODBUS/TCP segment
The general MODBUS/TCP header is as follows:
Table 95: MODBUS/TCP Header
Byte 0 1
Identifier
(entered by receiver)
2 3
Protocolidentifier
(is always 0)
4 5 6
Length field
(High byte, low byte)
Unit identifier
(Slave address)
7
MODBUS function code
8 … n
Data
Additional Information
The structure of a datagram is specific for the individual function. Refer to the descriptions of the MODBUS Function codes.
Pos : 117. 3 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/MOD BUS/MOD BUS-F unktionen - Allgemeines - 15 Ver bindungen ( x41) @ 4\ mod_1235565560015_21.doc x @ 27682 @ @ 1
For the MODBUS protocol 15 connections are made available over TCP. Thus it allows digital and analog output data to be directly read out at a fieldbus node and special functions to be executed by way of simple MODBUS function codes from
15 stations simultaneously.
Pos : 117. 4 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/MOD BUS/MOD BUS-F unktionen - Allgemeines - MOD BUS-Pr ot okoll @ 4\ mod_1235565612609_21.doc x @ 27685 @ @ 1
For this purpose a set of MODBUS functions from the Open MODBUS/TCP specification is realized.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Fieldbus Communication 225
More information
More information on the “Open MODBUS/TCP specification” you can find in the
Internet: www.modbus.org
.
Therefore the MODBUS protocol based essentially on the following basic data types:
Table 96: Basic Data Types of MODBUS Protocol
Data type
Discrete inputs
Coils
Length
1 bit
1 bit
Description
Digital inputs
Digital outputs
Input register 16 bits Analog input data
Holding register 16 bits Analog output data
For each basic data type one or more function codes are defined.
These functions allow digital or analog input and output data, and internal variables to be set or directly read out of the fieldbus node.
Pos : 117. 5 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/MOD BUS/MOD BUS-F unktionen - Lis te Funktionsc odes (C ontroller , x41) @ 3\ mod_1234954357875_21. doc x @ 27540 @ @ 1
Table 97: List of the MODBUS Functions in the Fieldbus Controller
Function code Function
FC1
0x01 Read Coils
FC2
FC3
FC4
FC5
FC6
FC11
0x02
0x03
0x04
0x05
0x06
0x0B
Read Discrete
Inputs
Read Holding
Registers
Read Input
Registers
Write Single
Coil
Write Single
Register
Get Comm
Event Counters
Access method and description
Reading of several output bits
Access to resources
R:
Process image,
PFC variables
Reading of several input bits R: Process image,
PFC variables
Reading of several input registers
R:
Process image,
PFC variables, internal variables,
NOVRAM
Reading of several input registers R: Process image,
PFC variables, internal variables,
NOVRAM
Writing of an individual output bit W: Process image,
PFC variables
Writing of an individual output register
Communication event counter
W:
Process image,
PFC variables, internal variables,
NOVRAM
R: None
FC15
0x0F
FC16
FC22
0x10
0x16
Write Multiple
Coils
Write Multiple
Registers
Mask Write
Register
Writing of several output bits W: Process image,
PFC variables
Writing of several output registers W: Process image,
PFC variables, internal variables,
NOVRAM
Writing of several bits of an individual output register by mask
W: Process image,
PFC variables,
NOVRAM
Manual
Version 1.1.0
226 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
FC23
0x17 Read/Write
Multiple
Registers
Reading and writing of several output registers
R/W: Process image,
PFC variables,
NOVRAM
Pos : 117. 6 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/MOD BUS/MOD BUS-F unktionen - Ei ngabe Adres se und Funktionsc ode, Hinweis @ 3\ mod_1234955801125_21. doc x @ 27543 @ @ 1
To execute a desired function, specify the respective function code and the address of the selected input or output data.
Note the number system when addressing!
The examples listed use the hexadecimal system (i.e.: 0x000) as their numerical format. Addressing begins with 0. The format and beginning of the addressing may vary according to the software and the control system. All addresses then need to be converted accordingly.
Pos : 117. 7 /D okument ati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel ement e/---Seit enwec hs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 117. 8 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/MOD BUS/Anwendung der M ODBU S-F unktionen - Einl eit ung @ 7\ mod_1265623985585_21. doc x @ 49940 @ 33 @ 1
12.3.2 Use of the MODBUS Functions
Fieldbus Communication 227
The example below uses a graphical view of a fieldbus node to show which
MODBUS functions can be used to access data of the process image.
Figure 85: Use of the MODBUS Functions
Manual
Version 1.1.0
228 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Use register functions to access analog signals and coil functions to access binary signals!
It is recommended that analog data be accessed with register functions and digital data with coil functions . If reading or writing access to binary signals is performed via register functions , an address shift may occur as soon as further analog modules are operated on the coupler/controller.
12.3.3 Description of the MODBUS Functions
All MODBUS functions are executed as follows:
1. A MODBUS TCP master (e.g., a PC) makes a request to the WAGO fieldbus node using a specific function code based on the desired operation..
2. The WAGO fieldbus node receives the datagram and then responds to the master with the proper data, which is based on the master’s request.
If the WAGO fieldbus node receives an incorrect request, it sends an error datagram (Exception) to the master.
The exception code contained in the exception has the following meaning:
Pos : 117. 9 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/MOD BUS/Anwendung der M ODBU S-F unktionen - Tabell e " Exc eption-Codes" @ 7\mod_1265624178510_21.doc x @ 49943 @ @ 1
Table 98: Exception Codes
Exception code Meaning
0x01 Illegal function
0x02
0x03
0x04
0x05
Illegal data address
Illegal data value
Slave device failure
Acknowledge
0x06
0x08
0x0A
0x0B
Server busy
Memory parity error
Gateway path unavailable
Gateway target device failed to respond
Pos : 117. 10 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/ Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/ Anwendung der M ODBU S-Funkti onen - FC 1 bis FC 6 @ 3\ mod_1234957373125_21. doc x @ 27556 @ 444444 @ 1
The following chapters describe the datagram architecture of request, response and exception with examples for each function code.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Fieldbus Communication 229
Reading and writing of outputs via FC1 to FC4 is also possible by adding an offset!
In the case of the read functions (FC1 ... FC4) the outputs can be additionally written and read back by adding an offset of 200hex (0x0200) to the MODBUS addresses in the range of [0 hex
... FF hex
] and an offset of 1000 hex
(0x01000) to the
MODBUS addresses in the range of [6000 hex
... 62FC hex
].
12.3.3.1 Function Code FC1 (Read Coils)
This function reads the status of the input and output bits (coils) in a slave device.
Request
The request specifies the reference number (starting address) and the bit count to read.
Example: Read output bits 0 to 7.
Table 99: Request of Function Code FC1
Byte
Byte 0, 1
Byte 2, 3
Byte 4, 5
Byte 6
Byte 7
Field name
Transaction identifier
Protocol identifier
Length field
Example
0x0000
0x0000
0x0006
Unit identifier 0x01 not used
MODBUS function code 0x01
Byte 8, 9
Byte 10, 11
Reference number
Bit count
0x0000
0x0008
Response
The current values of the response bits are packed in the data field. A binary 1 corresponds to the ON status and a 0 to the OFF status. The lowest value bit of the first data byte contains the first bit of the request. The others follow in ascending order. If the number of inputs is not a multiple of 8, the remaining bits of the last data byte are filled with zeroes (truncated).
Table 100: Response of Function Code FC1
Byte
...
Byte 7
Field name Example
MODBUS function code 0x01
Byte 8
Byte 9
Byte count
Bit values
0x01
0x12
The status of the inputs 7 to 0 is shown as byte value 0x12 or binary 0001 0010.
Input 7 is the bit having the highest significance of this byte and input 0 the lowest
Manual
Version 1.1.0
230 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub value.
The assignment is thus made from 7 to 0 as follows:
Table 101: Assignment of Inputs
OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF
Bit
0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0
Coil
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Exception
Table 102: Exception of Function Code FC1
Byte
...
Byte 7
Byte 8
Field name
MODBUS function code
Exception code
Example
0x81
0x01 or 0x02
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
12.3.3.2 Function Code FC2 (Read Discrete Inputs)
This function reads the input bits from a slave device.
Fieldbus Communication 231
Request
The request specifies the reference number (starting address) and the bit count to be read.
Example: Read input bits 0 to 7
Table 103: Request of Function Code FC2
Byte
Byte 0, 1
Byte 2, 3
Byte 4, 5
Byte 6
Byte 7
Field name
Transaction identifier
Protocol identifier
Length field
Example
0x0000
0x0000
0x0006
Unit identifier 0x01 not used
MODBUS function code 0x02
Byte 8, 9
Byte 10, 11
Reference number
Bit count
0x0000
0x0008
Response
The current value of the requested bits are packed into the data field. A binary 1 corresponds to the ON status and a 0 the OFF status. The lowest value bit of the first data byte contains the first bit of the inquiry. The others follow in an ascending order. If the number of inputs is not a multiple of 8, the remaining bits of the last data byte are filled with zeroes (truncated).
Table 104: Response of Function Code FC2
Byte
...
Byte 7
Field name Example
MODBUS function code 0x02
Byte 8
Byte 9
Byte count
Bit values
0x01
0x12
The status of the inputs 7 to 0 is shown as a byte value 0x12 or binary 0001 0010.
Input 7 is the bit having the highest significance of this byte and input 0 the lowest value. The assignment is thus made from 7 to 0 as follows:
Table 105: Assignment of Inputs
OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF
Bit
0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0
Coil
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Manual
Version 1.1.0
232 Fieldbus Communication
Exception
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Table 106: Exception of Function Code FC2
Byte
...
Byte 7
Byte 8
Field name Example
MODBUS function code 0x82
Exception code 0x01 or 0x02
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
12.3.3.3 Function Code FC3 (Read Multiple Registers)
Fieldbus Communication 233
This function reads the contents of holding registers from a slave device in word format.
Request
The request specifies the reference number (start register) and the word count
(register quantity) of the registers to be read. The reference number of the request is zero based, therefore, the first register starts at address 0.
Example: Read registers 0 and 1.
Table 107: Request of Function Code FC3
Byte
Byte 0, 1
Byte 2, 3
Byte 4, 5
Byte 6
Byte 7
Byte 8, 9
Byte 10, 11
Field name
Transaction identifier
Protocol identifier
Length field
Unit identifier
Example
0x0000
0x0000
0x0006
0x01 not used
MODBUS function code 0x03
Reference number 0x0000
Word count 0x0002
Response
The reply register data is packed as 2 bytes per register. The first byte contains the higher value bits, the second the lower values.
Table 108: Response of Function Code FC3
Byte
...
Byte 7
Field name Example
MODBUS function code 0x03
Byte 8
Byte 9, 10
Byte 11, 12
Byte count
Value register 0
Value register 1
0x04
0x1234
0x2345
The contents of register 0 are displayed by the value 0x1234 and the contents of register 1 is 0x2345.
Exception
Table 109: Exception of Function Code FC3
Byte
...
Byte 7
Byte 8
Field name Example
MODBUS function code 0x83
Exception code 0x01 or 0x02
Manual
Version 1.1.0
234 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
12.3.3.4 Function Code FC4 (Read Input Registers)
This function reads contents of input registers from the slave device in word format.
Request
The request specifies a reference number (start register) and the word count
(register quantity) of the registers to be read. The reference number of the request is zero based, therefore, the first register starts at address 0.
Example: Read registers 0 and 1
Table 110: Request of Function Code FC4
Byte
Byte 0, 1
Byte 2, 3
Byte 4, 5
Byte 6
Byte 7
Byte 8, 9
Byte 10, 11
Field name
Transaction identifier
Protocol identifier
Length field
Unit identifier
Example
0x0000
0x0000
0x0006
0x01 not used
MODBUS function code 0x04
Reference number 0x0000
Word count 0x0002
Response
The register data of the response is packed as 2 bytes per register. The first byte has the higher value bits, the second the lower values.
Table 111: Response of Function Code FC4
Byte
...
Byte 7
Field name Example
MODBUS function code 0x04
Byte 8
Byte 9, 10
Byte 11, 12
Byte count
Value register 0
Value register 1
0x04
0x1234
0x2345
The contents of register 0 are shown by the value 0x1234 and the contents of register 1 is 0x2345.
Exception
Table 112: Exception of Function Code FC4
Byte
...
Byte 7
Byte 8
Field name Example
MODBUS function code 0x84
Exception code 0x01 or 0x02
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
12.3.3.5 Function Code FC5 (Write Coil)
Fieldbus Communication 235
This function writes a single output bit to the slave device.
Request
The request specifies the reference number (output address) of output bit to be written. The reference number of the request is zero based; therefore, the first coil starts at address 0.
Example: Turn ON the second output bit (address 1)
Table 113: Request of Function Code FC5
Byte
Byte 0, 1
Byte 2, 3
Byte 4, 5
Byte 6
Byte 7
Field name
Transaction identifier
Protocol identifier
Example
0x0000
0x0000
Length field
Unit identifier
0x0006
0x01 not used
MODBUS function code 0x05
Byte 8, 9
Byte 10
Byte 11
Reference number
ON/OFF
0x0001
0xFF
0x00
Response
Table 114: Response of Function Code FC5
Byte
...
Byte 7
Byte 8, 9
Field name Example
MODBUS function code 0x05
Reference number 0x0001
Byte 10
Byte 11
Value 0xFF
0x00
Exception
Table 115: Exception of Function Code FC5
Byte
...
Byte 7
Byte 8
Field name Example
MODBUS function code 0x85
Exception code 0x01, 0x02 or 0x03
Manual
Version 1.1.0
236 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
12.3.3.6 Function Code FC6 (Write Single Register)
This function writes the value of one single output register to a slave device in word format.
Request
The request specifies the reference number (register address) of the first output word to be written. The value to be written is specified in the “Register Value” field. The reference number of the request is zero based; therefore, the first register starts at address 0.
Example: Write a value of 0x1234 to the second output register
Table 116: Request of Function Code FC6
Byte
Byte 0, 1
Byte 2, 3
Byte 4, 5
Byte 6
Byte 7
Field name
Transaction identifier
Protocol identifier
Length field
Example
0x0000
0x0000
0x0006
Unit identifier 0x01 not used
MODBUS function code 0x06
Byte 8, 9
Byte 10, 11
Reference number
Register value
0x0001
0x1234
Response
The reply is an echo of the inquiry.
Table 117: Response of Function Code FC6
Byte
...
Byte 7
Field name Example
MODBUS function code 0x06
Byte 8, 9
Byte 10, 11
Reference number
Register value
0x0001
0x1234
Exception
Pos : 117. 11 /D okument ati on allgemein/ Gliederungsel ement e/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Table 118: Exception of Function Code FC6
Byte
...
Byte 7
Byte 8
Field name Example
MODBUS function code 0x85
Exception code 0x01 or 0x02
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Fieldbus Communication 237
Pos : 117. 12 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/ Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/ Anwendung der M ODBU S-Funkti onen - FC 11, FC 15, FC 16 @ 4\mod_1235567470328_21.doc x @ 27730 @ 444 @ 1
12.3.3.7 Function Code FC11 (Get Comm Event Counter)
This function returns a status word and an event counter from the slave device’s communication event counter. By reading the current count before and after a series of messages, a master can determine whether the messages were handled normally by the slave.
Following each successful new processing, the counter counts up. This counting process is not performed in the case of exception replies, poll commands or counter inquiries.
Request
Table 119: Request of Function code FC11
Byte
Byte 0, 1
Byte 2, 3
Byte 4, 5
Byte 6
Byte 7
Field name
Transaction identifier
Protocol identifier
Example
0x0000
0x0000
Length field 0x0002
Unit identifier 0x01 not used
MODBUS function code 0x0B
Response
The reply contains a 2-byte status word and a 2-byte event counter. The status word only contains zeroes.
Table 120: Response of Function Code FC11
Byte
...
Byte 7
Byte 8, 9
Byte 10, 11
Field name Example
MODBUS function code 0x0B
Status 0x0000
Event count 0x0003
The event counter shows that 3 (0x0003) events were counted.
Exception
Table 121: Exception of Function Code FC 11
Byte
...
Byte 7
Byte 8
Field name Example
MODBUS function code 0x85
Exception code 0x01 or 0x02
Manual
Version 1.1.0
238 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
12.3.3.8 Function Code FC15 (Write Multiple Coils)
This function sets a sequence of output bits to 1 or 0 in a slave device. The maximum number is 256 bits.
Request
The request message specifies the reference number (first coil in the sequence), the bit count (number of bits to be written), and the output data. The output coils are zero-based; therefore, the first output point is 0.
In this example 16 bits are set, starting with the address 0. The request contains 2 bytes with the value 0xA5F0, or 1010 0101 1111 0000 in binary format.
The first data byte transmits the value of 0xA5 to the addresses 7 to 0, whereby 0 is the lowest value bit. The next byte transmits 0xF0 to the addresses 15 to 8, whereby the lowest value bit is 8.
Table 122: Request of Function Code FC15
Byte
Byte 0, 1
Byte 2, 3
Field name
Transaction identifier
Protocol identifier
Byte 4, 5
Byte 6
Byte 7
Byte 8, 9
Length field
Unit identifier
Example
0x0000
0x0000
0x0009
0x01 not used
MODBUS function code 0x0F
Reference number 0x0000
Byte 10, 11
Byte 12
Byte 13
Byte 14
Bit count
Byte count
Data byte1
Data byte2
0x0010
0x02
0xA5
0xF0
Response
Table 123: Response of Function Code FC15
Byte
...
Byte 7
Field name Example
MODBUS function code 0x0F
Byte 8, 9
Byte 10, 11
Reference number
Bit count
0x0000
0x0010
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Exception
Fieldbus Communication 239
Table 124: Exception of Function Code FC15
Byte
...
Byte 7
Byte 8
Field name Example
MODBUS function code 0x8F
Exception code 0x01 or 0x02
Manual
Version 1.1.0
240 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
12.3.3.9 Function Code FC16 (Write Multiple Registers)
This function writes a sequence of registers in a slave device in word format.
Request
The Request specifies the reference number (starting register), the word count
(number of registers to write), and the register data . The data is sent as 2 bytes per register. The registers are zero-based; therefore, the first output is at address 0.
Example: Set data in registers 0 and 1
Table 125: Request of Function Code FC16
Byte
Byte 0, 1
Byte 2, 3
Byte 4, 5
Byte 6
Byte 7
Field name
Transaction identifier
Protocol identifier
Example
0x0000
0x0000
Length field
Unit identifier
0x000B
0x01 not used
MODBUS function code 0x10
Byte 8, 9
Byte 10, 11
Byte 12
Byte 13, 14
Byte 15, 16
Reference number
Word count
Byte count
Register value 1
Register value 2
0x0000
0x0002
0x04
0x1234
0x2345
Response
Table 126: Response of Function Code FC16
Byte
...
Byte 7
Byte 8, 9
Byte 10, 11
Field name Example
MODBUS function code 0x10
Reference number 0x0000
Word count 0x0002
Exception
Pos : 117. 13 /D okument ati on allgemein/ Gliederungsel ement e/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Table 127: Exception of Function Code FC16
Byte
...
Byte 7
Byte 8
Field name
MODBUS function code
Exception code
Example
0x85
0x01 or 0x02
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 117. 14 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/ Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/ Anwendung der M ODBU S-Funkti onen ( x41) - FC 22 @ 4\ mod_1235567699484_21. doc x @ 27737 @ 4 @ 1
12.3.3.10 Function Code FC22 (Mask Write Register)
Fieldbus Communication 241
This function manipulates individual bits within a register using a combination of an AND mask, an OR mask, and the register’s current content.
Request
Table 128: Request of Function Code FC22
Byte
Byte 0, 1
Byte 2, 3
Byte 4, 5
Byte 6
Byte 7
Byte 8, 9
Byte 10, 11
Byte 12, 13
Field name
Transaction identifier
Protocol identifier
Length field
Unit identifier
Example
0x0000
0x0000
0x0002
0x01 not used
MODBUS function code 0x16
Reference number 0x0000
AND mask
OR mask
0x0000
0xAAAA
Response
Table 129: Response of Function Code FC22
Byte
...
Byte 7
Field name Example
MODBUS function code 0x10
Byte 8, 9
Byte 10, 11
Byte 12, 13
Reference number
AND mask
OR mask
0x0000
0x0000
0xAAAA
Exception
Pos : 117. 15 /D okument ati on allgemein/ Gliederungsel ement e/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Table 130: Exception of Function Code FC22
Byte
...
Byte 7
Byte 8
Field name Example
MODBUS function code 0x85
Exception code 0x01 or 0x02
Manual
Version 1.1.0
242 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 117. 16 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/ Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/ Anwendung der M ODBU S-Funkti onen - FC 23 @ 4\ mod_1235567802937_21.doc x @ 27740 @ 4 @ 1
12.3.3.11 Function Code FC23 (Read/Write Multiple Registers)
This function performs a combination of a read and write operation in a single request. The function can write the new data to a group registers, and then return the data of a different group. The write operation is performed before the read.
Request
The reference numbers (addresses) are zero-based in the request message; therefore, the first register is at address 0.
The request message specifies the registers to read and write. The data is sent as 2 bytes per register.
Example: The data in register 3 is set to value 0x0123, and values 0x0004 and
0x5678 are read out of the two registers 0 and 1.
Table 131: Request of Function Code FC23
Byte
Byte 0, 1
Field name
Transaction identifier
Byte 2, 3
Byte 4, 5
Byte 6
Byte 7
Byte 8, 9
Byte 10, 11
Protocol identifier
Length field
Unit identifier
MODBUS function code
Reference number for read
Word count for read (1…125)
Example
0x0000
0x0000
0x000F
0x01 not used
0x17
0x0000
0x0002
Byte 12, 13
Byte 14, 15
Byte 16
Reference number for write
Word count for write (1…100)
Byte 17...(B+16) Register values (B = Byte count)
0x0003
0x0001
Byte count (2 x word count for write) 0x02
0x0123
Response
Table 132: Response of Function Code FC23
Byte
...
Byte 7
Field name
MODBUS function code
Byte 8 Byte count (2 x word count for read)
Byte 9...(B+1) Register values (B = Byte count)
Exception
Table 133: Exception of Function Code FC23
Byte Field name
...
Byte 7
Byte 8
MODBUS function code
Exception code
Example
0x17
0x04
0x0004 or 0x5678
Example
0x97
0x01 or 0x02
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Fieldbus Communication 243
Note that if the register ranges overlap, the results are undefined!
If register areas for read and write overlap, the results are undefined.
Pos : 117. 17 /D okument ati on allgemein/ Gliederungsel ement e/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
244 Fieldbus Communication
Pos : 117. 18 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/ Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/M ODBU S-Regist er-Mappi ng - Ei nlei tung (Contr oller) @ 3\ mod_1235386256031_21. doc x @ 27560 @ 3 @ 1
12.3.4 MODBUS Register Mapping
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
The following tables display the MODBUS addressing and the corresponding
IEC61131 addressing for the process image, the PFC variables, the NOVRAM data, and the internal variables is represented.
Via the register services the states of the complex and digital I/O modules can be determined or changed.
Pos : 117. 19 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/ Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/M ODBU S-Regist er-Mappi ng - R egisterz ugriff Les en ( mit FC 3, FC4, FC 23) (C ontroll er, x41) @ 3\ mod_1235387483765_21.doc x @ 27566 @ @ 1
Register (Word) Access Reading (with FC3, FC4 and FC23)
Table 134: Register (word) access reading (with FC3, FC4 and FC23)
MODBUS address
[dec] [hex]
IEC 61131 address
Memory range
0...255 0x0000...0x00FF %IW0...%IW255 Physical input area (1)
First 256 words of physical input data
256...511 0x0100...0x01FF %QW256...%QW511 PFC OUT area
Volatile PFC output variables
512...767 0x0200...0x02FF %QW0...%QW255 Physical output area (1)
First 256 words of physical output data
768...1023 0x0300...0x03FF %IW256...%IW511 PFC IN area
Volatile PFC input variables
1024...4095 0x0400...0x0FFF - MODBUS exception:
“Illegal data address”
4096...12287 0x1000...0x2FFF - Configuration register (see following chapter “Configuration Functions“)
12288...24575 0x3000...0x5FFF %MW0...%MW12287 NOVRAM
8 kB retain memory (max. 24 kB)
24576...25340 0x6000...0x62FC %IW512...%IW1275 Physical input area (2)
Additional 764 words physical input data
25341...28671 0x62FD...0x6FFF
29437...65535 0x72FD...0xFFFF
- MODBUS exception:
“Illegal data address”
28672...29436 0x7000...0x72FC %QW512...%QW1275 Physical output area (2)
Additional 764 words physical output data
- MODBUS exception:
“Illegal data address”
Pos : 117. 20 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/ Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/M ODBU S-Regist er-Mappi ng - R egisterz ugriff Schr eiben ( mit FC 6, FC 16, FC 22, F C23) (Contr oller, x41) @ 3\ mod_1235392386281_21. doc x @ 27580 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Fieldbus Communication 245
Register (Word) Access Writing (with FC6, FC16, FC22 and FC23)
Table 135: Register (word) access writing (with FC6, FC16, FC22 and FC23)
MODBUS address IEC 61131 Memory range
[dec] [hex] address
0...255 0x0000...0x00FF %QW0...%QW255 Physical output area (1)
First 256 words of physical output data
256...511 0x0100...0x01FF %IW256...%IW511 PFC IN area
Volatile PFC input variables
512...767 0x0200...0x02FF %QW0...%QW255 Physical output area (1)
First 256 words of physical output data
768...1023 0x0300...0x03FF %IW256...%IW511 PFC IN area
Volatile PFC input variables
1024...4095 0x0400...0x0FFF - MODBUS exception:
“Illegal data address”
4096...12287 0x1000...0x2FFF - Configuration register ( see following chapter „Configuration Functions“)
12288...24575 0x3000...0x5FFF %MW0...%MW12287 NOVRAM
8 kB retain memory (max. 24 kB)
24576...25340 0x6000...0x62FC %QW512...%QW1275 Physical output area (2)
Additional 764 words physical output data
25341...28671 0x62FD...0x6FFF - MODBUS exception:
“Illegal data address”
28672...29436 0x7000...0x72FC %QW512...%QW1275 Physical output area (2)
Additional 764 words physical output data
29437...65535 0x72FD...0xFFFF - MODBUS exception:
“Illegal data address”
Pos : 117. 21 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/ Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/M ODBU S-Regist er-Mappi ng - Abs atz Coil-Dienst e, Bit zugriff e @ 3\ mod_1235393917265_21. doc x @ 27584 @ @ 1
The digital MODBUS services (coil services) are bit accesses, with which only the states of digital I/O modules can be determined or changed. Complex I/O modules are not attainable with these services and so they are ignored. Because of this the addressing of the digital channels begins again with 0, so that the
MODBUS address is always identical to the channel number, (i.e. the digital input no. 47 has the MODBUS address "46").
Pos : 117. 22 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/ Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/M ODBU S-Regist er-Mappi ng - Bi tzugriff Les en (mi t FC 1, FC 2) (C ontr oller, x41) @ 3\ mod_1235394387921_21. doc x @ 27587 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
246 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Bit Access Reading (with FC1 and FC2)
Table 136: Bit access reading (with FC1 and FC2)
MODBUS address Memory range Description
[dec] [hex]
0...511 0x0000...0x01FF Physical input area (1) First 512 digital inputs
512...1023 0x0200...0x03FF Physical output area (1) First 512 digital outputs
1024...4095 0x0400...0x0FFF - MODBUS exception:
“Illegal data address”
4096...8191 0x1000...0x1FFF %QX256.0...%QX511.15 PFC OUT area
Volatile PFC output variables
8192...12287 0x2000...0x2FFF %IX256.0...%IX511.15 PFC IN area
Volatile PFC input variables
12288...32767 0x3000...0x7FFF %MX0...%MX1279.15 NOVRAM
8 kB retain memory (max. 24 kB)
32768...34295 0x8000...0x85F7 Physical input area (2) Starts with the 513 th
and ends with the
2039 th
digital input
34296...36863 0x85F8...0x8FFF - MODBUS exception:
“Illegal data address”
36864...38391 0x9000...0x95F7 Physical output area (2) Starts with the 513 th
and ends with the
2039 th
digital output
38392...65535 0x95F8...0xFFFF - MODBUS exception:
“Illegal data address”
Pos : 117. 23 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/ Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/M ODBU S-Regist er-Mappi ng - Bi tzugriff Sc hrei ben ( mit FC5, FC 15) (Controll er, x41) @ 3\ mod_1235398841703_21.doc x @ 27595 @ @ 1
Bit Access Writing (with FC5 and FC15)
Pos : 117. 24 /D okument ati on allgemein/ Gliederungsel ement e/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Table 137: Bit access writing (with FC5 and FC15)
MODBUS address Memory range Description
[dec]
0...511
[hex]
0x0000...0x01FF Physical output area (1) First 512 digital outputs
512...1023 0x0200...0x03FF Physical output area (1) First 512 digital outputs
1024...4095 0x0400...0x0FFF - MODBUS exception:
“Illegal data address”
4096...8191 0x1000...0x1FFF %IX256.0...%IX511.15 PFC IN area
Volatile PFC input variables
8192...12287 0x2000...0x2FFF %IX256.0...%IX511.15 PFC IN area
Volatile PFC input variables
12288...32767 0x3000...0x7FFF %MX0...%MX1279.15 NOVRAM
8 kB retain memory (max. 24 kB)
32768...34295 0x8000...0x85F7 Physical output area (2) Starts with the 513 th
and ends with the
2039 th
digital input
34296...36863 0x85F8...0x8FFF - MODBUS exception:
“Illegal data address”
36864...38391 0x9000...0x95F7 Physical output area (2) Starts with the 513 th
and ends with the
2039 th
digital output
38392...65535 0x95F8...0xFFFF - MODBUS exception:
“Illegal data address”
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 117. 25 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/ Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/M ODBU S-Regist er ( x41) - Teil 1. 0 ( 0x1000 bis 0x102A) @ 3\ mod_1235399979343_21. doc x @ 27603 @ 3 @ 1
12.3.5 MODBUS Registers
Fieldbus Communication 247
Table 138: MODBUS Registers
Register address
Access Length
(Word)
Description
0x1000 R/W 1
0x1001 R/W 1
Watchdog time read/write
Watchdog coding mask 1…16
0x1002 R/W 1
0x1003 R/W 1
0x1004 R 1
0x1005 R/W 1
Watchdog coding mask 17…32
Watchdog trigger
Minimum trigger time
Watchdog stop (Write sequence 0xAAAA, 0x5555)
0x1006 R 1
0x1007 R/W 1
0x1008 R/W 1
0x1009 R/W 1
0x100A R/W 1
0x100B W 1
Watchdog status
Restart watchdog (Write sequence 0x1)
Stop watchdog (Write sequence 0x55AA or 0xAA55)
MODBUS and HTTP close at watchdog time-out
Watchdog configuration
Save watchdog parameter ( Write sequence 0x55AA or 0xAA55)
0x1020 R
0x1021 R
0x1022 R
0x1023 R
0x1024 R
0x1025 R
1 … 2 LED error code
1 LED error argument
1 … 4 Number of analog output data in the process image (in bits)
1 … 3 Number of analog input data in the process image (in bits)
1 … 2 Number of digital output data in the process image (in bits)
1 Number of digital input data in the process image (in bits)
0x1028 R/W 1 Boot configuration
0x1029 R/W 1 … 9 MODBUS/TCP statistics (Write sequence 0x55AA or 0xAA55)
1 Number of TCP connections 0x102A R
Pos : 117. 26 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/ Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/M ODBU S-Regist er (750-880, -881, - 352) - T eil 1. 1 (0x102B) @ 7\ mod_1265628629284_21. doc x @ 49988 @ @ 1
0x102B W
Pos : 117. 27 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/ Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/M ODBU S-Regist er ( x41) - Teil 3 @ 3\ mod_1235460292328_21. doc x @ 27613 @ @ 1
1 KBUS Reset
0x2000 R
0x2001 R
0x2002 R
0x2003 R
0x2004 R
0x2005 R
1 … 9
1 … 8
1 … 7
1 … 6
1 … 5
1 … 4
Constant 0x0000
Constant 0xFFFF
Constant 0x1234
Constant 0xAAAA
Constant 0x5555
Constant 0x7FFF
0x2006 R
0x2007 R
0x2008 R
0x2010 R
1 … 3 Constant 0x8000
1 … 2 Constant 0x3FFF
1
1
Constant 0x4000
Firmware version
1
1
1
1
0x2011 R
0x2012 R
0x2013 R
0x2014 R
Series code
Coupler/controller code
Firmware version major revision
Firmware version minor revision
Manual
Version 1.1.0
248 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Table 139: MODBUS registers (Continuation)
Register address
Access Length
(Word)
Description
0x2020 R
0x2021 R
0x2022 R
1 … 16
1 … 8
1 … 8
Short description controller
Compile time of the firmware
Compile date of the firmware
0x2023 R 1 … 32 Indication of the firmware loader
0x2030 R
0x2031 R
0x2032 R
0x2033 R
1 … 65 Description of the connected I/O modules (module 0…64)
1 … 64 Description of the connected I/O modules (module 65…128)
1 … 64 Description of the connected I/O modules (module 129…192)
1 … 63 Description of the connected I/O modules (module 193…255)
0x2040 W
0x2041 W
0x2042 W
0x2043 W
1
1
1
1
Software reset (Write sequence 0x55AA or 0xAA55)
Format flash disk
Extract HTML sides from the firmware
Factory settings
Pos : 117. 28 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/ Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/M ODBU S-Regist er ( x41) - Teil 1. 1 ( 0x1030 und 0x1031) @ 7\ mod_1265628290879_21. doc x @ 49982 @ @ 1
0x1030
0x1031
Pos : 117. 29 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/ Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/M ODBU S-Regist er (750-829, -880, - 881) - T eil 1. 1 (0x1035 bis 0x1037) @ 7\ mod_1265628768490_21.doc x @ 49991 @ @ 1
R/W
R
1 Configuration MODBUS/TCP time-out
1 … 3 Read out the MAC-ID of the coupler/controller
0x1035 R/W 1
0x1036 R/W 1
Timeoffset RTC
Daylight Saving
0x1037 R/W 1
Pos : 117. 30 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/ Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/M ODBU S-Regist er ( x41) - Teil 1. 2 ( 0x1050) @ 7\ mod_1265628337132_21. doc x @ 49985 @ @ 1
0x1050
Pos : 117. 31 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/ Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/M ODBU S-Regist er ( x41) - Teil 3 @ 3\ mod_1235460292328_21. doc x @ 27613 @ @ 1
R
0x2000 R
3
1 … 9
Modbus Response Delay (ms)
Diagnosis of the connected I/O modules
Constant 0x0000
0x2001 R
0x2002 R
0x2003 R
0x2004 R
0x2005 R
0x2006 R
0x2007 R
0x2008 R
1 … 8
1 … 7
1 … 6
1 … 5
1 … 4
1 … 3
1 … 2
1
Constant 0xFFFF
Constant 0x1234
Constant 0xAAAA
Constant 0x5555
Constant 0x7FFF
Constant 0x8000
Constant 0x3FFF
Constant 0x4000
1
1
1
1
1
0x2010 R
0x2011 R
0x2012 R
0x2013 R
0x2014 R
Firmware version
Series code
Coupler/controller code
Firmware version major revision
Firmware version minor revision
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Fieldbus Communication 249
Table 140: MODBUS registers (Continuation)
Register address
Access Length
(Word)
Description
0x2020 R
0x2021 R
0x2022 R
1 … 16
1 … 8
1 … 8
Short description controller
Compile time of the firmware
Compile date of the firmware
0x2023 R 1 … 32 Indication of the firmware loader
0x2030 R
0x2031 R
0x2032 R
0x2033 R
1 … 65 Description of the connected I/O modules (module 0…64)
1 … 64 Description of the connected I/O modules (module 65…128)
1 … 64 Description of the connected I/O modules (module 129…192)
1 … 63 Description of the connected I/O modules (module 193…255)
0x2040 W
0x2041 W
0x2042 W
0x2043 W
1
1
1
1
Software reset (Write sequence 0x55AA or 0xAA55)
Format flash disk
Extract HTML sides from the firmware
Factory settings
Pos : 117. 32 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/ Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/Z ugriff auf R egister wert e - Watc hdog-Regist er bis Tabelle @ 3\ mod_1235460353828_21. doc x @ 27616 @ 44 @ 1
12.3.5.1 Accessing Register Values
You can use any MODBUS application to access (read from or write to) register values. Both commercial (e.g., "Modscan") and free programs (from http://www.modbus.org/tech.php
) are available.
The following sections describe how to access both the registers and their values.
12.3.5.2 Watchdog Registers
The watchdog monitors the data transfer between the fieldbus master and the controller. Every time the controller receives a specific request (as define in the watchdog setup registers) from the master, the watchdog timer in the controller resets.
In the case of fault free communication, the watchdog timer does not reach its end value. After each successful data transfer, the timer is reset.
If the watchdog times out, a fieldbus failure has occurred. In this case, the fieldbus controller answers all following MODBUS TCP/IP requests with the exception code 0x0004 (Slave Device Failure).
In the controller special registers are used to setup the watchdog by the master
(Register addresses 0x1000 to 0x1008).
By default, the watchdog is not enabled when you turn the controller on. To activate it, the first step is to set/verify the desired time-out value of the Watchdog
Time register (0x1000). Second, the function code mask must be specified in the mask register (0x1001), which defines the function code(s) that will reset the timer for the first time. Finally, the Watchdog-Trigger register (0x1003) or the register 0x1007 must be changed to a non-zero value to start the timer subsequently.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
250 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Reading the Minimum Trigger time (Register 0x1004) reveals whether a watchdog fault occurred. If this time value is 0, a fieldbus failure is assumed. The timer of watchdog can manually be reset, if it is not timed out, by writing a value of 0x1 to the register 0x1003 or to the Restart Watchdog register 0x1007.
After the watchdog is started, it can be stopped by the user via the Watchdog Stop register (0x1005) or the Simply Stop Watchdog register (0x1008).
The watchdog registers can be addressed in the same way as described with the
MODBUS read and write function codes. Specify the respective register address in place of the reference number.
Pos : 117. 33 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/ Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/Z ugriff auf R egister wert e - Watc hdog-Regist er Tabellen 0x1000 (ALLE AU SSER 342, 842) @ 8\ mod_1278923916162_21.doc x @ 59540 @ @ 1
Table 141: Register Address 0x1000
Register address 0x1000 (4096 dec
)
Value
Watchdog time, WS_TIME
Access
Read/write
Default
Description
0x0064
This register stores the watchdog timeout value as an unsigned 16 bit value. The default value is 0. Setting this value will not trigger the watchdog. However, a non zero value must be stored in this register before the watchdog can be triggered. The time value is stored in multiples of 100ms (e.g., 0x0009 is .9 seconds). It is not possible to modify this value while the watchdog is running.
Pos : 117. 34 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/ Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/Z ugriff auf R egister wert e - Watc hdog-Regist er (ab 0x1001 bis 0x100A) @ 8\ mod_1278926087850_21. doc x @ 59546 @ @ 1
Table 142: Register Address 0x1001
Register address 0x1001 (4097 dec
)
Value
Watchdog function coding mask, function code 1...16, WDFCM_1_16
Access
Default
Description
Read/write
0xFFFF
Using this mask, the function codes can be set to trigger the watchdog function.
The function code can be selected via a "1"
FC 1 Bit 0
FC 2 Bit 1
FC 3 Bit 2
FC 4 Bit 3
FC 5 Bit 4
...
FC 16 Bit 15
Changes to the register value can only be made if the watchdog is deactivated.
The bit pattern stored in the register defines the function codes that trigger the watchdog. Some function codes are not supported. For those the watchdog will not be triggered even if another MODBUS device transmits one of them.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Fieldbus Communication 251
Table 143: Register Address 0x1002
Register address 0x1002 (4098 dec
)
Value
Watchdog function coding mask, function code 17...32, WD_FCM_17_32
Access
Default
Description
Read/write
0xFFFF
Same function as above, however, with the function codes 17 to 32.
FC 17 Bit 0
FC 18 Bit 1
...
FC 32 Bit 15
These codes are currently not supported, for this reason the default value should not be changed. Changes to the register value can only be made if the watchdog is deactivated. It is not possible to modify this value while the watchdog is running.
Table 144: Register Address 0x1003
Register address 0x1003 (4099 dec
)
Value
Watchdog trigger, WD_TRIGGER
Access
Read/write
Standard
0x0000
Description
This register is used for an alternative trigger method. The watchdog is triggered by writing different values in this register. Values following each other must differ in size. Writing of a value not equal to zero starts the watchdog after a
Power-on. For a restart the written value must necessarily be unequal the before written value! A watchdog fault is reset and writing process data is possible again.
Table 145: Register Address 0x1004
Register address 0x1004 (4100 dez
)
Value
Minimum current trigger time, WD_AC_TRG_TIME
Access
Standard
Description
Read
0xFFFF
This register saves the minimum current watchdog trigger time. If the watchdog is triggered, the saved value is compared with the current value. If the current value is smaller than the saved value, this is replaced by the current value. The unit is 100 ms/digit. The saved value is changed by writing new values, which does not affect the watchdog. 0x0000 is not permissible.
Table 146: Register Address 0x1005
Register address 0x1005 (4101 dez
)
Value
Stop watchdog, WD_AC_STOP_MASK
Access
Standard
Description
Read/write
0x0000
The watchdog is stopped if here the value 0xAAAA is written first, followed by
0x5555. The watchdog fault reaction is blocked. A watchdog fault is reset and writing on the process data is possible again.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
252 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Table 147: Register Address 0x1006
Register address 0x1006 (4102 dez
)
Value
While watchdog is running, WD_RUNNING
Access
Standard
Description
Read
0x0000
Current watchdog status. at 0x0000: Watchdog not active at 0x0001: Watchdog active at 0x0002: Watchdog exhausted.
Table 148: Register Address 0x1007
Register address 0x1007 (4103 dez
)
Value
Restart watchdog, WD_RESTART
Access
Standard
Description
Read/write
0x0000
This register restarts the watchdog timer by writing a value of 0x1 into it.
If the watchdog was stopped before the overrun, it is not restarted.
Table 149: Register Address 0x1008
Register address 0x1008 (4104 dez
)
Value
Simply stop watchdog, WD_AC_STOP_SIMPLE
Access
Standard
Description
Read/write
0x0000
This register stops the watchdog by writing the value 0xAA55 or 0x55AA into it.
The watchdog timeout fault is deactivated and it is possible to write in the watchdog register again. If there is an existing watchdog fault, it is reset
Table 150: Register Address 0x1009
Register address 0x1009 (4105 dez
)
Value
Close MODBUS socket after watchdog timeout
Access
Read/write
Description
0: MODBUS socket is not closed
1: MODBUS socket is closed
Table 151: Register Address 0x100A
Register address 0x100A (4106 dez
)
Value
Alternative watchdog
Access
Standard
Description
Read/write
0x0000
This register provides an alternate way to activate the watchdog timer.
Procedure: Write a time value in register 0x1000; then write a 0x0001 into register 0x100A. With the first MODBUS request, the watchdog is started. The watchdog timer is reset with each MODBUS/TCP instruction. If the watchdog times out, all outputs are set to zero. The outputs will become operational again, after communications are re-established.
Register 0x00A is non-volatile, including register 0x1000.
It is not possible to modify the time value in register 0x1000 while the watchdog is running.
Pos : 117. 35 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/ Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/Z ugriff auf R egister wert e - Watc hdog (Beispi el Z eit übersc hreit ung) @ 4\ mod_1235634365875_21. doc x @ 27793 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Fieldbus Communication 253
The length of each register is 1 word; i.e., with each access only one word can be written or read. Following are two examples of how to set the value for a time overrun:
Setting the watchdog for a timeout of more than 1 second:
1. Write 0x000A in the register for time overrun (0x1000).
Register 0x1000 works with a multiple of 100 ms;
1 s = 1000 ms; 1000 ms / 100 ms = 10 dec
= A hex
)
2. Use the function code 5 to write 0x0010 (=2
(5-1)
) in the coding mask
(register 0x1001).
Table 152: Starting Watchdog
FC
FC16 FC15 FC14 FC13 FC12 FC11 FC10 FC9 FC8 FC7 FC6
FC5
FC4 FC3 FC2 FC1
Bit
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5
4
3 2 1 0
bin
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1
0 0 0 0
hex
0 0
1
0
Function code 5 (writing a digital output bit) continuously triggers the watchdog to restart the watchdog timer again and again within the specified time. If time between requests exceeds 1 second, a watchdog timeout error occurs.
3. To stop the watchdog, write the value 0xAA55 or 0x55AA into 0x1008
(Simply Stop Watchdog register, WD_AC_STOP_SIMPLE).
Setting the watchdog for a timeout of 10 minutes or more:
1. Write 0x1770 (= 10*60*1000 ms / 100 ms) in the register for time overrun
(0x1000).
(Register 0x1000 works with a multiple of 100 ms;
10 min = 600,000 ms; 600,000 ms / 100 ms = 6000dec = 1770hex)
2. Write 0x0001 in the watchdog trigger register (0x1003) to start the watchdog.
3. Write different values (e.g., counter values 0x0000, 0x0001) in the watchdog to trigger register (0x1003).
Values following each other must differ in size. Writing of a value not equal to zero starts the watchdog. Watchdog faults are reset and writing process data is possible again.
4. To stop the watchdog, write the value 0xAA55 or 0x55AA into 0x1008
Pos : 117. 36 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/ Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/Z ugriff auf R egister wert e - Watc hdog-Regist er 0x100B @ 4\ mod_1235634300500_21. doc x @ 27790 @ @ 1
(Simply Stop Watchdog register, WD_AC_STOP_SIMPLE).
Manual
Version 1.1.0
254 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 117. 37 /D okument ati on allgemein/ Gliederungsel ement e/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Table 153: Register address 0x100B
Register address 0x100B (4107 dec
)
Value
Save watchdog parameter
Access
Default
Description
Write
0x0000
With writing of “0x55AA“ or „0xAA55“ in register 0x100B the registers
0x1000, 0x1001, 0x1002 are set on remanent.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 117. 38 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/ Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/Z ugriff auf R egister wert e - Di agnoser egister 0x1020, 0x1021 @ 3\ mod_1235461657984_21. doc x @ 27628 @ 4 @ 1
12.3.5.3 Diagnostic Registers
Fieldbus Communication 255
The following registers can be read to determine errors in the node:
Table 154: Register Address 0x1020
Register address 0x1020 (4128 dec
)
Value
LedErrCode
Access
Description
Read
Declaration of the error code
Pos : 117. 39 /D okument ati on allgemein/ Gliederungsel ement e/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Table 155: Register Address 0x1021
Register address 0x1021 (4129 dec
)
Value
LedErrArg
Access
Read
Description
Declaration of the error argument
Manual
Version 1.1.0
256 Fieldbus Communication
Pos : 117. 40 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/ Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/Z ugriff auf R egister wert e - Konfigur ati onsr egister 0x1022 bis 0x1025 @ 3\ mod_1235461775390_21.doc x @ 27632 @ 4 @ 1
12.3.5.4 Configuration Registers
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
The following registers contain configuration information of the connected modules:
Table 156: Register Address 0x1022
Register address 0x1022 (4130 dec
)
Value
CnfLen.AnalogOut
Access
Description
Read
Number of word-based outputs registers in the process image in bits (divide by
16 to get the total number of analog words)
Table 157: Register Address 0x1023
Register address 0x1023 (4131 dec
)
Value
CnfLen.AnalogInp
Access
Read
Description
Number of word-based inputs registers in the process image in bits (divide by 16 to get the total number of analog words)
Table 158: Register Address 0x1024
Register address 0x1024 (4132 dec
)
Value
CnfLen.DigitalOut
Access
Description
Read
Number of digital output bits in the process image
Table 159: Register Address 0x1025
Register address 0x1025 (4133 dec
)
Value
CnfLen.DigitalInp
Access
Description
Read
Number of digital input bits in the process image
Pos : 117. 41 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/ Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/Z ugriff auf R egister wert e - Konfigur ati onsr egister 0x1028 ( x41) @ 4\ mod_1235635808625_21. doc x @ 27808 @ @ 1
Table 160: Register Address 0x1028
Register address 0x1028 (4136 dec
)
Value
Boot options
Access
Description
Read/write
Boot configuration:
1: BootP
2: DHCP
3: BootP-Request before static IP
4: EEPROM
Pos : 117. 42 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/ Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/Z ugriff auf R egister wert e - Konfigur ati onsr egister 0x1029 ( x41) @ 4\ mod_1235635910031_21. doc x @ 27811 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Fieldbus Communication 257
Table 161: Register Address 0x1029
Register address 0x1029 (4137 dec
) with 9 words
Value
MODBUS TCP statistics
Access
Description
Read/write
1 word SlaveDeviceFailure
1 word BadProtocol
1 word BadLength
1 word BadFunction
1 word BadAddress
1 word BadData
1 word TooManyRegisters
1 word TooManyBits
internal bus error, fieldbus error by activated watchdog
error in the MODBUS TCP header
Wrong telegram length
Invalid function code
Invalid register address
Invalid value
Number of the registers which can be worked on is too large, Read/Write 125/100
Number of the coils which can be worked on is too large, Read/Write 2000/800
1 word ModTcpMessageCounter Number of received MODBUS/TCP requests
With writing 0xAA55 or 0x55AA in the register will reset this data area.
Pos : 117. 43 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/ Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/Z ugriff auf R egister wert e - Konfigur ati onsr egister 0x102A @ 4\ mod_1235634788484_21. doc x @ 27796 @ @ 1
Table 162: Register Address 0x102A
Register address 0x102A (4138 dec
) with a word count of 1
Value
MODBUS/TCP connections
Access
Read
Description
Number of TCP connections
Pos : 117. 44 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/ Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/Z ugriff auf R egister wert e - Konfigur ati onsr egister 0x102B (881) @ 8\ mod_1280233152940_21.doc x @ 61365 @ @ 1
Table 163: Register Address 0x102B
Register address 0x102B (4139 dez
) with a word count of up to 1
Value
KBUS reset
Access
Description
Write
Writing of this register restarts the internal bus
Pos : 117. 45 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/ Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/Z ugriff auf R egister wert e - Konfigur ati onsr egister 0x1030, 0x1031 (Z eitbasis 100ms) @ 6\ mod_1254385997423_21.doc x @ 42340 @ @ 1
Table 164: Register Address 0x1030
Register address 0x1030 (4144 dec
) with a word count of 1
Value
Configuration MODBUS/TCP time-out
Access
Default
Description
Read/write
0x0258 (600 decimal)
This is the maximum number of milliseconds the fieldbus coupler will allow a
MODBUS/TCP connection to stay open without receiving a MODBUS request.
Upon time-out, idle connection will be closed. Outputs remain in last state.
Default value is 600 ms (60 seconds), the time base is 100 ms, the minimal value is 100 ms. If the value is set to ‘0’, the timeout is disabled. On this connection, the watchdog is triggered with a request.
Table 165: Register Address 0x1031
Register address 0x1031 (4145 dec
) with a word count of 3
Value
Read the MAC-ID of the controller
Access
Description
Read
This register gives the MAC-ID, with a length of 3 words
Manual
Version 1.1.0
258 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 117. 46 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/ Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/Z ugriff auf R egister wert e - Konfigur ati onsr egister 0x1035, 0x1036 (881) @ 8\mod_1280225698346_21. doc x @ 61362 @ @ 1
Table 166: Register Address 0x1035
Register address 0x1035 (4149 dez
) 1 word
Value
Configuration of the time offsets to the GMT time
Access
Default
Description
Read/write
0x0000
Register to set the time offset to the UTC time (Greenwich meridian) with a possible setting range from -12 to +12.
Table 167: Register Address 0x1036
Register address 0x1036 (4150 dez
) 1 word
Value
Configuration of summer or winter time
Access
Default
Description
Read/write
0x0000
Register to set winter or summer time (Daylight Saving Time).
The values 0 and 1 are valid.
Pos : 117. 47 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/ Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/Z ugriff auf R egister wert e - Konfigur ati onsr egister 0x1037 (352, 881) @ 8\ mod_1280225513951_21. doc x @ 61359 @ @ 1
Table 168: Register Address 0x1037
Register address 0x1031 (4151 dez
) with a word count of 3
Value
Configuration of Modbus Response Delay Time
Access
Read/write
Default
0x0000
Description
This register saves the value for the Modbus Response Delay Time for a Modbus connection. The time base is 1 ms. On the Modbus TCP connection, the response will be delayed by the inscribed time.
Pos : 117. 48 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/ Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/Z ugriff auf R egister wert e - Konfigur ati onsr egister 0x1050 @ 4\ mod_1235634956296_21. doc x @ 27802 @ @ 1
Table 169: Register Address 0x1050
Register address 0x1050 (4176 dec
) with a word count of 3
Value
Diagnosis of the connected I/O modules
Access
Description
Read
since firmware version 9
Diagnosis of the connected I/O modules, length 3 words
Word 1: Number of the module
Word 2: Number of the channel
Word 3: Diagnosis
Pos : 117. 49 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/ Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/Z ugriff auf R egister wert e - Konfigur ati onsr egister 0x2030 @ 3\ mod_1235461168031_21. doc x @ 27622 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Fieldbus Communication 259
Table 170: Register Address 0x2030
Register address 0x2030 (8240 dec
) with a word count of up to 65
Value
Description of the connected I/O modules
Access
Description
Read module 0...64
Length 1...65 words
These 65 registers identify the controller and the first 64 modules present in a node. Each module is represented in a word. Because order numbers cannot be read out of digital modules, a code is displayed for them, as defined below:
Bit position 0
Bit position 1
Bit position 2…7
Bit position 8…14
Bit position 15
Input module
Output module
Not used
Module size in bits
Designation digital module
Examples:
4 Channel Digital Input Module = 0x8401
Bit
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Code 1
0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
Hex
8 4
2 Channel Digital Output Module = 0x8202
0 1
Bit
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Code 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0
Hex
8 2 0 2
Pos : 117. 50 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/ Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/Z ugriff auf R egister wert e - Konfigur ati onsr egister 0x2031, 0x2032, 0x2033 @ 4\ mod_1235636342812_21. doc x @ 27818 @ @ 1
Table 171: Register Address 0x2031
Register address 0x2031 (8241 dec
) with a word count of up to 64
Value
Description of the connected I/O modules
Access
Description
Read modules 65...128
Length 1…64 words
These 64 registers identify the 2nd block of I/O modules present (modules 65 to
128). Each module is represented in a word. Because order numbers cannot be read out of digital modules, a code is displayed for them, as defined below:
Bit position 0
Bit position 1
Input module
Output module
Bit position 2…7
Bit position 8…14
Bit position 15
Not used
Module size in bits
Designation digital module
Table 172: Register Address 0x2032
Register address 0x2032 (8242 dec
) with a word count of up to 64
Value
Description of the connected I/O modules
Access
Read modules 129...192
Description
Length 1…64 words
These 64 registers identify the 3rd block of I/O modules present (modules 129 to
192). Each module is represented in a word. Because order numbers cannot be read out of digital modules, a code is displayed for them, as defined below:
Bit position 0
Input module
Bit position 1
Bit position 2…7
Bit position 8…14
Bit position 15
Output module
Not used
Module size in bits
Designation digital module
Manual
Version 1.1.0
260 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Table 173: Register Address 0x2033
Register address 0x2033 (8243 dec
) with a word count of up to 65
Value
Description of the connected I/O modules
Access
Description
Read modules 193 ... 255
Length 1…63 words
These 63 registers identify the 4th block of I/O modules present (modules 193 to
255). Each module is represented in a word. Because order numbers cannot be read out of digital modules, a code is displayed for them, as defined below:
Bit position 0
Bit position 1
Bit position 2…7
Bit position 8…14
Bit position 15
Input module
Output module
Not used
Module size in bits
Designation digital module
Pos : 117. 51 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/ Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/Z ugriff auf R egister wert e - Konfigur ati onsr egister 0x2040 @ 4\ mod_1235636434734_21. doc x @ 27821 @ @ 1
Table 174: Register Address 0x2040
Register address 0x2040 (8256 dec
)
Value
Implement a software reset
Access
Write (Write sequence 0xAA55 or 0x55AA)
Description
With writing 0xAA55 or 0x55AA the register will be reset.
Pos : 117. 52 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/ Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/Z ugriff auf R egister wert e - Konfigur ati onsr egister 0x2041, 0x2042, 0x2043 @ 4\ mod_1235636503453_21. doc x @ 27824 @ @ 1
Table 175: Register address 0x2041
Register address 0x2041 (8257 dec
)
Value
Flash Format
Access
Description
Write (Write sequence 0xAA55 or 0x55AA)
The file system Flash is again formatted.
since Firmware version 3
Table 176: Register address 0x2042
Register address (8258 dec
)
Value
Extract data files
Access
Description
Write (Write sequence 0xAA55 or 0x55AA)
since Firmware version 3
The standard files (HTML pages) of the Controller are extracted and written into the Flash.
Pos : 117. 53 /D okument ati on allgemein/ Gliederungsel ement e/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Table 177: Register address 0x2043
Register address (8259 dec
)
Value
0x55AA
Access
Write
Description
Factory Settings
since Firmware version 9
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 117. 54 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/ Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/Z ugriff auf R egister wert e - Fir mwar e-Infor mati onsr egister 0x2010 bis 0x2014 @ 3\mod_1235461969843_21.doc x @ 27636 @ 4 @ 1
12.3.5.5 Firmware Information Registers
Fieldbus Communication 261
The following registers contain information on the firmware of the controller:
Table 178: Register Address 0x2010
Register address 0x2010 (8208 dec
) with a word count of 1
Value
Revision, INFO_REVISION
Access
Description
Read
Firmware index, e.g. 0x0005 for version 5
Table 179: Register Address 0x2011
Register address 0x2011 (8209 dec
) with a word count of 1
Value
Series code, INFO_SERIES
Access
Read
Description
WAGO serial number, e.g. 0x02EE (750 dec.) for WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
Table 180: Register Address 0x2012
Register address 0x2012 (8210 dec
) with a word count of 1
Value
Order number, INFO_ITEM
Access
Read
Description
First part of WAGO order number, e.g. 0x0349 (841 dec.) for the controller 750-841 or 0x0155 (341 dec.) for the coupler 750-341 etc.
Table 181: Register Address 0x2013
Register address 0x2013 (8211 dec
) with a word count of 1
Value
Major sub item code, INFO_MAJOR
Access
Description
Read
Firmware version major revision
Table 182: Register Address 0x2014
Register address 0x2014 (8212 dec
) with a word count of 1
Value
Minor sub item code, INFO_MINOR
Access
Read
Description
Firmware version minor revision
Pos : 117. 55 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/ Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/Z ugriff auf R egister wert e - Fir mwar e-Infor mati onsr egister 0x2020 bis 0x2023 @ 4\mod_1235646917328_21.doc x @ 27848 @ @ 1
Table 183: Register Address 0x2020
Register address 0x2020 (8224 dec
) with a word count of up to 16
Value
Description, INFO_DESCRIPTION
Access
Description
Read
Information on the controller, 16 words
Manual
Version 1.1.0
262 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Table 184: Register Address 0x2021
Register address 0x2021 (8225 dec
) with a word count of up to 8
Value
Description, INFO_DESCRIPTION
Access
Description
Read
Time of the firmware version, 8 words
Table 185: Register Address 0x2022
Register address 0x2022 (8226 dec
) with a word count of up to 8
Value
Description, INFO_DATE
Access
Description
Read
Date of the firmware version, 8 words
Pos : 117. 56 /D okument ati on allgemein/ Gliederungsel ement e/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Table 186: Register Address 0x2023
Register address 0x2023 (8227 dec
) with a word count of up to 32
Value
Description, INFO_LOADER_INFO
Access
Read
Description
Information to the programming of the firmware, 32 words
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 117. 57 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/ Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/Z ugriff auf R egister wert e - Konst ant enr egister 0x2000 bis 0x2008 @ 3\ mod_1235462025437_21.doc x @ 27639 @ 4 @ 1
12.3.5.6 Constant Registers
Fieldbus Communication 263
The following registers contain constants, which can be used to test communication with the master:
Table 187: Register Address 0x2000
Register address 0x2000 (8192 dec
)
Value
Zero, GP_ZERO
Access
Description
Read
Constant with zeros
Table 188: Register Address 0x2001
Register address 0x2001 (8193 dec
)
Value
Ones, GP_ONES
Access
Description
Read
Constant with ones
• –1 if this is declared as "signed int"
• MAXVALUE if it is declared as "unsigned int"
Table 189: Register Address 0x2002
Register address 0x2002 (8194 dec
)
Value
1,2,3,4, GP_1234
Access
Description
Read
This constant value is used to test the Intel/Motorola format specifier. If the master reads a value of 0x1234, then with Intel format is selected – this is the correct format. If 0x3412 appears, Motorola format is selected.
Table 190: Register Address 0x2003
Register address 0x2003 (8195 dec
)
Value
Mask 1, GP_AAAA
Access
Read
Description
This constant is used to verify that all bits are accessible to the fieldbus master.
This will be used together with register 0x2004.
Table 191: Register Address 0x2004
Register address 0x2004 (8196 dec
)
Value
Mask 1, GP_5555
Access
Description
Read
This constant is used to verify that all bits are accessible to the fieldbus master.
This will be used together with register 0x2003.
Table 192: Register Address 0x2005
Register address 0x2005 (8197 dec
)
Value
Maximum positive number, GP_MAX_POS
Access
Description
Read
Constant in order to control arithmetic.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
264 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Table 193: Register Address 0x2006
Register address 0x2006 (8198 dec
)
Value
Maximum negative number, GP_MAX_NEG
Access
Description
Read
Constant in order to control arithmetic
Table 194: Register Address 0x2007
Register address 0x2007 (8199 dec
)
Value
Maximum half positive number, GP_HALF_POS
Access
Description
Read
Constant in order to control arithmetic
Table 195: Register Address 0x2008
Register address 0x2008 (8200 dec
)
Value
Maximum half negative number, GP_HALF_NEG
Access
Read
Description
Constant in order to control arithmetic
Pos : 117. 58 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/ Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/Z ugriff auf R egister wert e - Konst ant enr egister 0x3000 bis 0x5F FF (Contr oller, x41) @ 3\ mod_1235461429796_21. doc x @ 27625 @ @ 1
Table 196: Register Addresses 0x3000 to 0x5FFF
Register addresses 0x3000 to 0x5FFF (12288 dec
to 24575 dec
)
Value
Retain range
Access
Description
Read/write
These registers can be accessed as the flag/retain range
Pos : 118. 1 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okument e) (Allgemeine M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/EtherNetI P/ EtherN etI P - Allgemei n @ 3\ mod_1233669829343_21. doc x @ 27044 @ 23333344 @ 1
12.4 EtherNet/IP (Ethernet/Industrial Protocol)
12.4.1 General
EtherNet/IP stands for Ethernet Industrial Protocol and defines an open industry standard that extends the classic Ethernet with an industrial protocol. This standard was jointly developed by ControlNet International (CI) and the Open
DeviceNet Vendor Association (ODVA) with the help of the Industrial Ethernet
Association (IEA).
This communication system enables devices to exchange time-critical application data in an industrial environment. The spectrum of devices ranges from simple
I/O devices (e.g., sensors) through to complex controllers (e.g., robots).
EtherNet/IP is based on the TCP/IP protocol family and consequently uses the bottom 4 layers of the OSI layer model in unaltered form so that all standard
Ethernet communication modules such as PC interface cards, cables, connectors, hubs and switches can also be used with EtherNet/IP.
Positioned above the transport layer is the encapsulation protocol, which enables use of the Control & Information Protocol (CIP) on TCP/IP and UDP/IP.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Fieldbus Communication 265
CIP, as a major network independent standard, is already used with ControlNet and DeviceNet. Therefore, converting from one of these protocols to EtherNet/IP is easy to do. Data exchange takes place with the help of an object model.
In this way, ControlNet, DeviceNet and EtherNet/IP have the same application protocol and can therefore jointly use device profiles and object libraries. These objects enable plug-and-play interoperability between complex devices of different manufacturers.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
266 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
12.4.2 Protocol overview in the OSI model
In order to clarify the interrelationships between DeviceNet, ControlNet and
EtherNet/IP, the following diagram presents the associated ISO/OSI reference model.
Table 197: ISO/OSI reference model
7
Application
Layer
Object Library
(Communications, Applications, Time
Synchronization)
Safety Object
Library
6
Presentation
Layer
Data Management Services
Explicit and I/O Messages
Safety Services and
Messages
5
Session
Layer
4
Transport
Layer
3
Network
Layer
2
Data Link
Layer
1
Physical
Layer
Connection Management, Routing
TCP/UDP
Internet
Protocol
CompoNet
Network and Transport
ControlNet
Network and
Transport
Ethernet
CSMA/CD
Ethernet
CompoNet
Time Slot
CompoNet
ControlNet
CTDMA
ControlNet
DeviceNet
Network and
Transport
CAN
CSMA/NBA
DeviceNet
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Fieldbus Communication 267
12.4.3 Characteristics of the EtherNet/IP Protocol Software
The EtherNet/IP product classes are divided into 4 levels with each level containing a particular functionality. Each higher level in turn possesses at least the functionality of a lower level. The fieldbus coupler supports levels 1 and 2 of the EtherNet/IP product classes, which immediately build on each other.
Level 2 Level 2: Level 1 + I/O Messages Server
Level 1 Level 1: Explicit Messages Server
•
Unconnected Message Manager (UCMM) client and server
•
128 Encapsulation Protocol sessions
•
128 Class 3 or Class 1 connections combined
• Class 3 connection – explicit messages
(connection oriented, client and server)
• Class 1 connection – I/O messages
(connection oriented, client and server)
12.4.4 EDS File
The “Electronic Data Sheets” file (EDS file for short) contains the characteristics of the fieldbus coupler/controller and information regarding its communication capabilities. The EDS file required for Ethernet/IP operation is imported and installed by the corresponding configuration software.
Downloading the EDS file!
You can download the EDS file in the download area of the WAGO web site: http://www.wago.com
.
Information about installing the EDS file
When installing the EDS file, refer to the information provided in the documentation of the configuration software, which you are using.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
268 Fieldbus Communication
12.4.5 Object Model
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
12.4.5.1 General
For network communication, Ethernet/IP utilizes an object model in which all functions and data of a device are described.
Each node in the network is depicted as a collection of objects.
The object model contains terms that are defined as follows:
Object:
An object is an abstract representation of individual, related components within a device. It is determined by its data or attributes, its outwardly applied functions or services, and by its defined behavior.
Class:
A class describes a series of objects which all represent the same type of system components. A class is the generalization of an object. All objects in a class are identical as regards form and behavior, but can comprise differing attribute values.
Instance:
An instance describes a specific and physical occurrence of an object. The terms
“object,” “instance” and “object instance” all refer to a specific instance. Different instances of a class have the same services, the same behavior and the same variables (attributes). However, you can have different variable values.
For example, Finland is an instance of the “Land” object class.
Variable:
The variables (attributes) describe an externally visible characteristic or the function of an object. Typical attributes include configuration or status information.
For example, the ASCII name of an object or the repetition frequency of a periodic object is output.
Service:
A service is a function supported by an object and/or an object class. CIP defines a group of common services that are applied to the attributes. These services execute specified actions.
Example: Reading variables.
Behavior:
The behavior specifies how an object functions. The functions result from various occurrences, which are determined by the object, e.g. receiving service requests, recording internal errors or the sequence of timers.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
12.4.5.2 Class Overview
Fieldbus Communication 269
CIP classes are included in the CIP specification of ODVA. They describe the properties (Volume 1, “Common Industrial Protocol”) of Ethernet and CAN independent of their physical interface. The physical interface is described in a separate specification. For Ethernet/IP, this is Volume 2 (“Ethernet/IP Adaptation of CIP”), which describes the adaption of Ethernet /IP to CIP.
For this purpose, WAGO uses classes 01 hex
, 02 hex
, 04 hex
, 05 hex
, 06 hex
and F4 hex
, which are described in Volume 1 (“Common Industrial Protocol”).
Classes F5 hex
and F6 hex
are supported from Volume 2 (“Ethernet/IP Adaptation of
CIP”).
WAGO-specific classes listed in the overview table below are also available.
All CIP Common classes listed and the WAGO-specific classes listed below that are described in detail in the following individual sections after a brief explanation of the table headings in the object descriptions.
Table 198: CIP common class
Class
01 hex
02 hex
04 hex
05 hex
06 hex
F5 hex
F6 hex
Table 199: WAGO specific classes
6C hex
6D hex
6E hex
6F hex
70 hex
71 hex
72 hex
73 hex
Class
64 hex
65 hex
66 hex
67 hex
68 hex
69 hex
6A hex
6B hex
Manual
Version 1.1.0
Name
Identity
Message Router
Assembly
Connection
Connection Manager
TCP/IP Interface Object
Ethernet Link Object
Name
Coupler/Controller Configuration Object
Discrete Input Point
Discrete Output Point
Analog Input Point
Analog Output Point
Discrete Input Point Extended 1
Discrete Output Point Extended 1
Analog Input Point Extended 1
Analog Output Point Extended 1
Discrete Input Point Extended 2
Discrete Output Point Extended 2
Analog Input Point Extended 2
Analog Output Point Extended 2
Discrete Input Point Extended 3
Discrete Output Point Extended 3
Analog Input Point Extended 3
270 Fieldbus Communication
74 hex
80 hex
81 hex
Pos : 118. 2 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okument e) (Allgemeine M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/EtherNetI P/ Allgemei n - Variabl es (nur C ontroll er) @ 3\ mod_1233728715593_21. doc x @ 27050 @ @ 1
A0 hex
A1 hex
A2 hex
A3 hex
A4 hex
A5 hex
A6 hex
A7 hex
A8 hex
A9 hex
AA hex
AB hex
AC hex
AD hex
Pos : 118. 3 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okument e) (Allgemeine M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/EtherNetI P/ Erläuter ung zur Obj ekt besc hr., Klassen Identit y, Messag e R outer @ 3\ mod_1233730204656_21. doc x @ 27053 @ 444 @ 1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Analog Output Point Extended 3
Module Configuration
Module Configuration Extended 1
Input fieldbus variable USINT
Input fieldbus variable USINT Extended 1
Input fieldbus variable USINT Extended 2
Output fieldbus variable USINT
Output fieldbus variable USINT Extended 1
Output fieldbus variable USINT Extended 2
Input fieldbus variable UINT
Input fieldbus variable UINT Extended 1
Output fieldbus variable UINT
Output fieldbus variable UINT Extended 1
Input fieldbus variable UDINT
Input fieldbus variable UDINT Offset UINT
Output fieldbus variable UDINT
Output fieldbus variable UDINT Offset UINT
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Fieldbus Communication 271
12.4.5.3 Explanation of the Table Headings in the Object Descriptions
Table 200: Explanation of the table headings in the object descriptions
Table heading
Attribute ID
Access
Description
Integer value which is assigned to the corresponded attribute
Set:
The attribute can be accessed by means of Set_Attribute services.
NV
Response also possible with Get_Attribute service!
All the set attributes can also be accessed by means of
Get_Attribute services.
Get:
The attribute can be accessed by means of Get_Attribute services.
Get_Attribute_All:
Delivers content of all attributes.
Set_Attribute_Single:
Modifies an attribute value.
Reset:
Performs a restart.
0: Restart
1: Restart and restoration of factory settings
NV (non volatile):
The attribute is permanently stored in the controller.
V (volatile):
The attribute is not permanently stored in the controller.
Name
Data type
Description
Default value
Without specifying, the attribute is not saved!
If this column is missing, all attributes have the type V
(volatile).
Designation of the attribute
Designation of the CIP data type of the attribute
Short description for the Attribute
Factory settings
12.4.5.4 Identity (01
hex
)
The “Identity” class provides general information about the fieldbus coupler/controller that clearly identifies it.
Instance 0 (Class Attributes)
Table 201: Identity (01 hex
) – Class
Attribute ID Access Name
1
2
3
Get
Get
Get
Revision
Max Instance
4 Get
Max ID number of class attributes
Max ID number of instance attribute
Data type Description
UINT Revision of this object
Default value
1 (0x0001)
UINT
UINT
UINT
Maximum instance
Maximum number of class attributes
Maximum number of instance attributes
1 (0x0001)
0 (0x0000)
0 (0x0000)
Manual
Version 1.1.0
272 Fieldbus Communication
Instance 1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Table 202: Identity (01 hex
) – Instance 1
Attribute ID Access Name
1
2
Get
Get
Vendor ID
Data type Description Default value
UINT Manufacturer identification
40 (0x0028)
Device Type UINT General type designation of the product
12 (0x000C)
3 Get
4
5
6
7
Get
Get
Get
Get
Product Code
Revision
Status
UINT
STRUCT of:
Major Revision UINT
Minor Revision UINT
Designation of the coupler/ controller
Revision of the identity objects
WORD Current status of the device
Serial Number
Product Name
UINT
SHORT_
STRING e.g. 841 (0x0349),
873 (0x0369), 341(0x0155) etc.
Depending on the firmware
Bit 0 Assignment to a master
Bit 1 = 0 reserved
Bit 2
= 0
= 1
(configured)
Configuration is unchanged
Configuration is different to the manufacturers parameters
Bit 3 = 0 reserved
Bit 4-7
=0010
=0011
Extended Device
Status at least one faulted I/O connection no I/O connection established
Bit 8-11 not used
Bit 12-
15 =0 reserved
Serial number The last 4 digits of MAC ID
Product name
Common Services
Table 203: Identity (01 hex
) – Common service
Service code Service available Service name
01
05 hex hex
Description
Class Instance
Yes Yes Get_Attribute_All Supplies contents of all attributes
No Yes Reset Implements the reset service
Service parameter
0: Emulates a Power On reset
0E hex
No Yes
1: Emulates a Power On reset and reestablishes factory settings
Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
12.4.5.5 Message Router (02
hex
)
Fieldbus Communication 273
The “Message Router Object” provides connection points (in the form of classes or instances), which can use a client for addressing services (reading, writing).
These messages can be transmitted both when connected and when unconnected from the client to the fieldbus coupler.
Instance 0 (Class Attributes)
Table 204: Message router (02 hex
) – Class
Attribute ID Access Name
1
2
Get
Get
Revision
Data type Description
UINT
Number of Attributes UINT
Revision of this object
Number of attributes
3
4
5
Get
Get
Get
Number of Services
Max ID Number of
Class Attributes
Max ID Number of
Instance Attributes
UINT
UINT
UINT
Default value
1 (0x0001)
Number of services
0 (0x0000)
0 (0x0000)
Maximum number of class attributes
0 (0x0000)
Maximum number of instance attributes
0 (0x0000)
Get_Attribute_All service can only be used!
The class attributes are only accessible with the Get_Attribute_All service.
Instance 1
Table 205: Message router (02 hex
) – Instance 1
Attribute ID Access Name
1 Get ObjectList
Data type Description Default value
STRUCT of: -
Number UINT 40 (0x0028)
Classes UINT
Number of implemente d classes
Implemente d classes
2 Get NumberAvailable UINT
01 00 02 00 04 00 06 00 F4
00 F5 00 F6 00 64 00 65
0066 0067 00 68 00 69 00
6A 00 6B 00 6C 00 6D 00
6E 00 6F 00 70 00 71 00 72
00 73 00 74 00 80 00 81 00
A0 00 A1 00 A2 00 A6 00
A7 00 AA 00 AB 00 A3 00
A4 00 A5 00 A8 00 A9 00
AC 00 AD 00
128 (0x0080) Maximum number of different connections
Manual
Version 1.1.0
274 Fieldbus Communication
Common Services
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Table 206: Message router (02 hex
) – Common service
Service code Service available Service-Name
01
0E hex hex
Description
Class Instance
Yes No Get_Attribute_All Supplies contents of all attributes
No Yes Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute
Pos : 118. 4 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okument e) (Allgemeine M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/EtherNetI P/ Assembl y ( 04hex), s tatisc he Ass embl y I nst anz (C ontr oller) @ 7\ mod_1265639174189_21. doc x @ 49994 @ 4 @ 1
12.4.5.6 Assembly Object (04
hex
)
Using the "Assembly" classe, even several diverse objects can be combined.
These could be, for example, input and output data, status and control information or diagnostic information. WAGO uses the manufacturer-specific instances in order to provide these objects for you in various arrangements. This gives you an efficient way to exchange process data. The following is a description of the individual static Assembly instances with their contents and arrangements.
Instance (Class Attributes)
Table 207: Assembly (04 hex
) – Class
Attribute ID Access Name Data type
1 Get Revision UINT
2 Get Max
Instance
UINT
Overview of static Assembly instances
Description
Revision of this object
Highest Instance
Default value
2 (0x0002)
111 (0x006F)
Table 208: Overview of static Assembly instances
Instance Description
Instance 101 (65
hex
) For analog and digital output data, as well as fieldbus input variables
Instance102 (66
hex
) For digital output data and fieldbus input variables
Instance 103 (67
hex
) For analog output data and fieldbus input variables
Instance 104 (68
hex
) For analog and digital intput data, status and fieldbus output variables
Instance 105 (69
hex
) For digital input data, status and fieldbus output variables
Instance 106 (6A
hex
) For analog input data, status and fieldbus output variables
Instance 107 (6B
hex
) For digital and analog input data and fieldbus output variables
Instance 108 (6C
hex
) For digital input data and fieldbus output variables
Instance109 (6D
hex
) For analog input data and fieldbus output variables
Instance 110 (6E
hex
) For fieldbus output variables
Instance 111 (6F
hex
) For fieldbus intput variables
Instance 101 (65
hex
)
This assembly instance contains analog and digital output data. Any fieldbus input variables that may be defined are attached behind this.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Fieldbus Communication 275
Table 209: Static assembly instances – Instance 101 (65
hex
)
Attribute ID Access Name Data type Description
3 Get/Set Data ARRAY of BYTE Only analog and digital output data, as well as possible fieldbus input variables, are contained in the process image.
4 Get Data
Size
UNIT Number of Bytes in the process data image
Default value
-
-
Instance 102 (66
hex
)
This assembly instance contains digital output data and fieldbus input variables only.
Table 210: Static assembly instances – Instance 102 (66
hex
)
Attribute ID Access Name Data type
3 Get/Set Data
Description
ARRAY of BYTE Digital output data and fieldbus input variables are contained in the process image.
4 Get Data
Size
UNIT Number of Bytes in the process data image
Default value
-
Instance 103 (67
hex
)
This assembly instance contains analog output data and fieldbus input variables only.
-
Table 211: Static assembly instances – Instance 103 (67
hex
)
Attribute ID Access Name Data type
3 Get/Set Data
Description
ARRAY of BYTE Analog output data and fieldbus input variables are contained in the process image.
4 Get Data
Size
UNIT Number of Bytes in the process data image
Default value
-
-
Instance 104 (68
hex
)
This assembly instance contains analog and digital input data, status (= value from class 100, instance 1, attribute 5) and fieldbus output variables.
Table 212: Static assembly instances – Instance 104 (68
hex
)
Attribute ID Access Name Data type Description
3 Get Data
4 Get Data
Size
ARRAY of BYTE Analog and digital input data, the status and fieldbus output variables are contained in the process image.
UNIT Number of Bytes in the process data image
Default value
-
-
Manual
Version 1.1.0
276 Fieldbus Communication
Instance 105 (69
hex
)
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
This assembly instance contains only digital input data, status (= value from class
100, instance 1, attribute 5) and fieldbus output variables.
Table 213: Static assembly instances – Instance 105 (69
hex
)
Attribute ID Access Name Data type Description
3 Get Data ARRAY of BYTE Digital input data, status and fieldbus output variables are contained in the process image
4 Get Data
Size
UNIT Number of Bytes in the process data image
Default value
-
-
Instance 106 (6A
hex
)
This assembly instance contains only analog input data, status (= value from class
100, instance 1, attribute 5) and fieldbus output variables.
Table 214: Static assembly instances – Instance 106 (6A
hex
)
Attribute ID Access Name Data type Description
3 Get Data ARRAY of BYTE Analog input data, status and fieldbus output variables are contained in the process image.
4 Get Data
Size
UNIT Number of Bytes in the process data image
Default value
-
-
Instance 107 (6B
hex
)
This assembly instance contains analog and digital input data and fieldbus output variables.
Table 215: Static assembly instances – Instance 107 (6B
hex
)
Attribute ID Access Name Data type
3 Get Data
Description
ARRAY of BYTE Analog and digital input data and fieldbus output variables are contained in the process image.
4 Get Data
Size
UNIT Number of Bytes in the process data image
Default value
-
-
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Instance 108 (6C
hex
)
Fieldbus Communication 277
This assembly instance contains only digital input data and fieldbus output variables.
Table 216: Static assembly instances – Instance 108 (6C
hex
)
Attribute ID Access Name
3 Get Data
Data type Description
ARRAY of BYTE Digital input data and fieldbus output variables are contained in the process image.
Default value
-
4 Get Data
Size
UNIT Number of Bytes in the process data image
-
Instance 109 (6D
hex
)
This assembly instance contains only analog input data and fieldbus output variables.
Table 217: Static assembly instances – Instance 109 (6C
hex
)
Attribute ID Access Name Data type Description
3 Get Data ARRAY of BYTE Analog input data and fieldbus output variables are contained in the process image.
4 Get Data
Size
UNIT Number of Bytes in the process data image
Default value
-
-
Pos : 118. 5 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okument e) (Allgemeine M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/EtherNetI P/I nst anz 110, 111 (nur C ontroller) @ 3\ mod_1233752719031_21. doc x @ 27060 @ @ 1
Instance 110 (6E
hex
)
Table 218: Static assembly instances – Instance 110 (6E
hex
)
Attribute ID Access Name Data type
3 Get
Description
Data ARRAY of BYTE Reference of the process image: only PFC output variables
Default value
-
Instance 111 (6F
hex
)
Table 219: Static assembly instances – Instance 111 (6F
hex
)
Attribute ID Access Name Data type
3 Set
Description
Data ARRAY of BYTE Reference of the process image: only PFC input variables
Default value
-
Pos : 118. 6 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okument e) (Allgemeine M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/EtherNetI P/I nst anz 198, 199, C ommon ser vic e @ 3\ mod_1233753006078_21. doc x @ 27064 @ @ 1
Instance 198 (C6
hex
) “Input Only”
This instance is used to establish a connection when no outputs are to be addressed or when inputs, which are already being used in an exclusive owner connection, are to be interrogated. The data length of this instance is always zero.
This instance can only be used in the “consumed path” (seen from the slave device).
Manual
Version 1.1.0
278 Fieldbus Communication
Instance 199 (C7
hex
) “Listen only”
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
This instance is used to establish a connection based on an existing exclusive owner connection. The new connection also has the same transmission parameters as the exclusive owner connection. When the exclusive owner connection is cleared, this connection, too, is automatically cleared. The data length of this instance is always zero.
This instance can only be used in the “consumed path” (from the point of view of the slave device).
Common Service
Table 220: Static assembly instances – Common service
Service code Service available Service name
0E hex
10 hex
Description
Class Instance
Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute
No Yes Set_Attribute_Single Modifies an attribute value
Pos : 118. 7 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okument e) (Allgemeine M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/EtherNetI P/C ommon Ser vic es ( ohne Diag nose) @ 8\ mod_1276170797909_21. doc x @ 57633 @ @ 1
The software inspects the writing of attribute 3 of assembly instances 101, 102 and 103. If the limit value has been exceeded, it is identified and, if necessary, corrected. However, a write request is not rejected. This means that if less data is received than expected, only this data is written. If more data is received than expected, the received data at the upper limit is deleted. In the case of explicit messages, however, a defined CIP is generated even though the data has been written.
Pos : 118. 8 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/EtherNetI P/Port Class , TC P I P I nt erf ac e, Et her net Link (1 Port) @ 17\ mod_1382086675522_21. doc x @ 134500 @ 444 @ 1
12.4.5.7 Port Class (F4
hex
)
The "Port Class Object" specifies the existing CIP ports on the fieldbus coupler/coupler. There is one instance for each CIP port.
Instance 0 (Class Attributes)
Table 221: Port class (F4 hex
) – Class
Attribute ID Access Name
1 Get Revision
2
3
8
9
Get
Get
Get
Get
Max Instance
Num Instances UINT
Entry Port
All Ports
Data type Description
UINT
UINT
UINT
Array of
Struct
UINT
Revision of this object
Max. number of instances
Number of current ports
Instance of the port object where the request arrived.
Array with instance attributes
1 and 2 of all instances
Default value
1 (0x0001)
1 (0x0001)
1 (0x0001)
1 (0x0001)
0 (0x0000)
0 (0x0000)
4 (0x0004)
2 (0x0002)
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Instance 1
Fieldbus Communication 279
Table 222: Port class (F4 hex
) – Instance 1
Attribute ID Access NV Name
1
2
Get
Get
V Port Type
Data type Description
UINT
V Port Number UINT
-
CIP port number
Default value
4 (0x0004)
2 (0x0002)
(EtherNet/IP)
3 Get V Port Object UINT 2 (0x0002)
4 Get
Padded
EPATH
Number of 16 bit words in the following path
Object, which manages this port
Port name
0x20 0xF5
0x24 0x01
(equals TCP/IP
Interface Object)
“”
7 Get
V Port Name SHORT_
STRING
V Node Address Padded
EPATH
Port segment (IP address)
Depends on IP address
Common Services
Table 223: Port class (F4 hex
) – Common service
Service code Service available Service-Name
01 hex
0E hex
Description
Class Instance
Yes Yes Get_Attribute_All Supplies contents of all attributes
Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute
Manual
Version 1.1.0
280 Fieldbus Communication
12.4.5.8 TCP/IP Interface (F5
hex
)
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
The "TCP/IP Interface Object" provides for the configuration of the TCP/IP network interface of a fieldbus coupler/controller. Examples of configurable objects include the IP address, the network mask and the gateway address of the fieldbus coupler/controller.
The underlying physical communications interface that is connected with the
TCP/IP interface object can be any interface supported by the TCP/IP protocol.
Examples of components that can be connected to a TCP/IP interface object include the following: an Ethernet interface 802.3, an ATM (Asynchronous
Transfer Mode) interface or a serial interface for protocols such as PPP (Point-to-
Point Protocol).
The TCP/IP interface object provides an attribute, which is identified by the linkspecific object for the connected physical communications interface. The linkspecific object should typically provide link-specific counters as well as any linkspecific configuration attributes.
Each device must support exactly one instance of the TCP/IP interface object for each TCP/IP-compatible communications interface. A request for access to the first instance of the TCP/IP interface object must always refer to the instance connected with the interface, which is used to submit the request.
Instance 0 (Class Attributes)
Table 224: TCP/IP interface (F5 hex
) – Class
Attribute
ID
Access Name Data type Description
1
2
3
Get
Get
Get
Revision
Max Instance
UINT
UINT
Num Instances UINT
Revision of this object
Max. number of instances
Number of the current instanced connections
Default value
1 (0x0001)
1 (0x0001)
1 (0x0001)
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Instance 1
Fieldbus Communication 281
Table 225: TCP/IP interface (F5 hex
) – Instance 1
Attribute ID Access NV Name
1
2
3
4
Get
Get
Set
Get
V Status
V Configuration
Capability
Data type Description
DWORD Interface state
DWORD Interface flags for possible kinds of configuration
Default value
-
0x00000017
NV Configuration
Control
DWORD Specifies, how the device gets is TCP/IP configuration after the first Power On
0x00000011
V Physical Link
Object
Path size
STRUCT of
UINT Number of 16 Bit words in the following path
0x0002
5
6
Set
Set
Path Padded
EPATH
Logical path, which points to the physical Link object
NV Interface
Configuration
STRUCT of
-
IP Address UDINT IP address
Network
Mask
UDINT Net work mask
0
0
Gateway
Address
UDINT IP address of default gateway 0
Name Server UDINT IP address of the primary name of the server
0
Name Server
2
UDINT IP address of the secondary name of the server
0
Domain
Name
STRING Default domain name
NV Host Name STRING Device name
“”
“”
0x20 0xF6
0x24 0x01
(equates to the Ethernet
Link Object)
Common Services
Table 226: TCP/IP interface (F5 hex
) – Common service
Service code Service available Service name Description
Class Instance
Yes Yes Get_Attribute_All Supplies contents of all attributes 01 hex
0E hex
10 hex
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute
Set_Attribute_Single Modifies an attribute value
Manual
Version 1.1.0
282 Fieldbus Communication
12.4.5.9 Ethernet Link (F6
hex
)
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
The "Ethernet Link Object" contains link-specific counter and status information for an Ethernet 802.3 communications interface. Each device must support exactly one instance of the Ethernet Link Object for each Ethernet IEEE 802.3 communications interface on the module. An Ethernet link object instance for an internal interface can also be used for the devices, e.g. an internal port with an integrated switch.
Instance 0 (Class Attributes)
Table 227: Ethernet link (F5 hex
) – Class
Attribute ID Access Name
1
2
Get
Get
Revision
Data type Description
UINT Revision of this object
Max Instance UDINT Max. number of instances
3 Get Num Instances UDINT Number of the current instanced connections
Pos : 118. 9 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okument e) (Allgemeine M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/EtherNetI P/ Ether net Li nk ( 1 I ns tanz, 1 Port) @ 3\ mod_1233817397718_21. doc x @ 27170 @ @ 1
Instance 1
Default value
3 (0x0003)
3 (0x0003)
3 (0x0003)
Table 228: Ethernet link (F6 hex
) – Instance 1
Attribute ID Access Name
1
2
3
Get
Get
Get
Interface Speed
Data type
UDINT
Description
Transfer rate
Interface Flags DWORD Interface configuration and status information
Physical Address ARRAY of
6 UINTs
MAC layer address
Default value
10 (0x0A) or 100
(0x64)
Bit 0: Link active
Bit 1: Full Duplex
MAC ID of the device
Common Service
Table 229: Ethernet link (F6 hex
) – Common service
Service code Service available Service name
01 hex
0E hex
Description
Class Instance
Yes Yes Get_Attribute_All Supplies contents of all attributes
Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute
Pos : 118. 10 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okument e) (Allgemeine M odule) /Fel dbus kommuni kati on/Et herNet IP/CouplerContr oller C onfiguration - Attri bute bis ID 46 @ 3\ mod_1233827515062_21.doc x @ 27176 @ 4 @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
12.4.5.10 Coupler/Controller Configuration (64
hex
)
Fieldbus Communication 283
The fieldbus coupler configuration class allows reading and configuration of some important fieldbus/controller process parameters. The following listings explain in details all supported instances and attributes.
Instance 0 (Class Attributes)
Table 230: Coupler/Controller configuration (64 hex
) – Class
Attribute ID Access Name
1 Get Revision
2 Get
Data type Description
UINT
Max Instance UINT
Revision of this object
Default value
1 (0x0001)
Max. number of instances 1 (0x0001)
Instance 1
Table 231: Coupler/Controller configuration (64 hex
) – Instance 1
Attribute ID Access NV Name
5 (0x05) Get V
Data type Description
ProcessState USINT State of coupler/controller, error mask:
Bit 0: Internal bus error
Bit 3: Module diagnostics (0x08)
Bit 7: Fieldbus error (0x80)
Default value
0
6 (0x06) Get V DNS_i_
Trmnldia
UINT 0
7 (0x07) Get V CnfLen.
AnalogOut
UINT
Module diagnostics:
Bit 0..7: Module number
Bit 8..14: Module channel
Bit 15: 0/1 Error, repair/arisen
Number of I/O bits for the analog output
-
8 (0x08) Get
-
9 (0x09)
10 (0x0A)
11 (0x0B)
Get
Get
Set
V CnfLen.
AnalogInp
V CnfLen.
DigitalOut
V CnfLen.
DigitalInp
NV Bk_Fault_
Reaction
UINT
UINT
Number of I/O bits for the analog input
Number of I/O bits for the digital output
UINT Number of I/O bits for the digital input
USINT Fieldbus error reaction
0: stop local I/O cycles
1: set all output to 0
2: no error reaction
3: no error reaction
4: PFC task takes over control of the outputs (apply to controllers)
-
-
1
12..26
(0x0C...0x1A)
Reserved for compatibility to DeviceNet
Reserved for compatibility to DeviceNet 40..43
(0x28...0x2B)
45 (0x2D) Get V Bk_Led_Err
_Code
UINT I/O LED error code
46 (0x2E) Get V Bk_Led_Err
_Arg
UINT I/O LED error argument
Pos : 118. 11 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okument e) (Allgemeine M odule) /Fel dbus kommuni kati on/Et herNet IP/CouplerContr oller C onfiguration - Attri butID 47-105 (nur Contr oller) @ 3\ mod_1233829952953_21. doc x @ 27219 @ @ 1
0
0
Manual
Version 1.1.0
284 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Attribute ID Access
47 (0x2F)
100 (0x64)
101 (0x65)
Get
Set
Set
NV Name
V
NV Bk_FbInp_Var
_Cnt
NV Bk_FbOut_Var
_Cnt
Data type Description
Bk_Diag_Value UINT
UINT
UINT
Contains the diagnostic byte
Note: This attribute has to be read out before attribute 6
(DNS_i_Trmnldia), because during the reading of attribute
6 the diagnostic byte contains the data of the next diagnostic
Determines the number of bytes for the PFC input fieldbus variables, which are added to the assembly object.
This number is added to the consuming path. assembly instances (101...103)
Determines the number of bytes for the PFC output fieldbus variables, which are added to the assembly object.
This number is added to the producing path. assembly instances (104...109)
Default value
0
0
0
102 (0x66) Set NV Bk_FbInp_Plc
Only_Var_Cnt
UINT 4
103 (0x67)
104 (0x68)
105 (0x69)
Set
Set
Set
NV Bk_FbInp_Start
Plc_Var_Cnt
NV Bk_FbOut_Plc
Only_Var_Cnt
NV Bk_FbOut_Star t Plc_Var_Cnt
UINT
UINT
UINT
Determines the number of bytes for the PFC input fieldbus variables, which are received via assembly instance 111.
Determines starting from which position the PFC input fieldbus variables for the assembly instance 111 to be received.
Determines the number of bytes for the PFC output fieldbus variables, which are received via assembly instance 110.
Determines starting from which position the PFC output fieldbus variables for the assembly instance 110 to be received.
0
4
0
Pos : 118. 12 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okument e) (Allgemeine M odule) /Fel dbus kommuni kati on/Et herNet IP/CouplerContr oller C onfiguration - Attri butID 120, 121, C ommon ser vic e @ 3\ mod_1233831576390_21. doc x @ 27222 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
120 (0x78) Set NV Bk_Header
CfgOT
UINT
121(0x79) Set NV Bk_Header
CfgTO
UINT
Fieldbus Communication 285
0x0000 Indicates whether the
RUN/IDLE header is used originator target direction
0: is used
1: is not used
Indicates whether the
RUN/IDLE header is used originator target direction
0: is used
1: is not used
0x0001
Common Service
Table 232: Coupler/Controller configuration (64 hex
) – Common service
Service code Service available Service name Description
0E hex
10 hex
Class Instance
Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute
No Yes Set_Attribute_Single Modifies an attribute value
Pos : 118. 13 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okument e) (Allgemeine M odule) /Fel dbus kommuni kati on/Et herNet IP/Discrete Input, Discrete O ut put, Analog Input, Anal og O ut put, Modul e C onfiguration Poi nt @ 3\ mod_1233832337062_21. doc x @ 27225 @ 444444444444444444 @ 1
12.4.5.11 Discrete Input Point (65
hex
)
This class allows the reading of data of a particular digital input point.
Instance 0 (Class-Attributes)
Table 233: Discrete input point (65 hex
) – Class
Attribute ID Access Name Data type Description
1
2
Get
Get
Revision
Max Instance
UINT
UINT
Revision of this object
Max. number of instances
Instance 1 ... 255 (Digital output value 1 up to 255)
Table 234: Discrete input point (65 hex
) – Instance 1...255
Attribute ID Access Name Data type Description
1 Get DipObj_Value BYTE Digital output (only Bit 0 is valid)
Common Services
Default value
1 (0x0001)
-
Default value
-
Table 235: Discrete input point (65 hex
) – Common service
Service code Service available Service name Description
0E hex
Class Instance
Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute
Manual
Version 1.1.0
286 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
12.4.5.12 Discrete Input Point Extended 1 (69
hex
)
The extension of the “Discrete Input Point” class enables the reading of data from a fieldbus node that contains over 255 digital input points (DIPs). The instance scope of the “Discrete Input Point Extended 1” class covers DIPs from 256 to 510 in the fieldbus node.
Instance 0 (Class Attributes)
Table 236: Discrete Input Point Extended 1(69 hex,) – Class
Attribute ID Access Name Data type Description
1
2
Get
Get
Revision UINT
Max Instance UINT
Revision of this object
Max. number of instances
Instance 256 ... 510 (Digital input value 256 up to 510)
Table 237: Discrete output point (66 hex
) – Instance 256...510
Attribute ID Access Name Data type Description
1 Get DipObj_Value BYTE Digital input
(only Bit 0 is valid)
Common Services
Default value
1 (0x0001)
-
Default value
-
Table 238: Discrete Input Point Extended 1 (69 hex
) – Common service
Service code
Service available Service-name
Class Instance
Description
0E hex
Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute
12.4.5.13 Discrete Input Point Extended 2 (6D
hex
)
The extension of the “Discrete Input Point” class enables the reading of data from a fieldbus node that contains over 510 digital input points (DIPs). The instance scope of the “Discrete Input Point Extended 2” class covers DIPs from 511 to 765 in the fieldbus node.
Instance 0 (Class Attributes)
Table 239: Discrete Input Point Extended 2 (6D hex) – Class
Attribute ID Access Name
1 Get Revision
2 Get
Data type Description
UINT
Max Instance UINT
Revision of this object
Max. number of instances
Default value
1 (0x0001)
-
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Fieldbus Communication 287
Instance 511 ... 765 (Digital input value 511 up to 765)
Table 240: Analog input point (67 hex
) – Instance 1
Attribute ID Access Name Data type Description
1 Get
2 Get
AipObj_Value ARRAY of BYTE
Analog input
AipObj_Value_Length USINT Length of the input data
AipObj_Value (in byte)
Default value
-
-
Common Services
Table 241: Analog input point (67 hex
) – Common service
Service code Service available Service name Description
0E hex
Class Instance
Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute
12.4.5.14 Discrete Input Point Extended 3 (71
hex
)
The extension of the “Discrete Input Point” class enables the reading of data from a fieldbus node that contains over 765 digital input points (DIPs). The instance scope of the “Discrete Input Point Extended 3” class covers DIPs from 766 to
1020 in the fieldbus node.
Instance 0 (Class-Attributes)
Table 242: Discrete Input Point Extended 3 (71 hex) – Class
Attribute ID Access Name Data type Description
1
2
Get
Get
Revision
Max Instance
UINT
UINT
Revision of this object
Max. number of instances
Default value
1 (0x0001)
-
Instance 766 ... 1020 (Digital input value 766 up to 1020)
Table 243: Discrete Input Point Extended 3 (71 hex
) – Instance 766...1020
Attribute
ID
Access Name Data type Description
1 Get DipObj_Value BYTE Digital input
(only Bit 0 is valid)
Common Services
Default value
-
Table 244: Discrete Input Point Extended 3 (71 hex
) – Common service
Service code
Service available Service-Name
Class Instance
Description
0E hex
Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute
Manual
Version 1.1.0
288 Fieldbus Communication
12.4.5.15 Discrete Output Point (66
hex
)
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
This class enables data exchange for a particular digital output point.
Instance 0 (Class Attributes)
Table 245: Discrete Output Point (66 hex) – Class
Attribute
ID
1
Access Name
Get Revision
Data type Description
UINT Revision of this object
2 Get Max Instance UINT Max. number of instances
Instance 1 ... 255 (Digital output value 1 up to 255)
Table 246: Discrete Output Point (66 hex
) – Instance 1...255
Attribute
ID
Access Name Data type Description
1 Get DopObj_Value BYTE Digital Output
(only Bit 0 valid)
Common Services
Default value
1 (0x0001)
-
Default value
-
Table 247: Discrete Output Point (66 hex
) – Common service
Service code
Service available Service-Name
Class Instance
Description
0E hex
Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute
10 hex
No Yes Set_Attribute_Single Modifies an attribute value
12.4.5.16 Discrete Output Point Extended 1 (6A
hex
)
The extension of the “Discrete Output Point” class enables the exchange of data from a fieldbus node that contains over 255 digital output points (DOPs). The instance scope of the “Discrete Output Point Extended 1” class covers DOPs from
256 to 510 in the fieldbus node.
Instance 0 (Class Attributes)
Table 248: Discrete Output Point Extended 1 (6A hex
) – Class
Attribute
ID
Access Name Data type Description
1
2
Get
Get
Revision
Max Instance
UINT
UINT
Revision of this object
Max. number of instances
Default value
1 (0x0001)
-
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Fieldbus Communication 289
Instance 256 ... 510 (Digital output value 256 up to 510)
Table 249: Discrete Output Point Extended 1 (6A hex
) – Instance 256...510
Attribute
ID
Access Name Data type Description
1 Get DopObj_Value BYTE Digital Output
(only Bit 0 valid)
Common Services
Default value
-
Table 250: Discrete Output Point Extended 1 (6A hex
) – Common service
Service code
Service available Service-Name
Class Instance
Description
0E hex
Yes Yes
10 hex
No Yes
Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute
Set_Attribute_Single Modifies an attribute value
12.4.5.17 Discrete Output Point Extended 2 (6E
hex
)
The extension of the “Discrete Output Point” class enables the exchange of data from a fieldbus node that contains over 510 digital output points (DOPs). This instance cope of the “Discrete Output Point Extended 1” class covers the DOPs from 511 to 765 in the fieldbus node.
Instance 0 (Class Attributes)
Table 251: Discrete Output Point Extended 2 (6E hex
) – Class
Attribute
ID
Access Name Data type Description
1
2
Get
Get
Revision
Max Instance
UINT
UINT
Revision of this object
Max. number of instances
Instance 511 ... 765 (Digital output value 511 up to 765)
Default value
1 (0x0001)
-
Table 252: Discrete Output Point Extended 2 (6E hex
) – Instance 511...765
Attribute
ID
Access Name Data type Description
1 Get DopObj_Value BYTE Digital Output
(only Bit 0 valid)
Common Services
Default value
-
Table 253: Discrete Output Point Extended 2 (6E hex
) – Common service
Service code
Service available Service-Name
Class Instance
Description
0E hex
Yes Yes
10 hex
No Yes
Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute
Set_Attribute_Single Modifies an attribute value
Manual
Version 1.1.0
290 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
12.4.5.18 Discrete Output Point Extended 3 (72
hex
)
The extension of the “Discrete Output Point” class enables the exchange of data from a fieldbus node that contains over 765 digital output points (DOPs). The instance scope of the “Discrete Output Point Extended 2” class covers DOPs from
766 to 1020 in the fieldbus node.
Instance 0 (Class Attributes)
Table 254: Discrete Output Point Extended 3 (72 hex
) – Class
Attribute
ID
Access Name Data type Description
1 Get Revision UINT Revision of this object
2 Get Max Instance UINT Max. number of instances
Instance 766 ... 1020 (Digital Output value 766 up to 1020)
Table 255: Discrete Output Point Extended 3 (72 hex
) – Instance 766...1020
Attribute
ID
Access Name Data type Description
1 Get DopObj_Value BYTE Digital Output
(only Bit 0 valid)
Common Services
Default value
1 (0x0001)
-
Default value
-
Table 256: Discrete Output Point Extended 2 (6E hex
) – Common service
Service code
0E hex
Service available Service name
Class Instance
Yes Yes
Description
Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute
10 hex
No Yes Set_Attribute_Single Modifies an attribute value
12.4.5.19 Analog Input Point (67
hex
)
This class enables the reading of data of a particular analog input point (AIP). An analog input point is part of an analog input module.
Instance 0 (Class Attributes)
Table 257: Analog Input Point (67 hex
) – Class
Attribute
ID
Access Name Data type Description
1 Get Revision UINT Revision of this object
2 Get Max Instance UINT Max. number of instances
Default value
1 (0x0001)
-
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Instance 1 ... 255 (Analog input 1 up to 255)
Fieldbus Communication 291
Table 258: Analog Input Point (67 hex
) – Instance 1 ... 255
Attribute
ID
Access Name Data type Description
1 Get
2 Get
AipObj_Value ARRAY of BYTE
AipObj_Value_
Length
USINT
Analog Input
Length of the output data
AopObj_Value (in byte)
Common Services
Default value
-
-
Table 259: Analog Input Point (67 hex
) – Common service
Service code
Service available Service name
Class Instance
0E hex
Yes Yes
Description
Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute
12.4.5.20 Analog Input Point Extended 1 (6B
hex
)
The extension of the “Analog Input Point” class enables the reading of data from a fieldbus node that contains over 255 analog outputs (AIPs). The instance scope of the “Analog Input Point Extended 1” class covers AIPs from 256 to 510 in the fieldbus node.
Instance 0 (Class Attributes)
Table 260: Analog Input Point Extended 1 (6B hex
) – Class
Attribute
ID
Access Name Data type Description
1
2
Get
Get
Revision
Max Instance
UINT
UINT
Revision of this object
Max. number of instances
Instance 256 ... 510 (Analog Input value 256 up to 510)
Table 261: Analog Input Point Extended 1 (6B hex
) – Instance 256 ... 510
Attribute
ID
Access Name Data type Description
1 Get
2 Get
AipObj_Value ARRAY of BYTE
AipObj_Value_
Length
USINT
Analog Input
Length of the output data
AopObj_Value (in byte)
Default value
1 (0x0001)
-
Default value
-
-
Manual
Version 1.1.0
292 Fieldbus Communication
Common Services
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Table 262: Analog Input Point Extended 1 (6B hex
) – Common service
Service code
Service available Service name
Class Instance
Description
0E hex
Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute
12.4.5.21 Analog Input Point Extended 2 (6F
hex
)
The extension of the “Analog Input Point” class enables the reading of data from a fieldbus node that contains over 510 analog outputs (AIPs). The instance scope of the “Analog Input Point Extended 2” class covers AIPs from 511 to 765 in the fieldbus node.
Instance 0 (Class Attributes)
Table 263: Analog Input Point Extended 2 (6F hex
) – Class
Attribute
ID
Access Name Data type Description
1 Get Revision UINT Revision of this object
2 Get Max Instance UINT Max. number of instances
Instance 511 ... 765 (Analog Input 511 up to 765)
Default value
1 (0x0001)
-
Table 264: Analog Input Point Extended 2 (6F hex
) – Instance 511 ... 765
Attribute
ID
Access Name Data type Description
1 Get AipObj_Value ARRAY of BYTE
Analog Input
2 Get AipObj_Value_
Length
USINT Length of the output data
AopObj_Value (in byte)
Common Services
Default value
-
Table 265: Analog Input Point Extended 2 (6F hex
) – Common service
Service code
Service available Service name
Class Instance
Description
0E hex
Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute
-
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
12.4.5.22 Analog Input Point Extended 3 (73
hex
)
Fieldbus Communication 293
The extension of the “Analog Input Point” class enables the reading of data from a fieldbus node that contains over 765 analog outputs (AIPs). The instance scope of the “Analog Input Point Extended 3” class covers AIPs from 766 to 1020 in the fieldbus node.
Instance 0 (Class Attributes)
Table 266: Analog Input Point Extended 3 (73 hex
) – Class
Attribute
ID
Access Name Data type Description
1 Get Revision UINT Revision of this object
2 Get Max Instance UINT Max. number of instances
Instance 766 ... 1020 (Analog input value 766 up to 1020)
Table 267: Analog Input Point Extended 3 (73 hex
) – Instance 766 ... 1020
Attribute
ID
Access Name Data type Description
1 Get AipObj_Value ARRAY of BYTE
Analog Input
2 Get AipObj_Value_
Length
USINT Length of the output data
AopObj_Value (in byte)
Common Services
Default value
1 (0x0001)
-
Default value
-
-
Table 268: Analog Input Point Extended 3 (73 hex
) – Common service
Service code
Service available Service name
Class Instance
Description
0E hex
Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute
12.4.5.23 Analog Output Point (68
hex
)
This class enables the reading of data of a particular analog output point (AOP).
An analog output point is part of an analog output module.
Instance 0 (Class Attributes)
Table 269: Analog Output Point (68 hex
) – Class
Attribute
ID
Access Name Data type Description
1
2
Get
Get
Revision
Max Instance
UINT
UINT
Revision of this object
Max. number of instances
Default value
1 (0x0001)
-
Manual
Version 1.1.0
294 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Instance 1 ... 255 (Analog output value 1 up to 255)
Table 270: Analog Output Point (68 hex
) – Instance 1...255
Attribute
ID
Access Name Data type Description
1 Get
2 Get
AopObj_Value ARRAY of BYTE
AopObj_Value
_Length
USINT
Analog Output
Length of the output data
AopObj_Value (in byte)
Common Services
Default value
-
-
Table 271: Analog Output Point (68 hex
) – Common service
Service code
Service available Service name
Class Instance
Description
0E hex
Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute
10 hex
No Yes Set_Attribute_Single Modifies an attribute value
12.4.5.24 Analog Output Point Extended 1 (6C
hex
)
The extension of the “Analog Output Point” class enables the exchange of data from a fieldbus node that contains over 255 analog output points (AOPs). The instance scope of the “Discrete Output Point Extended 1” class covers AOPs from
256 to 510 in the fieldbus node.
Instance 0 (Class Attributes)
Table 272: Analog Output Point Extended 1 (6C hex
) – Class
Attribute
ID
Access Name Data type Description
1
2
Get
Get
Revision
Max Instance
UINT
UINT
Revision of this object
Max. number of instances
Instance 256 ... 510 (Analog output value 256 up to 510)
Table 273: Analog Output Point Extended 1 (6C hex
) – Instance 256...510
Attribute
ID
Access Name Data type Description
1 Get
2 Get
AopObj_Value ARRAY of BYTE
AopObj_Value
_Length
USINT
Analog Output
Length of the output data
AopObj_Value (in byte)
Default value
1 (0x0001)
-
Default value
-
-
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Common Services
Fieldbus Communication 295
Table 274: Analog Output Point Extended 1 (6C hex
) – Common service
Service code
Service available Service name
Class Instance
Description
0E hex
Yes Yes
10 hex
No Yes
Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute
Set_Attribute_Single Modifies an attribute value
12.4.5.25 Analog Output Point Extended 2 (70
hex
)
The extension of the “Analog Output Point” class enables the exchange of data from a fieldbus node that contains over 510 analog output points (AOPs). The instance scope of the “Discrete Output Point Extended 2” class covers AOPs from
511 to 765 in the fieldbus node.
Instance 0 (Class Attributes)
Table 275: Analog Output Point Extended 2 (70 hex
) – Class
Attribute
ID
Access Name Data type Description
1
2
Get
Get
Revision
Max Instance
UINT
UINT
Revision of this object
Max. number of instances
Instance 511 ... 765 (Analog output value 511 up to 765)
Table 276: Analog Output Point Extended 2 (70 hex
) – Instance 511...765
Attribute
ID
Access Name Data type Description
1 Get
2 Get
AopObj_Value ARRAY of BYTE
AopObj_Value
_Length
USINT
Analog Output
Length of the output data
AopObj_Value (in byte)
Common Services
Default value
1 (0x0001)
-
Default value
-
-
Table 277: Analog Output Point Extended 2 (70 hex
) – Common service
Service code
Service available Service name
Class Instance
Description
0E hex
Yes Yes
10 hex
No Yes
Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute
Set_Attribute_Single Modifies an attribute value
Manual
Version 1.1.0
296 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
12.4.5.26 Analog Output Point Extended 3 (74
hex
)
The extension of the “Analog Output Point” class enables the exchange of data from a fieldbus node that contains over 765 analog output points (AOPs). The instance scope of the “Discrete Output Point Extended 3” class covers AOPs from
766 to 1020 in the fieldbus node.
Instance 0 (Class Attributes)
Table 278: Analog Output Point Extended 3 (74 hex
) – Class
Attribute
ID
Access Name Data type Description
1 Get Revision UINT Revision of this object
2 Get Max Instance UINT Max. number of instances
Instance 766 ... 1020 (Analog output value 766 up to 1020)
Table 279: Analog Output Point Extended 3 (74 hex
) – Instance 766...1020
Attribute
ID
Access Name Data type Description
1 Get AopObj_Value ARRAY of BYTE
Analog Output
2 Get AopObj_Value
_Length
USINT Length of the output data
AopObj_Value (in byte)
Common Services
Default value
1 (0x0001)
-
Default value
-
-
Table 280: Analog Output Point Extended 3 (74 hex
) – Common service
Service code
Service available Service name
Class Instance
Description
0E hex
Yes Yes
10 hex
No Yes
Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute
Set_Attribute_Single Modifies an attribute value
12.4.5.27 Module Configuration (80
hex
)
Instance 0 (Class Attributes)
Table 281: Module Configuration (80 hex
) – Class
Attribute
ID
Access Name Data type Description
1 Get
Get
Revision
Max Instance
UINT
UINT
Revision of this object
Max. number of instances 2
Default value
1 (0x0001)
-
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Instance 1 … 255 (Clamp 0 up to 254)
Fieldbus Communication 297
Table 282: Module Configuration (80 hex
) – Instance 1...255
Attribute
ID
Access Name Data type Description
1 Get ModulDescription WORD Description of connected modules (module 0 = coupler/controller)
Bit 0: Module has inputs
Bit 1: Module has outputs
Bit 8-14: Data width internally in bit 15: 0/1 Analog/digital module
For analog modules, bits 0-14 identify the module type, e.g.,
401 for module 750-401
Default value
-
Common Services
Table 283: Module Configuration (80 hex
) – Common service
Service code
0E hex
Service available Service name
Class Instance
Yes Yes
Description
Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute
12.4.5.28 Module Configuration Extended (81
hex
)
The same as “Module Configuration (80 hex
)” but with a description of module
255.
Instance 0 (Class Attributes)
Table 284: Module Configuration Extended (81 hex
) – Class
Attribute
ID
Access Name Data type Description
1 Get
Get
Revision
Max Instance
UINT
UINT
Revision of this object
Max. number of instances 2
Default value
1 (0x0001)
-
Manual
Version 1.1.0
298 Fieldbus Communication
Instance 256 (Clamp 255)
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Table 285: Module Configuration Extended (81 hex
) – Instance 256
Attribute
ID
Access Name Data type Description
1 Get ModulDescription WORD Description of connected modules (module 0 = coupler/controller)
Bit 0: Module has inputs
Bit 1: Module has outputs
Bit 8-14: Data width internally in
Bit 15: 0/1 Analog/digital module
For analog modules, bits 0-14 identify the module type, e.g.,
401 for module 750-401
Default value
-
Common Services
Table 286: Module Configuration Extended (81 hex
) – Common service
Service code
0E hex
Service available Service-Name
Class Instance
Yes Yes
Description
Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute
Pos : 118. 14 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okument e) (Allgemeine M odule) /Fel dbus kommuni kati on/Et herNet IP/I nput out put fi eldbus variable ( ext ended) USINT, U INT, UD INT, A0 hex bis AD hex ( nur C ontroll er) @ 3\ mod_1233838959000_21.doc x @ 27252 @ 44444444444444 @ 1
12.4.5.29 Input Fieldbus Variable USINT (A0
hex
)
The class enables the reading of data from a particular PLC input variable.
For WAGO-I/O-PRO or CODESYS, that means the PLC addresses for output variables %QB2552...%QB2806.
Instance 0 (Class Attributes)
Table 287: Input fieldbus variable USINT (A0 hex
) – Class
Attribute ID Access Name
1
2
Get
Get
Revision
Data type Description
UINT
Max Instance UINT
Revision of this object
Default value
1 (0x0001)
Max. number of instances 255 (0x0FF)
Instance 1...255 (Input variable 1 up to 255)
Table 288: Input fieldbus variable USINT (A0 hex
) – Instance 1...255
Attribute ID Access Name
1 Set Fb_In_Var
Data type Description
USINT
Default value
Fieldbus input variable of the PLC 0
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Common Services
Fieldbus Communication 299
Table 289: Input fieldbus variable USINT (A0 hex
) – Common service
Service code Service available Service name Description
0E
10 hex hex
Class Instance
Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Sing le
No Yes Set_Attribute_Sing le
Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute
Modifies an attribute value
Manual
Version 1.1.0
300 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
12.4.5.30 Input Fieldbus Variable USINT Extended 1 (A1
hex
)
The extension of the "Input Fieldbus Variable USINT" class enables the reading of PLC input variable data. The instance scope of the "Input Fieldbus Variable
USINT Extended 1" class covers the PLC input variable data from 256 to 510.
For WAGO-I/O-PRO or CODESYS, that means the PLC addresses for input variables %IB2807...%IB3061.
Instance 0 (Class Attributes)
Table 290: Input Fieldbus Variable USINT Extended 1 (A1 hex
) – Class
Attribute
ID
Access Name Data type Description
1
2
Get
Get
Revision UINT
Max Instance UINT
Revision of this object
Max. number of instances
Instance 256...510 (Input variable 256 up to 510)
Default value
1 (0x0001)
255
(0x00FF)
Table 291: Input fieldbus variable USINT Extended 1 (A1 hex
) – Instance 256...510
Attribute
ID
1
Access Name
Set Fb_In_Var
Data type Description
USINT
Default value
Fieldbus-Input variable of the SPS 0
Common Services
Table 292: Input fieldbus variable USINT Extended 1 (A1 hex
) – Common service
Servicecode Service available Service-Name Description
0E hex
Class Instance
Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute
10 hex
No Yes Set_Attribute_Single Modifies an attribute value.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Fieldbus Communication 301
12.4.5.31 Input Fieldbus Variable USINT Extended 2 (A2
hex
)
The extension of the "Input Fieldbus Variable USINT" class enables the reading of PLC input variable data. The instance scope of the "Input Fieldbus Variable
USINT Extended 1" class covers the PLC input variable data from 256 to 510.
For WAGO-I/O-PRO or CODESYS, that means the PLC addresses for input variables %IB2807...%IB3061.
Instance 0 (Class Attributes)
Table 293: Input Fieldbus Variable USINT Extended 2 (A2 hex
) – Class
Attribute
ID
Access Name Data type Description
1
2
Get
Get
Revision UINT
Max Instance UINT
Revision of this object
Max. number of instances
Instance 511...512 (Input variable 511 up to 512)
Default value
1 (0x0001)
2 (0x0002)
Table 294: Input Fieldbus Variable USINT Extended 2 (A2 hex
) – Instance 511...512
Attribute
ID
Access Name
Fb_In_Var
Data type Description
USINT
Default value
Fieldbus-Input variable of the SPS 0 1 Set
Common Services
Table 295: Input fieldbus variable USINT Extended 2 (A2 hex
) – Common service
Servicecode Service available Service-Name Description
0E hex
Class Instance
Yes Yes
10 hex
No Yes
Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute
Set_Attribute_Single Modifies an attribute value
Manual
Version 1.1.0
302 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
12.4.5.32 Output Fieldbus Variable USINT (A3
hex
)
The class enables the exchange of data from a particular PLC output variable.
For WAGO-I/O-PRO or CODESYS, that means the PLC addresses for output variables %QB2552...%QB2806.
Instance 0 (Class Attributes)
Table 296: Output fieldbus variable USINT (A3 hex
) – Class
Attribute ID Access Name
1 Get Revision
Data type
UINT
Description
Revision of this object
2 Get Max Instance UINT Max. number of instances
Instance 1...255 (Output variables 1 up to 255)
Default value
1 (0x0001)
255 (0x0FF)
Table 297: Output fieldbus variable USINT (A3 hex
) – Instance 1...255
Attribute ID Access Name
1 Get
Data type Description
Fb_Out_Var USINT Fieldbus Output variable of the
PLC
Common Services
Default value
0
Table 298: Output fieldbus variable USINT (A3 hex
) – Common service
Service code Service available Service name Description
0E hex
Class Instance
Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Fieldbus Communication 303
12.4.5.33 Output Fieldbus Variable USINT Extended 1 (A4
hex
)
The extension of the "Output Fieldbus Variable USINT" class enables the exchange of PLC output variable data. The instance scope of the "Output Fieldbus
Variable USINT Extended 1" class covers the PLC output variable data from 256 to 510.
For WAGO-I/O-PRO or CODESYS, that means the PLC addresses for output variables %QB2807...%QB3061.
Instance 0 (Class Attributes)
Table 299: Output Fieldbus variable USINT Extended 1 (A4 hex
) – Class
Attribute
ID
Access Name Data type Description
1
2
Get
Get
Revision
Max Instance
UINT
UINT
Revision of this object
Max. number of instances
Default value
1 (0x0001)
255 (0x00FF)
Instance 256...510 (Output variable 256 up to 510)
Table 300: Output Fieldbus Variable USINT Extended 1 (A4 hex
) – Instance 256...510
Attribute
ID
Access Name Data type Description
1 Get Fb_Out_Var USINT
Default value
Fieldbus output variable of SPS 0
Common Services
Table 301: Output Fieldbus Variable USINT Extended 1 (A4 hex
) – Common service
Servicecode Service available Service-Name Description
0E hex
Class Instance
Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute
Manual
Version 1.1.0
304 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
12.4.5.34 Output Fieldbus Variable USINT Extended 2 (A5
hex
)
The extension of the "Output Fieldbus Variable USINT" class enables the exchange of PLC output variable data. The instance scope of the "Output Fieldbus
Variable USINT Extended 2" class covers the PLC output variable data from 511 to 512.
For WAGO-I/O-PRO or CODESYS, that means the PLC addresses for output variables %QB3062...%QB3063.
Instance 0 (Class Attributes)
Table 302: Output Fieldbus Variable USINT Extended 2 (A5 hex
) – Class
Attribute
ID
Access Name Data type Description
1
2
Get
Get
Revision
Max Instance
UINT
UINT
Revision of this object
Max. number of instances
Default value
1 (0x0001)
2 (0x0002)
Instance 511...512 (Output variable 511 up to 512)
Table 303: Output Fieldbus Variable USINT Extended 2 (A5 hex
) – Instance 511...512
Attribute
ID
Access Name
Fb_Out_Var
Data type Description
USINT
Default value
Fieldbus-Output variable of SPS 0 1 Get
Common Services
Table 304: Output Fieldbus Variable USINT Extended 2 (A5 hex
) – Common service
Servicecode Service available Service-Name Description
0E hex
Class Instance
Ja Ja Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
12.4.5.35 Input Fieldbus Variable UINT (A6
hex
)
Fieldbus Communication 305
This class allows the reading of data from a particular PLC input variable.
For WAGO-I/O-PRO or CODESYS, that means the PLC addresses for input variables %IW1276...%IW1530.
Instance 0 (Class Attributes)
Table 305: Input fieldbus variable UINT (A6 hex
) – Class
Attribute ID Access Name
1 Get Revision
Data type Description
UINT Revision of this object
2 Get Max Instance UINT Max. number of instances
Instance 1...255 (Input variable 1 up to 255)
Default value
1 (0x0001)
255 (0x0FF)
Table 306: Input fieldbus variable UINT (A6 hex
) – Instance 1...255
Attribute ID Access Name
1 Set
Data type Description
Fb_In_Var UINT
Default value
Fieldbus Input variable of the PLC 0
Common Services
Table 307: Input fieldbus variable UINT (A6 hex
) – Common service
Service code Service available Service name Description
0E hex
10 hex
Class Instance
Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute
No Yes Set_Attribute_Single Modifies an attribute value
Manual
Version 1.1.0
306 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
12.4.5.36 Input Fieldbus Variable UINT Extended 1 (A7
hex
)
The extension of the "Input Fieldbus Variable UINT" class enables the reading of
PLC input variable data. The instance scope of the "Input Fieldbus Variable UINT
Extended 1" class covers the PLC input variable data from the PLC input variable
256.
For WAGO-I/O-PRO or CODESYS, that means the PLC addresses for input variable %IW1531.
Instanz 0 (Class Attributes)
Table 308: Input Fieldbus Variable UINT Extended 1 (A7 hex
) – Class
Attribute ID Access Name Data type Description
1
2
Get
Get
Revision
Max Instance
Instanz 256 (Input variable 256)
UINT
UINT
Revision of this object
Max. number of instances
Default value
1 (0x0001)
1 (0x0001)
Table 309: Input Fieldbus Variable UINT Extended 1 (A7 hex
) – Instance 256
Attribute ID Access Name
1 Set Fb_In_Var
Data type Description
UINT
Default value
Fieldbus Input variable of the PLC 0
Common Services
Table 310: Input Fieldbus Variable UINT Extended 1 (A7 hex
) – Common service
Service code
Service available Service Name
Class Instance
Description
0E hex
Ja Ja
10 hex
Nein Ja
Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute
Set_Attribute_Single Modifies an attribute value
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
12.4.5.37 Output Fieldbus Variable UINT (A8
hex
)
Fieldbus Communication 307
The class enables the exchange of data from a particular PLC output variable. For
WAGO-I/O-PRO or CODESYS, that means the PLC addresses for output variables %QW1276...%QW1530.
Instance 0 (Class Attributes)
Table 311: Output fieldbus variable UINT (A8 hex
) – Class
Attribute ID Access Name
1 Get Revision
2 Get
Data type Description
UINT
Max Instance UINT
Revision of this object
Default value
1 (0x0001)
Max. number of instances 255 (0x0FF)
Instance 1...255 (Output variable 1 up to 255)
Table 312: Output fieldbus variable UINT (A8 hex
) – Instance 1...255
Attribute ID Access Name
1 Get
Data type Description
Fb_Out_Var UINT Fieldbus output variable of the PLC
Common Services
Default value
0
Table 313: Output fieldbus variable UINT (A8 hex
) – Common service
Service code Service available Service name Description
0E hex
Class Instance
Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute
Manual
Version 1.1.0
308 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
12.4.5.38 Output Fieldbus Variable UINT Extended 1 (A9
hex
)
The extension of the "Output Fieldbus Variable UINT" class enables the exchange of PLC output variable data. The instance scope of the "Output Fieldbus Variable
UINT Extended 1" class covers the PLC output variable data from PLC output variables 256.
For WAGO-I/O-PRO or CODESYS, that means the PLC addresses for output variable %QW1531.
Instance 0 (Class Attributes)
Table 314: Output Fieldbus Variable UINT Extended 1 (A9 hex
) – Class
Attribute
ID
Access Name Data type Description
1
2
Get
Get
Revision
Max Instance
UINT
UINT
Revision of this object
Max. number of instances
Default value
1 (0x0001)
1 (0x0001)
Instance 256 (Output variable 256)
Table 315: Output Fieldbus Variable UINT Extended 1 (A9 hex
) – Instance 256
Attribute
ID
1
Access Name
Get Fb_Out_Var
Data type Description
UINT
Default value
Fieldbus output variable of the SPS 0
Common Services
Table 316: Output Fieldbus Variable UINT Extended 1 (A9 hex
) – Common service
Servicecode Service available Service-Name Description
0E hex
Class Instance
Ja Ja Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
12.4.5.39 Input Fieldbus Variable UDINT (AA
hex
)
Fieldbus Communication 309
This class allows the reading of data from a particular PLC input variable.
For WAGO-I/O-PRO or CODESYS, that means the PLC addresses for input variables %ID638 ... %ID765.
Instance 0 (Class Attributes)
Table 317: Input fieldbus variable UDINT (AA hex
) – Class
Attribute ID Access Name Data type Description
1
2
Get
Get
Revision UINT
Max Instance UINT
Instance 1...128 (Input variable 1 up to 128)
Revision of this object
Max. number of instances
Default value
1 (0x0001)
128 (0x080)
Table 318: Input fieldbus variable UDINT (AA hex
) – Instance 1...128
Attribute ID Access
1 Set
Name Data type Description Default value
Fb_In_Var UDINT Fieldbus input variable of the PLC 0
Common Services
Table 319: Input fieldbus variable UDINT (AA hex
) – Common service
Service code Service available Service name Description
0E hex
10 hex
Class Instance
Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute
No Yes Set_Attribute_Single Modifies an attribute value
Manual
Version 1.1.0
310 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
12.4.5.40 Input Fieldbus Variable UDINT Offset (AB
hex
)
This class allows the reading of data from a particular PLC input variable.
With an offset of 2 bytes to the addresses of the "Input Fieldbus Variable UDINT
(AA hex)" class, that means for WAGO-I/O-PRO or CODESYS the PLC addresses for the input variables %ID638 ... %ID765.
Information about Using the Offset
"Offset of 2 bytes" means:
If instance 1 of this class is read, you obtain High-Word of the address %ID638 and the Low-Word of the address %ID639, etc.
If instance 128 is read, you obtain only the High-Word of the address %ID765.
Instance 0 (Class Attributes)
Table 320: Input Fieldbus Variable UDINT Offset (AB hex
) – Class
Attribute
ID
Access Name Data type Description
1
2
Get
Get
Revision
Max Instance
UINT
UINT
Revision of this object
Max. number of instances
Instance 1...128 (Input variable 1 up to 128)
Default value
1 (0x0001)
128 (0x080)
Table 321: Input Fieldbus Variable UDINT Offset (AB hex
) – Instance 1...128
Attribute
ID
1
Access
Set
Name Data type Description Default value
Fb_In_Var UDINT Fieldbus-Input variable of the SPS 0
Common Services
Table 322: Input Fieldbus Variable UDINT Offset (AB hex
) – Common service
Servicecode Service available Service-Name Description
0E hex
Class Instance
Yes Yes
10 hex
No Yes
Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute
Set_Attribute_Single Modifies an attribute value
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
12.4.5.41 Output Fieldbus Variable UDINT (AC
hex
)
Fieldbus Communication 311
The class enables the exchange of data from a particular PLC output variable. For
WAGO-I/O-PRO or CODESYS, that means the PLC addresses for output variables %QD638...%QD765.
Instance 0 (Class Attributes)
Table 323: Input fieldbus variable UDINT (AA hex
) – Class
Attribute ID Access Name
1 Get Revision
2 Get
Data type Description
UINT
Max Instance UINT
Revision of this object
Default value
1 (0x0001)
Max. number of instances 128 (0x080)
Instance 1...128 (Output variable 1 up to 128)
Table 324: Input fieldbus variable UDINT (AA hex
) – Instance 1...128
Attribute ID Access Name
1 Set
Data type Description Default value
Fb_Out_Var UDINT Fieldbus output variable of the PLC 0
Common Services
Table 325: Input fieldbus variable UDINT (AA hex
) – Common service
Service code Service available Service name Description
0E hex
Class Instance
Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute
Manual
Version 1.1.0
312 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
12.4.5.42 Output Fieldbus Variable UDINT Offset (AD
hex
)
The class enables the exchange of data from a particular PLC output variable.
With an offset of 2 bytes to the addresses of the "Output Fieldbus Variable
UDINT (AC hex
)" class, that means for WAGO-I/O-PRO or CODESYS the PLC addresses for %QD638 ... %QD765.
Information about Using the Offset
"Offset of 2 bytes" means:
If instance 1 of this class is read, you obtain High-Word of the address %ID638 and the Low-Word of the address %ID639, etc.
If instance 128 is read, you obtain only the High-Word of the address %ID765..
Instance 0 (Class Attributes)
Table 326: Output Fieldbus Variable UDINT Offset (AD hex
) – Class
Attribute
ID
Access Name Data type Description
1
2
Get
Get
Revision
Max Instance
UINT
UINT
Revision of this object
Max. number of instances
Instance 1...128 (Output variable 1 up to 128)
Default value
1 (0x0001)
128 (0x0080)
Table 327: Output Fieldbus Variable UDINT Offset (AD hex
) – Instance 1...128
Attribute
ID
1
Access
Set
Name Data type Description Default value
Fb_Out_Var UDINT Fieldbus output variable of the SPS 0
Common Services
Pos : 119 /Dokumentati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel ement e/---Seit enwec hs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Table 328: Output Fieldbus Variable UDINT Offset (AD hex
) – Common service
Servicecode Service available Service-Name Description
0E hex
Casse Instance
Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 120 /Serie 750 (WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/G erätebeschr eibung/Ei nleit ung/Bus klemmen - Ü bersc hrift 1, Ü bersic ht - Übersc hrift 2, und allgemeine Einl eit ung @ 4\ mod_1237537660059_21. doc x @ 28770 @ 12 @ 1
13 I/O Modules
I/O Modules 313
13.1 Overview
For modular applications with the WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750/753, different types of I/O modules are available
•
Digital Input Modules
•
Digital Output Modules
•
Analog Input Modules
•
Analog Output Modules
•
Specialty Modules
•
System Modules
For detailed information on the I/O modules and the module variations, refer to the manuals for the I/O modules.
You will find these manuals on the WAGO web pages under www.wago.com
.
More Information about the WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM
Current information on the modular WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM is available in the
Internet under: www.wago.com
.
Pos : 121 /Dokumentati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel ement e/---Seit enwec hs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
314 I/O Modules WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 122. 1 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/Pr ozessabbild M appi ng/ETH ERNET - EtherNet/I P - M ODBU S/TC P/ PA ETH ERN ET - MOD BU S/TC P Ei nlei tung Pr oz ess datenauf bau (750- 342, -830, -842, - 849, FBC /PFC) @ 5\ mod_1253542489968_21. doc x @ 41903 @ 2 @ 1
13.2 Process Data Architecture for MODBUS/TCP
With some I/O modules, the structure of the process data is fieldbus specific.
MODBUS/TCP process image uses a word structure (with word alignment). The internal mapping method for data greater than one byte conforms to the Intel format.
The following section describes the process image for various WAGO-I/O-
SYSTEM 750 and 753 I/O modules with MODBUS/TCP.
Equipment damage due to incorrect address!
Depending on the specific position of an I/O module in the fieldbus node, the process data of all previous byte or bit-oriented modules must be taken into account to determine its location in the process data map.
Pos : 122. 2 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/Pr ozessabbild M appi ng/ETH ERNET - EtherNet/I P - M ODBU S/TC P/ PA ETH ERN ET - PFC-Prozes sabbil d @ 12\mod_1332762119581_21.doc x @ 92093 @ @ 1
The structure of the process data mapping is identical for the PFC process image of the programmable fieldbus controller.
Pos : 122. 3 /D okument ati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel ement e/---Seit enwec hs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 122. 4 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/Pr ozessabbild M appi ng/ETH ERNET - EtherNet/I P - M ODBU S/TC P/ PA ETH ERN ET- Digital e Kl emmen M ODBU S/TC P ( 750-342, - 352, -830, -842, - 849) @ 5\ mod_1253542361394_21. doc x @ 41900 @ 3444444443444444444 @ 1
13.2.1 Digital Input Modules
I/O Modules 315
Digital input modules supply one bit of data per channel to specify the signal state for the corresponding channel. These bits are mapped into the Input Process
Image.
Some digital modules have an additional diagnostic bit per channel in the Input
Process Image. The diagnostic bit is used for detecting faults that occur (e.g., wire breaks and/or short circuits).
When analog input modules are also present in the node, the digital data is always appended after the analog data in the Input Process Image, grouped into bytes.
13.2.1.1 1 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics
750-435
Table 329: 1 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics
Input Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3
13.2.1.2 2 Channel Digital Input Modules
Bit 2 Bit 1
Diagnostic bit
S 1
Bit 0
Data bit
DI 1
750-400, -401, -405, -406, -410, -411, -412, -427, -438, (and all variations),
753-400, -401, -405, -406, -410, -411, -412, -427
Table 330: 2 Channel Digital Input Modules
Input Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2
13.2.1.3 2 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics
750-419, -421, -424, -425,
753-421, -424, -425
Bit 1
Data bit
DI 2
Channel 2
Bit 0
Data bit
DI 1
Channel 1
Table 331: 2 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics
Input Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2
Diagnostic bit S 2
Channel 2
Diagnostic bit S 1
Channel 1
Bit 1
Data bit
DI 2
Channel 2
Bit 0
Data bit
DI 1
Channel 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
316 I/O Modules WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
13.2.1.4 2 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics and Output Process
Data
750-418,
753-418
The digital input module supplies a diagnostic and acknowledge bit for each input channel. If a fault condition occurs, the diagnostic bit is set. After the fault condition is cleared, an acknowledge bit must be set to re-activate the input. The diagnostic data and input data bit is mapped in the Input Process Image, while the acknowledge bit is in the Output Process Image.
Table 332: 2 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics and Output Process Data
Input Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3
Diagnostic bit S 2
Channel 2
Bit 2
Diagnostic bit S 1
Channel 1
Bit 1
Data bit
DI 2
Channel 2
Bit 0
Data bit
DI 1
Channel 1
Output Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3
Acknowledgement bit Q 2
Channel 2
Bit 2
Acknowledgement bit Q 1
Channel 1
Bit 1
0
Bit 0
0
13.2.1.5 4 Channel Digital Input Modules
750-402, -403, -408, -409, -414, -415, -422, -423, -428, -432, -433, -1420, -1421,
-1422, -1423
753-402, -403, -408, -409, -415, -422, -423, -428, -432, -433, -440
Table 333: 4 Channel Digital Input Modules
Input Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3
Data bit
DI 4
Channel 4
Bit 2
Data bit
DI 3
Channel 3
Bit 1
Data bit
DI 2
Channel 2
Bit 0
Data bit
DI 1
Channel 1
13.2.1.6 8 Channel Digital Input Modules
750-430, -431, -436, -437, -1415, -1416, -1417, -1418
753-430, -431, -434
Table 334: 8 Channel Digital Input Modules
Input Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6
Data bit
DI 8
Channel 8
Data bit
DI 7
Channel 7
Bit 5
Data bit
DI 6
Channel 6
Bit 4
Data bit
DI 5
Channel 5
Bit 3
Data bit
DI 4
Channel 4
Bit 2
Data bit
DI 3
Channel 3
Bit 1
Data bit
DI 2
Channel 2
Bit 0
Data bit
DI 1
Channel 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
I/O Modules 317
13.2.1.7 8 Channel Digital Input Module PTC with Diagnostics and Output
Process Data
750-1425
The digital input module PTC provides via one logical channel 2 byte for the input and output process image.
The signal state of PTC inputs DI1 … DI8 is transmitted to the fieldbus coupler/controller via input data byte D0.
The fault conditions are transmitted via input data byte D1.
The channels 1 … 8 are switched on or off via the output data byte D1. The output data byte D0 is reserved and always has the value “0“.
Table 335: 8 Channel Digital Input Module PTC with Diagnostics and Output Process Data
Input Process Image
Input Byte D0 Input Byte D1
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Signal status
DI 8
Chan- nel 8
Signal status
DI 7
Chan- nel 7
Signal status
DI 6
Chan- nel 6
Signal status
DI 5
Chan- nel 5
Signal status
Signal status
DI 4
Chan- nel 4
DI 3
Chan- nel 3
Signal status
DI 2
Chan- nel 2
Signal status
DI 1
Chan- nel 1
Wire break/ short circuit
Wire break/ short circuit
Wire break/ short circuit
Wire break/ short circuit
Wire break/ short circuit
Wire break/ short circuit
Wire break/ short circuit
Wire break/ short circuit
DB/KS DB/KS DB/KS DB/KS DB/KS DB/KS DB/KS DB/KS
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Chan- nel 8
Chan- nel 7
Chan- nel 6
Chan- nel 5
Chan- nel 4
Chan- nel 3
Chan- nel 2
Chan- nel 1
Output Process Image
Output Byte D0 Output Byte D1
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
DI
Off 8
Chan- nel 8
0:
Chan- nel
ON
1:
Chan- nel
OFF
DI
Off 7
Chan- nel 7
0:
Chan- nel
ON
1:
Chan- nel
OFF
DI
Off 6
Chan- nel 6
0:
Chan- nel
ON
1:
Chan- nel
OFF
DI
Off 5
Chan- nel 5
0:
Chan- nel
ON
1:
Chan- nel
OFF
DI
Off 4
Chan- nel 4
0:
Chan- nel
ON
1:
Chan- nel
OFF
DI
Off 3
Chan- nel 3
0:
Chan- nel
ON
1:
Chan- nel
OFF
DI
Off 2
Chan- nel 2
0:
Chan- nel
ON
1:
Chan- nel
OFF
DI
Off 1
Chan- nel 1
0:
Chan- nel
ON
1:
Chan- nel
OFF
13.2.1.8 16 Channel Digital Input Modules
750-1400, -1402, -1405, -1406, -1407
Table 336: 16 Channel Digital Input Modules
Input Process Image
Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Data bit
Data bit
Data bit
Data bit
Data bit
Data bit
Data bit
Data bit
Data bit DI
Data bit
DI 16 DI 15
DI 14 DI 13 DI 12
DI 11 DI 10
Chann el 16
Chan Chan Chan Chan nel 15 nel 14 nel 13 nel 12
Chan Chann nel 11 el 10
DI 9
Chan nel 9
8
Chan nel 8
DI 7
Chan nel 7
Data bit
DI 6
Chan nel 6
Data bit
Data bit
DI 5
Chan nel 5
DI 4
Chan nel 4
Data bit
Data bit
Data bit
DI 3
Chan nel 3
DI 2
Chan nel 2
DI 1
Chan nel 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
318 I/O Modules
13.2.2 Digital Output Modules
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Digital output modules use one bit of data per channel to control the output of the corresponding channel. These bits are mapped into the Output Process Image.
Some digital modules have an additional diagnostic bit per channel in the Input
Process Image. The diagnostic bit is used for detecting faults that occur (e.g., wire breaks and/or short circuits). For modules with diagnostic bit is set, also the data bits have to be evaluated.
When analog output modules are also present in the node, the digital image data is always appended after the analog data in the Output Process Image, grouped into bytes.
13.2.2.1 1 Channel Digital Output Module with Input Process Data
750-523
The digital output modules deliver 1 bit via a process value Bit in the output process image, which is illustrated in the input process image. This status image shows "manual mode".
Table 337: 1 Channel Digital Output Module with Input Process Data
Input Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 not used
Bit 0
Status bit
“Manual
Operation“
Output Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4
13.2.2.2 2 Channel Digital Output Modules
Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 not used
Bit 0 controls
DO 1
Channel 1
750-501, -502, -509, -512, -513, -514, -517, -535, (and all variations),
753-501, -502, -509, -512, -513, -514, -517
Table 338: 2 Channel Digital Output Modules
Output Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 controls
DO 2
Channel 2
Bit 0 controls
DO 1
Channel 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
I/O Modules 319
13.2.2.3 2 Channel Digital Input Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process
Data
750-507 (-508), -522,
753-507
The digital output modules have a diagnostic bit for each output channel. When an output fault condition occurs (i.e., overload, short circuit, or broken wire), a diagnostic bit is set. The diagnostic data is mapped into the Input Process Image, while the output control bits are in the Output Process Image.
Table 339: 2 Channel Digital Input Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process Data
Input Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1
Diagnostic bit S 2
Channel 2
Output Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 controls
DO 2
Channel 2
750-506,
753-506
Bit 0
Diagnostic bit S 1
Channel 1
Bit 0 controls
DO 1
Channel 1
The digital output module has 2-bits of diagnostic information for each output channel. The 2-bit diagnostic information can then be decoded to determine the exact fault condition of the module (i.e., overload, a short circuit, or a broken wire). The 4-bits of diagnostic data are mapped into the Input Process Image, while the output control bits are in the Output Process Image.
Table 340: 2 Channel Digital Input Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process Data 75x-506
Input Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5
Diagnostic bits S1/S0, S3/S2: = ‘00’
Diagnostic bits S1/S0, S3/S2: = ‘01’
Diagnostic bits S1/S0, S3/S2: = ‘10’
Bit 4 Bit 3
Diagnostic bit S 3
Channel 2
Bit 2
Diagnostic bit S 2
Channel 2
Bit 1
Diagnostic bit S 1
Channel 1 standard mode no connected load/short circuit against +24 V
Short circuit to ground/overload
Bit 0
Diagnostic bit S 0
Channel 1
Output Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 not used not used
Bit 1 controls
DO 2
Channel 2
Bit 0 controls
DO 1
Channel 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
320 I/O Modules
13.2.2.4 4 Channel Digital Output Modules
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
750-504, -516, -519, -531,
753-504, -516, -531, -540
Table 341: 4 Channel Digital Output Modules
Output Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 controls
DO 4
Channel 4
Bit 2 controls
DO 3
Channel 3
Bit 1 controls
DO 2
Channel 2
13.2.2.5 4 Channel Digital Output Modules with Diagnostics and Input
Process Data
Bit 0 controls
DO 1
Channel 1
750-532
The digital output modules have a diagnostic bit for each output channel. When an output fault condition occurs (i.e., overload, short circuit, or broken wire), a diagnostic bit is set. The diagnostic data is mapped into the Input Process Image, while the output control bits are in the Output Process Image.
Table 342: 4 Channel Digital Output Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process Data
Input Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1
Diagnostic bit
S 4
Channel 4
Diagnostic bit
S 3
Channel 3
Diagnostic bit
S 2
Channel 2
Bit 0
Diagnostic bit
S 1
Channel 1
Diagnostic bit S = ‘0’ no Error
Diagnostic bit S = ‘1’ overload, short circuit, or broken wire
Output Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 controls
DO 4
Channel 4
Bit 2 controls
DO 3
Channel 3
Bit 1 controls
DO 2
Channel 2
Bit 0 controls
DO 1
Channel 1
13.2.2.6 8 Channel Digital Output Module
750-530, -536, -1515, -1516
753-530, -534
Table 343: 8 Channel Digital Output Module
Output Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 controls
DO 8
Channel 8 controls
DO 7
Channel 7
Bit 5 controls
DO 6
Channel 6
Bit 4 controls
DO 5
Channel 5
Bit 3 controls
DO 4
Channel 4
Bit 2 controls
DO 3
Channel 3
Bit 1 controls
DO 2
Channel 2
Bit 0 controls
DO 1
Channel 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
I/O Modules 321
13.2.2.7 8 Channel Digital Output Modules with Diagnostics and Input
Process Data
750-537
The digital output modules have a diagnostic bit for each output channel. When an output fault condition occurs (i.e., overload, short circuit, or broken wire), a diagnostic bit is set. The diagnostic data is mapped into the Input Process Image, while the output control bits are in the Output Process Image.
Table 344: 8 Channel Digital Output Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process Data
Input Process Image
Bit 7
Diagnostic bit
S 8
Channel 8
Bit 6
Diagnostic bit
S 7
Channel 7
Bit 5 Bit 4
Diagnostic Diagnostic bit
S 6 bit
S 5
Channel 6 Channel 5
Bit 3
Diagnostic bit
S 4
Channel 4
Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Diagnostic bit
S 3
Channel 3
Diagnostic bit
S 2
Channel 2
Diagnostic bit
S 1
Channel 1
Diagnostic bit S = ‘0’ no Error
Diagnostic bit S = ‘1’ overload, short circuit, or broken wire
Output Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 controls
DO 8
Channel 8 controls
DO 7
Channel 7
Bit 5 controls
DO 6
Channel 6
Bit 4 controls
DO 5
Channel 5
Bit 3 controls
DO 4
Channel 4
Bit 2 controls
DO 3
Channel 3
Bit 1 controls
DO 2
Channel 2
Bit 0 controls
DO 1
Channel 1
13.2.2.8 16 Channel Digital Output Modules
750-1500, -1501, -1504, -1505
Table 345: 16 Channel Digital Output Modules
Output Process Image
Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 controls control s
DO 16
Channel
DO 15
Channe
16 l 15 control s DO
14
Channe l 14 control s
DO 13
Channe l 13 control s
DO 12
Channe l 12 control controls s l 11
DO 10
DO 11
Channe
Channel
10 control s
DO 9
Channe l 9 control s
DO 8 l 8 control s
DO 7 l 7 control s
DO 6 l 6 control s
DO 5
Channe Channe Channe Channe l 5 control s
DO 4 l 4 control s
DO 3 l 3 control s
DO 2 l 2 control s
DO 1
Channe Channe Channe Channe l 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
322 I/O Modules WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
13.2.2.9 8 Channel Digital Input/Output Modules
750-1502, -1506
Pos : 122. 5 /D okument ati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel ement e/---Seit enwec hs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Table 346: 8 Channel Digital Input/Output Modules
Input Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6
Data bit
DI 8
Channel 8
Data bit
DI 7
Channel 7
Bit 5
Data bit
DI 6
Channel 6
Bit 4
Data bit
DI 5
Channel 5
Bit 3
Data bit
DI 4
Channel 4
Output Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 controls
DO 8
Channel 8 controls
DO 7
Channel 7
Bit 5 controls
DO 6
Channel 6
Bit 4 controls
DO 5
Channel 5
Bit 3 controls
DO 4
Channel 4
Bit 2
Data bit
DI 3
Channel 3
Bit 2 controls
DO 3
Channel 3
Bit 1
Data bit
DI 2
Channel 2
Bit 1 controls
DO 2
Channel 2
Bit 0
Data bit
DI 1
Channel 1
Bit 0 controls
DO 1
Channel 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 122. 6 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/Pr ozessabbild M appi ng/ETH ERNET - EtherNet/I P - M ODBU S/TC P/ PA ETH ERN ET - AIs-Ei nlei tung MOD BUS/TCP (INTEL, mit word- alignment) @ 7\ mod_1272352811572_21. doc x @ 55815 @ 3 @ 1
13.2.3 Analog Input Modules
I/O Modules 323
The hardware of an analog input module has 16 bits of measured analog data per channel and 8 bits of control/status.
However, the coupler/controller with MODBUS/TCP does not have access to the
8 control/status bits.
Therefore, the coupler/controller with MODBUS/TCP can only access the 16 bits of analog data per channel, which are grouped as words and mapped in Intel format in the Input Process Image.
Pos : 122. 7 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/Pr ozessabbild M appi ng/Sof ern i n dem Knot en auc h Digital eingangs kl emmen ges tec kt, zu AIs @ 8\ mod_1279112061364_21. doc x @ 59903 @ @ 1
When digital input modules are also present in the node, the analog input data is always mapped into the Input Process Image in front of the digital data.
Pos : 122. 8 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/Pr ozessabbild M appi ng/I nf ormati on - I nf ormati onen z um St euer-/Status byt eaufbau @ 4\ mod_1238055708743_21. doc x @ 29070 @ @ 1
Information on the structure of control and status bytes
For detailed information on the structure of a particular I/O module’s control/status bytes, please refer to that module’s manual. Manuals for each module can be found on the Internet at www.wago.com
.
Pos : 122. 9 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/Pr ozessabbild M appi ng/ETH ERNET - EtherNet/I P - M ODBU S/TC P/ PA ETH ERN ET - AIs (I nt el, mi t word-alignment) @ 7\ mod_1272352054685_21. doc x @ 55790 @ 4444 @ 1
13.2.3.1 1 Channel Analog Input Modules
750-491, (and all variations)
Table 347: 1 Channel Analog Input Modules
Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset
0
High Byte
D1
Low Byte
D0
1 D3 D2
Description
Measured Value U
D
Measured Value U ref
13.2.3.2 2 Channel Analog Input Modules
750-452, -454, -456, -461, -462, -465, -466, -467, -469, -472, -474, -475, 476, -
477, -478, -479, -480, -481, -483, -485, -492, (and all variations),
753-452, -454, -456, -461, -465, -466, -467, -469, -472, -474, -475, 476, -477,
478, -479, -483, -492, (and all variations)
Table 348: 2 Channel Analog Input Modules
Input Process Image
Offset
Byte Destination
High Byte Low Byte
0
1
D1
D3
D0
D2
Description
Measured Value Channel 1
Measured Value Channel 2
Manual
Version 1.1.0
324 I/O Modules
13.2.3.3 4 Channel Analog Input Modules
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
750-450, -453, -455, -457, -459, -460, -468, (and all variations),
753-453, -455, -457, -459
Table 349: 4 Channel Analog Input Modules
Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset
0
1
2
3
High Byte
D1
D3
D5
D7
Low Byte
D0
D2
D4
D6
Description
Measured Value Channel 1
Measured Value Channel 2
Measured Value Channel 3
Measured Value Channel 4
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
13.2.3.4 3-Phase Power Measurement Module
750-493
I/O Modules 325
The above Analog Input Modules have a total of 9 bytes of user data in both the
Input and Output Process Image (6 bytes of data and 3 bytes of control/status).
The following tables illustrate the Input and Output Process Image, which has a total of 6 words mapped into each image.
Word alignment is applied.
Pos : 122. 10 /D okument ati on allgemein/ Gliederungsel ement e/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Table 350: 3-Phase Power Measurement Module
Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset
0
High Byte
-
Low Byte
S0
1
2
3
4
5
D1
-
D3
-
D5
D0
S1
D2
S2
D4
Output Process Image
Offset
Byte Destination
High Byte Low Byte
0
1
2
3
4
-
D1
-
D3
-
C0
D0
C1
D2
C2
5 D5 D4
Description
Status byte 0
Input data word 1
Status byte 1
Input data word 2
Status byte 2
Input data word 3
Description
Control byte 0
Output data word 1
Control byte 1
Output data word 2
Control byte 2
Output data word 3
Manual
Version 1.1.0
326 I/O Modules
Pos : 122. 11 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ Proz ess abbil d M apping/ ETHER NET - Et herNet /I P - MOD BU S/TC P/PA ETH ERNET - MOD BUS/TCP zusät zlich 8-Kanal AI s @ 15\ mod_1370947457096_21.doc x @ 122444 @ 4 @ 1
13.2.3.5 8 Channel Analog Input Modules
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
750-451
Pos : 122. 12 /D okument ati on allgemein/ Gliederungsel ement e/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Table 351: 8 Channel Analog Input Modules
Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
High Byte
D1
D3
D5
D7
D9
D11
D13
D15
Low Byte
D0
D2
D4
D6
D8
D10
D12
D14
Description
Measured Value Channel 1
Measured Value Channel 2
Measured Value Channel 3
Measured Value Channel 4
Measured Value Channel 5
Measured Value Channel 6
Measured Value Channel 7
Measured Value Channel 8
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 122. 13 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ Proz ess abbil d M apping/ ETHER NET - Et herNet /I P - MOD BU S/TC P/PA ETH ERNET - AOs-Ei nleit ung MOD BUS/ TCP ( Int el, mit word- alignment) @ 7\ mod_1272352587776_21. doc x @ 55809 @ 3 @ 1
13.2.4 Analog Output Modules
I/O Modules 327
The hardware of an analog output module has 16 bits of measured analog data per channel and 8 bits of control/status. However, the coupler/controller with
MODBUS/TCP does not have access to the 8 control/status bits. Therefore, the coupler/controller with MODBUS/TCP can only access the 16 bits of analog data per channel, which are grouped as words and mapped in Intel format in the Output
Process Image.
Pos : 122. 14 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ Proz ess abbil d M apping/ Sofer n i n dem Knoten auch Digitalausgangs kl emmen ges tec kt si nd, z u AO s @ 8\ mod_1279112179255_21. doc x @ 59906 @ @ 1
When digital output modules are also present in the node, the analog output data is always mapped into the Output Process Image in front of the digital data.
Pos : 122. 15 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ Proz ess abbil d M apping/ Infor mation - Infor mationen zum Steuer-/ St at us byt eauf bau @ 4\ mod_1238055708743_21.doc x @ 29070 @ @ 1
Information on the structure of control and status bytes
For detailed information on the structure of a particular I/O module’s control/status bytes, please refer to that module’s manual. Manuals for each module can be found on the Internet at www.wago.com
.
Pos : 122. 16 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ Proz ess abbil d M apping/ ETHER NET - Et herNet /I P - MOD BU S/TC P/PA ETH ERNET - AOs (INT EL, mit wor d-alignment) @ 7\ mod_1272352309632_21.doc x @ 55793 @ 44 @ 1
13.2.4.1 2 Channel Analog Output Modules
750-550, -552, -554, -556, -560, -562, 563, -585, (and all variations),
753-550, -552, -554, -556
Table 352: 2 Channel Analog Output Modules
Output Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset
0
1
High Byte
D1
D3
Low Byte
D0
D2
Description
Output Value Channel 1
Output Value Channel 2
13.2.4.2 4 Channel Analog Output Modules
750-553, -555, -557, -559,
753-553, -555, -557, -559
Table 353: 4 Channel Analog Output Modules
Output Process Image
Offset
Byte Destination
High Byte Low Byte
0
1
2
3
D1
D3
D5
D7
D0
D2
D4
D6
Pos : 122. 17 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ Proz ess abbil d M apping/ ETHER NET - Et herNet /I P - MOD BU S/TC P/PA ETH ERNET - MOD BUS/PA ETHERN ET - M ODBU S/TC P z us ätzlic h 8-Kanal AOs @ 18\ mod_1392123336482_21. doc x @ 145028 @ 4 @ 1
Description
Output Value Channel 1
Output Value Channel 2
Output Value Channel 3
Output Value Channel 4
Manual
Version 1.1.0
328 I/O Modules WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
13.2.4.3 8 Channel Analog Output Modules
Pos : 122. 18 /D okument ati on allgemein/ Gliederungsel ement e/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Table 354: 8 Channel Analog Output Modules
Output Process Image
Offset
Byte Destination
High Byte Low Byte
0
1
2
3
D1
D3
D5
D7
D0
D2
D4
D6
4
5
6
7
D9
D11
D13
D15
D8
D10
D12
D14
Description
Output Value Channel 1
Output Value Channel 2
Output Value Channel 3
Output Value Channel 4
Output Value Channel 5
Output Value Channel 6
Output Value Channel 7
Output Value Channel 8
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 122. 19 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ Proz ess abbil d M apping/ ETHER NET - Et herNet /I P - MOD BU S/TC P/PA ETH ERNET - Sonder klemmen (Intel , mit word- alignment) bis KNX- Bus klemme-für 32-Bit' er @ 7\ mod_1272352385583_21.doc x @ 55796 @ 344444444444444444 @ 1
13.2.5 Specialty Modules
I/O Modules 329
WAGO has a host of Specialty I/O modules that perform various functions. With individual modules beside the data bytes also the control/status byte is mapped in the process image.
The control/status byte is required for the bidirectional data exchange of the module with the higher-ranking control system. The control byte is transmitted from the control system to the module and the status byte from the module to the control system.
This allows, for example, setting of a counter with the control byte or displaying of overshooting or undershooting of the range with the status byte.
The control/status byte always is in the process image in the Low byte.
Information to the structure of the Control/Status byte
For detailed information about the structure of a particular module’s control/status byte, please refer to that module’s manual. Manuals for each module can be found on the Internet under: www.wago.com
.
13.2.5.1 Counter Modules
750-404, (and all variations except of /000-005),
753-404, (and variation /000-003)
The above Counter Modules have a total of 5 bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image (4 bytes of counter data and 1 byte of control/status).
The counter value is supplied as 32 bits. The following tables illustrate the Input and Output Process Image, which has a total of 3 words mapped into each image.
Word alignment is applied.
Table 355: Counter Modules 750-404, (and all variations except of /000-005),
753-404, (and variation /000-003)
Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset Description
0
1
2
High Byte
-
D1
D3
Low Byte
S
D0
D2
Status byte
Counter value
Output Process Image
Offset
Byte Destination
High Byte Low Byte
0
1
2
-
D1
D3
C
D0
D2
Description
Control byte
Counter setting value
Manual
Version 1.1.0
330 I/O Modules
750-404/000-005
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
The above Counter Modules have a total of 5 bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image (4 bytes of counter data and 1 byte of control/ status).
The two counter values are supplied as 16 bits. The following tables illustrate the
Input and Output Process Image, which has a total of 3 words mapped into each image. Word alignment is applied.
Table 356: Counter Modules 750-404/000-005
Input Process Image
Offset
0
1
2
Byte Destination
High Byte Low Byte
-
D1
D3
S
D0
D2
Output Process Image
Offset
Byte Destination
High Byte Low Byte
0
1
2
-
D1
D3
C
D0
D2
750-638,
753-638
The above Counter Modules have a total of 6 bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image (4 bytes of counter data and 2 bytes of control/status).
The two counter values are supplied as 16 bits. The following tables illustrate the
Input and Output Process Image, which has a total of 4 words mapped into each image. Word alignment is applied.
Table 357: Counter Modules 750-638, 753-638
Input Process Image
Offset
Byte Destination
High Byte Low Byte
0
1
2
3
-
D1
-
D3
S0
D0
S1
D2
Output Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset
0
1
High Byte
-
D1
Low Byte
C0
D0
2
3
-
D3
C1
D2
Description
Status byte
Counter Value of Counter 1
Counter Value of Counter 2
Description
Control byte
Counter Setting Value of Counter 1
Counter Setting Value of Counter 2
Description
Status byte von Counter 1
Counter Value von Counter 1
Status byte von Counter 2
Counter Value von Counter 2
Description
Control byte von Counter 1
Counter Setting Value von Counter 1
Control byte von Counter 2
Counter Setting Value von Counter 2
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
13.2.5.2 Pulse Width Modules
750-511, (and all variations /xxx-xxx)
I/O Modules 331
The above Pulse Width modules have a total of 6 bytes of user data in both the
Input and Output Process Image (4 bytes of channel data and 2 bytes of control/ status). The two channel values are supplied as 16 bits. Each channel has its own control/status byte. The following table illustrates the Input and Output Process
Image, which has a total of 4 words mapped into each image. Word alignment is applied.
Table 358: Pulse Width Modules 750-511, /xxx-xxx
Input and Output Process
Byte Destination
Offset
High Byte Low Byte
0
1
-
D1
C0/S0
D0
2
3
-
D3
C1/S1
D2
Description
Control/Status byte of Channel 1
Data Value of Channel 1
Control/Status byte of Channel 2
Data Value of Channel 2
13.2.5.3 Serial Interface Modules with alternative Data Format
750-650, (and the variations /000-002, -004, -006, -009, -010, -011, -012, -013),
750-651, (and the variations /000-001, -002, -003),
750-653, (and the variations /000-002, -007),
753-650, -653
The process image of the / 003-000-variants depends on the parameterized operating mode!
With the freely parameterizable variations /003 000 of the serial interface modules, the desired operation mode can be set. Dependent on it, the process image of these modules is then the same, as from the appropriate variation.
The above Serial Interface Modules with alternative data format have a total of 4 bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image (3 bytes of serial data and 1 byte of control/status). The following table illustrates the Input and
Output Process Image, which have a total of 2 words mapped into each image.
Word alignment is applied.
Table 359: Serial Interface Modules with alternative Data Format
Input and Output Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset
High Byte Low Byte
0 D0 C/S
1 D2 D1
Description
Data byte
Control/status byte
Data bytes
Manual
Version 1.1.0
332 I/O Modules WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
13.2.5.4 Serial Interface Modules with Standard Data Format
750-650/000-001, -014, -015, -016
750-653/000-001, -006
The above Serial Interface Modules with Standard Data Format have a total of 6 bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image (5 bytes of serial data and 1 byte of control/status). The following table illustrates the Input and
Output Process Image, which have a total of 3 words mapped into each image.
Word alignment is applied.
Table 360: Serial Interface Modules with Standard Data Format
Input and Output Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset
High Byte Low Byte
0
1
2
D0
D2
D4
C/S
D1
D3
Description
Data byte
Control/status byte
Data bytes
13.2.5.5 Data Exchange Module
750-654, (and the variation /000-001)
The Data Exchange modules have a total of 4 bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image. The following tables illustrate the Input and Output
Process Image, which has a total of 2 words mapped into each image.
Word alignment is applied.
Table 361: Data Exchange Module
Input and Output Process Image
Offset
0
1
Byte Destination
High Byte Low Byte
D1
D3
D0
D2
Description
Data bytes
13.2.5.6 SSI Transmitter Interface Modules
750-630 (and all variations)
The process image of the / 003-000-variants depends on the parameterized operating mode!
The operating mode of the configurable /003-000 I/O module versions can be set.
Based on the operating mode, the process image of these I/O modules is then the same as that of the respective version.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
I/O Modules 333
The above SSI Transmitter Interface modules have a total of 4 bytes of user data in the Input Process Image, which has 2 words mapped into the image.
Word alignment is applied.
Table 362: SSI Transmitter Interface Modules
Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset
0
1
High Byte
D1
D3
Low Byte
D0
D2
Description
Data bytes
13.2.5.7 Incremental Encoder Interface Modules
750-631/000-004, -010, -011
The above Incremental Encoder Interface modules have 5 bytes of input data and
3 bytes of output data. The following tables illustrate the Input and Output Process
Image, which have 4 words into each image. Word alignment is applied.
Table 363: Incremental Encoder Interface Modules 750-631/000-004, --010, -011
Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset Description
0
1
2
High Byte
-
D1
-
Low Byte
S
D0
- not used Status byte
Counter word not used
3 D4 D3 Latch word
Output Process Image
Offset
Byte Destination
High Byte Low Byte
0
1
2
3
-
D1
-
-
C
D0
-
-
Description
not used Control byte
Counter setting word not used not used
Manual
Version 1.1.0
334 I/O Modules
750-634
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
The above Incremental Encoder Interface module has 5 bytes of input data (6 bytes in cycle duration measurement mode) and 3 bytes of output data. The following tables illustrate the Input and Output Process Image, which has 4 words mapped into each image. Word alignment is applied.
Table 364: Incremental Encoder Interface Modules 750-634
Input Process Image
Offset
Byte Destination
High Byte Low Byte
*)
0
1
2
3
-
D1
-
D4
S
D0
(D2) *)
D3
Description
not used
Counter word not used
Status byte
(Periodic time)
Latch word
If cycle duration measurement mode is enabled in the control byte, the cycle duration is given as a 24-bit value that is stored in D2 together with D3/D4.
Output Process Image
Offset
0
Byte Destination
High Byte
-
Low Byte
C
1
2
3
D1
-
-
D0
-
-
Description
not used Control byte
Counter setting word not used
750-637
The above Incremental Encoder Interface Module has a total of 6 bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image (4 bytes of encoder data and 2 bytes of control/status). The following table illustrates the Input and Output
Process Image, which have 4 words mapped into each image. Word alignment is applied.
Table 365: Incremental Encoder Interface Modules 750-637
Input and Output Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset
0
1
2
3
High Byte
-
D1
-
D3
Low Byte
C0/S0
D0
C1/S1
D2
Description
Control/Status byte of Channel 1
Data Value of Channel 1
Control/Status byte of Channel 2
Data Value of Channel 2
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
750-635,
753-635
I/O Modules 335
The above Digital Pulse Interface module has a total of 4 bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image (3 bytes of module data and 1 byte of control/status). The following table illustrates the Input and Output Process
Image, which have 2 words mapped into each image. Word alignment is applied.
Table 366: Digital Pulse Interface Modules 750-635
Input and Output Process Image
Offset
Byte Destination
High Byte Low Byte
0 D0 C0/S0
1 D2 D1
Description
Data byte
Control/status byte
Data bytes
13.2.5.8 DC-Drive Controller
750-636
The DC-Drive Controller maps 6 bytes into both the input and output process image. The data sent and received are stored in up to 4 input and output bytes
(D0 ... D3). Two control bytes (C0, C1) and two status bytes (S0/S1) are used to control the I/O module and the drive.
In addition to the position data in the input process image (D0 … D3), it is possible to display extended status information (S2 … S5). Then the three control bytes (C1 … C3) and status bytes (S1 … S3) are used to control the data flow.
Bit 3 of control byte C1 (C1.3) is used to switch between the process data and the extended status bytes in the input process image (Extended Info_ON). Bit 3 of status byte S1 (S1.3) is used to acknowledge the switching process.
Table 367: DC-Drive Controller 750-636
Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset
0
High Byte
S1
Low Byte
S0
1 D1*) / S3**) D0*) / S2**)
2 D3*) / S5**) D2*) / S4**)
Description
Status byte S1 Status byte S0
Actual position*)
/ Extended status (LSB) / Extended byte S3**)
Actual position status byte S2**)
Actual position
(MSB) /
Extended status byte S3**)
Actual position*)
/ Extended status byte S4**)
*)
**)
ExtendedInfo_ON = ‘0’.
ExtendedInfo_ON = ‘1’.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
336 I/O Modules
Output Process Image
Offset
0
Byte Destination
High Byte Low Byte
C1 C0
1 D1 D0
2 D3
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
D2
Description
Control byte C1 Control byte C0
Setpoint position Setpoint position
(LSB)
Setpoint position Setpoint position
(MSB)
13.2.5.9 Stepper Controller
750-670
The Stepper controller RS422 / 24 V / 20 mA 750-670 provides the fieldbus coupler 12 bytes input and output process image via 1 logical channel. The data to be sent and received are stored in up to 7 output bytes (D0 … D6) and 7 input bytes (D0 … D6), depending on the operating mode.
Output byte D0 and input byte D0 are reserved and have no function assigned.
One I/O module control and status byte (C0, S0) and 3 application control and status bytes (C1 ... C3, S1 ... S3) provide the control of the data flow.
Switching between the two process images is conducted through bit 5 in the control byte (C0 (C0.5). Activation of the mailbox is acknowledged by bit 5 of the status byte S0 (S0.5).
Table 368: Stepper Controller RS 422 / 24 V / 20 mA 750-670
Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset
0
High Byte
reserved
Low Byte
S0
1
2
3
D1
D3
D5
D0
D2
D4
4 S3 D6
*)
**)
5 S1 S2
Cyclic process image (Mailbox disabled)
Mailbox process image (Mailbox activated)
Description
reserved Status byte S0
Process data*) / Mailbox**)
Status byte S3 Process data*) / reserved**)
Status byte S1 Status byte S2
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Output Process Image
Offset
Byte Destination
High Byte Low Byte
0
1
2 reserved
D1
D3
C0
D0
D2
3 D5 D4
4 C3 D6
*)
**)
5 C1 C2
Cyclic process image (Mailbox disabled)
Mailbox process image (Mailbox activated)
I/O Modules 337
Description
reserved Control byte C0
Process data*) / Mailbox**)
Control byte C3
Process data*) / reserved**)
Control byte C1 Control byte C2
13.2.5.10 RTC Module
750-640
The RTC Module has a total of 6 bytes of user data in both the Input and Output
Process Image (4 bytes of module data and 1 byte of control/status and 1 byte ID for command). The following table illustrates the Input and Output Process
Image, which have 3 words mapped into each image. Word alignment is applied.
Table 369: RTC Module 750-640
Input and Output Process Image
Offset
Byte Destination
High Byte Low Byte
0 ID C/S
1
2
D1
D3
D0
D2
Description
Command byte
Control/status byte
Data bytes
13.2.5.11 DALI/DSI Master Module
750-641
The DALI/DSI Master module has a total of 6 bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image (5 bytes of module data and 1 byte of control/status).
The following tables illustrate the Input and Output Process Image, which have 3 words mapped into each image. Word alignment is applied.
Table 370: DALI/DSI Master Module 750-641
Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset
0
1
2
High Byte
D0
D2
D4
Low Byte
S
D1
D3
Description
DALI Response Status byte
Message 3 DALI Address
Message 1 Message 2
Manual
Version 1.1.0
338 I/O Modules WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Output Process Image
Offset
Byte Destination
High Byte Low Byte
0
1
2
D0
D2
D4
C
D1
D3
Description
DALI command,
DSI dimming value
Parameter 2
Control byte
DALI Address
Command extension Parameter 1
13.2.5.12 DALI Multi-Master Module
753-647
The DALI Multi-Master module occupies a total of 24 bytes in the input and output range of the process image.
The DALI Multi-Master module can be operated in "Easy" mode (default) and
"Full" mode. "Easy" mode is used to transmit simply binary signals for lighting control. Configuration or programming via DALI master module is unnecessary in "Easy" mode.
Changes to individual bits of the process image are converted directly into DALI commands for a pre-configured DALI network. 22 bytes of the 24-byte process image can be used directly for switching of electronic ballasts (ECG), groups or scenes in "Easy" mode. Switching commands are transmitted via DALI and group addresses, where each DALI and each group address is represented by a 2-bit pair.
The structure of the process data is described in detail in the following tables.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
I/O Modules 339
Table 371: Overview of Input Process Image in the "Easy" Mode
Input process image
Byte designation
Offset
High byte Low byte
res.
0 - S
Note
Status, activate broadcast
Bit 0: 1-/2-button mode
Bit 2: Broadcast status ON/OFF
Bit 1,3-7: -
1
2
DA4…DA7
DA12…DA15
DA0…DA3
DA8…DA11
Bitpaar für DALI-Adresse DA0:
Bit 1: Bit set = ON
3
4
5
6
7
8
DA20…DA23
DA28…DA31
DA36…DA39
DA44…DA47
DA52…DA55
DA60…DA63
DA16…DA19
DA24…DA27
DA32…DA35
DA40…DA43
DA48…DA51
DA56…DA59
Bit not set = OFF
Bit 2: Bit set = Error
Bit not set = No error
Bit pairs DA1 … DA63 similar to DA0.
9 GA4…GA7 GA0…GA3
Bit pair for DALI group address GA0:
Bit 1: Bit set = ON
Bit not set = OFF
10 GA12…GA15
-
GA8…GA11
-
Bit 2: Bit set = Error
Bit not set = No error
Bit pairs GA1 … GA15 similar to GA0.
Not in use 11
DA = DALI address
GA = Group address
Table 372: Overview of the Output Process Image in the "Easy" Mode“
Output process image
Byte designation
Offset
High byte Low byte
0
1
2
-
DA4…DA7
DA12…DA15
S
DA0…DA3
DA8…DA11
Note
res. Broadcast ON/OFF and activate:
Bit 0: Broadcast ON
Bit 1: Broadcast OFF
Bit 2: Broadcast ON/OFF/dimming
Bit 3: Broadcast short ON/OFF
Bits 4 … 7: reserved
Bit pair for DALI address DA0:
Bit 1: short: DA switch ON
3
4
5
6
7
8
DA20…DA23
DA28…DA31
DA36…DA39
DA44…DA47
DA52…DA55
DA60…DA63
DA16…DA19
DA24…DA27
DA32…DA35
DA40…DA43
DA48…DA51
DA56…DA59 long: dimming, brighter
Bit 2: short: DA switch OFF long: dimming, darker
Bit pairs DA1 … DA63 similar to DA0.
9
10
GA4…GA7
GA12…GA15
GA0…GA3
GA8…GA11
Bit 0…7
Bitpaar für DALI-Gruppenadresse GA0:
Bit 1: short: GA switch ON long: dimming, brighter
Bit 2: short: GA switch OFF long: dimming, darker
Bit pairs GA1 … GA15 similar to GA0.
Switch scene 0…15 11 Bit 8…15
DA = DALI address
GA = Group address
Manual
Version 1.1.0
340 I/O Modules
13.2.5.13 LON
®
FTT Module
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
753-648
The process image of the LON
®
FTT module consists of a control/status byte and
23 bytes of bidirectional communication data that is processed by the
WAGO-I/O-PRO function block "LON_01.lib". This function block is essential for the function of the LON
®
FTT module and provides a user interface on the control side.
13.2.5.14 EnOcean Radio Receiver
750-642
The EnOcean radio receiver has a total of 4 bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image (3 bytes of module data and 1 byte of control/status).
The following tables illustrate the Input and Output Process Image, which have 2 words mapped into each image. Word alignment is applied.
Table 373: EnOcean Radio Receiver 750-642
Input Process Image
Offset
Byte Destination
High Byte Low Byte
0
1
D0
D2
S
D1
Output Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset
0
High Byte
-
Low Byte
C
1 - -
Description
Data byte Status byte
Data bytes
Description
not used Control byte not used
13.2.5.15 MP Bus Master Module
750-643
The MP Bus Master Module has a total of 8 bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image (6 bytes of module data and 2 bytes of control/status).
The following table illustrates the Input and Output Process Image, which have 4 words mapped into each image. Word alignment is applied.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Table 374: MP Bus Master Module 750-643
Input and Output Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset
High Byte Low Byte
0
1
2
3
C1/S1
D1
D3
D5
C0/S0
D0
D2
D4
I/O Modules 341
Description
extended
Control/
Status byte
Control/status byte
Data bytes
13.2.5.16 Bluetooth
®
RF-Transceiver
750-644
The size of the process image for the Bluetooth
®
module can be adjusted to 12, 24 or 48 bytes.
It consists of a control byte (input) or status byte (output); an empty byte; an overlay able mailbox with a size of 6, 12 or 18 bytes (mode 2); and the Bluetooth
®
process data with a size of 4 to 46 bytes.
Thus, each Bluetooth
®
module uses between 12 and 48 bytes in the process image.
The sizes of the input and output process images are always the same.
The first byte contains the control/status byte; the second contains an empty byte.
Process data attach to this directly when the mailbox is hidden. When the mailbox is visible, the first 6, 12 or 18 bytes of process data are overlaid by the mailbox data, depending on their size. Bytes in the area behind the optionally visible mailbox contain basic process data. The internal structure of the Bluetooth
®
process data can be found in the documentation for the Bluetooth
®
750-644 RF
Transceiver.
The mailbox and the process image sizes are set with the startup tool WAGO-I/O-
CHECK.
0
1
2
3
... max.
23
Table 375: Bluetooth
®
RF-Transceiver 750-644
Input and Output Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset
High Byte Low Byte
-
D1
D3
D5
...
D45
C0/S0
D0
D2
D4
...
D44
Description
not used
Control/status byte
Mailbox (0, 3, 6 or 9 words) and
Process data (2-23 words)
Manual
Version 1.1.0
342 I/O Modules WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
13.2.5.17 Vibration Velocity/Bearing Condition Monitoring VIB I/O
750-645
The Vibration Velocity/Bearing Condition Monitoring VIB I/O has a total of 12 bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image (8 bytes of module data and 4 bytes of control/status). The following table illustrates the Input and
Output Process Image, which have 8 words mapped into each image.
Word alignment is applied.
Table 376: Vibration Velocity/Bearing Condition Monitoring VIB I/O 750-645
Input and Output Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset Description
High Byte Low Byte
0
1
-
D1
C0/S0
D0 not used
Control/status byte
(log. Channel 1,
Sensor input 1)
Data bytes
(log. Channel 1, Sensor input 1)
2
3
4
5
6
7
-
D3
-
D5
-
D7
C1/S1
D2
C2/S2
D4
C3/S3
D6 not used
Control/status byte
(log. Channel 2,
Sensor input 2)
Data bytes
(log. Channel 2, Sensor input 2) not used
Control/status byte
(log. Channel 3,
Sensor input 1)
Data bytes
(log. Channel 3, Sensor input 3) not used
Control/status byte
(log. Channel 4,
Sensor input 2)
Data bytes
(log. Channel 4, Sensor input 2)
Pos : 122. 20 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ Proz ess abbil d M apping/ ETHER NET - Et herNet /I P - MOD BU S/TC P/PA ETH ERNET - MOD BUS/TCP Teil 1 KNX/EIB/ TP1-Kl emme 753- 646 (nur f ür 750-830, -842, - 849) @ 5\ mod_1253540550198_21. doc x @ 41890 @ 4 @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
13.2.5.18 KNX/EIB/TP1 Module
753-646
I/O Modules 343
The KNX/TP1 module appears in router and device mode with a total of 24-byte user data within the input and output area of the process image, 20 data bytes and
2 control/status bytes. Even though the additional bytes S1 or C1 are transferred as data bytes, they are used as extended status and control bytes. The opcode is used for the read/write command of data and the triggering of specific functions of the KNX/EIB/TP1 module. Word-alignment is used to assign 12 words in the process image. Access to the process image is not possible in router mode.
Telegrams can only be tunneled.
In device mode, access to the KNX data can only be performed via special function blocks of the IEC application. Configuration using the ETS engineering tool software is required for KNX.
1
6
7
8
9
2
3
4
5
10
11
Table 377: KNX/EIB/TP1 Module 753-646
Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset
0
High Byte
-
Low Byte
S0
1 S1 OP
2
3
4
5
6
D1
D3
D5
D7
D9
D0
D2
D4
D6
D8
7
8
9
10
11
D11
D13
D15
D17
D19
D10
D12
D14
D16
D18
Output Process Image
Offset
0
Byte Destination
High Byte Low Byte
- C0
C1
D1
D3
D5
D7
D9
D11
D13
D15
D17
D19
OP
D0
D2
D4
D6
D8
D10
D12
D14
D16
D18
Description
not used extended
Status byte
Data byte 1
Data byte 3
Data byte 5
Data byte 7
Data byte 9
Data byte 11
Data byte 13
Data byte 15
Data byte 17
Data byte 19
Status byte
Opcode
Data byte 0
Data byte 2
Data byte 4
Data byte 6
Data byte 8
Data byte 10
Data byte 12
Data byte 14
Data byte 16
Data byte 18
Description
not used extended
Control byte
Data byte 1
Data byte 3
Data byte 5
Data byte 7
Data byte 9
Data byte 11
Data byte 13
Data byte 15
Data byte 17
Data byte 19
Control byte
Opcode
Data byte 0
Data byte 2
Data byte 4
Data byte 6
Data byte 8
Data byte 10
Data byte 12
Data byte 14
Data byte 16
Data byte 18
Manual
Version 1.1.0
344 I/O Modules
Pos : 122. 21 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ Proz ess abbil d M apping/ ETHER NET - Et herNet /I P - MOD BU S/TC P/PA ETH ERNET - MOD BUS/TCP Teil 2 ASI- und Syst emklemmen (750-342, -830, - 842, -849) @ 5\ mod_1246540791017_21. doc x @ 36540 @ 434 @ 1
13.2.5.19 AS-interface Master Module
750-655
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
The length of the process image of the AS-interface master module can be set to fixed sizes of 12, 20, 24, 32, 40 or 48 bytes.
It consists of a control or status byte, a mailbox with a size of 0, 6, 10, 12 or 18 bytes and the AS-interface process data, which can range from 0 to 32 bytes.
The AS-interface master module has a total of 6 to maximally 24 words data in both the Input and Output Process Image. Word alignment is applied.
The first Input and output word, which is assigned to an AS-interface master module, contains the status / control byte and one empty byte.
Subsequently the mailbox data are mapped, when the mailbox is permanently superimposed (Mode 1).
In the operating mode with suppressible mailbox (Mode 2), the mailbox and the cyclical process data are mapped next.
The following words contain the remaining process dat.
The mailbox and the process image sizes are set with the startup tool WAGO-I/O-
CHECK.
0
1
2
3
... max.
23
Table 378: AS-interface Master Module 750-655
Input and Output Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset
High Byte Low Byte
-
D1
D3
D5
...
D45
C0/S0
D0
D2
D4
...
D44
Description
not used
Control/status byte
Mailbox (0, 3, 5, 6 or 9 words)/
Process data (0-16 words)
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
13.2.6 System Modules
I/O Modules 345
13.2.6.1 System Modules with Diagnostics
750-610, -611
The modules provide 2 bits of diagnostics in the Input Process Image for monitoring of the internal power supply.
Table 379: System Modules with Diagnostics 750-610, -611
Input Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3
Pos : 122. 22 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ Proz ess abbil d M apping/ ETHER NET - Et herNet /I P - MOD BU S/TC P/PA ETH ERNET - MOD BUS/TCP Teil 3 Binäre Pl atz hal ter kl emmen - l etz te Kl emme @ 8\ mod_1279182270905_21. doc x @ 60020 @ 4 @ 1
13.2.6.2 Binary Space Module
750-622
Bit 2 Bit 1
Diagnostic bit S 2
Fuse
Bit 0
Diagnostic bit S 1
Fuse
The Binary Space Modules behave alternatively like 2 channel digital input modules or output modules and seize depending upon the selected settings 1, 2, 3 or 4 bits per channel. According to this, 2, 4, 6 or 8 bits are occupied then either in the process input or the process output image.
Table 380: Binary Space Module 750-622 (with Behavior Like 2 Channel Digital Input)
Pos : 123 /Dokumentati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel ement e/---Seit enwec hs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Input and Output Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5
(Data bit
DI 8)
(Data bit
DI 7)
(Data bit
DI 6)
Bit 4
(Data bit
DI 5)
Bit 3
(Data bit
DI 4)
Bit 2
(Data bit
DI 3)
Bit 1
Data bit
DI 2
Bit 0
Data bit
DI 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
346 I/O Modules WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 124. 1 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/Pr ozessabbild M appi ng/ETH ERNET - EtherNet/I P - M ODBU S/TC P/ PA ETH ERN ET - Et herN et/ IP Einl eit ung Proz ess dat enauf bau ( 750-841, C ontroller) @ 5\ mod_1253541573440_21. doc x @ 41896 @ 2 @ 1
13.3 Process Data Architecture for EtherNet/IP
With some I/O modules, the structure of the process data is fieldbus specific.
In the case of a fieldbus controller with EtherNet/IP, the process image uses a word structure (with word alignment). The internal mapping method for data greater than one byte conforms to the Intel format.
The following section describes the process image for various WAGO-I/O-
SYSTEM 750 and 753 I/O modules when using a fieldbus controller with
EtherNet/IP.
For the PFC process image of the programmable fieldbus controller is the structure of the process data mapping identical.
Pos : 124. 2 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/Pr ozessabbild M appi ng/ETH ERNET - EtherNet/I P - M ODBU S/TC P/ PA ETH ERN ET- Digital e Kl emmen Et herN et /IP (750- 341/ 841/881) @ 5\ mod_1253544395769_21.doc x @ 41919 @ 344444443444444444 @ 1
Equipment damage due to incorrect address!
Depending on the specific position of an I/O module in the fieldbus node, the process data of all previous byte or bit-oriented modules must be taken into account to determine its location in the process data map.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
13.3.1 Digital Input Modules
I/O Modules 347
Digital input modules supply one bit of data per channel to specify the signal state for the corresponding channel. These bits are mapped into the Input Process
Image.
Some digital I/O modules have an additional diagnostic bit per channel in the input process image. The diagnostic bit detects faults (e.g., wire breakage, overloads and/or short circuits). For some I/O modules, the data bits also have be evaluated with the set diagnostic bit.
When analog input modules are also present in the node, the digital data is always appended after the analog data in the Input Process Image, grouped into bytes.
1 sub index is assigned for each 8 bit.
Each input channel seizes one Instance in the Discrete Input Point Object (Class
0x65).
13.3.1.1 1 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics
750-435
Table 381: 1 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics
Input Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1
Diagnostic bit
S 1
Bit 0
Data bit
DI 1
The input modules seize 2 Instances in Class (0x65).
13.3.1.2 2 Channel Digital Input Modules
750-400, -401, -405, -406, -410, -411, -412, -427, -438, (and all variations),
753-400, -401, -405, -406, -410, -411, -412, -427
Table 382: 2 Channel Digital Input Modules
Input Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3
The input modules seize 2 Instances in Class (0x65).
Bit 2 Bit 1
Data bit
DI 2
Channel 2
Bit 0
Data bit
DI 1
Channel 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
348 I/O Modules WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
13.3.1.3 2 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics
750-419, -421, -424, -425,
753-421, -424, -425
Table 383: 2 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics
Input Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2
Diagnostic bit S 2
Channel 2
The input modules seize 4 Instances in Class (0x65).
Diagnostic bit S 1
Channel 1
Bit 1
Data bit
DI 2
Channel 2
Bit 0
Data bit
DI 1
Channel 1
13.3.1.4 2 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics and Output Process
Data
750-418,
753-418
The digital input module supplies a diagnostic and acknowledge bit for each input channel. If a fault condition occurs, the diagnostic bit is set. After the fault condition is cleared, an acknowledge bit must be set to re-activate the input. The diagnostic data and input data bit is mapped in the Input Process Image, while the acknowledge bit is in the Output Process Image.
Table 384: 2 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics and Output Process Data
Input Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3
Diagnostic bit S 2
Channel 2
The input modules seize 4 Instances in Class (0x65).
Bit 2
Diagnostic bit S 1
Channel 1
Bit 1
Data bit
DI 2
Channel 2
Bit 0
Data bit
DI 1
Channel 1
Output Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2
Acknowledgement bit Q 2
Channel 2
Acknowledgement bit Q 1
Channel 1
And the input modules seize 4 Instances in Class (0x66).
Bit 1
0
Bit 0
0
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
13.3.1.5 4 Channel Digital Input Modules
I/O Modules 349
750-402, -403, -408, -409, -414, -415, -422, -423, -428, -432, -433, -1420, -1421,
-1422
753-402, -403, -408, -409, -415, -422, -423, -428, -432, -433, -440
Table 385: 4 Channel Digital Input Modules
Input Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2
Data bit
DI 4
Channel 4
The input modules seize 4 Instances in Class (0x65).
Data bit
DI 3
Channel 3
Bit 1
Data bit
DI 2
Channel 2
13.3.1.6 8 Channel Digital Input Modules
Bit 0
Data bit
DI 1
Channel 1
750-430, -431, -436, -437, -1415, -1416, -1417
753-430, -431, -434
Table 386: 8 Channel Digital Input Modules
Input Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2
Data bit
DI 8
Channel 8
Data bit
DI 7
Channel 7
Data bit
DI 6
Channel 6
Data bit
DI 5
Channel 5
Data bit
DI 4
Channel 4
The input modules seize 8 Instances in Class (0x65).
Data bit
DI 3
Channel 3
Bit 1
Data bit
DI 2
Channel 2
Bit 0
Data bit
DI 1
Channel 1
13.3.1.7 16 Channel Digital Input Modules
750-1400, -1402, -1405, -1406, -1407
Table 387: 16 Channel Digital Input Modules
Input Process Image
Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Data bit
Data bit
Data bit
Data bit
Data bit
Data bit
Data bit
Data bit
Data bit DI
Data bit
DI 16 DI 15 DI 14 DI 13 DI 12 DI 11 DI 10
Chann Chan Chan Chan Chan Chan Chann
DI 9
Chan
8
Chan
DI 7
Chan
Data bit
DI 6
Chan el 16 nel 15 nel 14 nel 13 nel 12 nel 11 el 10 nel 9 nel 8 nel 7 nel 6
Data bit
DI 5
Chan
Data bit
DI 4
Chan nel 5 nel 4
Data bit
DI 3
Chan nel 3
Data bit
DI 2
Chan
Data bit
DI 1
Chan nel 2 nel 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
350 I/O Modules
13.3.2 Digital Output Modules
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Digital output modules use one bit of data per channel to control the output of the corresponding channel. These bits are mapped into the Output Process Image.
Some digital modules have an additional diagnostic bit per channel in the Input
Process Image. The diagnostic bit is used for detecting faults that occur (e.g., wire breaks and/or short circuits). With some I/O modules, with set diagnostic bit, additionally the data bits must be evaluated.
When analog output modules are also present in the node, the digital image data is always appended after the analog data in the Output Process Image, grouped into bytes.
For each 8 bits a subindex is occupied.
Each output channel occupies one instance in the Discrete Output Point Object
(Class 0x 66).
13.3.2.1 1 Channel Digital Output Module with Input Process Data
750-523
The digital output modules deliver 1 bit via a process value Bit in the output process image, which is illustrated in the input process image. This status image shows "manual mode".
Table 388: 1 Channel Digital Output Module with Input Process Data
Input Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2
Output Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2
Bit 1 not used
Bit 0
Status bit
“Manual
Operation“
And the output modules seize 2 Instances in Class (0x66).
Bit 1 not used
Bit 0 controls
DO 1
Channel 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
13.3.2.2 2 Channel Digital Output Modules
I/O Modules 351
750-501, -502, -509, -512, -513, -514, -517, -535, (and all variations),
753-501, -502, -509, -512, -513, -514, -517
Table 389: 2 Channel Digital Output Modules
Output Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 controls
DO 2
Channel 2
Bit 0 controls
DO 1
Channel 1
The output modules seize 2 Instances in Class (0x66).
13.3.2.3 2 Channel Digital Input Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process
Data
750-507 (-508), -522,
753-507
The digital output modules have a diagnostic bit for each output channel. When an output fault condition occurs (i.e., overload, short circuit, or broken wire), a diagnostic bit is set. The diagnostic data is mapped into the Input Process Image, while the output control bits are in the Output Process Image.
Table 390: 2 Channel Digital Input Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process Data
Input Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1
Diagnostic bit S 2
Channel 2
Output Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 controls
DO 2
Channel 2
And the output modules seize 2 Instances in Class (0x66).
Bit 0
Diagnostic bit S 1
Channel 1
Bit 0 controls
DO 1
Channel 1
750-506,
753-506
The digital output module has 2-bits of diagnostic information for each output channel. The 2-bit diagnostic information can then be decoded to determine the exact fault condition of the module (i.e., overload, a short circuit, or a broken wire). The 4-bits of diagnostic data are mapped into the Input Process Image, while the output control bits are in the Output Process Image.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
352 I/O Modules WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Table 391: 2 Channel Digital Input Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process Data 75x-506
Input Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3
Diagnostic bit S 3
Channel 2
Bit 2
Diagnostic bit S 2
Channel 2
Bit 1
Diagnostic bit S 1
Channel 1
Bit 0
Diagnostic bit S 0
Channel 1
Diagnostic bits S1/S0, S3/S2: = ‘00’
Diagnostic bits S1/S0, S3/S2: = ‘01’
Diagnostic bits S1/S0, S3/S2: = ‘10’ standard mode no connected load/short circuit against +24 V
Short circuit to ground/overload
The output modules seize 4 Instances in Class (0x65).
Output Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 not used not used
Bit 1 controls
DO 2
Channel 2
Bit 0 controls
DO 1
Channel 1
And the output modules seize 4 Instances in Class (0x66).
13.3.2.4 4 Channel Digital Output Modules
750-504, -516, -519, -531,
753-504, -516, -531, -540
Table 392: 4 Channel Digital Output Modules
Output Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 controls
DO 4
Channel 4 controls
DO 3
Channel 3
The output modules seize 4 Instances in Class (0x66).
Bit 1 controls
DO 2
Channel 2
13.3.2.5 4 Channel Digital Output Modules with Diagnostics and Input
Process Data
Bit 0 controls
DO 1
Channel 1
750-532
The digital output modules have a diagnostic bit for each output channel. When an output fault condition occurs (i.e., overload, short circuit, or broken wire), a diagnostic bit is set. The diagnostic data is mapped into the Input Process Image, while the output control bits are in the Output Process Image.
Table 393: 4 Channel Digital Output Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process Data
Input Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1
Diagnostic Diagnostic bit
S 4
Channel 4 bit
S 3
Channel 3
Diagnostic bit
S 2
Channel 2
Diagnostic bit S = ‘0’ no Error
Diagnostic bit S = ‘1’ overload, short circuit, or broken wire
The output modules seize 4 Instances in Class (0x65).
Bit 0
Diagnostic bit
S 1
Channel 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
I/O Modules 353
Output Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 controls
DO 4
Channel 4 controls
DO 3
Channel 3
And the output modules seize 4 Instances in Class (0x66).
13.3.2.6 8 Channel Digital Output Module
Bit 1 controls
DO 2
Channel 2
Bit 0 controls
DO 1
Channel 1
750-530, -536, -1515, -1516
753-530, -534
Table 394: 8 Channel Digital Output Module
Output Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 controls
DO 8
Channel 8 controls
DO 7
Channel 7 controls
DO 6
Channel 6 controls
DO 5
Channel 5 controls
DO 4
Channel 4 controls
DO 3
Channel 3
The output modules seize 8 Instances in Class (0x66).
Bit 1 controls
DO 2
Channel 2
Bit 0 controls
DO 1
Channel 1
13.3.2.7 8 Channel Digital Output Modules with Diagnostics and Input
Process Data
750-537
The digital output modules have a diagnostic bit for each output channel. When an output fault condition occurs (i.e., overload, short circuit, or broken wire), a diagnostic bit is set. The diagnostic data is mapped into the Input Process Image, while the output control bits are in the Output Process Image.
Table 395: 8 Channel Digital Output Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process Data
Input Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6
Diagnostic bit
S 8
Channel 8
Diagnostic bit
S 7
Channel 7
Bit 5 Bit 4
Diagnostic Diagnostic bit
S 6
Channel 6 bit
S 5
Channel 5
Bit 3
Diagnostic bit
S 4
Channel 4
Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Diagnostic bit
S 3
Channel 3
Diagnostic bit
S 2
Channel 2
Diagnostic bit
S 1
Channel 1
Diagnostic bit S = ‘0’ no Error
Diagnostic bit S = ‘1’ overload, short circuit, or broken wire
The output modules seize 8 Instances in Class (0x65).
Output Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 controls
DO 8
Channel 8 controls
DO 7
Channel 7 controls
DO 6
Channel 6 controls
DO 5
Channel 5 controls
DO 4
Channel 4 controls
DO 3
Channel 3
And the output modules seize 8 Instances in Class (0x66).
Bit 1 controls
DO 2
Channel 2
Bit 0 controls
DO 1
Channel 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
354 I/O Modules WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
13.3.2.8 16 Channel Digital Output Modules
750-1500, -1501, -1504, -1505
Table 396: 16 Channel Digital Output Modules
Output Process Image
Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 controls controls controls controls controls controls controls controls controls controls controls controls controls controls controls controls
DO 16 DO 15 DO 14 DO 13 DO 12 DO 11 DO 10 DO 9 DO 8 DO 7 DO 6 DO 5 DO 4 DO 3 DO 2 DO 1
Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
The output modules seize 16 Instances in Class (0x66).
13.3.2.9 8 Channel Digital Input/Output Modules
750-1502, -1506
Pos : 124. 3 /D okument ati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel ement e/---Seit enwec hs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Table 397: 8 Channel Digital Input/Output Modules
Input Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2
Data bit
DI 8
Channel 8
Data bit
DI 7
Channel 7
Data bit
DI 6
Channel 6
Data bit
DI 5
Channel 5
Data bit
DI 4
Channel 4
Data bit
DI 3
Channel 3
The input/output modules seize 8 Instances in Class (0x65).
Output Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 controls
DO 8
Channel 8 controls
DO 7
Channel 7 controls
DO 6
Channel 6 controls
DO 5
Channel 5 controls
DO 4
Channel 4 controls
DO 3
Channel 3
The input/output modules seize 8 Instances in Class (0x66).
Bit 1
Data bit
DI 2
Channel 2
Bit 1 controls
DO 2
Channel 2
Bit 0
Data bit
DI 1
Channel 1
Bit 0 controls
DO 1
Channel 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 124. 4 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/Pr ozessabbild M appi ng/ETH ERNET - EtherNet/I P - M ODBU S/TC P/ PA ETH ERN ET - Et herN et/ IP ab AIs-Rest ( 750-341/-841) @ 5\ mod_1253705986108_21.doc x @ 42060 @ 344444 @ 1
13.3.3 Analog Input Modules
I/O Modules 355
The hardware of an analog input module has 16 bits of measured analog data per channel and 8 bits of control/status.
However, the coupler/controller with EtherNet/IP does not have access to the 8 control/status bits.
Therefore, the coupler/controller with MODBUS/TCP can only access the 16 bits of analog data per channel, which are grouped as words and mapped in Intel format in the Input Process Image.
When digital input modules are also present in the node, the analog input data is always mapped into the Input Process Image in front of the digital data.
Each input channel seizes one Instance in the Analog Input Point Object (Class
0x67).
Information for the control/status byte development
Please refer to the corresponding description of the I/O modules for the structure of the control/status bytes. You can find a manual with the relevant I/O module description on the WAGO home page: at: http://www.wago.com
.
13.3.3.1 1 Channel Analog Input Modules
750-491, (and all variations)
Table 398: 1 Channel Analog Input Modules
Input Process Image
Instance
Byte Destination
High Byte Low Byte
Description
n D1 D0 Measured Value U
D n+1 D3 D2 Measured Value U ref
The input modules represent 2x2 bytes and seize 2 Instances in Class (0x67).
Manual
Version 1.1.0
356 I/O Modules
13.3.3.2 2 Channel Analog Input Modules
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
750-452, -454, -456, -461, -462, -465, -466, -467, -469, -472, -474, -475, 476, -
477, -478, -479, -480, -481, -483, -485, -492, (and all variations),
753-452, -454, -456, -461, -465, -466, -467, -469, -472, -474, -475, 476, -477,
478, -479, -483, -492, (and all variations)
Table 399: 2 Channel Analog Input Modules
Input Process Image
Instance
n
Byte Destination
High Byte Low Byte
D1 D0
Description
Measured Value Channel 1 n+1 D3 D2 Measured Value Channel 2
The input modules represent 2x2 bytes and seize 2 Instances in Class (0x67).
13.3.3.3 4 Channel Analog Input Modules
750-453, -455, -457, -459, -460, -468, (and all variations),
753-453, -455, -457, -459
Table 400: 4 Channel Analog Input Modules
Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance
n n+1 n+2
High Byte
D1
D3
D5
Low Byte
D0
D2
D4
Description
Measured Value Channel 1
Measured Value Channel 2
Measured Value Channel 3 n+3 D7 D6 Measured Value Channel 4
The input modules represent 4x2 bytes and seize 4 Instances in Class (0x67).
13.3.3.4 4 Channel Analog Input Modules for RTD’s
750-450
Table 401: 4 Channel Analog Input Modules for RTD’s
Input Process Image
Instance
n n+1 n+2
Byte Destination
High Byte Low Byte
D1
D3
D5
D0
D2
D4
Description
Measured Value Channel 1
Measured Value Channel 2
Measured Value Channel 3 n+3 D7 D6 Measured Value Channel 4
The input modules represent 4x2 bytes and seize 4 Instances in Class (0x67).
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
13.3.3.5 3-Phase Power Measurement Module
750-493
I/O Modules 357
The above Analog Input Modules have a total of 9 bytes of user data in both the
Input and Output Process Image (6 bytes of data and 3 bytes of control/status).
The following tables illustrate the Input and Output Process Image, which has a total of 6 words mapped into each image.
Word alignment is applied.
Table 402: 3-Phase Power Measurement Module
Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance
High Byte
-
Low Byte
S0 n
D1
-
D0
S1 n+1
D3 D2
Description
Status byte 0
Input data word 1
Status byte 1
Input data word 2
- S2 Status byte 2 n+2
D5 D4 Input data word 3
The input modules represent 3x4 bytes and seize 3 Instances in Class (0x67).
Output Process Image
Instance
Byte Destination
High Byte Low Byte
n n+1
-
D1
-
D3
C0
D0
C1
D2
Description
Control byte 0
Output data word 1
Control byte 1
Output data word 2
- C2 Control byte 2 n+2
D5 D4 Output data word 3
The input modules represent 3x4 bytes and seize 3 Instances in Class (0x68).
Pos : 124. 5 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/Pr ozessabbild M appi ng/ETH ERNET - EtherNet/I P - M ODBU S/TC P/ PA ETH ERN ET - Et herN et/ IP zus ät zlich 8-Kanal AIs @ 15\ mod_1370948135790_21. doc x @ 122455 @ 4 @ 1
13.3.3.6 8 Channel Analog Input Modules
750-451
Table 403: 8 Channel Analog Input Modules for RTD’s
Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance
n
High Byte
D1
Low Byte
D0
Description
Measured Value Channel 1 n+1 n+2 n+3 n+4 n+5 n+6
D3
D5
D7
D9
D11
D13
D2
D4
D6
D8
D10
D12
Measured Value Channel 2
Measured Value Channel 3
Measured Value Channel 4
Measured Value Channel 5
Measured Value Channel 6
Measured Value Channel 7 n+7 D15 D14 Measured Value Channel 8
The input modules represent 8x2 bytes and seize 8 Instances in Class (0x67).
Pos : 124. 6 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/Pr ozessabbild M appi ng/ETH ERNET - EtherNet/I P - M ODBU S/TC P/ PA ETH ERN ET - Et herN et/ IP AO s 2-, 4- Kanal ( 750-341/-841) @ 15\ mod_1370947890259_21. doc x @ 122451 @ 344 @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
358 I/O Modules
13.3.4 Analog Output Modules
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
The hardware of an analog output module has 16 bits of measured analog data per channel and 8 bits of control/status. However, the coupler/controller with
EtherNet/IP does not have access to the 8 control/status bits. Therefore, the coupler/controller with EtherNet/IP can only access the 16 bits of analog data per channel, which are grouped as words and mapped in Intel format in the Output
Process Image.
When digital output modules are also present in the node, the analog output data is always mapped into the Output Process Image in front of the digital data.
Each output channel seizes one Instance in the Analog Output Point Object (Class
0x68).
Information to the structure of the Control/Status byte
For detailed information about the structure of a particular module’s control/status byte, please refer to that module’s manual. Manuals for each module can be found on the Internet under: http://www.wago.com
.
13.3.4.1 2 Channel Analog Output Modules
750-550, -552, -554, -556, -560, -562, 563, -585, (and all variations),
753-550, -552, -554, -556
Table 404: 2 Channel Analog Output Modules
Output Process Image
Instance
n
Byte Destination
High Byte Low Byte
D1 D0
Description
Output Value Channel 1 n+1 D3 D2 Output Value Channel 2
The output modules represent 2x2 bytes and seize 2 Instances in Class (0x68).
13.3.4.2 4 Channel Analog Output Modules
750-553, -555, -557, -559,
753-553, -555, -557, -559
Table 405: 4 Channel Analog Output Modules
Output Process Image
Instance
Byte Destination
High Byte Low Byte
n n+1
D1
D3
D0
D2
Description
Output Value Channel 1
Output Value Channel 2 n+2 D5 D4 Output Value Channel 3 n+3 D7 D6 Output Value Channel 4
The output modules represent 4x2 bytes and seize 4 Instances in Class (0x68).
Pos : 124. 7 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/Pr ozessabbild M appi ng/ETH ERNET - EtherNet/I P - M ODBU S/TC P/ PA ETH ERN ET - Et herN et/ IP zus ät zlich 8-Kanal AO s @ 18\ mod_1392123359523_21.doc x @ 145032 @ 4 @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
13.3.4.3 8 Channel Analog Output Modules
I/O Modules 359
Table 406: 8 Channel Analog Output Modules
Output Process Image
Instance
Byte Destination
High Byte Low Byte
n n+1 n+2 n+3
D1
D3
D5
D7
D0
D2
D4
D6
Description
Output Value Channel 1
Output Value Channel 2
Output Value Channel 3
Output Value Channel 4 n+4 n+5 n+6
D9
D11
D13
D8
D10
D12
Output Value Channel 5
Output Value Channel 6
Output Value Channel 7 n+7 D15 D14 Output Value Channel 8
The output modules represent 8x2 bytes and seize 8 Instances in Class (0x68).
Pos : 124. 8 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/Pr ozessabbild M appi ng/ETH ERNET - EtherNet/I P - M ODBU S/TC P/ PA ETH ERN ET - Et herN et/ IP Sonderkl emmen ( 750- 341/- 841) @ 18\ mod_1392125208300_21.doc x @ 145036 @ 34444444444444444 @ 1
13.3.5 Specialty Modules
WAGO has a host of Specialty I/O modules that perform various functions. With individual modules beside the data bytes also the control/status byte is mapped in the process image. The control/status byte is required for the bidirectional data exchange of the module with the higher-ranking control system. The control byte is transmitted from the control system to the module and the status byte from the module to the control system.
This allows, for example, setting of a counter with the control byte or displaying of overshooting or undershooting of the range with the status byte.
The control/status byte always lies in the low byte for the fieldbus coupler/controller with Ethernet/IP.
Information to the structure of the Control/Status byte
For detailed information about the structure of a particular module’s control/status byte, please refer to that module’s manual. Manuals for each module can be found on the Internet under: http://www.wago.com
.
The Specialty Modules represent as analog modules.
For this, the process input data of the Specialty Modules seize one Instance per channel in the Analog Input Point Object (Class 0x67) and the process output data seize one Instance seize one Instance in the Analog Input Point Object (Class
0x67) per channel in the Analog Output Point Object (Class 0x68).
13.3.5.1 Counter Modules
750-404, (and all variations except of /000-005),
753-404, (and variation /000-003)
Manual
Version 1.1.0
360 I/O Modules WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
The above Counter Modules have a total of 5 bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image (4 bytes of counter data and 1 byte of control/status).
The counter value is supplied as 32 bits. The following tables illustrate the Input and Output Process Image, which has a total of 3 words mapped into each image.
Word alignment is applied.
Table 407: Counter Modules 750-404, (and all variations except of /000-005),
753-404, (and variation /000-003)
Input Process Image
Instance
Byte Destination
High Byte Low Byte
- S
Description
Status byte n D1 D0
Counter value
D3 D2
The specialty modules represent 1x6 bytes input data and seize 1 Instance in Class
(0x67).
Output Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance
Low Byte
C
Description
High Byte
- Control byte n D1 D0
Counter setting value
D3 D2
And the specialty modules represent 1x6 bytes output data and seize 1 Instance in
Class (0x68).
750-404/000-005
The above Counter Modules have a total of 5 bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image (4 bytes of counter data and 1 byte of control/ status).
The two counter values are supplied as 16 bits. The following tables illustrate the
Input and Output Process Image, which has a total of 3 words mapped into each image. Word alignment is applied.
Table 408: Counter Modules 750-404/000-005
Input Process Image
Instance
Byte Destination
High Byte Low Byte
n
-
D1
S
D0
Description
Status byte
Counter Value of Counter 1
D3 D2 Counter Value of Counter 2
The specialty modules represent 2x3 bytes input data and seize 2 Instances in
Class (0x67).
Output Process Image
Instance
Byte Destination
High Byte Low Byte
n
-
D1
C
D0
Description
Control byte
Counter Setting Value of Counter 1
D3 D2 Counter Setting Value of Counter 2
And the specialty modules represent 1x6 bytes output data and seize 1 Instance in
Class (0x68).
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
750-638,
753-638
I/O Modules 361
The above Counter Modules have a total of 6 bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image (4 bytes of counter data and 2 bytes of control/status).
The two counter values are supplied as 16 bits. The following tables illustrate the
Input and Output Process Image, which has a total of 4 words mapped into each image. Word alignment is applied.
Table 409: Counter Modules 750-638, 753-638
Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance
High Byte
-
Low Byte
S0 n
D1 D0
Description
Status byte von Counter 1
Counter Value von Counter 1
- S1 Status byte von Counter 2 n+1
D3 D2 Counter Value von Counter 2
The specialty modules represent 2x3 bytes input data and seize 2 Instances in
Class (0x67).
Output Process Image
Instance
n
Byte Destination
High Byte Low Byte
-
D1
C0
D0
Description
Control byte von Counter 1
Counter Setting Value von Counter 1
- C1 Control byte von Counter 2 n+1
D3 D2 Counter Setting Value von Counter 2
And the specialty modules represent 2x3 bytes output data and seize 2 Instances in Class (0x68).
13.3.5.2 Pulse Width Modules
750-511, (and all variations /xxx-xxx)
The above Pulse Width modules have a total of 6 bytes of user data in both the
Input and Output Process Image (4 bytes of channel data and 2 bytes of control/ status). The two channel values are supplied as 16 bits. Each channel has its own control/status byte. The following table illustrates the Input and Output Process
Image, which has a total of 4 words mapped into each image. Word alignment is applied.
Table 410: Pulse Width Modules 750-511, /xxx-xxx
Input and Output Process
Byte Destination
Instance
High Byte
-
Low Byte
C0/S0 n
D1 D0
Description
Control/Status byte of Channel 1
Data Value of Channel 1
Control/Status byte of Channel 2 n+1
D3 D2 Data Value of Channel 2
The specialty modules represent 2x3 bytes input and output data and seize 2
Instances in Class (0x67) and 2 Instances in Class (0x68).
Manual
Version 1.1.0
362 I/O Modules WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
13.3.5.3 Serial Interface Modules with alternative Data Format
750-650, (and the variations /000-002, -004, -006, -009, -010, -011, -012, -013),
750-651, (and the variations /000-002, -003),
750-653, (and the variations /000-002, -007),
753-650, -653
The process image of the / 003-000-variants depends on the parameterized operating mode!
With the freely parametrizable variations /003 000 of the serial interface modules, the desired operation mode can be set. Dependent on it, the process image of these modules is then the same, as from the appropriate variation.
The above Serial Interface Modules with alternative data format have a total of 4 bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image (3 bytes of serial data and 1 byte of control/status). The following table illustrates the Input and
Output Process Image, which have a total of 2 words mapped into each image.
Word alignment is applied.
Table 411: Serial Interface Modules with alternative Data Format
Input and Output Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance
High Byte Low Byte
Description
n D0 C/S Data byte
Control/status byte n+1 D2 D1 Data bytes
The specialty modules represent 2x2 bytes input and output data and seize 2
Instances in Class (0x67) and 2 Instances in Class (0x68).
13.3.5.4 Serial Interface Modules with Standard Data Format
750-650/000-001, -014, -015, -016
750-651/000-001
750-653/000-001, -006
The above Serial Interface Modules with Standard Data Format have a total of 6 bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image (5 bytes of serial data and 1 byte of control/status). The following table illustrates the Input and
Output Process Image, which have a total of 3 words mapped into each image.
Word alignment is applied.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
I/O Modules 363
Table 412: Serial Interface Modules with Standard Data Format
Input and Output Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance Description
High Byte Low Byte
D0 C/S Data byte
Control/status byte n
D2 D1
Data bytes
D4 D3
The specialty modules represent 1x6 bytes input and output data and seize 1
Instance in Class (0x67) and 1 Instance in Class (0x68).
13.3.5.5 Data Exchange Module
750-654, (and the variation /000-001)
The Data Exchange modules have a total of 4 bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image. The following tables illustrate the Input and Output
Process Image, which has a total of 2 words mapped into each image.
Word alignment is applied.
Table 413: Data Exchange Module
Input and Output Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance
High Byte Low Byte
Description
n D1 D0
Data bytes n+1 D3 D2
The specialty modules represent 2x2 bytes input and output data and seize 2
Instances in Class (0x67) and 2 Instances in Class (0x68).
13.3.5.6 SSI Transmitter Interface Modules
750-630, (and all variations)
The process image of the / 003-000-variants depends on the parameterized operating mode!
The operating mode of the configurable /003-000 I/O module versions can be set.
Based on the operating mode, the process image of these I/O modules is then the same as that of the respective version.
The above SSI Transmitter Interface modules have a total of 4 bytes of user data in the Input Process Image, which has 2 words mapped into the image.
Word alignment is applied.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
364 I/O Modules WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Table 414: SSI Transmitter Interface Modules
Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance Description
High Byte Low Byte
n D1 D0
Data bytes n+1 D3 D2
The specialty modules represent 2x2 bytes input data and seize 2 Instances in
Class (0x67).
750-630/000-004, -005, -007
In the input process image, SSI transmitter interface modules with status occupy 5 usable bytes, 4 data bytes, and 1 additional status byte. A total of 3 words are assigned in the process image via word alignment.
Table 415: SSI Transmitter Interface I/O Modules with an Alternative Data Format
Input Process Image
Instance
Byte Destination
High Byte High Byte
- S
Description
not used Status byte n D1 D0
Data bytes
D3 D2
The specialty modules represent 1x6 bytes and seize 1 Instance in Class (0x67).
13.3.5.7 Incremental Encoder Interface Modules
750-631/000-004, -010, -011
The above Incremental Encoder Interface modules have 5 bytes of input data and
3 bytes of output data. The following tables illustrate the Input and Output Process
Image, which have 4 words into each image. Word alignment is applied.
Table 416: Incremental Encoder Interface Modules 750-631/000-004, -010, -011
Input Process Image
Instance
n
Byte Destination
High Byte Low Byte
-
D1
-
S
D0
-
Description
not used Status byte
Counter word not used
D4 D3 Latch word
The specialty modules represent 1x6 bytes input data and seize 1 Instance in Class
(0x67).
Output Process Image
Instance
n
Byte Destination
High Byte Low Byte
-
D1
-
C
D0
-
Description
Control byte of counter 1
Counter setting value of counter 1 not used
- - not used
And the specialty modules represent 1x6 bytes output data and seize 1
Instance in Class (0x68).
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
750-634
I/O Modules 365
The above Incremental Encoder Interface module has 5 bytes of input data (6 bytes in cycle duration measurement mode) and 3 bytes of output data. The following tables illustrate the Input and Output Process Image, which has 4 words mapped into each image. Word alignment is applied.
Table 417: Incremental Encoder Interface Modules 750-634
Input Process Image
Instance
Byte Destination
High Byte Low Byte
*) n
-
D1
-
D4
S
D0
(D2) *)
D3
Description
not used Status byte
Counter word not used (Periodic time)
Latch word
If cycle duration measurement mode is enabled in the control byte, the cycle duration is given as a 24-bit value that is stored in D2 together with D3/D4.
The specialty modules represent 1x8 bytes input data and seize 1 Instance in Class
(0x67).
Output Process Image
Instance
Byte Destination
High Byte Low Byte
- C
Description
not used Control byte
D1 D0 Counter setting word n
- - not used
- -
And the specialty modules represent 1x8 bytes output data and seize 1 Instance in
Class (0x68).
750-637
The above Incremental Encoder Interface Module has a total of 6 bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image (4 bytes of encoder data and 2 bytes of control/status). The following table illustrates the Input and Output
Process Image, which have 4 words mapped into each image. Word alignment is applied.
Table 418: Incremental Encoder Interface Modules 750-637
Input and Output Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance
n
High Byte
-
D1
Low Byte
C0/S0
D0
Description
Control/Status byte of Channel 1
Data Value of Channel 1
- C1/S1 Control/Status byte of Channel 2 n+1
D3 D2 Data Value of Channel 2
The specialty modules represent 2x3 bytes input and output data and seize 2
Instances in Class (0x67) and 2 Instances in Class (0x68).
Manual
Version 1.1.0
366 I/O Modules
750-635,
753-635
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
The above Digital Pulse Interface module has a total of 4 bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image (3 bytes of module data and 1 byte of control/status). The following table illustrates the Input and Output Process
Image, which have 2 words mapped into each image. Word alignment is applied.
Table 419: Incremental Encoder Interface Modules 750-635, 750-635
Input and Output Process Image
Instance
Byte Destination
High Byte Low Byte
Description
n
D0 C0/S0 Data byte
Control/status byte
D2 D1 Data bytes
The specialty modules represent 1x4 bytes input and output data and seize 1
Instance in Class (0x67) and 1 Instance in Class (0x68).
13.3.5.8 DC-Drive Controller
750-636
The DC-Drive Controller maps 6 bytes into both the input and output process image. The data sent and received are stored in up to 4 input and output bytes
(D0 ... D3). Two control bytes (C0, C1) and two status bytes (S0/S1) are used to control the I/O module and the drive.
In addition to the position data in the input process image (D0 … D3), it is possible to display extended status information (S2 … S5). Then the three control bytes (C1 … C3) and status bytes (S1 … S3) are used to control the data flow.
Bit 3 of control byte C1 (C1.3) is used to switch between the process data and the extended status bytes in the input process image (Extended Info_ON). Bit 3 of status byte S1 (S1.3) is used to acknowledge the switching process.
Table 420: DC-Drive Controller 750-636
Input Process Image
Instance
Byte Destination
High Byte Low Byte
S1 S0 n
D1*) / S3**)
D3*) / S5**)
D0*) / S2**)
D2*) / S4**)
Description
Status byte S1 Status byte S0
Actual position*) Actual position
/ Extended status (LSB) / Extended byte S3**) status byte S2**)
Actual position
(MSB) /
Extended status byte S3**)
Actual position*)
/ Extended status byte S4**)
*)
**)
ExtendedInfo_ON = ‘0’.
ExtendedInfo_ON = ‘1’.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
I/O Modules 367
Output Process Image
Instance
Byte Destination
High Byte Low Byte
C1 C0
Description
D1 D0
Control byte C1 Control byte C0
Setpoint position Setpoint position
(LSB) n
D3 D2
Setpoint position Setpoint position
(MSB)
The specialty modules represent 1x6 bytes input and output data and seize 1
Instance in Class (0x67) and 1 Instance in Class (0x68).
13.3.5.9 Steppercontroller
750-670
The Steppercontroller RS422 / 24 V / 20 mA 750-670 provides the fieldbus coupler 12 bytes input and output process image via 1 logical channel. The data to be sent and received are stored in up to 7 output bytes (D0 … D6) and 7 input bytes (D0 … D6), depending on the operating mode.
Output byte D0 and input byte D0 are reserved and have no function assigned.
One I/O module control and status byte (C0, S0) and 3 application control and status bytes (C1 ... C3, S1 ... S3) provide the control of the data flow.
Switching between the two process images is conducted through bit 5 in the control byte (C0 (C0.5). Activation of the mailbox is acknowledged by bit 5 of the status byte S0 (S0.5).
Table 421: Steppercontroller RS 422 / 24 V / 20 mA 750-670
Input Process Image
Instance
Byte Destination
High Byte Low Byte
n reserved
D1
D3
D5
S0
D0
D2
D4
*)
**)
S3 D6
S1 S2
Cyclic process image (Mailbox disabled)
Mailbox process image (Mailbox activated)
Description
reserved Status byte S0
Process data*) / Mailbox**)
Status byte S3 Process data*) / reserved**)
Status byte S1 Status byte S2
Manual
Version 1.1.0
368 I/O Modules WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Output Process Image
Instance
Byte Destination
High Byte Low Byte
reserved
D1
D3
C0
D0
D2 n
D5 D4
Description
reserved Control byte C0
Process data*) / Mailbox**)
C3 D6 Control byte C3
Process data*) / reserved**)
Control byte C1 Control byte C2 C1 C2
*)
**)
Cyclic process image (Mailbox disabled)
Mailbox process image (Mailbox activated)
The specialty modules represent 1x12 bytes input and output data and seize 1
Instance in Class (0x67) and 1 Instance in Class (0x68).
13.3.5.10 RTC Module
750-640
The RTC Module has a total of 6 bytes of user data in both the Input and Output
Process Image (4 bytes of module data and 1 byte of control/status and 1 byte ID for command). The following table illustrates the Input and Output Process
Image, which have 3 words mapped into each image. Word alignment is applied.
Table 422: RTC Module 750-640
Input and Output Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance Description
High Byte Low Byte
ID C/S Command byte
Control/status byte n
D1 D0
Data bytes
D3 D2
The specialty modules represent 1x6 bytes input data and seize 1 Instance in Class
(0x67).and seize 1 Instance in Class (0x68).
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
13.3.5.11 DALI/DSI Master Module
750-641
I/O Modules 369
The DALI/DSI Master module has a total of 6 bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image (5 bytes of module data and 1 byte of control/status).
The following tables illustrate the Input and Output Process Image, which have 3 words mapped into each image. Word alignment is applied.
Table 423: DALI/DSI Master module 750-641
Input Process Image
Instance
n
Byte Destination
High Byte Low Byte
D0
D2
S
D1
Description
DALI Response Status byte
Message 3 DALI Address
Message 2 D4 D3 Message 1
The specialty modules represent 1x6 bytes input data and seize 1
Instance in Class (0x67).
Output Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance Description
High Byte Low Byte
n
D0 C
DALI command,
DSI dimming value
Parameter 2
Control byte
D2 D1 DALI Address
D4 D3 Command extension Parameter 1
And the specialty modules represent 1x6 bytes output data and seize 1
Instance in Class (0x68).
13.3.5.12 EnOcean Radio Receiver
750-642
The EnOcean radio receiver has a total of 4 bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image (3 bytes of module data and 1 byte of control/status).
The following tables illustrate the Input and Output Process Image, which have 2 words mapped into each image. Word alignment is applied.
Table 424: EnOcean Radio Receiver 750-642
Input Process Image
Instance
Byte Destination
High Byte Low Byte
n n+1
D0
D2
S
D1
Description
Data byte Status byte
Data bytes
Output Process Image
Instance
n
Byte Destination
High Byte Low Byte
- C
Description
not used Control byte n+1 - - not used
The specialty modules represent 2x2 bytes input and output data and seize 2
Instances in Class (0x67) and 2 Instances in Class (0x68).
Manual
Version 1.1.0
370 I/O Modules WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
13.3.5.13 MP Bus Master Module
750-643
The MP Bus Master Module has a total of 8 bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image (6 bytes of module data and 2 bytes of control/status).
The following table illustrates the Input and Output Process Image, which have 4 words mapped into each image. Word alignment is applied.
Table 425: MP Bus Master Module 750-643
Input and Output Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance
High Byte Low Byte
Description
C1/S1 C0/S0 extended
Control/
Status byte
Control/status byte n
D1
D3
D0
D2 Data bytes
D5 D4
The specialty modules represent 1x8 bytes input and output data and seize 1
Instance in Class (0x67) and 1 Instance in Class (0x68).
13.3.5.14 Bluetooth
®
RF-Transceiver
750-644
The size of the process image for the Bluetooth
®
module can be adjusted to 12, 24 or 48 bytes.
It consists of a control byte (input) or status byte (output); an empty byte; an overlayable mailbox with a size of 6, 12 or 18 bytes (mode 2); and the Bluetooth
®
process data with a size of 4 to 46 bytes.
Thus, each Bluetooth
®
module uses between 12 and 48 bytes in the process image.
The sizes of the input and output process images are always the same.
The first byte contains the control/status byte; the second contains an empty byte.
Process data attach to this directly when the mailbox is hidden. When the mailbox is visible, the first 6, 12 or 18 bytes of process data are overlaid by the mailbox data, depending on their size. Bytes in the area behind the optionally visible
®
mailbox contain basic process data. The internal structure of the Bluetooth process data can be found in the documentation for the Bluetooth
®
750-644 RF
Transceiver.
The mailbox and the process image sizes are set with the startup tool WAGO-I/O-
CHECK.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
I/O Modules 371
Table 426: Bluetooth
®
RF-Transceiver 750-644
Input and Output Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance
High Byte Low Byte
Description
- C0/S0 not used
Control/status byte n
D1
D3
D5
...
D0
D2
D4
...
Mailbox (0, 3, 6 or 9 words) and
Process data (2-23 words)
D45 D44
The 750-644 constitutes a special module, whose process data (12, 24 or 48 bytes) occupy on instances in classes 0x67 and 0x68.
13.3.5.15 Vibration Velocity/Bearing Condition Monitoring VIB I/O
750-645
The Vibration Velocity/Bearing Condition Monitoring VIB I/O has a total of 12 bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image (8 bytes of module data and 4 bytes of control/status). The following table illustrates the Input and
Output Process Image, which have 8 words mapped into each image.
Word alignment is applied.
Table 427: Vibration Velocity/Bearing Condition Monitoring VIB I/O 750-645
Input and Output Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance Description
High Byte Low Byte
Control/status byte
(log. Channel 1, Sensor input 1) n
- C0/S0 not used
D1 D0
Data bytes
(log. Channel 1, Sensor input 1) not used
Control/status byte
(log. Channel 2, Sensor input 2) n+1
- C1/S1
D3 D2
Data bytes
(log. Channel 2, Sensor input 2) n+2
-
D5
C2/S2
D4 not used
Control/status byte
(log. Channel 3, Sensor input 1)
Data bytes
(log. Channel 3, Sensor input 3)
- C3/S3 not used
Control/status byte
(log. Channel 4, Sensor input 2) n+3
D7 D6
Data bytes
(log. Channel 4, Sensor input 2)
The specialty modules represent 4x3 bytes input and output data and seize 4
Instances in Class (0x67) and 4 Instances in Class (0x68).
Manual
Version 1.1.0
372 I/O Modules
13.3.5.16 AS-interface Master Module
750-655
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
The length of the process image of the AS-interface master module can be set to fixed sizes of 12, 20, 24, 32, 40 or 48 bytes.
It consists of a control or status byte, a mailbox with a size of 0, 6, 10, 12 or 18 bytes and the AS-interface process data, which can range from 0 to 32 bytes.
The AS-interface master module has a total of 6 to maximally 24 words data in both the Input and Output Process Image. Word alignment is applied.
The first Input and output word, which is assigned to an AS-interface master module, contains the status / control byte and one empty byte.
Subsequently the mailbox data are mapped, when the mailbox is permanently superimposed (Mode 1).
In the operating mode with suppressible mailbox (Mode 2), the mailbox and the cyclical process data are mapped next.
The following words contain the remaining process dat.
The mailbox and the process image sizes are set with the startup tool WAGO-I/O-
CHECK.
Pos : 124. 9 /D okument ati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel ement e/---Seit enwec hs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Table 428: AS-interface Master module 750-655
Input and Output Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance
High Byte Low Byte
Description
- C0/S0 not used
Control/status byte n
D1
D3
D5
...
D0
D2
D4
...
Mailbox (0, 3, 5, 6 or 9 words)/
Process data (0-16 words)
D45 D44
The specialty modules represent 1x 12...48 bytes input and output data and seize 1
Instance in Class (0x67) and 1 Instance in Class (0x68).
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 124. 10 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ Proz ess abbil d M apping/ ETHER NET - Et herNet /I P - MOD BU S/TC P/PA ETH ERNET - Syst emkl emmen Et hernet/ IP @ 7\ mod_1272375855608_21.doc x @ 55821 @ 344 @ 1
13.3.6 System Modules
I/O Modules 373
13.3.6.1 System Modules with Diagnostics
750-610, -611
The modules provide 2 bits of diagnostics in the Input Process Image for monitoring of the internal power supply.
Table 429: System Modules with Diagnostics 750-610, -611
Input Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3
The system modules seize 2 Instances in Class (0x65).
13.3.6.2 Binary Space Module
750-622
Bit 2 Bit 1
Diagnostic bit S 2
Fuse
Bit 0
Diagnostic bit S 1
Fuse
The Binary Space Modules behave alternatively like 2 channel digital input modules or output modules and seize depending upon the selected settings 1, 2, 3 or 4 bits per channel. According to this, 2, 4, 6 or 8 bits are occupied then either in the process input or the process output image.
Pos : 125 /Dokumentati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel ement e/---Seit enwec hs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Table 430: Binary Space Module 750-622 (with behavior like 2 channel digital input)
Input and Output Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
(Data bit
DI 8)
(Data bit
DI 7)
(Data bit
DI 6)
(Data bit
DI 5)
(Data bit
DI 4)
(Data bit
DI 3)
Data bit
DI 2
Data bit
DI 1
The Binary Space Modules seize 2, 4, 6 or 8 Instances in class (0x65) or in Class
(0x66).
Manual
Version 1.1.0
374 Application Examples
Pos : 126 /Alle Serien (Allgemei ne M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/MOD BUS/Anwendungs beis piel e - T est von MOD BUS-Pr ot okoll und F eldbus kn. - Visualisier ung und St euer ung SCAD A @ 4\ mod_1236780299078_21. doc x @ 28200 @ 122 @ 1
14 Application Examples
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
14.1 Test of MODBUS protocol and fieldbus nodes
You require a MODBUS master to test the function of your fieldbus node. For this purpose, various manufacturers offer a range of PC applications that you can, in part, download from the Internet as free of charge demo versions.
One of the programs which is particularly suitable to test your ETHERNET
TCP/IP fieldbus node, is for instance ModScan from Win-Tech.
Additional Information
A free of charge demo version from ModScan32 and further utilities from Win-
Tech can be found in the Internet under: http://www.win-tech.com/html/demos.htm
ModScan32 is a Windows application that works as a MODBUS master.
This program allows you to access the data points of your connected ETHERNET
TCP/IP fieldbus node and to proceed with the desired changes.
Additional Information
For a description example relating to the software operation, refer to: http://www.win-tech.com/html/modscan32.htm
14.2 Visualization and Control using SCADA Software
This chapter is intended to give insight into how the WAGO ETHERNET fieldbus coupler/controller can be used for process visualization and control using standard user software.
There is a wide range of process visualization programs, called SCADA Software, from various manufacturers.
SCADA is the abbreviation for Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition.
It is a user-orientated tool used as a production information system in the areas of automation technology, process control and production monitoring.
The use of SCADA systems includes the areas of visualization and monitoring, data access, trend recording, event and alarm processing, process analysis and targeted intervention in a process (control).
The WAGO ETHERNET fieldbus node provides the required process input and output values.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Application Examples 375
SCADA software has to provide a MODBUS device driver and support
MODBUS/TCP functions!
When choosing suitable SCADA software, ensure that it provides a MODBUS device driver and supports the MODBUS/TCP functions in the coupler.
Visualization programs with MODBUS device drivers are available from i.e.
Wonderware, National Instruments, Think&Do or KEPware Inc., some of which are available on the Internet as demo versions.
The operation of these programs is very specific.
However, a few essential steps are described to illustrate the way an application can be developed using a WAGO ETHERNET fieldbus node and SCADA software in principle:
1. Load the MODBUS ETHERNET driver and select MODBUS ETHERNET
2. Enter the IP address for addressing the fieldbus node
At this point, some programs allow the user to give the node an alias name, i.e. to call the node “Measuring data”. The node can then be addressed with this name.
3. Create a graphic object, such as a switch (digital) or a potentiometer
(analog)
This object is displayed on the work area.
4. Link the object to the desired data point on the node by entering the following data:
• Node address (IP address or alias name)
• The desired MODBUS function codes (register/bit read/write)
• The MODBUS address of the selected channel
Entry is program specific.
Depending on the user software the MODBUS addressing of a bus module can be represented with up to 5 digits.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
376 Application Examples
Example of the MODBUS Addressing
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
In the case of SCADA Software Lookout from National Instruments the
MODBUS function codes are used with a 6 digit coding, whereby the first digit represents the MODBUS table (0, 1, 3 or 4) and implicit the function code (see following table):
Table 431: MODBUS Table and Function Codes
MODBUS table MODBUS function code
0 FC1 or
FC15
Reading of input bits or writing of several output bits
1
3
FC2
FC4 or
FC 16
Reading of several input bits
Reading of several input registers or writing of several output registers
4 FC3 Reading of several input registers
The following five digits specify the channel number (beginning with 1) of the consecutively numbered digital or analog input and/or output channels.
Examples:
•
Reading/writing the first digital input:
•
Reading/writing the second analog input: i.e. 0 0000 1 i.e. 3 0000 2
Application Example:
Thus, the digital input channel 2 of the above node “Measuring data” can be read out with the input: “Measuring data. 0 0000 2”.
Exemplary node “Measuring data”
Adapt the addressing of the SCADA software to the process image of the node
ETHERNET TCP/IP
MODBUS protocol
Hub
ETHERNET adapter
Figure 86: Example SCADA Software with MODBUS Driver
Additional Information
Please refer to the respective SCADA product manual for a detailed description of the particular software operation.
Pos : 127 /Dokumentati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel ement e/---Seit enwec hs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Use in Hazardous Environments 377
Pos : 128. 1 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odul e)/Ei ns atz i n Ex-Bereic hen/Ei nsatz i n explosi onsg ef ähr deten Ber eic hen - Ü bers chrift 1 @ 3\ mod_1224075191281_21.doc x @ 24084 @ 1 @ 1
15 Use in Hazardous Environments
Pos : 128. 2 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/Ei ns atz i n Ex-Bereic hen/ Einsatzbereic h Serie 750 @ 3\ mod_1234272230203_21. doc x @ 27500 @ @ 1
The WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 (electrical equipment) is designed for use in
Zone 2 hazardous areas.
Pos : 128. 3 /D okument ati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel ement e/---Seit enwec hs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
The following sections include both the general identification of components
(devices) and the installation regulations to be observed. The individual subsections of the “Installation Regulations” section must be taken into account if the I/O module has the required approval or is subject to the range of application of the ATEX directive.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
378 Use in Hazardous Environments WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 128. 4 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/Ei ns atz i n Ex-Bereic hen/ Beispi elhaf ter Aufbau der Kennz eichnung - Ü berschrif t 2 @ 3\ mod_1224157499140_21.doc x @ 24182 @ 2 @ 1
15.1 Marking Configuration Examples
Pos : 128. 5 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/Ei ns atz i n Ex-Bereic hen/ Kennz eichnung für Eur opa g emäß AT EX und I EC-EX - Ü bers chrift 3 @ 3\ mod_1224157620203_21.doc x @ 24185 @ 3 @ 1
15.1.1 Marking for Europe According to ATEX and IEC-Ex
Pos : 128. 6 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/Ei ns atz i n Ex-Bereic hen/ Beispi elbedruc kung der ATEX- und I EC-Ex-z ugel ass enen Bus kl emmen g emäß CEN ELEC und IEC _2013 @ 14\ mod_1360569228625_21.doc x @ 111294 @ @ 1
Figure 87: Side Marking Example for Approved I/O Modules According to ATEX and IECEx
Figure 88: Text Detail – Marking Example for Approved I/O Modules According to ATEX and
IECEx.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Use in Hazardous Environments 379
Pos : 128. 7 /D okument ati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel ement e/---Seit enwec hs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Table 432: Description of Marking Example for Approved I/O Modules According to ATEX and
IECEx
Printing on Text
TÜV 07 ATEX 554086 X
IECEx TUN 09.0001 X
Description
Approving authority and certificate numbers
Dust
II
3D
Ex tc Dc
Equipment group: All except mining
Category 3 (Zone 22)
Explosion protection mark
IIIC
T 135°C
Type of protection and equipment protection level (EPL):protection by enclosure
Explosion group of dust
Max. surface temperature of the enclosure
(without a dust layer)
Mining
I
M2
Ex d Mb
I
Equipment group: Mining
Category: High level of protection
Explosion protection mark
Type of protection and equipment protection level (EPL): Flameproof enclosure
Explosion group for electrical equipment for mines susceptible to firedamp
Gases
II
3G
Ex nA Gc nC Gc
IIC
T4
Equipment group: All except mining
Category 3 (Zone 2)
Explosion protection mark
Type of protection and equipment protection level (EPL): Non-sparking equipment
Type of protection and equipment protection level (EPL): Sparking apparatus with protected contacts. A device which is so constructed that the external atmosphere cannot gain access to the interior
Explosion group of gas and vapours
Temperature class: Max. surface temperature
135°C
Manual
Version 1.1.0
380 Use in Hazardous Environments
Pos : 128. 8 / Serie 750 ( WAG O-I/ O-SYST EM)/Ei ns atz i n Ex-Bereic hen/ Beispi elbedruc kung der Ex-i- und IEC- Ex-i-zugel ass enen Bus kl emmen gemäß CEN ELEC und I EC_2013 @ 14\ mod_1360569320118_21.doc x @ 111298 @ @ 1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Figure 89: Side Marking Example for Approved Ex i I/O Modules According to ATEX and
IECEx.
Figure 90: Text Detail – Marking Example for Approved Ex i I/O Modules According to ATEX and IECEx.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Use in Hazardous Environments 381
Table 433: Description of Marking Example for Approved Ex i I/O Modules According to ATEX and IECEx
Inscription Text
TÜV 07 ATEX 554086 X
IECEx TUN 09.0001X
TÜV 12 ATEX 106032 X
IECEx TUN 12.0039 X
Description
Approving authority and certificate numbers
Dust
II
3(1)D
3(2)D
Ex tc Dc
Equipment group: All except mining
Category 3 (Zone 22) equipment containing a safety device for a category 1 (Zone 20) equipment
Category 3 (Zone 22) equipment containing a safety device for a category 2 (Zone 21) equipment
Explosion protection mark
[ia Da]
Type of protection and equipment protection level
(EPL): protection by enclosure
Type of protection and equipment protection level
(EPL): associated apparatus with intrinsic safety circuits for use in Zone 20
[ib Db]
IIIC
T 135°C
Type of protection and equipment protection level
(EPL): associated apparatus with intrinsic safety circuits for use in Zone 21
Explosion group of dust
Max. surface temperature of the enclosure (without a dust layer)
Mining
I
M2 (M1)
Ex d Mb
[ia Ma]
I
Equipment Group: Mining
Category: High level of protection with electrical circuits which present a very high level of protection
Explosion protection mark with Type of protection and equipment protection level (EPL): Flameproof enclosure
Type of protection and equipment protection level
(EPL): associated apparatus with intrinsic safety electrical circuits
Explosion group for electrical equipment for mines susceptible to firedamp
Manual
Version 1.1.0
382 Use in Hazardous Environments WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Table 433: Description of Marking Example for Approved Ex i I/O Modules According to ATEX and IECEx
Gases
II
3(1)G
Equipment group: All except mining
3(2)G
Ex nA Gc
Category 3 (Zone 2) equipment containing a safety device for a category 1 (Zone 0) equipment
Category 3 (Zone 2) equipment containing a safety device for a category 2 (Zone 1) equipment
Explosion protection mark
[ia Ga]
[ia Gb]
Type of protection and equipment protection level
(EPL): Non-sparking equipment
Type of protection and equipment protection level
(EPL): associated apparatus with intrinsic safety circuits for use in Zone 0
Type of protection and equipment protection level
(EPL): associated apparatus with intrinsic safety circuits for use in Zone 1
IIC
Pos : 128. 9 /D okument ati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel ement e/---Seit enwec hs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
T4
Explosion group of gas and vapours
Temperature class: Max. surface temperature 135°C
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Use in Hazardous Environments 383
Pos : 128. 10 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ Einsat z in Ex- Ber eichen/ Kennzeic hnung f ür Ameri ka gemäß N EC 500 - Ü berschrif t 3 @ 3\mod_1224158423187_21.doc x @ 24188 @ 3 @ 1
15.1.2 Marking for America According to NEC 500
Pos : 128. 11 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ Einsat z in Ex- Ber eichen/ Beis piel bedr uc kung gemäß N EC 500_2013 @ 14\ mod_1360580302684_21. doc x @ 111353 @ @ 1
Figure 91: Side Marking Example for I/O Modules According to NEC 500
Figure 92: Text Detail – Marking Example for Approved I/O Modules According to NEC 500
Pos : 128. 12 /D okument ati on allgemein/ Gliederungsel ement e/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Table 434: Description of Marking Example for Approved I/O Modules According to NEC 500
Printing on Text
CL I
Description
Explosion protection group (condition of use category)
DIV 2
Grp. ABCD
Op temp code T4
Area of application
Explosion group (gas group)
Temperature class
Manual
Version 1.1.0
384 Use in Hazardous Environments
Pos : 128. 13 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/ Ei nsatz i n Ex- Bereic hen/ Erricht ungsbesti mmungen - Übersc hrift 2 @ 3\ mod_1232453624234_21. doc x @ 26370 @ 2 @ 1
15.2 Installation Regulations
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 128. 14 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/ Ei nsatz i n Ex- Bereic hen/ Erricht ungsbesti mmungen Einl eit ung _2013 @ 14\ mod_1360582328318_21. doc x @ 111371 @ @ 1
For the installation and operation of electrical equipment in hazardous areas, the valid national and international rules and regulations which are applicable at the installation location must be carefully followed.
Pos : 128. 15 /D okument ati on allgemein/ Gliederungsel ement e/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Use in Hazardous Environments 385
Pos : 128. 16 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ Einsat z in Ex- Ber eichen/ Bes ondere Bedingungen f ür den sicheren Ex-Betrieb g em. ATEX-Z ertifi kat TÜ V 07 AT EX 554086_X_2013_2 @ 15\ mod_1368620071975_21. doc x @ 119778 @ 3 @ 1
15.2.1 Special Conditions for Safe Use (ATEX Certificate TÜV 07
ATEX 554086 X)
Pos : 128. 17 /D okument ati on allgemein/ Gliederungsel ement e/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
1. For use as Gc- or Dc-apparatus (in zone 2 or 22) the Field bus Independent
I/O Modules WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750-*** shall be erected in an enclosure that fulfils the requirements of the applicable standards (see the marking) EN 60079-0, EN 60079-11, EN 60079-15 and EN 60079-31.
For use as group I electrical apparatus M2 the apparatus shall be erected in an enclosure that ensures a sufficient protection according to EN 60079-0 and EN 60079-1 and the degree of protection IP64.
The compliance of these requirements and the correct installation into an enclosure or a control cabinet of the devices shall be certified by an ExNB.
2. Measures have to be taken outside of the device that the rating voltage is not being exceeded of more than 40 % because of transient disturbances.
3. Dip-switches, binary-switches and potentiometers, connected to the module may only be actuated when explosive atmosphere can be excluded.
4. The connecting and disconnecting of the non-intrinsically safe circuits is only permitted during installation, for maintenance or for repair purposes.
The temporal coincidence of explosion hazardous atmosphere and installation, maintenance resp. repair purposes shall be excluded.
This is although and in particular valid for the interfaces “Memory-Card”,
“USB”, “Fieldbus connection”, “Configuration and programming interface”,
“antenna socket”, “D-Sub”, “DVI-port” and the “Ethernet interface”. These interfaces are not energy limited or intrinsically safe circuits. An operating of those circuits is in the behalf of the operator.
5. For the types 750-606, 750-625/000-001, 750-487/003-000, 750-484 and
750-633 the following shall be considered: The Interface circuits shall be limited to overvoltage category I/II/III (non mains/mains circuits) as defined in EN 60664-1.
6. For replaceable fuses the following shall be considered: Do not remove or replace the fuse when the apparatus is energized.
7. The following warnings shall be placed nearby the unit:
WARNING – DO NOT REMOVE OR REPLACE FUSE WHEN
ENERGIZED
WARNING – DO NOT SEPARATE WHEN ENERGIZED
WARNING – SEPARATE ONLY IN A NON-HAZARDOUS AREA
Manual
Version 1.1.0
386 Use in Hazardous Environments WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 128. 18 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ Einsat z in Ex- Ber eichen/ Bes ondere Bedingungen f ür den sicheren Ex-Betrieb g em. ATEX-Z ertifi kat TÜ V 12 AT EX 106032x_2013_2 @ 15\ mod_1368620479454_21. doc x @ 119782 @ 3 @ 1
15.2.2 Special Conditions for Safe Use (ATEX Certificate TÜV 12
ATEX 106032 X)
Pos : 128. 19 /D okument ati on allgemein/ Gliederungsel ement e/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
1. For use as Gc- or Dc-apparatus (in zone 2 or 22) the Field bus Independent
I/O Modules WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750-*** Ex i shall be erected in an enclosure that fulfils the requirements of the applicable standards (see the marking) EN 60079-0, EN 60079-11, EN 60079-15 and EN 60079-31.
For use as group I electrical apparatus M2 the apparatus shall be erected in an enclosure that ensures a sufficient protection according to EN 60079-0 and EN 60079-1 and the degree of protection IP64.
The compliance of these requirements and the correct installation into an enclosure or a control cabinet of the devices shall be certified by an ExNB.
2. Measures have to be taken outside of the device that the rating voltage is not being exceeded of more than 40 % because of transient disturbances.
3. The connecting and disconnecting of the non-intrinsically safe circuits is only permitted during installation, for maintenance or for repair purposes.
The temporal coincidence of explosion hazardous atmosphere and installation, maintenance resp. repair purposes shall be excluded.
4. For the type the following shall be considered: The Interface circuits shall be limited to overvoltage category I/II/III (non mains/mains circuits) as defined in EN 60664-1.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Use in Hazardous Environments 387
Pos : 128. 20 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ Einsat z in Ex- Ber eichen/ Bes ondere Bedingungen f ür den sicheren Ex-Betrieb g em. IEC- Ex-Zertifi kat TUN 09.0001 X_2013_2 @ 15\ mod_1368620660911_21.doc x @ 119786 @ 3 @ 1
15.2.3 Special Conditions for Safe Use (IEC-Ex Certificate TUN
09.0001 X)
Pos : 128. 21 /D okument ati on allgemein/ Gliederungsel ement e/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
1. For use as Gc- or Dc-apparatus (in zone 2 or 22) the Field bus Independent
I/O Modules WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750-*** shall be erected in an enclosure that fulfils the requirements of the applicable standards (see the marking) IEC 60079-0, IEC 60079-11, IEC 60079-15 and IEC 60079-31.
For use as group I electrical apparatus M2 the apparatus shall be erected in an enclosure that ensures a sufficient protection according to IEC 60079-0 and IEC 60079-1 and the degree of protection IP64.
The compliance of these requirements and the correct installation into an enclosure or a control cabinet of the devices shall be certified by an ExCB.
2. Measures have to be taken outside of the device that the rating voltage is not being exceeded of more than 40 % because of transient disturbances.
3. DIP-switches, binary-switches and potentiometers, connected to the module may only be actuated when explosive atmosphere can be excluded.
4. The connecting and disconnecting of the non-intrinsically safe circuits is only permitted during installation, for maintenance or for repair purposes.
The temporal coincidence of explosion hazardous atmosphere and installation, maintenance resp. repair purposes shall be excluded.
This is although and in particular valid for the interfaces “Memory-Card”,
“USB”, “Fieldbus connection”, “Configuration and programming interface”,
“antenna socket”, “D-Sub”, “DVI-port” and the “Ethernet interface”. These interfaces are not energy limited or intrinsically safe circuits. An operating of those circuits is in the behalf of the operator.
5. For the types 750-606, 750-625/000-001, 750-487/003-000, 750-484 and
750-633 the following shall be considered: The Interface circuits shall be limited to overvoltage category I/II/III (non mains/mains circuits) as defined in IEC 60664-1.
6. For replaceable fuses the following shall be considered: Do not remove or replace the fuse when the apparatus is energized.
7. The following warnings shall be placed nearby the unit:
WARNING – DO NOT REMOVE OR REPLACE FUSE WHEN
ENERGIZED
WARNING – DO NOT SEPARATE WHEN ENERGIZED
WARNING – SEPARATE ONLY IN A NON-HAZARDOUS AREA
Manual
Version 1.1.0
388 Use in Hazardous Environments WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 128. 22 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ Einsat z in Ex- Ber eichen/ Bes ondere Bedingungen f ür den sicheren Ex-Betrieb g em. IEC- Ex-Zertifi kat TUN 12.0039 X_2013_2 @ 15\ mod_1368620821493_21.doc x @ 119790 @ 3 @ 1
15.2.4 Special Conditions for Safe Use (IEC-Ex Certificate IECEx
TUN 12.0039 X)
Pos : 128. 23 /D okument ati on allgemein/ Gliederungsel ement e/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
1. For use as Gc- or Dc-apparatus (in zone 2 or 22) the Field bus independent
I/O Modules WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750-*** Ex i shall be erected in an enclosure that fulfils the requirements of the applicable standards (see the marking) IEC 60079-0, IEC 60079-11, IEC 60079-15, IEC 60079-31.
For use as group I electrical apparatus M2 the apparatus shall be erected in an enclosure that ensures a sufficient protection according to IEC 60079-0 and IEC 60079-1 and the degree of protection IP64.
The compliance of these requirements and the correct installation into an enclosure or a control cabinet of the devices shall be certified by an ExCB.
2. Measures have to be taken outside of the device that the rating voltage is not being exceeded of more than 40 % because of transient disturbances.
3. The connecting and disconnecting of the non-intrinsically safe circuits is only permitted during installation, for maintenance or for repair purposes.
The temporal coincidence of explosion hazardous atmosphere and installation, maintenance resp. repair purposes shall be excluded.
4. For the type the following shall be considered: The Interface circuits shall be limited to overvoltage category I/II/III (non mains/mains circuits) as defined in IEC 60664-1.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Use in Hazardous Environments 389
Pos : 128. 24 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ Einsat z in Ex- Ber eichen/ Erricht ungs besti mmungen ANSI I SA 12. 12. 01_2013_2 @ 15\ mod_1368620942842_21.doc x @ 119794 @ 3 @ 1
15.2.5 Special Conditions for Safe Use according to ANSI/ISA
12.12.01
A. “This equipment is suitable for use in Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C, D or non-hazardous locations only.”
B. “This equipment is to be fitted within tool-secured enclosures only.”
C. “WARNING Explosion hazard - substitution of components may impair suitability for Class I, Div. 2.”
D. “WARNING – Do not disconnect equipment unless power has been switched off or the area is known to be non-hazardous” has to be placed near each operator accessible connector and fuse holder.
E. When a fuse is provided, the following information shall be provided: “A switch suitable for the location where the equipment is installed shall be provided to remove the power from the fuse.”
F. For devices with EtherCAT/Ethernet connectors “Only for use in LAN, not for connection to telecommunication circuits.”
G. “WARNING - Use Module 750-642 only with antenna module 758-910.”
H. For Couplers/Controllers and Economy bus modules only: The instructions shall contain the following: “The configuration interface Service connector is for temporary connection only. Do not connect or disconnect unless the area is known to be non-hazardous. Connection or disconnection in an
Pos : 128. 25 /D okument ati on allgemein/ Gliederungsel ement e/------Leerzeile------ @ 3\ mod_1224662755687_0.doc x @ 24460 @ @ 1 explosive atmosphere could result in an explosion.”
I. Modules containing fuses only: “WARNING - Devices containing fuses must not be fitted into circuits subject to over loads, e.g. motor circuits.”
J. Modules containing SD card reader sockets only: “WARNING - Do not connect or disconnect SD-Card while circuit is live unless the area is known to be free of ignitable concentrations of flammable gases or vapors.”
Pos : 128. 26 /D okument ati on allgemein/ Gliederungsel ement e/------Leerzeile------ @ 3\ mod_1224662755687_0.doc x @ 24460 @ @ 1
Pos : 128. 27 /D okument ati on allgemein/ Gliederungsel ement e/------Leerzeile------ @ 3\ mod_1224662755687_0.doc x @ 24460 @ @ 1
Pos : 128. 28 / Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I /O-SYSTEM)/ Einsat z in Ex- Ber eichen/I nf or mation: Z ertifizi erungsnac hweis @ 7\mod_1274279547729_21.doc x @ 56649 @ @ 1
Additional Information
Proof of certification is available on request.
Also take note of the information given on the operating and assembly instructions.
The manual, containing these special conditions for safe use, must be readily available to the user.
Pos : 129 /Dokumentati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel ement e/---Seit enwec hs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
390 Appendix
Pos : 130 /Alle Serien (Allgemei ne M odul e)/Ü bersc hrift en f ür all e Seri en/Anhang - Zubehör/ Anhang - Ü bers chrift 1 @ 4\ mod_1239874070437_21.doc x @ 30560 @ 1 @ 1
16 Appendix
Pos : 131. 1 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okument e) (Allgemeine M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/SNM P (MI B)/MI B-II-Gr uppen - Syst em Gr oup @ 4\ mod_1237882031312_21. doc x @ 28900 @ 23 @ 1
16.1 MIB II Groups
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
16.1.1 System Group
The system group contains general information about the coupler/controller.
Pos : 131. 2 /D okument ati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel ement e/---Seit enwec hs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Table 435: MIB II – System Group
Identifier
1.3.6.1.2.1.1.1
Entry
sysDescr
1.3.6.1.2.1.1.2
1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3
1.3.6.1.2.1.1.4
1.3.6.1.2.1.1.5
1.3.6.1.2.1.1.6
1.3.6.1.2.1.1.7 sysObjectID sysUpTime sysContakt sysName sysLocation sysServices
Access Description
R This entry contains the device identification. The object has a fixed code (e.g., "WAGO 750-841")
R This entry contains the manufacturer's authorization identification.
R This entry contains the time (in hundredths of a second) since the management unit has been last reset.
R/W This entry contains the identification and contact information for the system contact person.
R/W This entry contains the administration-assigned device name.
R/W This entry contains the node’s physical location.
R This entry designates the quantity of services that this coupler/controller contains.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 131. 3 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okument e) (Allgemeine M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/SNM P (MI B)/MI B-II-Gr uppen - I nt erface Group (Allgemein) @ 4\ mod_1237887683328_21.doc x @ 28906 @ 3 @ 1
16.1.2 Interface Group
Appendix 391
The interface group contains information and statistics about the device interface.
A device interface describes the Ethernet interface of a coupler/controller and provides status information on the physical Ethernet ports as well as on the internal loopback interface.
Pos : 131. 4 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okument e) (Allgemeine M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/SNM P (MI B)/MI B-II-Gr uppen - I nt erface Group (< 3 Ports) @ 4\ mod_1237887871359_21.doc x @ 28909 @ @ 1
Table 436: MIB II – Interface Group
Identifier
1.3.6.1.2.1.2.1
1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2
1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1
1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.1
Entry
ifNumber ifTable ifEntry ifIndex
1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.2
1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.3
1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.4
1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.5
1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.6
1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.7
1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.8.
1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.9.
1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.10
1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.11
1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.12
1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.13
1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.14 ifDescr ifType ifMtu ifSpeed ifPhysAddress ifAdmin-Status ifOperStatus ifLastChange ifInOctets ifInUcastPkts ifInNUcastPkts ifInDiscards ifInErrors
Access Description
R Number of network interfaces in this system
- List of network interfaces
- Network interface entry
R This entry contains a unique value for each interface
R This entry contains the name of the manufacturer, the product name, and the version of the hardware interface: e.g., "WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH 750-
841: Rev 1.0"
R This entry describes the type of interface.
ETHERNET CSMA/CD = 6
Software Loopback = 24
R This entry specifies the largest transfer unit; i.e., the maximum telegram length that can be transferred via this interface.
R This entry indicates the interface speed in bits per second.
R This entry indicates the physical address of the interface. For example, for Ethernet, this entry contains a MAC ID.
R/W This entry specifies the desired state of the interfaces. Possible values are: up(1): Ready for operation for transmission and reception down(2): Interface is switched off testing(3): Interface is in test mode
R This entry indicates the current operational state of the interface.
R This entry indicates the value of the sysUpTime when the state was last changed.
R This entry gives the total number of bytes received via interface.
R This entry indicates the number of received unicast packets delivered to a higher layer.
R This entry indicates the number of received broad and multicast packets delivered to a higher layer.
R This entry indicates the number of packets that were discarded even though no errors had been detected.
R This entry indicates the number of received packets that contained errors preventing them from being deliverable to a higher layer.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
392 Appendix WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 131. 5 /D okument ati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel ement e/---Seit enwec hs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0. doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Table 436: MIB II – Interface Group
Identifier
1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.15
1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.16
1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.17
1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.18
1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.19
1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.20
Entry
IfInUnknown-
Protos ifOutOctets ifOutUcastPkts ifOutNUcastPkts ifOutDiscards ifOutErrors
Access Description
R This entry indicates the number of received packets sent to an unknown or unsupported port number.
R This entry gives the total number of bytes sent via interface.
R This entry contains the number of outgoing unicast packets delivered to a higher layer.
R This entry indicates the number of outgoing broad and multicast packets delivered to a higher layer.
R This entry indicates the number of packets that were discarded even though no errors had been detected.
R This entry indicates the number of packets that could not be transmitted because of errors.
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 131. 6 / Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okument e) (Allgemeine M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/SNM P (MI B)/MI B-II-Gr uppen - I P Gr oup - I pRout e T abl e Group - ICM P Gr oup - TCP Group - UD P Gr oup - SNM P Gr oup @ 4\ mod_1237813995937_21. doc x @ 28841 @ 333333 @ 1
16.1.3 IP Group
The IP group contains information about IP communication.
Appendix 393
Table 437: MIB II – IP Group
Identifier
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.1
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.2
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.3
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.4
Entry
ipForwarding ipDefaultTTL ipInReceives ipInHdrErrors
Access Description
R/W 1: Host is a router; 2: Host is not a router
R/W Default value for the Time-To-Live field of each IP frame.
R Number of received IP frames, including those received in error.
R Number of received IP frames with header errors.
.3.6.1.2.1.4.5
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.6
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.7
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.8
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.9
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.10
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.11 ipInAddrErrors ipForwDatagrams ipUnknownProtos ipInDiscards ipInDelivers ipOutRequests ipOutDiscards
R Number of received IP frames with a misdirected IP address.
R Number of received IP frames passed on
(routed)
R Number of received IP frames with an unknown protocol type.
R Number of received IP frames rejected although no disturbance was present.
R Number of received IP frames passed on a higher protocol layer.
R Number of sent IP frames
R Number of rejected IP Frames that should have been sent.
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.12
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.13
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.14
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.15
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.16
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.17
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.18 ipOutNoRoutes ipReasmTimeout ipReasmReqds ipReasmOKs ipReasmFails ipFragOKs ipFragFails
R Number of sent IP frames rejected because of incorrect routing information.
R Minimum time duration until an IP frame is reassembled.
R Minimum number of the IP fragments for building up and passing on.
R Number of IP frames re-assembled successfully.
R Number of IP frames not re-assembled successfully.
R Number of IP frames fragmented and passed on.
R Number of IP frames that should have been fragmented but could not be, because their don't fragment bit was set in the header.
R Number of generated IP fragment frames 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.19
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.20
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.20.1 ipFragCreates ipAddrTable ipAddrEntry
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.20.1.1 ipAdEntAddr
- Table of all local IP addresses of the coupler/controller.
- Address information for an entry
R The IP address corresponding to the entry’s address information
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.20.1.2 ipAdEntIfIndex
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.20.1.3 ipAdEntNetMask
R
R
Index of the interface
The entry's associated subnet mask
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.20.1.4 ipAdEntBcastAddr R Value of the last significant bit in the IP broadcast address
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.20.1.5 IpAdEntReasm-
MaxSize
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.23 ipRoutingDiscards
R The size of the longest IP telegram that can be defragmented (reassembled) again.
R Number of deleted routing entries
Manual
Version 1.1.0
394 Appendix WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
16.1.4 IpRoute Table Group
The IP route table contains information about the routing table in the coupler/controller.
Table 438: MIB II – IpRoute Table Group
Identifier Entry Access Description
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.21
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.21.1 ipRouteTable ipRouteEntry
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.21.1.1 ipRouteDest
-
-
IP routing table
A routing entry for a particular destination
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.21.1.2 ipRouteIfIndex
R/W This entry indicates the destination address of the routing entry
R/W This entry indicates the index of the interface, which is the next route destination
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.21.1.3 ipRouteMetric1 R/W The primary route to the target system
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.21.1.4 ipRouteMetric2 R/W An alternative route to the target system
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.21.1.5 ipRouteMetric3 R/W An alternative route to the target system
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.21.1.6 ipRouteMetric4 R/W An alternative route to the target system
.3.6.1.2.1.4.21.1.7 ipRouteNextHop R/W The IP address of the next route section
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.21.1.8 ipRouteType
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.21.1.9 ipRouteProto
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.21.1.10 ipRouteAge
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.21.1.11 ipRouteMask
R/W The route type
R Routing mechanism via which the route is developed
R/W Number of seconds since then the route was last renewed/examined
R/W This entry contents the subnet mask for this entry
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.21.1.12 ipRouteMetric5 R/W An alternative route to the target system
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.21.1.13 ipRouteInfo R/W A reference to a special MIB
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
16.1.5 ICMP Group
Appendix 395
Table 439: MIB II – ICMP Group
Identifier Entry
1.3.6.1.2.1.5.1 icmpInMsgs
1.3.6.1.2.1.5.2 icmpInErrors
1.3.6.1.2.1.5.3
1.3.6.1.2.1.5.4
1.3.6.1.2.1.5.5
1.3.6.1.2.1.5.6
1.3.6.1.2.1.5.7
1.3.6.1.2.1.5.8
1.3.6.1.2.1.5.9 icmpInDestUnreachs icmpInTimeExcds icmpInParmProbs icmpInSrcQuenchs icmpInRedirects icmpInEchos icmpInEchoReps
1.3.6.1.2.1.5.10 icmpInTimestamps
1.3.6.1.2.1.5.11 icmpInTimestampReps
1.3.6.1.2.1.5.12 icmpInAddrMasks
1.3.6.1.2.1.5.13 icmpInAddrMaskReps
1.3.6.1.2.1.5.14 icmpOutMsgs
1.3.6.1.2.1.5.15 icmpOutErrors
Access Description
R Number of received ICMP messages
R Number of received ICMP errors containing
ICMP-specific errors
R Number of received ICMP destination unreachable messages
R Number of received ICMP time exceeded messages
R Number of received ICMP parameter problem messages
R Number of received ICMP source quench messages
R Number of received ICMP redirect messages
R Number of received ICMP echo request messages (Ping)
R Number of received ICMP echo reply messages
(Ping)
R Number of received ICMP timestamp request messages
R Number of received ICMP timestamp reply messages
R Number of received ICMP address mask request messages
R Number of received ICMP address mask reply messages
R Number of sent ICMP messages
R Number of sent ICMP messages that could not be sent due to errors
1.3.6.1.2.1.5.16 icmpOutDestUnreachs
1.3.6.1.2.1.5.17 icmpOutTimeExcds
1.3.6.1.2.1.5.18 icmpOutParmProbs
1.3.6.1.2.1.5.19 icmpOutSrcQuenchs
1.3.6.1.2.1.5.20 icmpOutRedirects
R Number of sent ICMP destination unreachable messages
R Number of sent ICMP time exceeded messages
R Number of sent ICMP parameter problem messages
R Number of sent ICMP source quench messages
R Number of sent ICMP redirection messages
1.3.6.1.2.1.5.21 icmpOutEchos
1.3.6.1.2.1.5.22 icmpOutEchoReps
1.3.6.1.2.1.5.23 icmpOutTimestamps
R Number of sent ICMP echo request messages
R Number of sent ICMP echo reply messages
R Number of sent ICMP timestamp request messages
1.3.6.1.2.1.5.24 icmpOutTimestampReps R Number of sent ICMP timestamp reply messages
1.3.6.1.2.1.5.25 icmpOutAddrMasks R Number of sent ICMP address mask request messages
1.3.6.1.2.1.5.26 icmpOutAddrMaskReps R Number of sent ICMP address mask reply messages
Manual
Version 1.1.0
396 Appendix
16.1.6 TCP Group
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Table 440: MIB II – TCP Group
Identifier
1.3.6.1.2.1.6.1
1.3.6.1.2.1.6.2
1.3.6.1.2.1.6.3
1.3.6.1.2.1.6.4
1.3.6.1.2.1.6.5
1.3.6.1.2.1.6.6
1.3.6.1.2.1.6.7
1.3.6.1.2.1.6.8
1.3.6.1.2.1.6.9
1.3.6.1.2.1.6.10
1.3.6.1.2.1.6.11
1.3.6.1.2.1.6.12
1.3.6.1.2.1.6.13
1.3.6.1.2.1.6.13.1
1.3.6.1.2.1.6.13.1.1 tcpConnState
1.3.6.1.2.1.6.13.1.2 tcpConnLocalAddress
1.3.6.1.2.1.6.13.1.3 tcpConnLocalPort
1.3.6.1.2.1.6.13.1.4 tcpConnRemAddress
1.3.6.1.2.1.6.13.1.5 tcpConnRemPort
1.3.6.1.2.1.6.14
1.3.6.1.2.1.6.15
Entry
tcpRtoAlgorithm tcpRtoMin tcpRtoMax tcpMaxConn tcpActiveOpens tcpPassiveOpens tcpAttemptFails tcpEstabResets tcpCurrEstab tcpInSegs tcpOutSegs tcpRetransSegs tcpConnTable tcpConnEntry tcpInErrs tcpOutRsts
Access Description
R Retransmission time: 1 = other,
2 = constant, 3 = RSRE, 4 = VANJ
R Minimum value for the retransmission timer
R Maximum value for the retransmission timer
R Number of maximum TCP connections that can exist simultaneously
R Number of existing active TCP connections
R Number of existing passive TCP connections
R Number of failed connection attempts
R Number of connection resets
R The number of TCP connections for which the current state is either Established or
Close-Wait
R Number of received TCP frames including the error frames
R Number of correctly sent TCP frames with data
R Number of sent TCP frames retransmitted because of errors
- For each existing connection, a table entry is created
- Table entry for connection
R This entry indicates the status of the TCP connection
R The entry contains the IP address for the connection. For a server, this entry is constant 0.0.0.0
R The entry indicates the port number of the
TCP connection.
R The entry contains the remote IP address of the TCP connection.
R The entry contains the remote port of the
TCP connection.
R Number of received incorrect TCP frames
R Number of sent TCP frames with set RST flag
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
16.1.7 UDP Group
Appendix 397
Table 441: MIB II – UDP Group
Identifier
1.3.6.1.2.1.7.1
1.3.6.1.2.1.7.2
1.3.6.1.2.1.7.3
1.3.6.1.2.1.7.4
1.3.6.1.2.1.7.5
1.3.6.1.2.1.7.5.1
Entry
udpInDatagrams udpNoPorts udpInErrors udpOutDatagrams udpTable udpEntry
1.3.6.1.2.1.7.5.1.1 udpLocalAddress
1.3.6.1.2.1.7.5.1.2 udpLocalPort
Access Description
R Number of received UDP frames that could be passed on to the appropriate applications
R Number of received UDP frames that could not be passed on to the appropriate applications (port unreachable)
R Number of received UDP frames that could not be passed on to the appropriate applications for other reasons.
R Number of sent UDP frames
- A table entry is created for each application that received UDP frames
- Table entry for an application that received an
UDP frame
R IP address of the local UDP server
R Port number of the local UDP server
Manual
Version 1.1.0
398 Appendix
16.1.8 SNMP Group
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Table 442: MIB II – SNMP Group
Identifier Entry
1.3.6.1.2.1.11.1 snmpInPkts
1.3.6.1.2.1.11.2 snmpOutPkts
1.3.6.1.2.1.11.3 snmpInBadVersions
1.3.6.1.2.1.11.4 snmpInBadCommunity-
Names
1.3.6.1.2.1.11.5 snmpInBadCommunity
Uses
1.3.6.1.2.1.11.6 snmpInASNParseErrs
1.3.6.1.2.1.11.8 snmpInTooBigs
1.3.6.1.2.1.11.9 snmpInNoSuchNames
1.3.6.1.2.1.11.10 snmpInBadValues
1.3.6.1.2.1.11.11 snmpInReadOnlys
1.3.6.1.2.1.11.12 snmpInGenErrs
1.3.6.1.2.1.11.13 snmpInTotalReqVars
1.3.6.1.2.1.11.14 snmpInTotalSetVars
1.3.6.1.2.1.11.15 snmpInGetRequests
1.3.6.1.2.1.11.16 snmpInGetNexts
1.3.6.1.2.1.11.17 snmpInSetRequests
1.3.6.1.2.1.11.18 snmpInGetResponses
1.3.6.1.2.1.11.19 snmpInTraps
1.3.6.1.2.1.11.20 snmpOutTooBigs
1.3.6.1.2.1.11.21 snmpOutNoSuchNames
1.3.6.1.2.1.11.22 snmpOutBadValues
1.3.6.1.2.1.11.24 SnmpOutGenErrs
Access Description
R Number of received SNMP frames
R Number of sent SNMP frames
R Number of received SNMP frames with an invalid version number
R Number of received SNMP frames with an invalid community
R Number of received SNMP frames whose community did not have sufficient authorization for the actions that it tried to execute
R Number of received SNMP frames with an incorrect structure
R Number of received SNMP frames that acknowledged the result too Big
R Number of received SNMP frames that acknowledged the result noSuchName
R Number of received SNMP frames that acknowledged the result bad value
R Number of received SNMP frames that acknowledged the result readOnly
R Number of received SNMP frames that acknowledged the result genError
R Number of received SNMP frames with valid
GET or GET-NEXT requests
R Number of received SNMP frames with valid
SET requests
R Number of GET requests received and processed
R Number of GET-NEXT requests received and processed
R Number of SET requests received and processed
R Number of received GET responses
R Number of received traps
R Number of sent SNMP frames that contained the result too Big
R Number of sent SNMP frames that contained the result noSuchName
R Number of sent SNMP frames that contained the result bad value
R Number of sent SNMP frames that contained the result genErrs
1.3.6.1.2.1.11.25 snmpOutGetRequests
1.3.6.1.2.1.11.26 SnmpOutGetNexts
1.3.6.1.2.1.11.27 snmpOutSetRequests
1.3.6.1.2.1.11.28 snmpOutGetResponses
1.3.6.1.2.1.11.29 snmpOutTraps
R Number of GET requests sent
R Number of GET NEXT requests sent
R Number of SET requests sent
R Number of GET responses sent
R Number of traps sent
1.3.6.1.2.1.11.30 snmpEnableAuthenTraps R/W Authentification failure traps(1 = on, 2 = off )
Pos : 132 /Alle Serien (Allgemei ne M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/SNM P (MI B)/ WAGO-MI B-Gr uppen ( 841, 871) @ 6\mod_1263224379823_21.doc x @ 47839 @ 23333333333333333333 @ 1
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
16.2 WAGO MIB Groups
Appendix 399
16.2.1 Company Group
The company group contains general information about the company WAGO
Kontakttechnik GmbH & Co. KG.
Table 443: WAGO MIB – Company Group
Identifier Entry Access Description
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
1.1 wagoName R Registered name of the company
Default value:
"WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH & Co. KG"
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
1.2
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
1.3 wagoDescrition R wagoURL R
Description of company
Default value: "WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH &
Co. KG, Hansastr. 27, D-32423 Minden"
URL to webpage of company
Default value: "www.wago.com"
16.2.2 Product Group
The product group contains information about the controller.
Table 444: WAGO MIB – Product Group
Identifier
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.1
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.2
Entry
wioArticleName
Access Description
R Name of article
Default value: "750-872/000-000"750-
872 wioArticleDescription R
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.3
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.4
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.5
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.6 wioSerialNumber wioMacAddress wioURLDatasheet wioURLManual
R
R
R
R
Description of article
Default value: "WAGO
Ethernet(10/100MBit)-FBC"
Serialnumber of article
Default value: "SNxxxxxxxx-Txxxxxxmac|0030DExxxxxx"
MAC-Address of article
Default value: "0030DExxxxxx"
URL to datasheet of article
Default value: "http:// www.wago.com/wagoweb/documentation
/navigate/nm0dc__e.htm#ethernet"
URL to manual of article
Default value: "http:// www.wago.com/wagoweb/documentation
/navigate/nm0dc__e.htm#ethernet"
Manual
Version 1.1.0
400 Appendix
16.2.3 Versions Group
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
The version group contains information about the hardware/software versions used in the controller.
Table 3: WAGO MIB – Versions Group
Identifier
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.10.1
Entry Access Description
wioFirmwareIndex R Index of firmware version
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.10.2
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.10.3
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.10.4 wioHardwareIndex R wioFwlIndex R wioFirmwareVersion R
Index of hardware version
Index of software version from firmwareloader
Complete firmware string
16.2.4 Real Time Clock Group
The real-time clock group contains information about the system’s real-time clock.
Table 4: WAGO MIB – Real Time Clock Group
Identifier Entry Access Description
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.11.1
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.11.2 wioRtcDateTime wioRtcTime
R/W Date/time of device in UTC as string
For writing date/time use the following string time 11:22:33 date 13-1-2007
Default value: "time xx:xx:xx date xx-xxxxxx (UTC)"
R/W Date/time of device in UTC as integer in seconds from 1970-01-01
Default value: "0"
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.11.3
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.11.4
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.11.5
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.11.6 wioTimezone wioRtcHourMode
R/W Actual timezone of article in hours
(-12…+12)
Default value: "0"
R Hour mode:
0 = 12h-Mode
1 = 24h-Mode
Default value: "0" wioRtcBatteryStatus R RTC-Battery Status:
0 = ok
1 = battery empty
Default value: "1" wioRtcDayLightSaving R/W Timeoffset of 1 hour:
0 = not offset
1 = offset 1 hour (DayLightSaving)
Default value: "0"
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
16.2.5 Ethernet Group
Appendix 401
The Ethernet group contains the settings for the controller on the Ethernet.
Table 5: WAGO MIB – Ethernet Group
Identifier Entry Access Description
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.12.1 wioEthernetMode R/W wioIp
IP-Configuration of Ethernetconnection:
0 = fix Ip-Address
1 = dynamic IP-Address over Bootp
2 = dynamic IP-Address over DHCP
Default value: "1"
R/W Actual IP-Address of device 1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.12.2
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.12.3 wioSubnetMask R/W Actual Subnet-Mask of device wioGateway R/W Actual Gateway-IP of device 1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.12.4
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.12.5
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.12.6
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.12.7
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.12.8 wioHostname R/W Actual hostname of device wioDomainName R/W Actual domainname of device wioDnsServer1 R/W IP address of first DNS server wioDnsServer2 R/W IP address of second DNS server
16.2.6 Actual Error Group
The actual error group contains information about the last system status/error status.
Table 6: WAGO MIB – Actual Error Group
Identifier
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.20.1
Entry Access Description
wioErrorNumber R Errornumber of last error
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.20.2
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.20.3 wioErrorArgument R wioErrorTime R
Errorargument of last error
Time of last error
Manual
Version 1.1.0
402 Appendix WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
16.2.7 Error History Group
The error history group contains the last system/error status in a table.
Table 7: WAGO MIB – Error History Group
Identifier Entry
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.21.1 wioErrorTable
Access Description
-
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.21.1.1
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.21.1.1.1
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.21.1.1.2
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.21.1.1.3
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.21.1.1.4 wioErrorEntry wioErrorTableIndex wioErrorTableTime
-
R wioErrorTableNumber R wioErrorTableArgument R
R
Errortable index
Table of errornumbers
Table of errorarguments
Table of errortime
16.2.8 PLC Project Group
The PLC project group contains information about the controller’s PLC program.
Table 8: WAGO MIB – PLC Project Group
Identifier Entry
wioProjectId 1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.30.1
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.30.2 wioProjectDate wioProjectName 1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.30.3
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.30.4
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.30.5
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.30.6
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.30.7
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.30.8
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.30.9
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.30.9.1
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.30.9.1.1
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.30.9.1.2
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.30.9.1.3 wioProjectTitle wioProjectVersion wioProjectAuthor wioProjectDescription wioNumberOfIecTasks wioIecTaskTable wioIecTaskEntry wioIecTaskId wioIecTaskName wioIecTaskStatus
-
-
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
Access Description
R ID of CODESYS project
R Date of CODESYS project
Name of CODESYS project
Title of CODESYS project
Version of CODESYS project
Author of CODESYS project
Description of CODESYS project
Number of IEC tasks in the CODESYS project
ID of IEC task in the CODESYS project
Name of IEC task in the CODESYS project
Status of IEC task in the CODESYS project
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Appendix 403
Table 8: WAGO MIB – PLC Project Group
Identifier Entry
wioIecTaskMode 1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.30.9.1.4
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.30.9.1.5 wioIecTaskPriority wioIecTaskInterval 1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.30.9.1.6
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.30.9.1.7
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.30.9.1.8 wioIecTaskEvent wioIecTaskCycleCount
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.30.9.1.9
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.30.9.1.10
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.30.9.1.11 wioIecTaskCycleTime wioIecTaskCycleTimeMin
R
R wioIecTaskCycleTimeMax R
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.30.9.1.12
Access Description
R Mode of IEC task in the CODESYS project
R Priority of IEC task in the CODESYS project
R
R
R
Interval of cyclic IEC task in the
CODESYS project
Event for IEC task in the CODESYS project
Count of IEC task in the CODESYS project wioIecTaskCycleTimeAvg R
Last cycletime of IEC task in the
CODESYS project
Minimal cycletime of IEC task in the
CODESYS project
Maximal cycletime of IEC task in the
CODESYS project
Average cycletime of IEC task in the
CODESYS project
16.2.9 Http Group
The Http group contains information and settings for the controller's Web server.
Table 9: WAGO MIB – Http Group
Identifier
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.1.1
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.1.2
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.1.3
Entry
wioHttpEnable
Access Description
R/W Enabl /disable the port of the webserver:
0 = port of webserver disable
1 = port of webserver enable
Default value: { 1 } wioHttpAuthenticationEnable R/W Enable/disable the authentication on the websides:
0 = authentication disabled
1 = authentication enable
Default value: { 1 } wioHttpPort R/W Port of the Http web server
Default value: { 80 }
16.2.10 Ftp Group
The Ftp group contains information and settings for the controller's Ftp server.
Table 10: WAGO MIB – Http Group
Identifier Entry
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.2.1 wioFtpEnable
Access Description
R/W Enable/disable the port of the ftp server
0 = port of ftpserver disable
1 = port of ftpserver enable
Default value: { 1 }
Manual
Version 1.1.0
404 Appendix
16.2.11 Sntp Group
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
The Sntp group contains information and settings for the controller's Sntp server.
Table 11: WAGO MIB – Sntp Group
Identifier
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.3.1
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.3.2
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.3.3
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.3.4
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.3.5
Entry
wioSntpEnable wioSntpServerAddress wioSntpClientIntervall
Access Description
R/W Enable/Disable the port of the
SNTP server:
0 = port of SNTPserver disable
1 = port of SNTPserver enable
Default value: { 1 }
R/W IP address of SNTP server
Default value: { 0 }
R/W Interval to pool SNTP manager
Default value: { 0 } wioSntpClientTimeout R/W Timeout to corrupt SNTP answer
Default value: { 2000 } wioSntpClientDayLightSaving R/W Timeoffset of 1 hour:
0 = not offset
1 = offset 1 hour (DayLightSaving)
Default value: { 0 }
16.2.12 Snmp Group
The Snmp group contains information and settings for the controller's Snmp agent.
Table 12: WAGO MIB – Snmp Group
Identifier
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.4.1
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.4.2.1
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.4.2.2
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.4.2.3
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.4.2.4
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.4.2.5
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.4.2.6
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.4.2.7
Entry
wioSnmpEnable
Access Description
R/W Enable/disable the port of the
SNMPserver
0 = port of SNMPserver disable
1 = port of SNMPserver enable
Default value: { 1 } wioSnmp1ProtocolEnable R/W Enable/disable first SNMPv1/v2c agent
Default value { 1 } wioSnmp1ManagerIp R/W IP-Address of first SNMP server
Default value: { 'C0A80101'h } wioSnmp1Community R/W Community identification string for
SNMPv1/v2c
Default value: { "public" } wioSnmp1TrapV1enable R/W Enable/disable SNMPv1 traps to first
SNMP server
Default value: { 1 } wioSnmp1TrapV2enable R/W Enable/disable SNMPv2c traps to first
SNMP server
Default value: { 0 } wioSnmp2ProtocolEnable R/W Enable/disable first SNMPv1/v2c agent
Default value: { 0 } wioSnmp2ManagerIp R/W IP-Address of second SNMP server
Default value: { '00000000'h }
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.4.2.8 wioSnmp2Community R/W Community identification string for
SNMPv1/v2c
Default value: { "public" }
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Appendix 405
Table 12: WAGO MIB – Snmp Group
Identifier
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.4.2.9
Entry Access Description
wioSnmp2TrapV1enable R/W Enable/disable SNMPv1 traps to first
SNMP server
Default value: { 0 }
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.4.2.10
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.4.3.1
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.4.3.2
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.4.3.3
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.4.3.4
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.4.3.5
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.4.3.6
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.4.3.7
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.4.3.8
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.4.3.9
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.4.3.10
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.4.3.11
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.4.3.12
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.4.3.13
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.4.3.14 wioSnmp2TrapV2enable R/W Enable/disable SNMPv2c taps to first
SNMP server
Default value: { 0 } wioSnmp1UserEnable R/W Enable/disable first SNMPv3 User”
Default value { 1 } wioSnmp1Authentication-
Typ
R/W Athentication typ for first SNMPv3
User:
0 = no Authentication
1 = MD5 Authentication
2 = SHA1 Authentication
Default value: { 1 } wioSnmp1Authentication-
Name wioSnmp1Authentication-
Key wioSnmp1PrivacyEnable R/W Enable/disable Data Encryption for first
SNMPv3 User:
0 = no Encryption
1 = DES Encryption
Default value: { 1 } wioSnmp1PrivacyKey wioSnmp1Notification-
Enable
R/W Privacy key for SNMPv3 for first
SNMPv3 User
Default value: { "PrivacyKey" }
R/W Enable/disable notification (SNMPv3 traps) with SNMPv3 User
Default value: { 1 } wioSnmp1Notification-
ReceiverIP wioSnmp2UserEnable
R/W Authentication name for first SNMPv3
User
Default value { "SecurityName" }
R/W Authentication key for first SNMPv3
User
Default value: { "AuthenticationKey" }
R/W Receiver IP address for notification
(SNMPv3 traps) with SNMPv3 User
Default value: { 'C0A80101'h }
R/W Enables/disables second SNMPv3 User
Default value: { 0 } wioSnmp2Authentication-
Typ wioSnmp2Authentication-
Name wioSnmp2Authentication-
Key
R/W Authentication typ for second SNMPv3
User
0 = no Authentication
1 = MD5 Authentication
2 = SHA1 Authentication
Default value: { 1 }
R/W Authentication name for second
SNMPv3 User:
Default value: { "SecurityName" }
R/W Authentication key for second SNMPv3
User
Default value: { "AuthenticationKey" } wioSnmp2PrivacyEnable R/W Privacy key for SNMPv3 for second
SNMPv3 User
Default value: { 1 } wioSnmp2PrivacyKey R/W Privacy key for SNMPv3 for second
SNMPv3 User
Default value: { "PrivacyKey" }
Manual
Version 1.1.0
406 Appendix
Table 12: WAGO MIB – Snmp Group
Identifier Entry
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.4.3.15 wioSnmp2Notification-
Enable
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.4.3.16 wioSnmp2Notification-
ReceiverIP
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Access Description
R/W Enables/disables notification (SNMPv3 ttraps) with SNMPv3 User
Default value: { 0 }
R/W Receiver-IP-Address for notification
(SNMPv3 traps) with SNMPv3 User
Default value: { '00000000'h }
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
16.2.13 Snmp Trap String Group
Appendix 407
The Snmp trap string group contains strings that are attached to the manufacturerspecific traps.
Table 13: WAGO MIB – Snmp Trap String Group
Identifier
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.4.4.1
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.4.4.2
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.4.4.3
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.4.4.4
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.4.4.5
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.4.4.6
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.4.4.7
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.4.4.8
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.4.4.9
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.4.4.10
Entry
wioTrapKbusError wioTrapPlcStart wioTrapPlcStop wioTrapPlcReset wioTrapPlcSoftware-
Watchdog
Access Description
R/W String for 1. SNMP trap
Default value: { "Kbus Error" }
R/W String for 2. SNMP trap
Default value: { "Plc Start" }
R/W String for 3. SNMP trap
Default value: { "Plc Stop" }
R/W String for 4. SNMP trap
Default value { "Plc Reset" }
R/W String for 5. SNMP trap
Default value: { "Plc Software
Watchdog" } wioTrapPlcDivideByZero R/W String for 6. SNMP trap
Default value { "Plc Divide By Zero" } wioTrapPlcOnlineChange R/W String for 7. SNMP trap
Default value: { "Plc Online Change" } wioTrapPlcDownload R/W String for 8. SNMP trap
Default value: { "Plc Download
Program" } wioTrapPlcLogin wioTrapPlcLogout
R/W String for 9. SNMP trap
Default value: { "Plc Login" }
R/W String for 10. SNMP trap
Default value: { "Plc Logout" }
Manual
Version 1.1.0
408 Appendix WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
16.2.14 Snmp User Trap String Group
The Snmp user trap string group contains strings that can be attached to userspecific traps. These strings can be changed via SNMP or Wago_SNMP.lib in
CODESYS.
Table 14: WAGO MIB – Snmp User Trap String Group
Identifier Entry Access Description
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.4.5.1 wioUserTrapMsg1 R/W String for 1. SNMP trap
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.4.5.2 wioUserTrapMsg2 R/W String for 2. SNMP trap
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.4.5.3 wioUserTrapMsg3 R/W String for 3. SNMP trap
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.4.5.4 wioUserTrapMsg4 R/W String for 4. SNMP trap
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.4.5.5 wioUserTrapMsg5 R/W String for 5. SNMP trap
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.4.5.6 wioUserTrapMsg6 R/W String for 6. SNMP trap
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.4.5.7 wioUserTrapMsg7 R/W String for 7. SNMP trap
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.4.5.8 wioUserTrapMsg8 R/W String for 8. SNMP trap
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.4.5.9 wioUserTrapMsg9 R/W String for 9. SNMP trap
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.4.5.10 wioUserTrapMsg10 R/W String for 10. SNMP trap
16.2.15 Plc Connection Group
Activate or deactivate the connection to CODESYS with the Plc connection group.
Table 15: WAGO MIB – Plc Connection Group
Identifier
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.5.1
Entry
wioCODESY
SEnable
Access Description
R/W Enable/disable the port of the CODESYS server
0 = port of CODESYS server disable
1 = port of CODESYS server enable
Default value: { 1 }
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
16.2.16 Modbus Group
Appendix 409
The Modbus group contains information and settings about the controller's modbus server.
Table 15: WAGO MIB – Modbus Group
Identifier
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.6.1
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.6.2
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.6.3
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.6.4
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.6.5
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.6.6
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.6.7
Entry
wioModbusTcpEnable
Access Description
R/W Enable/disable the port of the Modbus
TCP server
0 = port of Modbus TCP server disable
1 = port of Modbus TCP server enable
Default value: { 1 } wioModbusUdbEnable wioMaxConnections wioConnectionTimeout
R/W Enable/disable the port of the Modbus
UDP server
0 = port of Modbus UDP server disable
1 = port of Modbus UDP server enable
Default value: { 1 }
R/W The maximal count of modbus connections
Default value: { 15 }
R/W Timeout of the modbus connection
Default value: { 600 } wioModbusWatchdogMode R/W Mode of the modbus watchdog
Default value: { 0 } wioModbusWatchdogTime R/W Timeout of the modbus watchdog
Default value: { 100 } wioFreeModbusSockets R/W Unused and free modbus connections
Default value: { 15 } wioModbusConnectionTable - 1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.6.8
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.6.8.1
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.6.8.1.1
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.6.8.1.2
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.6.8.1.3 wioModbusConnectionEntry - wioModbusConnectionIndex R/W Index of modbus connection wioModbusConnectionIp R/W IP-Address of modbus connection wioModbusConnectionPort R/W Port of modbus connection
Manual
Version 1.1.0
410 Appendix
16.2.17 Ethernet IP Group
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
The Ethernet IP group contains information and settings for the controller's
Ethernet IP.
Table 16: WAGO MIB – Ethernet IP Group
Identifier
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.7.1
Entry
wioEthernetIpEnable
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.7.2
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.7.3
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.7.4
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.7.5
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.7.6
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.7.7
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.7.8
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.7.9 wioEthernetIpVariablesInputCount
Access Description
R/W Enable/disable the port of the EthernetIPServer
0 = port of EthernetIPServer disable
1 = port of EthernetIPServer enable
Default value: { 0 }
R/W wioEthernetIpVariablesOutputCount R/W wioEthernetIpVariablesPlcInputCount R/W wioEthernetIpVariablesPlcInputOffset R/W wioEthernetIpVariablesPlcOutputCount R/W wioEthernetIpVariablesPlcOutputOffset R/W wioEthernetIpRunIdleHeaderOrginator-
ToTarget wioEthernetIpRunIdleHeaderTarget-
ToOrginator
R/W
R/W
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
16.2.18 Process Image Group
Appendix 411
The process image group contains a list of information about the terminals connected to the controller.
Table 17: WAGO MIB – Process Image Group
Identifier
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.50.1
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.50.2
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.50.3
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.50.4
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.50.5
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.50.6
Entry
wioModulCount wioAnalogOutLength wioAnalogInLength wioDigitalOutLength wioDigitalInLength wioDigitalOutOffset wioDigitalInOffset 1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.50.7
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.50.8
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.50.8.1
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.50.8.1.1
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.50.8.1.2
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.50.8.1.3
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.50.8.1.4
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.50.8.1.5
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.50.8.1.6
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.50.8.1.7
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.50.8.1.8
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.50.8.1.9 wioModuleTable wioModuleEntry wioModuleNumber wioModuleName wioModuleType wioModuleCount
Access Description
R Count of modules
R
R
R
R
R
R
-
-
R
R
R
R wioModuleAlternativeFormat R wioModuleAnalogOutLength R wioModuleAnalogInLength R wioModuleDigitalOutLength R wioModuleDigitalInLength R
Length of analog output process data
Length of analog input process data
Length of digital output process data
Length of digital input process data
Offset of digital output process data
Offset of digital input process data
Number of module slot
Name of module
Type of module
Count of module
Module in alternative format
Length of analog output data of module (Bit)
Length of analog input data of module
(Bit)
Length of digital output data of module (Bit)
Length of digital input data of module
(Bit)
Manual
Version 1.1.0
412 Appendix
16.2.19 Plc Data Group
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
The Plc data group contains values that can be used for data exchange with
CODESYS.
Table 18: WAGO MIB – Ethernet IP Group
Identifier
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.100.1
Entry
wioPlcDataTable
Access Description
-
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.100.1.1
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.100.1.1.1
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.100.1.1.2
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.100.1.1.3 wioPlcDataEntry wioPlcDataIndex
-
R/W wioPlcDataReadArea R/W wioPlcDataWriteArea R
Number of plc data (DWORD)
Readable plc data (DWORD)
Write-/readable plc data (DWORD)
=== Ende der List e f ür T ext mar ke I nhalt _mitt e ===
Manual
Version 1.1.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 134 /Dokumentati on allgemei n/Verz eichniss e/ Abbildungsverz eichnis - Ü berschrif t oG und Verzeic hnis @ 3\ mod_1219222916765_21. doc x @ 21080 @ @ 1
List of Figures
413
Figure 2: Labeling on the Side of a Component (Example).................................. 22
Figure 3: Example of a Manufacturing Number ................................................... 22
Figure 4: Isolation for Fieldbus Couplers/Controllers (Example) ......................... 25
Figure 5: System Supply via Fieldbus Coupler/Controller (left) and via Internal
Figure 6: System Voltage for Standard Couplers/Controllers and Extended ECO
Figure 7: Field Supply for Standard Couplers/Controllers and Extended ECO
Figure 8: Supply Module with Fuse Carrier (Example 750-610) ......................... 32
Figure 12: Fuse Modules for Automotive Fuses, Series 282 ................................ 34
Figure 13: Fuse Modules for Automotive Fuses, Series 2006 .............................. 34
Figure 14: Fuse Modules with Pivotable Fuse Carrier, Series 281 ....................... 34
Figure 15: Fuse Modules with Pivotable Fuse Carrier, Series 2002 ..................... 34
Figure 17: Supply Example for Standard Couplers/Controllers ........................... 36
Figure 19: Examples of the WAGO Shield Connecting System ........................... 42
Figure 20: Application of the WAGO Shield Connecting System ....................... 42
Figure 21: View Programmable Fieldbus Controller for Telecontrol Applications
Figure 24: Pin Assignment for D-Sub Fieldbus Connection (Female) ................. 50
Figure 25: Display Elements (two manufacturing variations) .............................. 51
Figure 26: Service Interface (closed and opened flap) .......................................... 53
Figure 27: Mode Selector Switch (closed and open damper of the service port) . 54
Figure 29: Release Tab Standard Fieldbus Coupler/Controller (Example) .......... 69
Figure 31: Snap the I/O Module into Place (Example) ......................................... 70
Figure 32: Removing the I/O Module (Example) ................................................. 71
Figure 34: Example for the Arrangement of Power Contacts ............................... 73
Figure 35: Connecting a Conductor to a CAGE CLAMP
................................... 74
Figure 37: Example of Process Image for Input Data ........................................... 79
Figure 38: Example of Process Image for Output Data ........................................ 80
Figure 40: Example declaration of remanent flags by „var retain“ ....................... 86
Figure 41: Data Exchange Between MODBUS Master and I/O Modules ............ 91
Figure 42: Data Exchange Between PLC Function (CPU) of the PFC and the I/O
Figure 43: Example of Addressing for a Fieldbus Node ....................................... 96
Manual
Version 1.1.0
Figure 46: Example for the Function test of a Fieldbus Node ............................ 113
Figure 47: Example of Time Synchronization in ETHERNET Settings............. 115
Figure 48: Example of WBM Clock Configuration ............................................ 116
Figure 49: Logging in for Programming Access ................................................. 118
Figure 51: Dialog window for target system settings .......................................... 120
Figure 53: Watchdog Runtime is Less than the Task Runtime ........................... 130
Figure 54: Watchdog Runtime is Greater than the Task Call Interval ................ 130
Figure 55: Enabling/Disabling System Events .................................................... 133
Figure 56: Dialog Window “Communication Parameters” ................................. 137
Figure 57: Logging in for Programming Access ................................................. 138
Figure 67: WBM page "MODBUS RTU" .......................................................... 163
Figure 71: WBM Page "I/O config" (View 1)..................................................... 170
Figure 74: Display Elements (two manufacturing variations) ............................ 175
Figure 77: Function Block for Determining Loss of Fieldbus, Independently of
Figure 78: Direct Connection of a Node with Crossover Cable .......................... 193
Figure 79: Connection of a Node by means of a Hub with Parallel cables ......... 193
Figure 82: Principle of Shared ETHERNET ....................................................... 199
Figure 83: Principle of Switched ETHERNET ................................................... 200
Figure 85: Use of the MODBUS Functions ........................................................ 227
Figure 86: Example SCADA Software with MODBUS Driver.......................... 376
Figure 87: Side Marking Example for Approved I/O Modules According to
Figure 89: Side Marking Example for Approved Ex i I/O Modules According to
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Pos : 135 /Dokumentati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel ement e/---Seit enwec hs el--- @ 3\ mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
415
Figure 90: Text Detail – Marking Example for Approved Ex i I/O Modules
According to ATEX and IECEx. ............................................................... 380
Figure 91: Side Marking Example for I/O Modules According to NEC 500 ..... 383
Manual
Version 1.1.0
Pos : 136 /Dokumentati on allgemei n/Verz eichniss e/T abellenverzeic hnis - Ü bers chrift oG und Verzeic hnis @ 3\mod_1219222958703_21.doc x @ 21084 @ @ 1
List of Tables
Table 5: Legend for Figure “Field Supply for Standard Couplers/Controllers and
Table 8: Legend for Figure “Supply Example for Fieldbus Coupler/Controller” . 37
Table 9: WAGO Power Supply Units (Selection) ................................................. 38
Table 10: WAGO Ground Wire Terminals ........................................................... 39
Table 13: RJ-45 Connector and RJ-45 Connector Configuration ......................... 49
Table 14: Legend for Figure “Pin assignment for D-Sub fieldbus connection
Table 18: Legend for Figure “Service Interface (closed and opened flap)” ......... 53
Table 19: Legend for Figure „Mode Selector Switch“ .......................................... 54
Table 23: Technical data – Fieldbus MODBUS/TCP ........................................... 58
Table 26: Technical Data – Power Jumper Contacts ............................................ 58
Table 28: Technical Data – Climatic Environmental Conditions ......................... 59
Table 29: Technical Data – Mechanical Strength acc. to IEC 61131-2 ................ 59
Table 35: Allocation of Digital Inputs and Outputs to Process Data Words in
Table 36: ETHERNET Libraries for WAGO-I/O-PRO ...................................... 125
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
417
Table 54: LED Assignment for Diagnostics ....................................................... 175
Table 55: Fieldbus diagnostics – solution in event of error ................................ 176
Table 56: Node Status Diagnostics – Solution in Event of Error ........................ 177
Table 57: Blink Code Table for the I/O LED Signaling, Error Code 1 .............. 180
Table 58: Blink Code Table for the I/O LED Signaling, Error Code 2 .............. 181
Table 59: Blink Code Table for the I/O LED Signaling, Error Code 3 .............. 182
Table 60: Blink Code Table for the I/O LED Signaling, Error Code 4 .............. 183
Table 61: Blink Code Table for the I/O LED Signaling, Error Code 5 .............. 183
Table 62: Blink Code Table for the I/O LED Signaling, Error Code 6 .............. 184
Table 63: Blink Code Table for the I/O LED Signaling, Error Code 7 .............. 184
Table 64: Blink Code Table for the I/O LED Signaling, Error Code 8 … 9 ...... 184
Table 65: Blink code table for the 'I/O' LED signaling, error code 10 ............... 185
Table 66: Blink Code Table for the I/O LED Signaling, Error Code 11 ............ 185
Table 67: Power Supply Status Diagnostics – Solution in Event of Error .......... 186
Table 68: ETHERNET- transmission standards ................................................. 192
Table 70: Comparison of Coupler Modules for Networks .................................. 196
Table 71: Errors Occurring when Configuring the Transmission Mode ............. 198
Table 82: Example: Class B Address with Field for Subnet IDs ........................ 208
Table 83: Subnet Mask for Class A Network ...................................................... 209
Table 84: Subnet Mask for Class B Network ...................................................... 209
Table 85: Subnet Mask for Class C Network ...................................................... 209
Table 86: Example for an IP Address from a Class B Network .......................... 209
Table 88: Meaning of the DHCP parameters ...................................................... 216
Table 89: Meaning of the SNTP Parameters ....................................................... 217
Manual
Version 1.1.0
Table 96: Basic Data Types of MODBUS Protocol............................................ 225
Table 97: List of the MODBUS Functions in the Fieldbus Controller ............... 225
Table 100: Response of Function Code FC1 ....................................................... 229
Table 102: Exception of Function Code FC1 ...................................................... 230
Table 104: Response of Function Code FC2 ....................................................... 231
Table 106: Exception of Function Code FC2 ...................................................... 232
Table 108: Response of Function Code FC3 ....................................................... 233
Table 109: Exception of Function Code FC3 ...................................................... 233
Table 111: Response of Function Code FC4 ....................................................... 234
Table 112: Exception of Function Code FC4 ...................................................... 234
Table 114: Response of Function Code FC5 ....................................................... 235
Table 115: Exception of Function Code FC5 ...................................................... 235
Table 117: Response of Function Code FC6 ....................................................... 236
Table 118: Exception of Function Code FC6 ...................................................... 236
Table 120: Response of Function Code FC11 ..................................................... 237
Table 121: Exception of Function Code FC 11 ................................................... 237
Table 122: Request of Function Code FC15 ....................................................... 238
Table 123: Response of Function Code FC15 ..................................................... 238
Table 124: Exception of Function Code FC15 .................................................... 239
Table 125: Request of Function Code FC16 ....................................................... 240
Table 126: Response of Function Code FC16 ..................................................... 240
Table 127: Exception of Function Code FC16 .................................................... 240
Table 128: Request of Function Code FC22 ....................................................... 241
Table 129: Response of Function Code FC22 ..................................................... 241
Table 130: Exception of Function Code FC22 .................................................... 241
Table 131: Request of Function Code FC23 ....................................................... 242
Table 132: Response of Function Code FC23 ..................................................... 242
Table 133: Exception of Function Code FC23 .................................................... 242
Table 134: Register (word) access reading (with FC3, FC4 and FC23) ............. 244
Table 135: Register (word) access writing (with FC6, FC16, FC22 and FC23) . 245
Table 136: Bit access reading (with FC1 and FC2) ............................................ 246
Table 137: Bit access writing (with FC5 and FC15) ........................................... 246
Table 139: MODBUS registers (Continuation) ................................................... 248
Table 140: MODBUS registers (Continuation) ................................................... 249
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
419
Manual
Version 1.1.0
Table 196: Register Addresses 0x3000 to 0x5FFF ............................................. 264
Table 200: Explanation of the table headings in the object descriptions ............ 271
) – Class ..................................................................... 271
) – Instance 1 ............................................................. 272
) – Common service ................................................... 272
Table 204: Message router (02 hex
) – Class ......................................................... 273
Table 205: Message router (02 hex
) – Instance 1 ................................................. 273
Table 206: Message router (02 hex
) – Common service....................................... 274
) – Class .................................................................. 274
Table 208: Overview of static Assembly instances ............................................. 274
Table 209: Static assembly instances – Instance 101 (65
) .............................. 275
Table 210: Static assembly instances – Instance 102 (66
) .............................. 275
Table 211: Static assembly instances – Instance 103 (67
) .............................. 275
Table 212: Static assembly instances – Instance 104 (68
) .............................. 275
Table 213: Static assembly instances – Instance 105 (69
) .............................. 276
Table 214: Static assembly instances – Instance 106 (6A
) ............................. 276
Table 215: Static assembly instances – Instance 107 (6B
) ............................. 276
Table 216: Static assembly instances – Instance 108 (6C
) ............................. 277
Table 217: Static assembly instances – Instance 109 (6C
) ............................. 277
Table 218: Static assembly instances – Instance 110 (6E
) ............................. 277
Table 219: Static assembly instances – Instance 111 (6F
) ............................. 277
Table 220: Static assembly instances – Common service ................................... 278
) – Class .................................................................. 278
) – Instance 1 .......................................................... 279
) – Common service ............................................... 279
Table 224: TCP/IP interface (F5 hex
) – Class ....................................................... 280
Table 225: TCP/IP interface (F5 hex
) – Instance 1 ................................................ 281
Table 226: TCP/IP interface (F5 hex
) – Common service ..................................... 281
Table 227: Ethernet link (F5 hex
) – Class .............................................................. 282
Table 228: Ethernet link (F6 hex
) – Instance 1 ..................................................... 282
Table 229: Ethernet link (F6 hex
) – Common service .......................................... 282
Table 230: Coupler/Controller configuration (64 hex
) – Class ............................. 283
Table 231: Coupler/Controller configuration (64 hex
) – Instance 1 ..................... 283
Table 232: Coupler/Controller configuration (64 hex
) – Common service .......... 285
Table 233: Discrete input point (65 hex
) – Class .................................................. 285
Table 234: Discrete input point (65 hex
) – Instance 1...255 ................................. 285
) – Common service ............................... 285 Table 235: Discrete input point (65 hex
Table 236: Discrete Input Point Extended 1(69 hex,) – Class ............................ 286
Table 237: Discrete output point (66 hex
) – Instance 256...510 ........................... 286
Table 238: Discrete Input Point Extended 1 (69 hex
) – Common service ............ 286
Table 239: Discrete Input Point Extended 2 (6D hex) – Class ........................... 286
Table 240: Analog input point (67 hex
) – Instance 1 ............................................ 287
Table 241: Analog input point (67 hex
) – Common service ................................. 287
Table 242: Discrete Input Point Extended 3 (71 hex) – Class ............................ 287
Table 243: Discrete Input Point Extended 3 (71 hex
) – Instance 766...1020 ........ 287
Table 244: Discrete Input Point Extended 3 (71 hex
) – Common service ............ 287
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
421
Table 245: Discrete Output Point (66 hex) – Class ............................................. 288
Table 246: Discrete Output Point (66 hex
) – Instance 1...255 .............................. 288
Table 247: Discrete Output Point (66 hex
) – Common service ............................ 288
Table 248: Discrete Output Point Extended 1 (6A hex
) – Class ........................... 288
Table 249: Discrete Output Point Extended 1 (6A hex
) – Instance 256...510 ...... 289
Table 250: Discrete Output Point Extended 1 (6A hex
) – Common service ........ 289
Table 251: Discrete Output Point Extended 2 (6E hex
Table 252: Discrete Output Point Extended 2 (6E hex
) – Class ........................... 289
) – Instance 511...765....... 289
Table 253: Discrete Output Point Extended 2 (6E hex
) – Common service ........ 289
Table 254: Discrete Output Point Extended 3 (72 hex
) – Class ............................ 290
Table 255: Discrete Output Point Extended 3 (72 hex
) – Instance 766...1020 ..... 290
Table 256: Discrete Output Point Extended 2 (6E hex
) – Common service ........ 290
Table 257: Analog Input Point (67 hex
) – Class ................................................... 290
Table 258: Analog Input Point (67 hex
) – Instance 1 ... 255 ................................ 291
Table 259: Analog Input Point (67 hex
) – Common service ................................ 291
Table 260: Analog Input Point Extended 1 (6B hex
) – Class ............................... 291
Table 261: Analog Input Point Extended 1 (6B hex
Table 262: Analog Input Point Extended 1 (6B hex
) – Instance 256 ... 510......... 291
) – Common service ............. 292
Table 263: Analog Input Point Extended 2 (6F hex
) – Class ................................ 292
Table 264: Analog Input Point Extended 2 (6F hex
) – Instance 511 ... 765 ......... 292
Table 265: Analog Input Point Extended 2 (6F hex
) – Common service ............. 292
Table 266: Analog Input Point Extended 3 (73 hex
) – Class ................................ 293
Table 267: Analog Input Point Extended 3 (73 hex
) – Instance 766 ... 1020 ....... 293
Table 268: Analog Input Point Extended 3 (73 hex
) – Common service ............. 293
Table 269: Analog Output Point (68 hex
) – Class ................................................ 293
Table 270: Analog Output Point (68 hex
) – Instance 1...255 ................................ 294
Table 271: Analog Output Point (68 hex
) – Common service .............................. 294
Table 272: Analog Output Point Extended 1 (6C hex
) – Class ............................ 294
Table 273: Analog Output Point Extended 1 (6C hex
) – Instance 256...510 ........ 294
Table 274: Analog Output Point Extended 1 (6C hex
) – Common service .......... 295
Table 275: Analog Output Point Extended 2 (70 hex
) – Class ............................. 295
Table 276: Analog Output Point Extended 2 (70 hex
) – Instance 511...765 ....... 295
Table 277: Analog Output Point Extended 2 (70 hex
) – Common service ........... 295
Table 278: Analog Output Point Extended 3 (74 hex
) – Class ............................. 296
Table 279: Analog Output Point Extended 3 (74 hex
) – Instance 766...1020....... 296
Table 280: Analog Output Point Extended 3 (74 hex
) – Common service ........... 296
Table 281: Module Configuration (80 hex
) – Class .............................................. 296
Table 282: Module Configuration (80 hex
) – Instance 1...255 ............................. 297
Table 283: Module Configuration (80 hex
) – Common service ........................... 297
Table 284: Module Configuration Extended (81 hex
) – Class .............................. 297
) – Instance 256 .................. 298 Table 285: Module Configuration Extended (81 hex
Table 286: Module Configuration Extended (81 hex
) – Common service ........... 298
Table 287: Input fieldbus variable USINT (A0 hex
) – Class ................................ 298
Table 288: Input fieldbus variable USINT (A0 hex
) – Instance 1...255 ............... 298
Table 289: Input fieldbus variable USINT (A0 hex
) – Common service ............. 299
Table 290: Input Fieldbus Variable USINT Extended 1 (A1 hex
Table 291: Input fieldbus variable USINT Extended 1 (A1 hex
Table 292: Input fieldbus variable USINT Extended 1 (A1 hex
Manual
Version 1.1.0
Table 293: Input Fieldbus Variable USINT Extended 2 (A2 hex
Table 294: Input Fieldbus Variable USINT Extended 2 (A2 hex
Table 295: Input fieldbus variable USINT Extended 2 (A2 hex
Table 296: Output fieldbus variable USINT (A3 hex
) – Class ............................. 302
Table 297: Output fieldbus variable USINT (A3
Table 298: Output fieldbus variable USINT (A3 hex
) – Instance 1...255 ............ 302 hex
) – Common service .......... 302
Table 299: Output Fieldbus variable USINT Extended 1 (A4 hex
Table 300: Output Fieldbus Variable USINT Extended 1 (A4 hex
Table 301: Output Fieldbus Variable USINT Extended 1 (A4 hex
Table 302: Output Fieldbus Variable USINT Extended 2 (A5 hex
Table 303: Output Fieldbus Variable USINT Extended 2 (A5 hex
Table 304: Output Fieldbus Variable USINT Extended 2 (A5 hex
Table 305: Input fieldbus variable UINT (A6 hex
) – Class .................................. 305
Table 306: Input fieldbus variable UINT (A6 hex
) – Instance 1...255 ................. 305
Table 307: Input fieldbus variable UINT (A6 hex
) – Common service ............... 305
Table 308: Input Fieldbus Variable UINT Extended 1 (A7 hex
Table 309: Input Fieldbus Variable UINT Extended 1 (A7 hex
Table 310: Input Fieldbus Variable UINT Extended 1 (A7 hex
Table 311: Output fieldbus variable UINT (A8 hex
) – Class ............................... 307
Table 312: Output fieldbus variable UINT (A8
Table 313: Output fieldbus variable UINT (A8 hex
) – Instance 1...255 ............... 307 hex
) – Common service ............. 307
Table 314: Output Fieldbus Variable UINT Extended 1 (A9 hex
Table 315: Output Fieldbus Variable UINT Extended 1 (A9 hex
Table 316: Output Fieldbus Variable UINT Extended 1 (A9 hex
Table 317: Input fieldbus variable UDINT (AA hex
) – Class .............................. 309
Table 318: Input fieldbus variable UDINT (AA hex
) – Instance 1...128 ............. 309
Table 319: Input fieldbus variable UDINT (AA hex
) – Common service ............ 309
Table 320: Input Fieldbus Variable UDINT Offset (AB hex
) – Class .................. 310
Table 321: Input Fieldbus Variable UDINT Offset (AB hex
Table 322: Input Fieldbus Variable UDINT Offset (AB hex
Table 323: Input fieldbus variable UDINT (AA hex
) – Class .............................. 311
Table 324: Input fieldbus variable UDINT (AA hex
) – Instance 1...128 ............. 311
Table 325: Input fieldbus variable UDINT (AA hex
) – Common service ............ 311
Table 326: Output Fieldbus Variable UDINT Offset (AD hex
Table 327: Output Fieldbus Variable UDINT Offset (AD hex
Table 328: Output Fieldbus Variable UDINT Offset (AD hex
Table 329: 1 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics ........................... 315
Table 331: 2 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics ........................... 315
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
423
Table 332: 2 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics and Output Process
Table 335: 8 Channel Digital Input Module PTC with Diagnostics and Output
Table 336: 16 Channel Digital Input Modules .................................................... 317
Table 337: 1 Channel Digital Output Module with Input Process Data ............. 318
Table 338: 2 Channel Digital Output Modules ................................................... 318
Table 339: 2 Channel Digital Input Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process
Table 340: 2 Channel Digital Input Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process
Table 341: 4 Channel Digital Output Modules ................................................... 320
Table 342: 4 Channel Digital Output Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process
Table 343: 8 Channel Digital Output Module ..................................................... 320
Table 344: 8 Channel Digital Output Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process
Table 345: 16 Channel Digital Output Modules ................................................. 321
Table 346: 8 Channel Digital Input/Output Modules .......................................... 322
Table 347: 1 Channel Analog Input Modules ..................................................... 323
Table 348: 2 Channel Analog Input Modules ..................................................... 323
Table 349: 4 Channel Analog Input Modules ..................................................... 324
Table 350: 3-Phase Power Measurement Module ............................................... 325
Table 351: 8 Channel Analog Input Modules ..................................................... 326
Table 352: 2 Channel Analog Output Modules ................................................... 327
Table 353: 4 Channel Analog Output Modules ................................................... 327
Table 354: 8 Channel Analog Output Modules ................................................... 328
Table 355: Counter Modules 750-404, (and all variations except of /000-005),
753-404, (and variation /000-003) ............................................................. 329
Table 356: Counter Modules 750-404/000-005 .................................................. 330
Table 357: Counter Modules 750-638, 753-638 ................................................. 330
Table 358: Pulse Width Modules 750-511, /xxx-xxx ......................................... 331
Table 359: Serial Interface Modules with alternative Data Format .................... 331
Table 360: Serial Interface Modules with Standard Data Format ....................... 332
Table 362: SSI Transmitter Interface Modules ................................................... 333
Table 363: Incremental Encoder Interface Modules 750-631/000-004, --010, -011
Table 364: Incremental Encoder Interface Modules 750-634 ............................. 334
Table 365: Incremental Encoder Interface Modules 750-637 ............................. 334
Table 366: Digital Pulse Interface Modules 750-635 ......................................... 335
Table 368: Stepper Controller RS 422 / 24 V / 20 mA 750-670 ......................... 336
Table 370: DALI/DSI Master Module 750-641 .................................................. 337
Table 371: Overview of Input Process Image in the "Easy" Mode ..................... 339
Table 372: Overview of the Output Process Image in the "Easy" Mode“ .......... 339
Table 373: EnOcean Radio Receiver 750-642 .................................................... 340
Manual
Version 1.1.0
Table 374: MP Bus Master Module 750-643 ...................................................... 341
RF-Transceiver 750-644 ................................................. 341
Table 376: Vibration Velocity/Bearing Condition Monitoring VIB I/O 750-645
Table 377: KNX/EIB/TP1 Module 753-646 ....................................................... 343
Table 378: AS-interface Master Module 750-655 .............................................. 344
Table 379: System Modules with Diagnostics 750-610, -611 ............................ 345
Table 380: Binary Space Module 750-622 (with Behavior Like 2 Channel Digital
Table 381: 1 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics ........................... 347
Table 383: 2 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics ........................... 348
Table 384: 2 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics and Output Process
Table 387: 16 Channel Digital Input Modules .................................................... 349
Table 388: 1 Channel Digital Output Module with Input Process Data ............. 350
Table 389: 2 Channel Digital Output Modules ................................................... 351
Table 390: 2 Channel Digital Input Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process
Table 391: 2 Channel Digital Input Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process
Table 392: 4 Channel Digital Output Modules ................................................... 352
Table 393: 4 Channel Digital Output Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process
Table 394: 8 Channel Digital Output Module ..................................................... 353
Table 395: 8 Channel Digital Output Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process
Table 396: 16 Channel Digital Output Modules ................................................. 354
Table 397: 8 Channel Digital Input/Output Modules .......................................... 354
Table 398: 1 Channel Analog Input Modules ..................................................... 355
Table 399: 2 Channel Analog Input Modules ..................................................... 356
Table 400: 4 Channel Analog Input Modules ..................................................... 356
Table 401: 4 Channel Analog Input Modules for RTD’s .................................... 356
Table 402: 3-Phase Power Measurement Module ............................................... 357
Table 403: 8 Channel Analog Input Modules for RTD’s .................................... 357
Table 404: 2 Channel Analog Output Modules ................................................... 358
Table 405: 4 Channel Analog Output Modules ................................................... 358
Table 406: 8 Channel Analog Output Modules ................................................... 359
Table 407: Counter Modules 750-404, (and all variations except of /000-005),
753-404, (and variation /000-003) ............................................................. 360
Table 408: Counter Modules 750-404/000-005 .................................................. 360
Table 409: Counter Modules 750-638, 753-638 ................................................. 361
Table 410: Pulse Width Modules 750-511, /xxx-xxx ......................................... 361
Table 411: Serial Interface Modules with alternative Data Format .................... 362
Table 412: Serial Interface Modules with Standard Data Format ....................... 363
Table 414: SSI Transmitter Interface Modules ................................................... 364
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-872 Telecontrol Controller RJ-45 + D-Sub
Table 415: SSI Transmitter Interface I/O Modules with an Alternative Data
Table 416: Incremental Encoder Interface Modules 750-631/000-004, -010, -011
Table 417: Incremental Encoder Interface Modules 750-634 ............................. 365
Table 418: Incremental Encoder Interface Modules 750-637 ............................. 365
Table 419: Incremental Encoder Interface Modules 750-635, 750-635 ............. 366
Table 421: Steppercontroller RS 422 / 24 V / 20 mA 750-670 ........................... 367
Table 423: DALI/DSI Master module 750-641 .................................................. 369
Table 424: EnOcean Radio Receiver 750-642 .................................................... 369
Table 425: MP Bus Master Module 750-643 ...................................................... 370
RF-Transceiver 750-644 ................................................. 371
Table 427: Vibration Velocity/Bearing Condition Monitoring VIB I/O 750-645
Table 428: AS-interface Master module 750-655 ............................................... 372
Table 429: System Modules with Diagnostics 750-610, -611 ............................ 373
Table 431: MODBUS Table and Function Codes ............................................... 376
Table 432: Description of Marking Example for Approved I/O Modules
According to ATEX and IECEx ................................................................ 379
Table 433: Description of Marking Example for Approved Ex i I/O Modules
According to ATEX and IECEx ................................................................ 381
Table 434: Description of Marking Example for Approved I/O Modules
Table 443: WAGO MIB – Company Group ....................................................... 399
Table 444: WAGO MIB – Product Group .......................................................... 399
=== Ende der List e f ür T ext mar ke Verzeic hnis_hi nten ===
Pos : 138 /Dokumentati on allgemei n/Ei nband/Ei nband Handbuc h - Leers eite f ür durc h 2 t eilbare Seitenz ahl (St andarddruc k) @ 3\mod_1219230851078_0. doc x @ 21123 @ @ 1
425
Manual
Version 1.1.0
Pos : 139 /Dokumentati on allgemei n/Ei nband/Ei nband Handbuc h - R üc ks eit e @ 9\ mod_1285229376516_21. doc x @ 64944 @ @ 1
WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH & Co. KG
Postfach 2880
• D-32385 Minden
Hansastraße 27 • D-32423 Minden
Phone: +49/5 71/8 87 – 0
Fax:
E-Mail:
+49/5 71/8 87 – 1 69 [email protected]
Internet: http://www.wago.com
=== Ende der List e f ür T ext mar ke Ei nband_hint en ===
advertisement
Key Features
- Combines PLC functionality with telecontrol capabilities
- Supports industry-standard protocols for seamless communication
- Rugged design for harsh environments
- Wide operating temperature range for reliable performance
- Modular design for customization and expansion
- Integrated data logging and event recording
- Web-based configuration and monitoring for remote access
- Supports various I/O modules for flexible signal handling
- Programmable using industry-standard IEC 61131-3 languages